^^KPlfrlK 'W&l- ■'^*'5(|^^B FfT^^^I ^ i a. A. i Cover image: a celebration of Western Australia’s remarkably diverse flora, and of Kevin Thiele’s tenure as Curator of the Western Australian Herbarium (2006-2015). Top row (L to R): Trachymene grandis (Turcz.) Rye (K.R. Thiele 3463); Amyema preissii (Miq.) Tiegh. {K.R. Thiele3ll2);BanksiapulchellaR.BL (K.R Thiele44d>9);DroseramicrophyllaEiidL(K.R. Thiele4054); Wurmbea tenella (Endl.) Benth. (N. Gibson 4598); Xerochrysum bracteatum (Vent.) Tzvelev (KR. Thiele 4682). Second row (L to R): Ptilotiis gaudichaudii subsp. eremita (S.Moore) Lally (K.R. Thiele 3397); Qiioya loxocarpa (F.Muell.) B. J.Conn & Henwood (KR. Thiele 4604); Babingtoniapelloeae Rye & Trudgen (K.R. Thiele 4452); Strangea cynanchicarpa (Meisn.) F.Muell. (K.R. Thiele 4465); Chamaescilla corymbosa (R.Br.) Benth. (K.R Thiele 4306); StylidiumeriopodumDC. (K.R. 3890). Third row (L to R): Goodenia eatoniana F.Muell. (K.R. Thiele 3486); Balaustion pulcherrimnm Hook. (KR. Thiele 4253); Leucopogon pliimuliflorus (F.Muell.) Benth. (K.R. Thiele 4184); Mirbelia ramulosa (Benth.) C.A.Gardner (K.R. Thiele 3856); Dioscorea hastifolia Endl. (K.R. Thiele 3511); Darwinia hortionim K.R.Thiele (K.R. Thiele 3920). Bottomrow(Lto R): Anigozanthos manglesii D.Don(unvouchered); Hakearhombales F.Muell. (K.R. Thiele 3296); Conospermum caeruleum R.Br. subsp. caeruleum (K.R. Thiele 4176); Melaleuca lateriflora Benth. (K.R. Thiele 3155); Hibbertia selkii Keighery (K.R. Thiele 4551); Phebalium canaliculatum (F.Muell. & Tate) J.H. Willis (K.R. Thiele & S.M. Prober 4668). Photographs by Kevin Thiele; design by Kelly Shepherd. Nuytsia WESTERN AUSTRAEIAN HERBARIUM VOLUME 27 2016 DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND WIEDEIFE WESTERN AUSTRAEIA Nutysia Nuytsia is a peer-reviewed journal that publishes original papers and short communications on the systematics, taxonomy and nomenclature of Australian (particularly Western Australian) plants, algae and fungi. Descriptions of taxa, revisions, identification guides, nomenclatural and taxonomic issues, systematic analyses and classifications, censuses, and information on invasive species are all considered. Editorial Committee Juliet Wege Ryonen Butcher Kelly Shepherd Russell Barrett Terry Macfarlane Barbara Rye Kevin Thiele Meriel Falconer Anthea Jones Melanie Smith Managing Editor Copy Editor Production Editor Associate Editors Curation Conservation Nuytsia is an open access journal in which papers are made freely available on the web. There are no page charges. Information for authors and instructions for purchasing hard copies of each volume or part can be found on the journal’s website: http ://fiorabase. dpaw. wa. gov.au/nuytsia. All papers should be submitted electronically in MS-Word format to: Published by the Department of Parks and Wildlife, Eocked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983. © Copyright Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016. All material in this journal is copyright and may not be reproduced except with the written permission of the publishers. The Managing Editor, Nuytsia Email: nuytsia@dpaw.wa.gov.au Telephone: +61 8 9219 9000 Facsimile: +61 8 9334 0327 Postal address: Western Australian Herbarium Science and Conservation Division Department of Parks and Wildlife Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre Western Australia 6983 ISSN 0085-4417 (print) ISSN 2200-2790 (online) Enquiries regarding distribution and subscriptions should also be addressed to the Managing Editor. Department of Parks and Wildlife CONTENTS Updates to Western Australia’s vascular plant census for 2015. C. Parker and J. Percy-Bower.1 Amanita wadulawitu (Basidiomycota), a new species from Western Australia, and an expanded description of A. kalamundae. L.E. McGurk, D. Giustiniano, E.M. Davison and E.E.J. Watkin.21 Vigna sp. central (M.E. Trudgen 1626) (Fabaceae: Phaseoleae) is not distinct from V sp. Hamersley Clay (A.A. Mitchell PRP 113). R. Butcher and S.J. Dillon.31 A taxonomic treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). PG. Wilson.33 Status of Senecio diaschides (Asteraceae) in Western Australia. G.J. Keighery andK.R. Thiele.75 Vigna triodiophila (Fabaceae: Phaseoleae), a new conservation-listed species from the Pilbara, Western Australia. A.E. Holland and R. Butcher.77 Thismia tectipora (Thismiaceae) a new, unusual mitre-form species from tropical Australia. I.D. Cowie and D.T. Fiddle.85 Removal of six phrase names from the census of Western Australian vascular plants. M. Hislop and K.A. Shepherd.95 Acacia citriodora (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae), a new species from northern Australia. PG. Kodela and B.R Maslin.102 An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 4. Malleostemon. B.F. Rye.103 Formal transfer of Murchisonia to Thysanotus (Asparagaceae). U.M. Sirisena, J.G. Conran and T.D. Macfarlane.121 Allocasuarina anfractuosa (Casuarinaceae), a new sheoak from southern Western Australia. J.A. Wege and S.R Barrett.125 Hemigenia tichbonii (Famiaceae), a new, rare species from Western Australia. K.R. Thiele and G. Guerin.129 Dysphania congestiflora (Chenopodiaceae), a new species from Western Australia. S.J. Dillon and A.S. Markey.133 Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years. N. Gibson.139 A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae). A.A. Burbidge.165 Tetratheca butcheriana (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and rare species from the Pilbara bioregion of Western Australia. A.J. Perkins, S. Reiffer and H. Ajduk.203 Eremophila buirchellii and E. calcicola (Scrophulariaceae), two new species from Western Australia. A.P Brown and R.W. Davis.211 New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae: Epacridoideae: Styphelieae) from the Geraldton Sandplains. M. Hislop.217 Status of the fern Histiopteris incisa (Dennstaedtiaceae) in southern Western Australia. G.J. Keighery.243 A new and rare species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae) from the North West of Western Australia. R.W. Davis, T. A. Hammer and K.R. Thiele.245 New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae): thirteen geographically restricted species from Western Australia. B.J. Buirchell and A.P. Brown.253 Stenantherapungens (Ericaceae: Epacridoideae: Styphelieae), a new combination, and a new genus for Western Australia. M. Hislop.285 Three new species from the Kimberley region of Western Australia from the families Caryophyllaceae, Convolvulaceae and Poaceae. Barrett, RE.287 Other content Referees for Volume 27.299 Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora and Fauna 300 Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 1-20 Published online 31 March 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Updates to Western Australia’s vascular plant census for 2015 The census database at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) lists current names and recent synonymy for Western Australia’s native and naturalised vascular plants, as well as algae, bryophytes, lichens, slime moulds and some fungi. The names represented in the census are either sourced from published research or denote as yet unpublished names based on herbarium voucher specimens. We herein summarise the changes made to vascular plant names in this database during 2015. A total of 225 name changes were made. One hundred and thirty-seven taxa were newly recorded for the state, of which 36 are naturalised and 48 have been added to the Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia (Jones 2015a) (Table 1). Plant groups for which a number of name changes were made in 2015 'mcXudQBaeckeaT. (Rye 2015a, 2015b, 2015c, 2015d), Brachyscome Cass. (Short 2014), Caladenia R.Br. (Brown & Brockman 2015), Indigofera L. (Wilson & Rowe 2015), Pterostylis R.Br. (Jones 2015b; Jones & French 2014,2015) and Thryptomene Endl. (Rye 2014). Two manuscript names were changed to phrase names under Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (CHAH) guidelines for informal names (Barker 2005), while five manuscript names and 96 phrase names were formally published (Table 2). Twenty-three taxa are now considered to be later homonyms of fossil- species and therefore synonymised (Table 2; see Turner (2014) and Short (2015) for discussion on replacement names). Table 2 also includes cases where there has been a change of taxonomic concept, misapplication, exclusion or rank change. A significant milestone was achieved in 2015: the total number of native vascular species known to occur in Western Australia surpassed 10,000 (Thiele 2015a). Another noteworthy event was the publication of 100 new species in Nuytsia (Wege 2015a), half of which were published in a special issue celebrating 50 years of the Western Australian Botanic Garden at Kings Park (Barrett 2015a). Table I. New records added to Western Australia’s vascular plant census during 2015. in litt. = in correspondence; in sched. = on herbarium sheet/label; * = naturalised; T, P1-P4 = Conservation Codes following Jones (2015a). New Name Status Comment Acacia adoxa Pedley var. adoxa x Acacia spondylophylla F.Muell. B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Acacia adsurgens Maiden & Blakely x Acacia rhodophloia Maslin B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Acacia ampliceps Maslin x Acacia bivenosa DC. B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Acacia ampliceps Maslin x Acacia sclerosperma F.Muell. subsp. B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). sclerosperma Acacia ancistrocarpa Maiden & Blakely x Acacia citrinoviridis B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Tindale & Maslin Acacia aphanoclada Maslin x Acaciapyrifolia DC. var. pyrifolia B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 2 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) New Name Status Comment Acacia bivenosa DC. x Acacia sclerosperma F.Muell. subsp. sclerosperma B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Acacia citrinoviridis Tindale & Maslin x Acacia tumida var. pilbarensis M.W.McDonald B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Acacia eriopoda Maiden & Blakely x Acacia trachycarpa E.Fritz. B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Acacia eriopoda Maiden & Blakely x Acacia tumida var. pilbarensis M.W.McDonald B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Acacia hilliana Maiden x Acacia stellaticeps Kodela, Tindale & D.Keith B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Acacia rhodophloia Maslin x Acacia sibirica S.Moore B.R. Maslin in litt. (28/03/2012). Acanthus mollis L. New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (20/01/2015). Aloe brevifolia Mill. New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (07/10/2014). Auranticarpa rhombifolia (Hook.) L.Cayzer, Crisp & I.Telford * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (15/01/2015). Avena sterilis L. subsp. sterilis New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (12/03/2014). Baeckea sp. Fitzgerald Peaks (P. J. Poli 53) P2 B.E. Rye in sched. (11/08/2015). Banksia densa var. Wheatbelt (M. Pieroni s.n. PERTH 04083407) K.R. Thiele in litt. (28/07/2015). Barleria lupulina Eindl. New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (05/11/2014). Bonamia fruticosa R.W. Johnson See Johnson (2014). Bonamia wilsoniae R.W.Johnson P3 See Johnson (2014). Boronia cremnophila R.E.Barrett, M.D.Barrett & Duretto PI See Barrett et al. (2015a). Boronia interrex R.E.Barrett, M.D.Barrett & Duretto P2 See Barrett et al. (2015a). Boronia marcoana R.E.Barrett & M.D.Barrett PI See Barrett et al. (2015a). Boronia thedae R.E.Barrett, M.D.Barrett & Duretto PI See Barrett et al. (2015a). Brachyscome billabongensis PS.Short See Short (2014). Brachyscome rudallensis PS.Short See Short (2014). Brachyscome simulans PS.Short See Short (2014). Calceolaria tripartita Ruiz & Pav. New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (27/10/2014). Calectasia jubilaea R.E.Barrett P2 See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Callisia repens (Jacq.) E. New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (07/04/2015). C.M. Parker & J.M. Percy-Bower, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2015 3 New Name Status Comment Caustis deserti R.L.Barrett P3 See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S. Johnson * New naturalised record for WA. See Barrett & Tay (2005). Corymbia maculata (Hook.) K.D.Hill & L A.S. Johnson New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (17/12/2014). Ciipressus sempervirens L. New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (05/11/2013). Cylindropuntia kleiniae (DC.) F.M.Knuth * New naturalised record for WA. See Chinnock (2015). Cylindropuntiapallida (Rose) F.M.Knuth New naturalised record for WA. See Chinnock (2015). Cylindropuntia prolifera (Engelm.) F.M.Knuth New naturalised record for WA. See Chinnock (2015). Danvinia sp. Kirkalocka (M. Crowhurst 296) PI B.E. Rye/«//«. (16/10/2015). Daviesia localis Hislop PI See Hislop (2015a). Dipteracanthus chichesterensis Trudgen & P.-L.de Kock PI See Trudgen & de Kock (2015). Dysphania sp. Fortescue Marsh (A. Markey & S. Dillon FM 9709) S. Dillon & A. Markey in litt. (17/03/2015). Eremophila sp. Jigalong (B. Buirchell BB 204) PI B. Buirchell in litt. (12/06/2014). Eremophila sp. Lorna Glen (R.J. Dadd 16) PI B. Buirchell in litt. (12/06/2014). Eremophila sp. Mt Augustus (B. Buirchell BB 205) P2 B. Buirchell in litt. (12/06/2014). Eremophila sp. Nooloo breakaway (R.J. Dadd 27) PI B. Buirchell in litt. (12/06/2014). Eremophila sp. Young Range (Desert Dreaming Expedition 93) P2 B. Buirchell in litt. (12/06/2014). Eucalyptus resinifera Sm. * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (07/11/2013). Eucalyptus resinifera Sm. subsp. resinifera New naturalised record for WA. D. Nicolle in sched. (Jan. 2001). Gomphrena globosa E. * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (04/08/2015). Goodenia heterotricha M.D.Barrett & R.E.Barrett PI See Barrett & Barrett (2015a). Goodenia maretensis R.E.Barrett PI See Barrett & Barrett (2015a). Gossypium anapoides J.M.Stewart, Craven, Brubaker & Wendel PI See Stewart et al. (2015). Haemodorum capitatum R.E.Barrett & Hopper PI See Barrett et al. (2015c). Haemodorum griseofuscum R.E.Barrett, M.D.Barrett & Hopper PI See Barrett et al. (2015c). Haemodorum macfarlanei R.E.Barrett P2 See Barrett et al. (2015c). 4 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) New Name Status Comment Haemodorum macfarlanei R.L.Barrett P2 See Barrett et al. (2015c). Haemodorum thedae R.L.Barrett PI See Barrett et al. (2015c). Hakea dactyloides (Gaertn.) Cav. * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (30/06/2015). Hibbertia hypericoides (DC.) Benth. subsp. hypericoides See Thiele & Cockerton (2015). Hibbertia hypericoides subsp. septentrionalis K.R.Thiele & Cockerton See Thiele & Cockerton (2015). Hybanthus bennettiae R.L.Barrett P2 See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Hydrangea macrophylla (Thunb.) Ser. New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (09/02/2015). Indigofera chamaeclada Peter G.Wilson & Rowe subsp. chamaeclada See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera chamaeclada subsp. pubens Peter G.Wilson & Rowe See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera fractiflexa Peter G.Wilson & Rowe subsp. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera melanosticta Peter G.Wilson & Rowe See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera oraria Peter G.Wilson & Rowe PI See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera roseola Peter G.Wilson & Rowe PI See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Kunzea ambigua (Sm.) Druce * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (24/02/2015). Kunzea ericoides (A.Rich.) Joy Thomps. * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (24/02/2015). Kunzea parvifolia Schauer New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (24/02/2015). Lantana montevidensis (Spreng.) Briq. * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (21/01/2015). Lepidosperma hopperi R.L.Barrett See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Lepidosperma oldhamii R.L.Barrett See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Leucopogon incisus Hislop P2 See Hislop (2015b). Lilium candidum L. * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (06/08/2014). Ludwigia repens J.R.Forst. New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (20/01/2015). Malephora crocea (Jacq.) Schwantes New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (04/08/2015). Mentha satureioides R.Br. New record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (13/10/2015). Microlepidium alatum (J.M.Black) E.A.Shaw PI New record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (20/01/2015). C.M. Parker & J.M. Percy-Bower, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2015 5 New Name Status Comment Mitrasacme katjarranka N.Gibson & S. J.van Leeuwen PI See Gibson & van Leeuwen (2015). Ocimum americanum L. * New naturalised record for WA. See Conn (2014). Ocimum caryophyllinum F.Muell. New record for WA. See Conn (2014). Opercularia sp. Stirling Range (M. Hislop 2839) P2 A. Markey in litt. (27/07/2015). Opuntiaficus-indica (L.) Mill. * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (07/11/2013). Pancratium maritimum L. * New naturalised record for WA. See Hussey et al. (2007). Podolepis aristata Benth. New record for WA. See Jeanes (2015). Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) Jeanes See Jeanes (2015). Podolepis aristata Benth. subsp. aristata See Jeanes (2015). Podolepis remota Jeanes See Jeanes (2015). Poranthera asybosca R.L.Barrett PI See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Proiphys kimberleyensis M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett PI See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Pterostylis echinulata D.L.Jones & C.J.French PI See Jones & French (2014). Pterostylis elegantissima (D.L. Jones & C. J.French) D.L.Jones PI See Jones (2015b). Pterostylis hadra (D.L. Jones) D.L. Jones PI See Jones (2015b). Pterostylis macrosceles (D.L.Jones & C. J.French) D.L. Jones See Jones (2015b). Pterostylis microphylla D.L. Jones & C. J.French See Jones & French (2014). Punica granatum L. * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (20/01/2015). Ricinocarpos sp. Eastern Goldfields (A. Williams 3) PI M. Hislop in litt. (16/04/2015). Roebuckia cheilocarpa (F.Muell.) PS.Short var. cheilocarpa See Short (2014). Roebuckia cheilocarpa var. glabrata PS.Short See Short (2014). Roebuckia cheilocarpa var. Integra PS.Short See Short (2014). Roebuckia cheilocarpa var. quobbensis PS.Short See Short (2014). Roebuckia chinnockii PS.Short See Short (2014). Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) New Name Status Comment Roebuckia cuneata P.S.Short See Short (2014). Roebuckia lathamensis P.S.Short See Short (2014). Roebuckia lathamensis var. glabrata P.S.Short See Short (2014). Roebuckia lathamensis var. glandulosa P.S.Short See Short (2014). Roebuckia lathamensis P.S.Short var. lathamensis See Short (2014). Roebuckia nerrenensis P.S.Short See Short (2014). Roebuckia similis P.S.Short See Short (2014). Roldana petasitis (Sims) H.Rob. & Brettell New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (28/08/2015). Sansevieria trifasciata Prain * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (27/11/2014). Scholtzia obovata (DC.) Schauer New record for WA. B.L. Rye in litt. (25/11/2014). Solidago chilensis Meyen New naturalised record for WA. J.C. Semple in litt. (16/06/2015). Spathodea campanulata PBeauv. * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (18/11/2014). Spathodea campanulata PBeauv. subsp. campanulata * New naturalised record for WA. G.J. Keighery in litt. (18/11/2014). Stylidium pindanicum R.L.Barrett P3 See Barrett et al. (2015b). Stylidium saintpaulioides R.L.Barrett, M.D.Barrett & Lowrie P3 See Barrett et al. (2015b). Stylidium uniflorum subsp. extensum Wege P3 See Wege (2015b). Stylidium uniflorum Sond. subsp. uniflorum See Wege (2015b). Stylidium willingii R.L.Barrett, Kenneally & Lowrie See Barrett et al. (2015b). Taraxacum khatoonae Abedin New naturalised record for WA. See Scarlett (2015). Tephrosia sp. Willowra (G.M. Chippendale 4809) New record for WA. R. Butcher in litt. (17/02/2015). Terminalia circumalata F.Muell. New record for WA. See Barrett (2015b). Terminalia kumpaja R.L.Barrett See Barrett (2015b). Thryptomene globifera Rye See Rye (2014). Thryptomene wannooensis Rye PI See Rye (2014). C.M. Parker & J.M. Percy-Bower, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2015 7 New Name Status Comment Tribulopis marliesiae R.L.Barrett P3 See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Tricoryne soullierae T.Macfarlane & Keighery PI See Macfarlane & Keighery (2014). Tricoryne sp. Bimbijy (G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 7108) P2 T.D. Macfarlane in Hit. (02/12/2014). Triodia celsa M.D.Barrett P2 See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Triodia diantha M.D.Barrett PI See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Triodia sp. Hidden Island (T. Handasyde TH 6109) PI M.D. Barrett in litt. (22/10/2015). Triodia sp. Kurungal (A.B. Craig ABC 1675) PI M.D. Barrett in litt. (21/08/2015). Triodia sp. Pannawonica (B.M. Anderson & M.D. Barrett BMA 89) PI M.D. Barrett & B.M. Anderson in litt. (04/09/2015). Verbena supina L. New naturalised record for WA. M. Hislop in litt. (18/11/2014). Table 2. Changes to existing entries in Western Australia’s vascular plant census during 2015. Excluded name = a name used in the botanical literature that refers to a taxon never occurring in WA; misapplied name = a name used in the botanical literature but now considered to refer to one or more different WA taxa; nomenclatural synonym = a superseded name based on the same type specimen as the accepted name—^the epithet is usually transferred to a different genus name or rank; taxonomic synonym = a superseded name based on a different type specimen to the accepted name; in lift. = in correspondence; in sched. = on herbarium sheet/label; p.p. = in part; * = naturalised; T, P1-P4 = Conservation Codes following Jones (2015a). Old Name New Name Status Comments Acacia exilis Maslin Acacia exigua I.M.Turner Nomenclatural synonym. See Turner (2014). Acacia gracillima Tindale Acacia minniritchi I.M.Turner Nomenclatural synonym. See Turner (2014). Acacia rigida Maslin Acacia neorigida I.M.Turner Nomenclatural synonym. See Turner (2014). Actinoschoenus sp. A Kimberley Flora (C.R. Dunlop 5303) Actinoschoenus ramosus Rye, R.E.Barrett & M.D.Barrett P3 Taxon formally published. See Rye etal. (2015). Actinoschoenus sp. B Kimberley Flora (G.J. Keighery 2649) Actinoschoenus arthrostyloides (W.Fitzg.) K.E.Clarke, K.E.Wilson & J.J.Bruhl Name synonymised. See Rye et al. (2015). Actinoschoenus sp. C Kimberley Flora (PG. Wilson s.n. 12/5/72) A ctinoschoenus quadricostatus Rye, R.E.Barrett & M.D.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Rye etal. (2015). Actinoschoenus sp. D Kimberley Flora (K.F Kenneally 4789) Actinoschoenus glabrispiculus Rye, R.E.Barrett & M.D.Barrett P3 Taxon formally published. See Rye etal. (2015). Actinoschoenus sp. E Kimberley Flora (C.R. Dunlop 5309) Actinoschoenus pentagonus Rye, R.E.Barrett & M.D.Barrett Taxon formally published. See Rye etal. (2015). Alyogyne sp. Shark Bay (D.J. Edinger 6212) Alyogyne sp. Great Victoria Desert (D.J. Edinger 6212) Name synonymised. J.G. Conran in litt. (22/07/2015). Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Old Name New Name Status Comments Angianthus sp. Altham (M.N. Lyons 2623) Angianthus globuliformis M.Fyons & Keighery PI Taxon formally published. See Fyons & Keighery (2015). Aphyllodium sp. Great Sandy Desert (C.P. Campbell 3689) Aphyllodium beardii R.F.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Astartea laricifolia Schauer Astartea pulchella (DC.) Rye Taxonomic synonym. See Rye (2015b). Astartea sp. wing tips (M.E. Trudgen 12044) Astartea pulchella (DC.) Rye Name synonymised. See Rye (2015b). Asterolinon linum-stellatum (L.) Duby Lysimachia linum-stellatum F. Nomenclatural synonym. See Manns & Anderberg (2009). Avena ludoviciana Durieu Avena sterilis subsp. ludoviciana (Durieu) M.Gillet & Magne * Nomenclatural synonym. G.J. Keighery in litt. (12/03/2014). Babingtonia behrii (Schltdl.) A. R. Bean nJdi Excluded taxon. See Rye (2015c). Baeckea crispiflora (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Ericomyrtus serpyllifolia (Turcz.) Rye Taxonomic synonym. See Rye (2015a). Baeckea crispiflora (F.Muell.) F.Muell. var. crispiflora Ericomyrtus serpyllifolia (Turcz.) Rye Taxonomic synonym. See Rye (2015a). Baeckea crispiflora var. tenuior Fwart Ericomyrtus tenuior (Ewart) Rye Nomenclatural synonym. See Rye (2015a). Baeckea crispiflora subsp. Mt Fesueur (F.A. Griffin 2325) Ericomyrtus sp. Mt Fesueur (E.A. Griffin 2325) Name synonymised. B E. Rye insched (17/08/2015). Baeckea crispiflora subsp. Ongerup (A. Scougall & C. Garawanta F35) Ericomyrtus serpyllifolia (Turcz.) Rye Name synonymised. See Rye (2015a). Baeckea grandflora Benth. Babingtonia grandflora (Benth.) Rye Nomenclatural synonym. See Rye (2015d). Baeckea ochropetala F.Muell. Hysterobaeckea ochropetala (F.Muell.) Rye PI Nomenclatural synonym. See Rye (2015c). Baeckeaplatycephala E.Fritz. Ericomyrtus serpyllifolia (Turcz.) Rye Taxonomic synonym. See Rye (2015a). Baeckeapulchella DC. Astartea pulchella (DC.) Rye Nomenclatural synonym. See Rye (2015b). Baeckea sp. Bunjil (B.R. Maslin 5067) Babingtonia minutfolia Rye & Trudgen PI Taxon formally published. See Rye (2015d). Baeckea sp. Bunney Road (S. Patrick 4059) Babingtonia erecta Rye & Trudgen Taxon formally published. See Rye (2015d). Baeckea sp. Calingiri (F. Hort 1710) Babingtonia triandra Rye & Hislop P2 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2015d). Baeckea sp. Darling Range (R.J. Cranfield 1673) Babingtonia pelloeae Rye & Trudgen Taxon formally published. See Rye (2015d). Baeckea sp. fine-leaved (C.M. Fewis517) Ericomyrtus drummondii Turcz. Name synonymised. See Rye (2015a). Baeckea sp. Moora (R. Bone 1993/1) Babingtonia cherticola Rye & Trudgen P3 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2015d). Baeckea sp. Narrogin (R. Hnatiuk 780011) Babingtonia maleyae Rye & Trudgen P2 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2015d). Baeckea sp. Perth Region (R.J. Cranfield 444) Babingtonia urbana Rye P3 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2015d). C.M. Parker & J.M. Percy-Bower, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2015 9 Old Name New Name Status Comments Baeckea sp. Yandanooka (R. Soullier421) Babingtonia fascifolia Rye PI Taxon formally published. See Rye (2015d). Baeckea thymoides S.Moore Ericomyrtus serpyllifolia (Turcz.) Rye Taxonomic synonym. See Rye (2015a). Blumea psammophila Dunlop ms Blumea psammophila Dunlop Taxon formally published. See Dunlop & Orchard (2015). Boerhavia diffusa L. n/a Name made current. Taxon reinstated. G.J. Keighery in litt. (23/12/2014). Bonamia sp. Dampier (A.A. Mitchell PRP217) Bonamia pilbarensis R.W.Johnson Taxon formally published. See Johnson (2014). Bossiaea sp. Princess May Range (M.D. Barrett & R.L. Barrett MDB 1326) Bossiaea zarae R.L.Barrett P3 Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Bossiaea sp. West Kimberley (R.L. Barrett & M.D. Barrett RLB 4045) Bossiaea arenitensis R.L.Barrett Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Brachyloma sp. Forrestania White (M. Hislop & F. Hort MH 2591) Brachyloma stenolobum Hislop & Cranfield PI Taxon formally published. See Hislop & Cranfield (2014). Brachyscome cheilocarpa F.Muell. Roebuckia cheilocarpa (F.Muell.) PS. Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2014). Brachyscome ciliaris (Labill.) Less. var. ciliaris Brachyscome ciliaris (Labill.) Less. Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2014). Brachyscome ciliaris var. lanuginosa (Steetz) Benth. Brachyscome ciliaris (Labill.) Less. Taxonomic synonym. See Short (2014). Brachyscome ciliocarpa kM.Vitzg. Roebuckia ciliocarpa (W.Fitzg.) PS. Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2014). Brachyscome exilis Sond. nJdi Excluded taxon. See Short (2014). Brachyscome halophila PS.Short Roebuckia halophila (PS.Short) PS. Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2014). Brachyscome oncocarpa Diels Roebuckia oncocarpa (Diels) PS. Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2014). Brachyscome sp. Wanna Munna Flats (S. van Leeuwen 4662) Roebuckia similis PS.Short Name synonymised. See Short (2014). Brachyscome tatei J.M.Black n/a Excluded taxon. See Short (2014). Brunonia siiffruticosa L.W.Sage ms Brunonia australis var. A Kimberley Flora (K.F. Kenneally 5452) Name synonymised. See CHAH (2006). Caladenia attingens subsp. granite (M.A. Burgman 4632) Caladenia attingens subsp. effusa A.P.Br. & G. Brockman Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia denticulata subsp. Arrowsmith (G. Brockman GBB 2441) Caladenia denticulata subsp. albicans A.P.Br. & G.Brockman PI Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia denticulata subsp. Jarrah forest (G.J. Keighery 13592) Caladenia denticulata subsp. rubella A.P.Br. & G.Brockman Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia longicauda subsp. Chapman Valley (G. Brockman 884) Caladenia longicauda subsp. minima A.VBr. & G.Brockman P2 Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). 10 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Old Name New Name Status Comments Caladenia longicauda subsp. Duke of Orleans Bay (A S. George 16169) Caladenia longicauda subsp. insularis 8 l G.Brockman PI Name synonymised. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia longicauda subsp. Manjimup (G. Brockman (GBB 2540) Caladenia longicauda subsp. extrema A.P.Br. & G.Brockman PI Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Boranup (M. Spencer MS71) Caladenia ambusta A.P.Br. & G.Brockman P2 Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Brookton Hwy (G. Brockman GBB 547) Caladenia fluvialis A.P.Br. & G.Brockman Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Collie (E. Bennett s.n. PERTH 08396051) Caladenia leucochila A.V.Br., R.D.Phillips & G.Brockman T Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Island Point (G. Brockman GBB 2356) Caladenia swartsiorum A.P.Br. & G.Brockman PI Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Julimar (S.D. Hopper 3992) Caladenia denticulata Eindl. subsp. denticulata Name synonymised. A.P. Brown in sched (02/06/2015). Caladenia sp. Keninup (S. Clarke SC 127) Caladeniaperangusta A.V.Br. & G.Brockman P2 Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Moodiarrup (A.P Brown 233) Caladenia straminichila A.P.Br. & G.Brockman Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Muir Hwy (W. Jackson BJ 341) Caladenia validinervia A.V.Br. & G.Brockman PI Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Quindanning (K. Smith & P. Johns 231) Caladenia hopperiana A.P.Br. & G.Brockman T Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Wyalkatchem (G.B. Brockman GBB 661) Caladenia erythronema A.B.Br. & G.Brockman Taxon fomially published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Yerina Springs (G. Brockman GBB 1270) Caladenia bigeminata A.B.Br. & G.Brockman PI Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Caladenia sp. Yuna (G. Brockman 712) Caladeniapluvialis A.B.Br. & G.Brockman P2 Taxon formally published. See Brown & Brockman (2015). Calectasia grandiflora E.Preiss subsp. grandiflora ms Calectasia grandiflora E.Preiss Name synonymised. No subspecies recognised. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Calectasia grandiflora subsp. southern (H. Demarz 546) Calectasia demarzii R.E.Barrett Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Calectasia grandiflora subsp. Wheatbelt (A.M. Coates 4315) Calectasia valida R.E.Barrett Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Calectasia sp. Pinjar (C. Tauss 557) Calectasia elegans R.E.Barrett P2 Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Canna x orchiodes E.H.Bailey Canna x generalis E.H.Bailey Misapplied name. G. J. Keighery in litt. (07/11/2014). Canna indica E. nJdL * Name made current. Taxon reinstated. G.J. Keighery in litt. (07/11/2014). Caustis sp. Gigas (A.S. George 9318) Caustis gigas R.E.Barrett P2 Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Centrolepis sp. Eneabba (B.P Miller s.n. 31/12/2009) Centrolepis milleri M.D.Barrett & D.D.Sokoloff P3 Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Sokoloff(2015). Coleonema album (Thunb.) Bartl. & H.E.Wendl. Coleonema pulchellum I.Williams Misapplied name. See Wilson (2013). C.M. Parker & J.M. Percy-Bower, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2015 11 Old Name New Name Status Comments Commelina sp. Roe River (R.L. Barrett & M.D. Barrett RLB 4633) Commelina roensis M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Corymbia pimkapitiensis K.D.Hill&LA.S.Johnson Corymbia aparrerinja K.D.Hill & L A S. Johnson Taxonomic synonym. See Nicolle (2014). Criniim sp. West Kimberley (J.A. Smith s.n. 7/1/1979) Crinum joesmithii M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett P3 Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Crypsis schoenoides (L.) Lam. Sporobolus schoenoides (L.) PM. Peterson * Nomenclatural synonym. See Peterson etal. (2014). Cucumis maderaspatanus L. Cucumis althaeoides (Ser.) PSebastian & I.Telford Misapplied name p.p. See Telford et al. (2011). Cucumis maderaspatanus L. Cucumis argenteus (Domin) PSebastian & I.Telford Misapplied name p.p. See Telford et al. (2011). Cucumis maderaspatanus L. Cucumis variabilis PSebastian & I.Telford Misapplied name p.p. See Telford et al. (2011). Cylindropuntia rosea (DC.) Backeb. Cylindropuntia imbricata (Haw.) F.M.Knuth Taxonomic synonym. See Chinnock (2015). Cylindropuntia tunicata (Lehm.) F.M.Knuth nJdL * Name made current. Taxon reinstated. See Chinnock (2015). Decaschistia byrnesii Fryxell subsp. byrnesii nJdL Excluded taxon. M.D. Barrett in litt. (26/05/2015). Diuris nicholsoniana A.V.Br. ms Diuris porrifolia Lindl. Name synonymised. A.P Brown in litt. (13/07/2015). Eriocaulon sp. E Kimberley Flora (A.S. George 12635) Eriocaulon rivicola G.J. Leach, M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett P2 Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Eriochloa pseudoacrotricha (Then.) S.T.Blake Eriochloa pseudoacrotricha (Then.) J.M.Black Taxonomic synonym. Eriochloa pseudoacrotricha (Thell.) S.T.Blake is nom. illeg See CHAH (2014a). Eucalyptus leptocalyx / scyphocalyx n/a Name made noncurrent. Intergrades are not included in the census. See Thiele & Parker (2014). Eucalyptus rhodantha var. petiolaris Blakely Eucalyptus rhodantha var. x petiolaris Blakely Considered to be of hybrid origin {E. rhodantha x E. pyriformis). D. Nicolle in litt. (15/07/2014). Fimbristylis sp. G Kimberley Flora (A.C. Beauglehole 51810) Fimbristylis helicophylla Rye, R.L.Barrett & M.D.Barrett P2 Taxon formally published. See Rye et al. (2015). Glycine sp. Pitta Creek (M.D. Barrett 1201) Glycine remota M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Gomphrena sp. Maret Islands (A.A. Mitchell 5414) Gomphrena splendida R.L.Barrett & J.Palmer P3 Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Palmer (2015). Goodenia kakadu Carolin Goodenia cravenii R.L.Barrett & M.D.Barrett P3 Misapplied name. See Barrett & Barrett (2015a). Grevillea dissecta (McGill.) Olde & Marriott Grevillea neodissecta I.M.Tumer P4 Nomenclatural synonym. See Turner (2014). Grevillea rigida Olde & Marriott Grevillea neorigida I.M.Tumer Nomenclatural synonym. See Turner (2014). Grevillea rigida subsp. distans Olde & Marriott Grevillea neorigida subsp. distans (Olde & Marriott) I.M.Tumer Nomenclatural synonym. See Turner (2014). 12 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Old Name New Name Status Comments Grevillea rigida Olde & Marriott subsp. rigida Grevillea neorigida I.M.Turner subsp. neorigida Nomenclatural synonym. See Turner (2014). Grevillea xerophylla P.Olde ms n/a Error. PM. Olde pers. comm. (Aug. 2015). Haemodorum sp. A Kimberley Flora (K.F. Kenneally 8639) Haemodorum basalticum R.E.Barrett, Hopper & T.Macfarlane P2 Taxon formally published. See Barrett etal. (2015c). Haemodorum sp. Gardner Plateau (R.L. Barrett & M.D. Barrett RLB 1008) Haemodorum condensatum Hopper & R.E.Barrett P2 Taxon formally published. See Barrett etal (2015c). Haemodorum sp. Prince Regent River (M.D. Barrett MDB 1185) Haemodorum interrex R.E.Barrett & M.D.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Barrett etal (2015c). Hakea spathulata (Benth.) R.M.Barker Hakea neospathulata I.M.Turner Nomenclatural synonym. See Turner (2014). Harmogia parviflora Turcz. Ericomyrtusparviflora (Turcz.) Rye Nomenclatural synonym. See Rye (2015a). Helichrysum macranthum Benth. Xerochrysum macranthum (Benth.) Paul G.Wilson Nomenclatural synonym. See Schmidt- Eebuhn etal. (2015). Hemiandra glabra Benth. subsp. glabra ms Hemiandra glabra Benth. Name synonymised. Subspecies not recognised. See CHAH (2010). Hibbertia sp. Mt Adams (E.D. Kabay 276) Hibbertia robur K.R.Thiele Taxon formally published. See Thiele (2014). Hibbertia sp. Mt Gibson (R.D. Hoogland 12002) Hibbertia cockertoniana K.R.Thiele P3 Taxon formally published. See Thiele & Cockerton (2015). Hibbertia sp. Prince Regent (M.D. Barrett & R.L. Barrett 1342) Hibbertia par anther a K.R.Thiele P2 Taxon formally published. See Thiele (2015b). Hibiscus sp. Ninghan Station (A.A. Mitchell 1161) Radyera farragei (F.Muell.) Fryxell & S.H.Hashmi Name synonymised. See Davis (2015a). Indigofer a boviperda subsp. Eremaea (E.M. Goble- Garratt 186) Indigofera boviperda subsp. eremaea Peter G.Wilson & Rowe Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera sp. Chamaeclada (G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 1224) Indigofera chamaeclada Peter G.Wilson & Rowe Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera sp. Cuspidata (Peter G. Wilson & E. Thoma PGW 1776) Indigofera cuspidata Peter G.Wilson & Rowe Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera sp. Decipiens (Peter G. Wilson & J. Palmer PGW 1777) Indigofera decipiens Peter G.Wilson & Rowe Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera sp. Eriophylla (J. Stretch s.n. PERTH 05406110) Indigofera eriophylla Peter G.Wilson & Rowe PI Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera sp. Fractiflexa (S. van Eeeuwen 3773) Indigofera fractiflexa Peter G.Wilson & Rowe Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera sp. Gilesii (M.E. Trudgen 15869) Indigofera gilesii Peter G.Wilson & Rowe P3 Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera sp. Kingiana (S. van Vreeswyk 3767) Indigofera kingiana Peter G.Wilson & Rowe Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). C.M. Parker & J.M. Percy-Bower, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2015 13 Old Name New Name Status Comments Indigofer a sp. Mount Augustus (S. Patrick & A. Crawford SP 4737) Indigofera fractiflexa subsp. augustensis Peter G.Wilson & Rowe P2 Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera sp. Occidentalis (D.J. Edinger 1259) Indigofera occidentalis Peter G.Wilson & Rowe Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Indigofera sp. Warburton (A.A. Munir 5209) Indigofera warburtonensis Peter G.Wilson & Rowe PI Taxon formally published. See Wilson & Rowe (2015). Isopogon buxifolius var. linearis (R.Br.) Benth. Isopogon spathulatus R.Br. Nomenclatural synonym. B.L. Rye pers. comm. (2015). Isopogon buxifolius var. spathulatus (R.Br.) Benth. Isopogon spathulatus R.Br. Nomenclatural synonym. See Rye & Hislop (2015). Isotoma hypocrateriformis var. cristata N.G.Walsh ms Isotoma hypocrateriformis (R.Br.) Druce Name synonymised. N.G. Walsh in litt. (June 2010). Isotoma hypocrateriformis var. trichogramma N.G.Walsh ms Isotoma hypocrateriformis (R.Br.) Druce Name synonymised. N.G. Walsh in litt. (June 2010). Isotropis sp. Spirit Hills (D.J. Dixon 1632) Isotropis browniae Jobson P3 Taxon formally published. See Jobson (2014). Lasiopetalum sp. Northam (F. Hortll96) Lasiopetalum trichantherum K. A. Sheph.&C.F. Wilkins P2 Taxon formally published. See Shepherd & Wilkins (2015). Lechenaultia sp. Harding Range (M.D.Barrett & R.L. Barrett MDB 1909) Lechenaultia mimica M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015a). Lepidosperma sp. Mt Burdett (M.A. Burgman & C. Layman MAB 3287) Lepidosperma fairallianum R.L.Barrett Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Leucopogon heterophyllus Hislop Leucopogon diversifolius Hislop Nomenclatural synonym. See Hislop (2015b). Lindernia ciliata (Colsm.) Pennell Bonnaya ciliata (Colsm.) Sprang. Nomenclatural synonym. See Liang & Wang (2014). Lomandra sp. Lochada (T.D. Macfarlane 4833) Lomandra marginata T. Macfarlane & Conran Taxon formally published. See Macfarlane & Conran (2014). Malleostemon sp. Cooljarloo (B. Backhouse s.n. 16/11/88) Babingtonia delicata Rye & Trudgen PI Taxon formally published. See Rye (2015d). Mitrasacme sp. Theda (K. Menkhorst s.n. 18/04/1988) Mitrasacme thedae M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Nymphoides sp. Mitchell Plateau (R.L. Barrett & M.D. Barrett RLB 2640) Nymphoides astoniae M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Ocimum tenuiflorum L. nJdL Excluded taxon. This taxon does not occur in WA. See Conn (2014). Peplidium sp. fortescue marsh (S. van Leeuwen 4865) Peplidium sp. E Evol. FI. Fauna Arid Aust. (A.S. Weston 12768) Name synonymised. See Markey (2014). Phyllanthus fuernrohrii F.Muell. nJdL Name made current. Taxon reinstated. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Phyllanthus minutiflorus Mull. Arg. nJdL Name made current. Taxon reinstated. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Phyllanthus sp. B Kimberley Flora (T.E.H. Aplin et al. 809) n/a Name made current. Taxon reinstated. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Phyllanthus sp. C Kimberley Flora (N.T. Burbidge 1400) Phyllanthus eremicus R.L.Barrett & LTelford P3 Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Telford (2015). 14 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Old Name New Name Status Comments Phyllanthus ciccoides Mull.Arg. Phyllanthus baccatus Benth. Misapplied name. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Phyllanthus sp. Coastal North West (J.Z. Weber 4919) Phyllanthus hamelinii I.Telford & R.L.Barrett Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Phyllanthus sp. D Kimberley Flora (C.R. Dunlop 5302) Phyllanthus indigoferoides Benth. Name synonymised. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Podolepis auriculata DC. Podolepis aristata subsp. auriculata (DC.) Jeanes Nomenclatural synonym. See Jeanes (2015). Podolepis canescens DC. n/a Excluded taxon. See Jeanes (2015). Podolepis rugata Lab ill. var. rugata Podolepis rugata Labill. subsp. rugata Nomenclatural synonym. See Jeanes (2015). Podolepis sp. Carnarvon Range (D. J. Edinger Nats 33) Podolepis eremaea Jeanes Name synonymised. See Jeanes (2015). Podolepis sp. Great Victoria Desert (A.S. George 8219) Podolepis eremaea Jeanes Name synonymised. See Jeanes (2015). Proiphys amboinensis (L.) Herb. n/a Excluded taxon. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Pterostylis sp. broad petals (S.D. Hopper 4429) Pterostylisplatypetala D.L.Jones & C.J.French Taxon formally published. See Jones & French (2015). Pterostylis sp. clubbed snail orchid (R. Davis 8088) Pterostylis glebosa D.L. Jones & C.J.French Taxon formally published. See Jones & French (2014). Pterostylis sp. elegant snail orchid (G. Brockman GBB 1194) Pterostylis scitula D.L. Jones & C.J.French Taxon formally published. See Jones & French (2015). Pterostylis sp. exserted labellum (A.C. Beauglehole 12194) Pterostylis exserta (D.L. Jones) D.L.Jones Name synonymised. A.P Brown in litt. (07/09/2015). Pterostylis sp. extended dorsal sepal (G. Pauli 731) Pterostylis sp. crinkled leaf (G.J. Keighery 13426) Name synonymised. G. Brockman pers. comm. (05/08/2014). Pterostylis sp. miniature (J.R. Wheeler 3298) Pterostylis voigtii D.L.Jones & C.J.French Name synonymised. See Jones & French (2015). Pterostylis sp. Ongerup (K.R. Newbey 4874) Pterostylisperculta (D.L.Jones & C.J.French) D.L.Jones Name synonymised. A.P. Brown in litt. (07/09/2015). Pterostylis sp. Slender Snail Orchid (G.J. Keighery 14516) Pterostylis sp. crinkled leaf (G.J. Keighery 13426) Name synonymised. G. Brockman pers. comm. (05/08/2014). Pterostylis sp. small stature (W. Jackson BJ303) Pterostylisparva D.L.Jones & C.J.French Name synonymised. See Jones & French (2015). Pterostylis sp. striped sepal greenhood (G. Brockman GBB355) Pterostylis zebrina (D.L.Jones) D.L.Jones P2 Name synonymised. A.P. Brown in litt. (07/09/2015). Ptilotus sp. Burnerbinmah (S. Patrick 2787) Ptilotus andersonii R.W.Davis PI Taxon formally published. See Davis (2015b). Roebuckia cheilocarpa (F.Muell.) PS. Short Roebuckiella cheilocarpa (F.Muell.) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia cheilocarpa (F.Muell.) PS.Short var. cheilocarpa Roebuckiella cheilocarpa (F.Muell.) P.S.Short var. cheilocarpa Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia cheilocarpa var. glabrata PS.Short Roebuckiella cheilocarpa var. glabrata (P.S.Short) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia cheilocarpa var. Integra PS.Short Roebuckiella cheilocarpa var. Integra (P.S.Short) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). C.M. Parker & J.M. Percy-Bower, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2015 15 Old Name New Name Status Comments Roebuckia cheilocarpa var. quobbensis PS.Short Roebuckiella cheilocarpa var. quobbensis (PS.Short) PS.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia chinnockii PS.Short Roebuckiella chinnockii (PS.Short) PS.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia ciliocarpa (W.Fitzg.) PS. Short Roebuckiella ciliocarpa (W.Fitzg.) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia cuneata PS.Short Roebuckiella cuneata (P.S.Short) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia halophila (PS.Short) PS. Short Roebuckiella halophila (P.S.Short) P.S.Short P3 Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia lathamensis PS.Short Roebuckiella lathamensis (P.S.Short) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia lathamensis var. glabrata PS.Short Roebuckiella lathamensis var. glabrata (P.S.Short) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia lathamensis var. glandulosa PS.Short Roebuckiella lathamensis var. glandulosa (P.S.Short) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia lathamensis PS.Short var. lathamensis Roebuckiella lathamensis (P.S.Short) P.S.Short var. lathamensis Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia nerrenensis PS.Short Roebuckiella nerrenensis (P.S.Short) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia oncocarpa (Diels) PS. Short Roebuckiella oncocarpa (Diels) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Roebuckia similis PS.Short Roebuckiella similis (P.S.Short) P.S.Short Nomenclatural synonym. See Short (2015). Sauropus ochrophyllus (Benth.) Airy Shaw Synostemon glaucus F.Muell. Misapplied name. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Sauropus ramosissimus (F.Muell.) Airy Shaw Sauropus sp. Woolgorong (M. Officer s.n. 10/8/94) P3 Misapplied name. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Sauropus torridus J.T.Hunter & J.J.Bruhl Synostemon glaucus F.Muell. Taxonomic synonym. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Sauropus trachyspermus (F.Muell.) Airy Shaw Sauropus hubbardii Airy Shaw Misapplied name p.p. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Sauropus trachyspermus (F.Muell.) Airy Shaw Sauropus lissocarpus (S.Moore) Airy Shaw Misapplied name p.p. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Sauropus trachyspermus (F.Muell.) Airy Shaw Phyllanthus rhytidospermus Mull.Arg. Misapplied name p.p. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Sauropus sp. Central Ranges (D.J. Edinger et al. 2420) Phyllanthus rhytidospermus Mull.Arg. Name synonymised. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Sauropus sp. Cockbum Range (D. Bureau 81) Sauropus rigidulus (Mull.Arg.) Airy Shaw Name synonymised. See Barrett & Telford (2015). Sauropus sp. Koodaideri detritals (J. Naaykens & J. Hurter JH 11213) Synostemon hamersleyensis L Telford & Naaykens PI Taxon formally published. See Telford & Naaykens (2015). Schoenus sp. Theda (M.D. Barrett 1578 B) Schoenus thedae M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Sida sp. B Kimberley Flora (A.A. Mitchell 2745) Sida sp. Pindan (B.G. Thomson 3398) Name synonymised. See CHAH (2012). Solanum americanum Mill. Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. Misapplied name. G.J. Keighery in litt. (16/03/2015). 16 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Old Name New Name Status Comments Sonchus asper (L.) Hill subsp. asper nJdi * Name made current. Taxon reinstated. See Thompson (2015). Stylidium araeophyllum Wege ms Stylidium araeophyllum Wege Taxon formally published. See Wege (2015c). Stylidium longicornu Carlquist Stylidium latrodectus R.E.Barrett, M.D.Barrett & Eowrie P2 Misapplied name. See Barrett et al. (2015b). Stylidium neurophyllum Wege ms Stylidium neurophyllum Wege Taxon formally published. See Wege (2015c). Stylidium purpureum Wege ms Stylidium purpureum Wege Taxon formally published. See Wege (2015c). Stylidium purpureum subsp. non stilted (J.A. Wege & F. Hort JAW 1384) Stylidium purpureum Wege Name synonymised. See Wege (2015c). Stylidium spiciforme Wege ms Stylidium spiciforme Wege Taxon formally published. See Wege (2015c). Stylidium sp. Chittering (J.A. Wege 709) Stylidium neurophyllum Wege Name synonymised. See Wege (2015c). Stylidium sp. Darling Range (H. Bowler 371) Stylidium tenue subsp. majusculum Wege Taxon formally published. See Wege (2015c). Styphelia sp. Great Victoria Desert (N. Murdoch 44) Styphelia sp. Great Victoria Desert (N. Murdock 44) P2 Name synonymised. Spelling correction. M. Hislop pers. comm. (2015). Thomasia glutinosa Lindl. Lasiopetalum glutinosum (Eindl.) F.Muell. Nomenclatural synonym. See Shepherd & Wilkins (2015). Thomasia glutinosa Lindl. var. glutinosa Lasiopetalum glutinosum (Eindl.) F.Muell. subsp. glutinosum P3 Nomenclatural synonym. See Shepherd & Wilkins (2015). Thomasia glutinosa var. latifolia Benth. Lasiopetalum glutinosum subsp. latifolium (Benth.) K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkms Nomenclatural synonym. See Shepherd & Wilkins (2015). Thomasia laxiflora Benth. Lasiopetalum laxiflorum (Benth.) F.Muell. P3 Nomenclatural synonym. See Shepherd & Wilkins (2015). Thomasia sp. Gingin (F. & J. Hort 1511) Lasiopetalum venustum K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins P3 Taxon formally published. See Shepherd & Wilkins (2015). Thomasia sp. New Norcia (Cayser s.n. Nov. 1918) Lasiopetalum cenobium K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins PI Taxon formally published. See Shepherd & Wilkins (2015). Thryptomene micrantha (DC.) C.A.Gardner Thryptomene dampieri Rye Taxonomic synonym. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Billabong (M.E. Trudgen 12858) Thryptomene podantha Rye & Trudgen Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Camamah (J. Borger, A. Dring & F. Falconer AD 1510-25) Thryptomene shirleyae Rye P2 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. East Yuna (J.W. Green 4639) Thryptomene hubbardii Rye & Trudgen P3 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Eneabba (R.J. Cranfield 8433) Thryptomene spicata Rye & Trudgen P2 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Eurardy (D. & B. Bellairs 1649) Thryptomene pinifolia Rye & Trudgen P2 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Greenough River (J. Docherty 169) Thryptomene orbiculata Rye & Trudgen P3 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). C.M. Parker & J.M. Percy-Bower, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2015 17 Old Name New Name Status Comments Thryptomene sp. Kalbarri limestone (D. & B. Bellairs 1652 A) Thryptomene calcicola Rye P2 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Mingenew (Diels & Pritzel 332) Thryptomene nitida Rye & Trudgen P3 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Moresby Range (A.S. George 14873) Thryptomene stapfii Rye & Trudgen P3 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Steep Point (M.E. Trudgen 7421) Thryptomene repens Rye & Trudgen P2 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Tamala (M.E. Trudgen 7384) Thryptomene caduca Rye & Trudgen P3 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Thryptomene sp. Yuna Reserve (A.C. Burns 100) Thryptomene velutina Rye & Trudgen P2 Taxon formally published. See Rye (2014). Trachymene sp. Theda (M.D. Barrett MDB 1661) Trachymene pavimentum M.D.Barrett & R.E.Barrett PI Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Trichocline sp. Treeton (B. J. Keighery & N. Gibson 564) Trichocline spathulata (DC.) J.H.Willis Name synonymised. See Eander (2015). Tricoryne sp. Morawa (G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 6759) Tricoryne tuberosa Keighery & T.Macfarlane Taxon formally published. See Macfarlane & Keighery (2014). Triodia sp. Millstream (A.A. Mitchell PRP 207) Triodia basitricha M.D.Barrett P3 Taxon formally published. See Barrett & Barrett (2015b). Tripterococcus paniculatus W.R.Barker ms Tripterococcus sp. Brachylobus (A.S. George 14234) P4 Name synonymised. To align with CHAH phrase name protocols (2014b). Vigna mungo (E.) Hepper n/a Excluded taxon. G.J. Keighery in litt. (03/02/2015). Vigna radiata var. setulosa (Dalziel) Ohwi & Ohashi Vigna radiata var. sublobata (Roxb.) Verde. Taxonomic synonym. G.J. Keighery in litt. (03/02/2015). Vigna sp. central (M.E. Trudgen 1626) Vigna sp. Flamersley Clay (A.A. Mitchell PRP 113) Name synonymised. S. Dillon & R. Butcher in sched (09/11/2015). Acknowledgements Curation staff at PERTH, and the Department of Parks and Wildlife’s ‘Taxonomic Review Committee’ are acknowledged for their contributions to the information presented herein. References Barker, W.R. (2005).Standardising informal names in Australian publications. Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter 122 : 11 - 12 . Barrett, M.D. & Sokoloff, D.D. (2015). Centrolepis milleri (Centrolepidaceae: Poales), a new species from Western Australia. Phytotaxa 213 '. 140-146. Barrett, R.L. (2015a). Fifty new species of vascular plants from Western Australia—celebrating fifty years of the Western Australian Botanic Garden at Kings Park. Nuytsia 26: 3-20. Barrett, R.L. (2015b). Examining range disjunctions in Australian Terminalia (Combretaceae) with taxonomic revision of the T. canescens and T. cunninghamii species complexes. Australian Systematic Botany 28: 23-45. Barrett, R.L. & Barrett, M.D. (2015a). Four new species of Goodeniaceae from Western Australia, including the smallest species in the family, a putative seed-article elaiosome and possible fioral mimicry in Lechenaultia. Australian Systematic Botany 21 469-482. Barrett, R.L. & Barrett, M.D. (2015b). Twenty-seven new species ofvascular plants from Western Australia. W/yts/d 26: 21-87. 18 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Barrett, R.L., Barrett, M.D. & Duretto, M.F. (2015a). Four new species of Boronia (Rutaceae) from the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 26: 89-109. Barrett, R.L., Barrett, M.D., Kenneally, K.F. & Lowrie, A. (2015b). Four new species of Stylidium (Stylidiaceae) from the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 26: 127-141. Barrett, R.L., Hopper, S.D., Macfarlane, R.D. & Barrett, M.D. (2015c). Seven new species of Haemodorum (Haemodoraceae) from the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 26: 111-125. Barrett, R.L. & Palmer, J. (2015). A new species of Gomphrena (Amaranthaceae) from the Bonaparte Archipelago, Western Australia. TVwyA/fl 26: 143-147. Barrett, R.L. & Tay, E.P. (2005). Perth plants: a field guide to the bushland and coastal flora of Kings Park and Bold Park, Perth, Western Australia. (Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority: Perth.) Barrett, R.L. & Telford, LR.H. (2015). Two new species of Phyllanthus from northern Australia and notes on Phyllanthus, Sauropus and Synostemon (Phyllanthaceae) in Western Australia. Nuytsia 26: 149-166. Brown, A.P. & Brockman, G. (2015). New taxa of Caladenia (Orchidaceae) from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 45-123. CHAH (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria) (2006). Australian Plant Census, http://id.biodiversity.org.au/instance/ apni/607877 [accessed 8 March 2016] CHAH (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria) (2010). Australian Plant Census, http://id.biodiversity.org.au/instance/ apni/684100 [accessed 8 March 2016] CHAH (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria) (2012). Australian Plant Census, http://id.biodiversity.org.au/instance/ apni/773327 [accessed 8 March 2016] CHAH (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria) (2014a). Australian Plant Census, http://id.biodiversity.org.au/instance/ apni/781923 [accessed 8 March 2016] CHAH (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria) (2014b). Australian Plant Census, http://id.biodiversity.org.au/instance/ apni/781222 [accessed 8 March 2016] Chinnock, R. J. (2015). Feral opuntioid cacti in Australia Part 1. Cylindrical-stemmed genera: Austrocylindropuntia, Cylindropuntia and Corynopuntia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens Supplement 3. Conn, B.J. (2014). Ocimum L. (Lamiaceae) in Australia and Papua New Guinea. Telopea 17: 169-181. Davis, R.W. {2Q\5q). Hibiscus Ninghan Station(A.A. Mitchell 1161) is synonymomsNAhRadyerafarragei.NuytsialS’. 39. Davis, R.W. (2015b). A new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Yalgoo bioregion. Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 195-196. Dunlop, C.R. & Orchard, A.E. (2015). Blumea. In'. Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia Vol. 37: Asteraceae 1. pp. 372-382. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) Gibson, N. & van Eeeuwen, S. (2015). Anew Mfra5acrae(Eoganiaceae)from the WesternAustralian desert. VMyA/a25:191-194. Hislop, M. (2015a). Daviesia localis (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new, short-range endemic from the northern Darling Range in Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 27-30. Hislop, M. (2015b). Description of a new short-range endemic and a replacement name in Leucopogon (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae). Awytofl 25: 149-152. Hislop, M. & Cranfield, R.J. (2014). Brachyloma stenolobum (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae), a new, white-flowered species for Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 255-261. Hussey, B.M.J., Keighery, G.J., Cousens, R.D., Dodd, J. & Eloyd, S.G. (2007). Western weeds: a guide to the weeds of Western Australia. 2"“^ edn. (The Weeds Society of Western Australia: Perth.) Jeanes, J.A. (2015). Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Muelleria 33: 21-59. Jobson, P.C. (2014). Two rare new species of Isotropis (Fabaceae: Faboideae: Mirbelieae) from tropical northern Australia. Telopea 17: 347-354. Johnson, R.W. (2014). Sixnewspeciesof^owara/aThouars. (Convolvulaceae)fromnorthemAustralia.^M5/ro/jfl//eyfl9:292-310. Jones, A. (2015a). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Jones, D.E. (2015b). New combinations in the Pterostylidinae. Australian Orchid Review 80(3): 63. Jones, D.E. & French, C.J. (2014). New species in the Pterostylis nana R.Br. complex (Orchidaceae) from Western Australia - 3. Australian Orchid Review 79(6): 41-51. Jones, D.E. & French, C.J. (2015). New species in the Pterostylis nana R.Br. complex (Orchidaceae) from Western Australia - 4. Australian Orchid Review 80(2): 33-47. Eander, N.S. (2015). Trichocline. In:. Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia Vol. 37: Asteraceae 1. pp. 45-47. (Australian C.M. Parker & J.M. Percy-Bower, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2015 19 Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) Liang, Y.-S. & Wang, J.-C. (2014). A systematic study of Bonnaya section Bonnaya (Linderniaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 21 ■. 180-198. Lyons, M.N. & Keighery, G.J. (2015). A new species of Angianthus (Asteraceae: Asteroideae: Gnaphalieae) from the south¬ west of Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 125-129. Macfarlane, T.D. & Conran, J.G. (2014). Lomandra marginata (Asparagaceae), a shy-flowering new species from south-western Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 27: 421-426. Macfarlane, T.D. & Keighery, G.J. (2014). Two new species of Tricoryne (Hemerocallidaceae) from the Midwest region of Western Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 27: 415-420. Manns, U. & Anderberg, A.A. (2009). New combinations and names in Lysimachia (Myrsinaceae) for species of Anagallis, Pelletiera and Trientalis. Willdenowia 39: 49-54. Markey,A.S. (2014). Removal of Peplidiumsp. fortescue marsh (S. van Leeuwen 4865) (Phrymaceae) from Western Australia’s plant census. Nuytsia 24: 317-318. Nicolle, D. (2014). The scantily collected Corymbia punkapitiensis (Myrtaceae) is not distinct from the widespread arid-zone species C. aparrerinja. Nuytsia 24: 263-261. Peterson, P.M., Romaschenko, K., Herrera Arrieta, Y. & Saarela, J.M. (2014). A molecular phylogeny and new subgeneric classiflcation of 5)7oroZ>o/Ms (Poaceae: Chloridoideae: Sporobolinae). Taxon 63: 1212-1243. Rye, B.L. (2014). An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 3. Thryptomene. Nuytsia 24: 269-306. Rye,B.L. (2015a). Reinstatement of(Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), with three newcombinations.A^Mytofl25:131-143. Rye, B.L. (2015b). Astarteapulchella (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae), a new combination for Baeckeapulchella, and the reduction of A. laricifolia to synonymy. Nuytsia 25: 145-147. Rye, B.L. (2015c). Recognition of Hysterobaeckea as a genus of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. Nuytsia 25: 209-218. Rye, B.L. (2015d). A revision of the south-western Australian genus Babingtonia (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). Nuytsia 25: 219-250. Rye, B., Barrett, R.L., Barrett, M.D., Bruhl, J.J., Clarke, K.L. & Wilson, K.L. (2015). Five new species and a new combination in Cyperaceae from the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 26: 167-184. Rye, B.L. & Hislop, M. (2015). Typiflcation and reinstatement of Isopogon spathulatus (Proteaceae: Leucadendreae). Nuytsia 25: 301-306. Scarlett, N.H. (2015). Taraxacum. In: Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia Vol. 37: Asteraceae I. pp. 95-112. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) Schmidt-Lebuhn, A.N., Bruhl, J.J., Telford, I.R.H. & Wilson, PG. (2015). Phylogenetic relationships of Coronidium,Xerochrysum and several neglected Australian species ofHelichrysum"" (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Taxon 64: 96-109. Shepherd, K.A. & Wilkins, C.F. (2015). A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Byttnerioideae: Malvaceae) with rostrate anthers. Nuytsia 25: 171-189. Short, PS. (2014). A taxonomic review of Brachyscome Cass. s. lat. (Asteraceae: Astereae), including description of a new genus, Roebuckia, new species and new infraspeciflc taxa. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 28: 1-219. Short, P. S. (2015). Roebuckiella P. S. Short, nom. nov. , a replacement name for Roebuckia P. S. Short (2014), with new combinations. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 28: 221-222. Stewart, M.D., Craven, L.A., Brubaker, C. & Wendel, J.F. (2015). Gossypium anapoides (Malvaceae), a new species from Western Australia. Novon 23: 447-451. Telford, I.R.H. & Naaykens, J. (2015). Synostemon hamersleyensis (Phyllanthaceae), a new species endemic to the Pilbara, Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 31-37. Telford, I.R.H., Sebastian, P, Bruhl, J.J. & Renner, S.S. (2011). Cucumis (Cucurbitaceae) in Australia and Eastern Malesia, including newly recognized species and the sister species to C. melo. Systematic Botany 36: 376-389. Thiele, K.R. (2014). Hibbertia robur (Dilleniaceae), a new species from Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 307-310. Thiele, K.R. (2015a). Discovered. Landscape 31(1): 38. Thiele, K.R. (2015b). Hibbertiaparanthera (Dilleniaceae), a remarkable new species from the Prince Regent River in Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 307-312. Thiele, K.R. & Cockerton, G. (2015). Arevision of the Hibbertia hypericoides species group (Dilleniaceae). AwytoA 25:285-300. Thiele, K.R. & Parker, C.M. (2014). Treatment of hybrid taxa on the census of Western Australian plants. Nuytsia 24: 311-314. Thompson, I.R. (2015). Sonchus. In: Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia Vol. 37: Asteraceae I. pp. 117-121. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) 20 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Turner, I.M. (2014). Names of extant angiosperm species that are illegitimate homonyms of fossils. Annales Botanici Fennici 51: 305-317. Trudgen, M.E. & de Kock, P.-L. (2015). Dipteracanthus chichesterensis (Acanthaceae: Ruellieae), a new geographically and edaphically restricted species from the Pilbara bioregion of Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 161-170. Wege, J.A. (2015a). A taxonomic triumph. Landscape 31(2): 48-52. Wege, J.A. (2015b). Stylidium miscellany II: typification of some Sonder names and the description of a new subspecies of S. uniflorum. Nuytsia 25'. 197-208. Wege, J.A. (2015c). A taxonomic revision of the Stylidium brunonianum alliance (sect. Saxifragoidea: Stylidiaceae). Nuytsia 25: 313-342. Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.) (2013). Coleonema. Flora of Australia Vol. 26: Meliaceae, Rutaceae and Zygophyllaceae. pp. 494-495. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) Wilson, PG. & Rowe, R. (2015). Additional taxa of Indigofera (Fabaceae: Indigofereae) from the Eremaean Botanical Province, Western Australia. Nuytsia 25: 251-284. C.M. Parker^ and J.M. Percy-Bower Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Eocked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ‘Corresponding author, email: Cheryl.Parker@dpaw.wa.gov.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:21-30 Published online 31 March 2016 Amanita wadulawitu (Basidiomycota), a new species from Western Australia, and an expanded description of A, kalamundae Laurton E. McGurk^’^’^, Danielle Giustiniano^, Elaine M. Davison^ '^’^ and Elizabeth L. J. Watkin^ 'Department of Environment and Agriculture, Curtin University, GPO Box U1987, Perth, Western Australia 6845 ^School of Biomedical Sciences, Curtin University, GPO BoxU1987, Perth, Western Australia 6845 ^Present address: Human Resources, The University of Western Australia, Crawley, Western Australia 6009 "'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Corresponding author, email: e.davison@curtin.edu.au Abstract McGurkL.E., Giustiniano, D., Davison, E.M., &Watkin, EL.i.Amanitawadulawitu(B?iS\d\omycot?^, a new species from Western Australia, and an expanded description of A. kalamundae. Nuytsia 27: 21-30 (2016). A new species of Amanita Pers. is documented from Western Australia. Amanita wadulawitu E.E.McGurk, E.M.Davison & E.E.J.Watkin is described from the Perth IBRA subregion. Amanita kalamundae O.K.Mill. is redescribed to include additional collections, drawing attention to the presence of clamp connections in the lamellae and at the base of basidia. A BEASTn search has shown that there are no exact matches of the nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region of either species in GenBank. Introduction The large, cosmopolitan genus Amanita Pers. (Agaricales: Amanitaceae) is a conspicuous part of the fungal flora of the Australian bush. It is divided into two subgenera: subg. Amanita sensu Comer & Bas as emended by Bas (1969) and subg. Lepidella (E.-J.Gilbert) Vesely as emended by Corner and Bas (1962). The spores of subg. Amanita are inamyloid whilst those of subg. Lepidella are amyloid. Both subgenera are divided into sections based on the form of the universal veil, position of the primordium, elongation of the stipe and form of the pileus margin (Comer & Bas 1962; Bas 1969). The large sect. Lepidella (E.-J.Gilbert) Corner & Bas of subg. Lepidella was monographed by Bas (1969). He considered that it was the most primitive section of the genus; most Australian amanitas are in this section. Bas (1969) subdivided sect. Lepidella into four subsections which were further subdivided into stirpes (informal groupings of species with similar characters), based on the abundance of inflated cells in the universal veil, their orientation, the presence of clamp connections, pigmentation of the pileus and spore size. Wood (1997) used this system in his taxonomic treatment of Amanita spp. in eastern Australia, but Reid (1980), Miller (1991, 1992) and Grgurinovic (1997) did not. Bas’ treatment of sect. Lepidella has the advantage of providing a workable taxonomic framework until a molecular phylogeny is available. DNA barcodes have become an important identification tool for all organisms. The nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region has been adopted as the primary fungal barcode marker © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 22 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) (Schoch et al. 2012). For the Basidiomycota this had the highest resolving power (0.77) for species discrimination in a comparison of four markers, and a clear barcode gap separating intra- and inter¬ specific samples. As far as we are aware, the barcode gap has not been established for the ITS region for species of Amanita. However Hughes et al. (2009), in a study of agarics from the Great Smokey Mountains National Park, have suggested that divergence of 3% or less captured 99% of heterozygotes. We have used this percentage in our study until a better estimate is available. This paper is one of a series that aims to better characterise Amanita species from the south-west of Western Australia. A new species is described from sect. Lepidella. During our investigations into local Amanita spp. we found that the protologue of A. kalamundae O.K.Mill. (MycoBank number MB560219) failed to mention that clamp connections are present in the lamellae and at the base of basidia (Miller 1991); this is an important character in the genus. We provide therefore an amended and expanded description of this species. ITS sequences have been generated for both species. Methods Methodology is largely based on that of Tulloss (2008); colours, including the colour of spores in deposit and other shades of white to cream (designated by letters A-G) are from Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh (1969) while codes for other colours are from Kornerup and Wanscher (1978). In the descriptions of basidiospores (and basidia) the notation [x/y/z] denotes x basidiospores measured from y basidiomes from z collections. Biometric variables for spores follow Tulloss (2012), i.e. ‘L = the average spore length computed for one specimen examined and the range of such averages, L' = average spore length computed for all spores measured, W = the average spore width computed for one specimen examined and the range of such averages, W' = average spore width computed for all spores measured, Q = the length/breadth for a single spore and the range of the ratio of length/breadth for all spores measured, Q = the average value of Q computed for one specimen examined and the range of such averages, Q' = the average value of Q computed for all spores measured’. DNA extraction, ITS amplification, cloning and sequence analysis follow the methodology in Davison et al. (2013). At least one cloned sequence for each species has been deposited in GenBank; sequence identifiers and voucher information are given under each species in this paper. The sequences were used as queries for NCBI nucleotide database using BLASTn (National Library of Medicine 2015). Taxonomy Amanita wadnlawitn L.E.McGurk, E.M.Davison & E.L.J.Watkin, sp. nov. (MB 811810). Type'. City of Melville, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 14 May 2005, L. McGurk 2005 - 13 EM (holo: PERTH 8615861, ITS sequence GenBank JX398328). Pileus 35-105 mm wide, to 16 mm thick, white or ivory white (B) aging cream (D) to vinaceous buff (6B2) to milky coffee (6D4), without surface staining or bruising, initially convex becoming plane with upturned margin; surface dry; margin non-striate, appendiculate when young. Universal veil on pileus adnate, felted or as small, soft pointed warts or as patches over whole disc, white. Lamellae adnate to adnexed, close to crowded, white to cream (B-C), 6-14 mm broad, the margin concolorous, fimbriate; lamellulae numerous in several lengths, shortest truncate, longest attenuate. Stipe 30-74 mm long, 10-36 mm wide, cylindric or tapering upwards, white, surface smooth. Partial veil remnants superior or median or inferior, thin or thick with ragged margin, adpressed, sometimes separating L.E. McGurk et al.. Amanita wadulawitu (Basidiomycota), a new species 23 into circumsessile bands, fugacious or remaining as slight ridge, white. Bulb 30-80 x 17^2 mm, napiform or turbinate becoming fusiform or tapered, white. Remains of universal veil at top of bulb as ridges and warts or not apparent, white. Pileus and stipe context white becoming smoke grey ( 1 B 1 ) or vinaceous buff (6B2) in pileus and stipe base, in stipe solid becoming hollow. Smell none when young, of ammonia when old. Spore deposit white becoming cream (B) with age. (Figure 1) Basidiospores [859/21/21] (8.5-)9-12.5(-15) x 4 - 5 (- 6 ) pm, (L = 10.2-12.5 pm; L' = 11.0 pm; W = 4.4-5.2 pm; W' = 4.6 pm; Q = (1.83-)2.00-2.80(-3.20); Q =2.21-2.55; Q' = 2.38), colourless, thin-walled, smooth, amyloid, cylindric, occasionally elongate, the contents monoguttulate; apiculus sublateral, shortly cylindric, c. 1 x 2 pm rounded or truncate. Pileipellis to 200 pm thick in old specimens, colourless; hlamentous hyphae 3-12 pm wide, colourless, with gelatinising walls, radially orientated with some interweaving; inflated cells not observed; vascular hyphae not observed; clamp connections not observed. Pileus context predominantly of filamentous hyphae 3-30 pm wide, with widest constricted at septa, thin-walled, colourless; acrophysalides to 200 x 35 pm clavate, colourless; vascular hyphae very infrequent, 4-8 pm wide pale yellow; clamp connections not observed. Lamella bilateral, divergent. when well-hydrated comprising 18-25% of distance between bases of basidia on opposing hymenial surfaces, of thin-walled, colourless, filamentous hyphae 2-16 pm wide; inflated cells not observed; vascular hyphae not observed; clamp connections not observed. Subhymenial base with angle of divergence 35°-40° from central stratum with filamentous hyphae following smooth, broad curve to subhymenium, of dominant thin-walled, colourless, frequently Figure \ . Amanita wadulawitu. A - mature basidiome; B - in situ showing emergence, fully formed, from sand; C - surface of pileus. Images from E.M. & P.J.N. Davison EMD 2-2008 (A-B) and L.E. McGurk 2005-13. © E.M. Davison (A, B) and E.E. McGurk (C). 24 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) branched filamentous hyphae 2-10 pm wide; infiated cells infrequent, colourless, to 80 x 35 pm, clavate, ventricose, cylindric or ovoid, terminal or intercalary; vascular hyphae infrequent, 2-3 pm wide, colourless; clamp connections not observed. Subhymenium with basidia arising terminally from barely inflated to inflated hyphal segments to 20 pm wide; clamp connections not observed. Lamella edge tissue sterile, with infrequent inflated cells cylindric or clavate, 15-30 x 5-12 pm, colourless, disarticulating, grouped; clamp connections not observed. Basidia [960/23/23] (31-)38-66 x 9-13(- 15) pm, thin-walled, colourless, c. 90%4-spored, c. 10% 3-spored, occasionally 1-spored, sterigmata to 7 X 2 pm; clamp connections not observed. Universal veil on pileus not layered, with elements somewhat erect or irregularly disposed; filamentous hyphae 3-10 pm wide, colourless, gelatinising; inflated cells dominant, to 90 x 65 pm, ob/ovoid, globose, clavate or pyriform in terminal chains of up to 4 cells, colourless, gelatinising; vascular hyphae very infrequent, 5 pm wide, colourless; clamp connections not observed. Universal veil on stipe base without clear orientation; filamentous hyphae 5-15 pm wide, colourless, gelatinising; inflated cells dominant, to 85 x 70 pm, ellipsoid, ob/ovoid or spherical in terminal chains of up to 3 cells, colourless; vascular hyphae very infrequent, 5 pm wide, pale yellow; clamp connections not observed. Stipe context longitudinally acrophysalidic; filamentous hyphae 3-10 pm wide, colourless; acrophysalides dominant, to 470 x 45 pm, clavate, terminal or in intercalary chains, frequently anastomosed, colourless; vascular hyphae infrequent, 5-20 pm, pale yellow; clamp connections not observed. (Figure 2) Figure 2. Amanita wadulawitu. A - spores from lamella; B - squash of basidia and subhymenium; C - lamella edge cells; D - section through universal veil from centre of pileus, unsquashed; E - universal veil from stipe base, squashed. Scale bars = 10 pm (A-C), 20 pm (D, E). Images from E.M. & PJ.N. Davison EMD 1-2003; (A), E.M. & P.J.N. Davison EMD 1-1992 (B, D), E.M. & P.J.N. Davison EMD 2-2008 (C) and L.E. McGurk 2005-27 (E). L.E. McGurk et al.. Amanita wadulawitu (Basidiomycota), a new species 25 Diagnostic features. Small to large fruiting bodies with a white or ivory white pileus, which may age cream to milky coffee, and a white, adnate, universal veil that forms small, soft, pointed warts or patches over the whole disc. The gills are white to cream; the stipe is white with a bulb that is initially napiform or turbinate becoming fusiform or tapered. The fugacious white ring is superior, median or inferior; it sometimes splits into bands, and may develop a vinaceous buff margin with age. The flesh is white, aging grey. Old fruiting bodies have an ammoniac smell. The spores are amyloid and cylindric. The universal veil on the pileus has elements with no dominant orientation and is predominantly composed of inflated cells in short chains. Clamp connections are absent. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 12 May 1991, E.M. Davison 10/91 & P.J.N. Davison (PERTH); 29 Mar. 1992, E.M. Davison 1/92 & RJ.N. Davison (PERTH); 12 Apr. 1992, E.M. Davison 3/92 P.J.N. Davison (PERTH); 10 May 1992, E.M. Davison 9/92 & P.J.N. Davison (PERTH); 3 May 2008, E.M. Davison 2-2008 & P.J.N. Davison (PERTH); 25 Apr. 2003, E.M Davison 1-2003 & P.J.N. Et/vAow (PERTH); 25 Apr. 2003, E.M. Davison 3-2003 & P.J.N. Davison (PERTH); 25 Apr. 2003, E.M. Davison 5-2003 (PERTH); 25 Apr. 2003, E.M. Davison EMD 6-2003 cS: P.J.N. Davison (PERTH); 14 May 2005, L. McGurk2005-U EM (PERTH); 14 May 2005, L. McGurk2005-\6 EM (PERTH); 20 May 2005, L. McGurk2005-27 EM (PERTH); 20 May 2005, L. McGurk 2005-29 EM (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Solitary to gregarious in sandy soil, in native vegetation; nearby plants include Corymbia calophylla. Eucalyptus marginata, E. todtiana, E. camaldulensis, Jacksonia furcellata, Banksia attenuata and B. menziesii. Occurs in the Swan Coastal Plain SWA2 Perth IBRA subregion (Department of the Environment 2013). Fruiting period. March to June. Conservation status. To be listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Suggested common name. Eong-spored Eepidella. Etymology. A combination of wadula Tong’ and witu ‘seed’ in the Western Australian Aboriginal Nhanda dialect of the Noongar language. A reference to the long spores of this taxon. The epithet is formed as a noun in apposition. Affinities based on ITS sequence. The sequence JX398328 is 649 base pairs long. A BEASTn search showed that there are no matches in GenBank with an identity equal to or greater than 97%. The closest match is a species from the central west of Western Australia, A. lesueurii E.M.Davison clone 4 JX398315 (100% query coverage and 92% maximum identity). Notes. The amyloid spores, non-striate appendiculate margin of the pileus when young, and floccose universal veil place this species in sect. Eepidella. On the pileus, the absence of rows of elongated cells and absence of a submembranous universal veil, place this in subsect. Solitariae Bas. The absence of clamps, the universal veil that is white and forms an initially felted layer over the pileus together with spores that are > 10 pm long place this species in stirps Strobiliformis (Bas 1969). Two species from stirps Strobiliformis have been recently described from Western Australia (Davison et al. 2013). Amanita wadulawitu differs from A. lesueurii in its larger size, the flesh aging smoke 26 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) grey rather than pale vinaceous buff, and its cylindric spores (Q = 2.21-2.55 cf. elongate to cylindric (Q=l .90-2.26) 'mA. lesueurii). Amanita wadulawitu differs from^. wadjukiorum E.M.Davison in the colour of the pileus and universal veil. Also the spores are longer; those of A. wadjukiorum are ellipsoid to elongate (Q =1.49-1.77). Amanita wadulawitu differs from other white or pale species that lack clamp connections within sect. Lepidella in Australia. The basidiomes are much larger than those of A. angustispora Cleland, and the universal veil differs because there is no free margin at the stipe base, and on the pileus it forms conspicuous soft warts not inconspicuous thin, felty remnants (Reid 1979). The spores of A. wadulawitu have a higher Q thanff. preisii (Fr.) Sacc. (1.9-2.0) (Bas 1969), andff. clelandii E.-J. Gilbert (1.79-1.91) (Wood 1997). Amanita kalamundaeO.K.MilL, Canad. J. Bot. 69:2697-2698 (1991) [asff. kalamundi] (MB560219). Type', east of Kalamunda, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 18 June 1989, B. Dell OKM 23975 {holo\ PERTH 02224283!). Pileus 18-68 mm wide, to 5 mm thick, pale buff to pale vinaceous buff to clay buff to fawn to milky coffee (5B3-D5-6B3-C2-C3-D5-D6) in centre with margin paler, without surface staining or bruising, initially convex becoming plane; slightly taclcy when moist; margin non-striate, appendiculate. Universal veil on pileus adnate, of small thin patches and scales mainly in centre, white becoming pale buff (5A3-B3). Lamellae free to adnexed to adnate, crowded to subdistant, white becoming cream (B) to pale clay pink (6B2), 3-10 mm broad; margin concolorous, fimbriate; lamellulae numerous, in several lengths, shortest truncate, longest attenuate. Stipe 35^8 mm long, 4-15 mm wide, cylindric or tapering upwards or flaring at apex, fioccose below partial veil, white to cream (B). Partial veil apical to superior, descendant, fiaring, soft, fugacious, white becoming cream (D-E) to pale saffron (5A4). Bulb 20-30 x 10-30 mm, turbinate becoming globose or ovoid or fusiform or tapered, white bruising straw (3 A3). Remains of universal veil at top of bulb forming small free limb or warts, white. Pileus and stipe context white or cream (D) in pileus and stipe, slowly yellowing at stipe base, stipe solid, becoming hollow. Smell none when young, of chlorine or horseradish when old. Spore deposit white becoming cream (B) with age. (Figure 3) Figure 3. Amanita kalamundae. A - collection; B - young basidiome showing cream colouration on stipe and universal veil; C - universal veil on pileus. Images from N.L Rougher & J. Keeble EMD 26-2013 (A) and E.M. & RJ.N. Davison EMD 28- 2013 (B, C). © N.E. Bougher (A) and E.M. Davison (B, C). L.E. McGurk et al. Amanita wadulawitu (Basidiomycota), a new species 27 Basidiospores [180/7/6] (7.5-)8.5-12.5(-13.5) x 5.0-7.5(-9.0) |im, (L = 8.9-11.1 |im; L'= 10.1 |im; W=5.4-6.9 |im; W' = 6.4 |im; Q = (1.30-)1.36-1.91(-2.20); Q = 1.44-1.87; Q' = 1.61), colourless, thin-walled, smooth, amyloid, ellipsoid to elongate, occasionally cylindric, contents granular or monoguttulate; apiculus sublateral, shortly cylindric or tapered, c. 1 x l |im rounded or truncate. Pileipellis to 400 pm thick in old specimens, with a colourless gelatinised suprapellis to 200 pm thick, and pale brown subpellis; filamentous hyphae 2-8 pm wide, colourless, with thick gelatinising walls, radially orientated with some interweaving; inflated cells very infrequent, 10-15 pm wide; vascular hyphae infrequent, 2-5 pm wide, occasionally branched, pale yellow; clamp connections not observed. Pileus context filamentous hyphae dominant, 2-35 pm wide, with widest constricted at septa, thin-walled, colourless; acrophysalides to 250 x 60 pm thin-walled, clavate or ventricose, colourless; vascular hyphae very infrequent, 2-8 pm wide, occasionally branched, pale yellow; clamp connections 1 seen. Za/wc/Zarra/wa bilateral, divergent. when well-hydrated comprising 8 - 20 % of distance between bases of basidia on opposing hymenial surfaces, of thin-walled, colourless, filamentous hyphae 2-10 pm wide; inflated cells not observed; vascular hyphae very infrequent, 2-5 pm, branches not observed, pale yellow; clamp connections very infrequent. Subhymenial base with angle of divergence 15°-30° from central stratum with filamentous hyphae following smooth, broad curve to subhymenium, of dominant thin-walled, colourless, frequently branched filamentous hyphae 3-20 pm wide, the widest constricted at septa; inflated cells infrequent, colourless, to 95 x 25 pm, clavate, ventricose, cylindric or strangulate, terminal or intercalary; vascular hyphae infrequent, 2-8 pm wide, occasionally branched, pale yellow; clamp connections very infrequent to frequent. Subhymenium with basidia arising terminally from barely inflated to pyriform hyphal segments to 15 pm wide; clamp connections infrequent. Lamella edge tissue sterile, with inflated cells infrequent to frequent, broadly clavate, pyriform, clavate, ovoid, ventricose or capitate, 20-80 x 10-25 pm, colourless, disarticulating; clamp connections infrequent. Basidia [160/7/6] (38-)40-59(-70) x (9-)10-13(-14) pm, thin-walled, colourless, c. 98% 4-spored, c. 2% 3-spored, occasionally 1-spored, sterigmata to 7 x 2 pm; clamp connections frequent. Universal veil on pileus not layered, with elements somewhat erect; filamentous hyphae 2-10 pm wide, colourless, gelatinising; inflated cells dominant, ovoid (to 60 x 40 pm), spherical (to 40 x 40 pm), pyriform (to 80 x 35 pm), ellipsoid (to 45 X 35 pm) or clavate (to 35 x 12 pm), terminal or occasionally in terminal chains of 2 cells, pale yellow, gelatinising; vascular hyphae not observed; clamp connections not observed. Universal veil on stipe base without clear orientation; filamentous hyphae 2-12 pm wide, colourless, gelatinising; inflated cells dominant or equal, colourless, ovoid (to 60 x 30 pm), clavate (to 100 x 40 pm), pyriform (to 55 X 35 pm), spherical (to 50 x 50 pm), ellipsoid (to 25 x 15 pm) or turbinate (to 50 x 30 pm), terminal or occasionally in terminal chains of 2 cells, pale yellow, gelatinising; vascular hyphae very infrequent, 3 pm, pale yellow; clamp connections 1 seen. Stipe context longitudinally acrophysalidic; filamentous hyphae 3-13 pm wide, colourless; acrophysalides dominant, to 400 x 50 pm, clavate, terminal occasionally intercalary, colourless, gelatinising; vascular hyphae frequent to infrequent, 2-20 pm, occasionally branched, pale yellow; clamp connections not observed. Partial veil not examined. (Figure 4) Diagnostic features. Very small to medium-sized fruiting bodies with a buff to milky coffee pileus with a pale margin, and a universal veil of small thin patches and scales that is white or pale buff. The gills are white to cream or pale clay pink; the stipe is white to cream with a superior partial veil that is initially white and becomes cream to pale saffron with age. The bulb is ovoid or fusiform, it is white but bruises yellow; the universal veil remains at the top of the bulb as a small white free limb or as warts. The flesh at the stipe base is white, yellowing slowly. When old, the fruiting bodies smell strongly of chlorine. The spores are amyloid and ellipsoid to elongate; the universal veil on the pileus has elements that are somewhat erect in the centre of the pileus and is composed of dominant, terminal, inflated cells. Clamp connections are present in the gills and at the base of basidia. 28 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 4. Amanita kalamundae. A - spores from lamella; B & C - squash of basidia and subhymenium, clamp connections indicated with arrows; D - lamella edge cells; E - section through universal veil from centre of pileus, unsquashed; F - universal veil from stipe base, squashed. Scale bars = 10 pm (A-D), 40 pm (E, F). Images from R.M. Robinson, RH. Smith & K. Syme FC 891 (A, C), B. Dell OKM 23975 (B) and N.L Rougher & J Keeble EMD 26-2013 (D-F). Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 2 June 2013, N.L. Bougher & J. Keeble EMD 26-2013 (PERTH, GenBank accession KP898376-82); 2 June 2013, E.M. Davison 28-2013 & P.J.N. Davison (PERTH); 22 June 2005, R.M. Robinson, R.H. Smith & K. Syme FC 891 (PERTH); 31 May 2003, K. Syme EMD 8-2003 (PERTH, GenBank accession JX398319); 28 June 1995, 1.C. Tommerup, B. Dunstan & N.L Bougher s.n. (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Gregarious in sandy clay or lateritic clay soil, in native vegetation; nearby plants include Taxandria linearifolia,Allocasuarinafraseriana, Bossiaea ornata. Eucalyptus marginata, E. diversicolor, E. patens, E. rudis, E. wandoo, Macrozamia riedlei, Banksia grandis and Hakea lissocarpha. Occurs in the Northern Jarrah Forest, Southern Jarrah Forest and Avon Wheatbelt IBRA subregions (Department of the Environment 2013). L.E. McGurk et al. Amanita wadulawitu (Basidiomycota), a new species 29 Fruiting period. May to June. Conservation status. To be listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Suggested common name. Kalamunda Lepidella. Affinities based on ITS sequence. The sequence JX398319 (PERTH 08616019) is 679 base pairs long and sequences KP898376-82 (PERTH 08615993) are between 712 and 719 base pairs long. Aligning these sequences shows that there is an 11 base pair indel (CTTTCTTTCCT) in JX398319 in ITS 1 that is not present in sequences KP898376-82. Hughes etal. (2009) suggest that such multibase indels should be considered as the result of a single event. When this is done, these sequences show between 0.30% and 2.38% divergence (Table 1), i.e. within the 3% divergence indicative of conspecificity (Hughes et al. 2009). The next closest matches are KP137085 and KP137086 (AD-C55022 clones 12.3 and 12.5), from an undescribed species from South Australia, with 100% coverage and between 3.12% and 4.46% divergence from A. kalamundae (Table 1). Table 1. Comparison of the percent divergence of cloned sequences of Amanita kalamundae derived from PERTH 08616019 (JX398319), PERTH 08615993 (KP898376-82) (in bold) and AD-C55022 (KP137085-6). The 11 base pair indel in JX398319 has been treated as a single event. JX398319 KP898376 KP898377 KP898378 KP898379 KP898380 KP898381 KP898382 KP137085 KP898376 1.04 KP898377 1.34 0.59 KP898378 0.74 0.59 0.89 KP898379 2.38 1.63 1.63 1.93 KP898380 1.34 0.30 0.59 0.89 1.34 KP898381 1.04 0.89 1.19 0.59 2.23 1.19 KP898382 1.34 0.30 0.59 0.89 1.63 0.30 1.19 KP137085 3.57 3.57 3.27 3.42 3.12 3.86 3.71 3.86 KP137086 3.27 3.42 3.42 3.12 4.46 3.71 3.42 3.71 2.67 Notes. Miller (1991) named this species after Kalamunda, the place where the type was collected; however, the original epithet was misspelt and this has been corrected in MycoBank and Index Fungorum to kalamundae (Articles 60.7 and 60.12, International Code of Nomenclature (McNeill et al. 2012)). The species was described from a single collection. The additional collections used to expand Miller’s observations here fit well with his field description. Re-examination of the type, as well as these additional collections, shows that clamp connections are present in the lamellae, and are frequent at the base of basidia. These were not mentioned by Miller (1991). The presence of amyloid spores and the appendiculate margin of the pileus suggest that the best placement for A. kalamundae is in subg. Lepidella sect. Lepidella sensu Bas (1969) rather than sect. Validae (Fr.) Singer as suggested by Miller (1991). The structure of the universal veil places it in subsect. Solitariae. The presence of clamp connections, the universal veil composed of elements which are erect in the centre of the pileus, are composed of infiated cells intermixed with hyphae, and with inflated cells present at the base of the wart indicates that A. kalamundae is in stirps Microlepis (Bas 1969). Amanita kalamundae is similar to A. pyramidiferinus A.E.Wood from New South Wales, but differs in the darker colour of the fugacious partial veil, yellowing context, and chlorine smell. 30 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Acknowledgements LEM was supported by a Curtin University Postgraduate Scholarship. This work was supported by Australian Biological Resources Study grants CN211-40 and CN213-05. We thank R.M. Robinson for information about a collection (PERTH 6658903), and T.W. May for clarification of the epithet kalamundae and for his constructive comments towards improvement of this manuscript. Associate Professor Elder in Residence Simon Forrest is thanked for cultural and linguistic advice in naming A. wadulawitu. The editorial staff of Nuytsia are thanked for their advice. References Bas, C. (1969). Morphology and subdivision of Amanita and a monograph of its section Lepidella. Persoonia 5: 285-579. Corner, E.J.H. & Bas, C. (1962). The genus Amanita in Singapore and Malaya. Persoonia 2: 241-304. Davison, E.M., McGurk, E.E., Bougher, N.E., Syme, K. & Watkin, E.E.J. (2013). Amanita lesueurii and^f. wadjukiorum (Basidiomycota), two new species from Western Australia, and an expanded description of A. fibrillopes. Nirytsia 23:589-606. Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 2 January 2014], Grgurinovic, C.A. (1997). Larger fungi of South Australia. (The Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium: Adelaide.) Hughes, K.W., Petersen, R.H. & Eickey, E.B. (2009). Using heterozygosity to estimate a percentage DNA sequence similarity for environmental species’ delimitation across basidiomycete fungi. New Phytologist 182: 795-798. McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buch, W.R., Demoulin, V., Greater, W., Hawkesworth, D.E., Herendeen, P.S., Knapp, S., Marhold, K., Prado, J., Prud’Homme van Reine, W.F., Smith, G.F. & Wiersema, J.H. (2012). International Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants. (Koeltz Scientific Books: Kdnigstein, Germany.) Kornerup, A. & Wanscher, J.H. (1978). Methuen handbook of colour. (Methuen: Eondon.) Miller, O.K. (1991). New species of Amanita from Western Australia. Canadian Journal of Botany 69: 2692-2703. Miller, O.K. (1992). Three new species of Amanita from Western Australia. Mycologia 84: 679-686. National Eibrary of Medicine (2015). Blast®. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/blast/Blast.cgi?CMD=Web&PAGE_TYPE=BlastHome [accessed 3 March 2015]. Reid, D.A. (1980). A monograph of the Australian species of Amanita Pers. ex Hook. (Fungi). Australian Journal of Botany, Supplementary SeriesSio. 8: 1-97. Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh (1969). Flora of British fungi: colour identification chart. (Her Majesty’s Stationery Office: Edinburgh.) Schoch, C.E., Seifert, K.A., Huhndorf, S., Robert, V., Spouge, J.E., Eevesque, C.A., Chen, W. & Fungal Barcoding Consortium (2012).Nuc]earribosomalinternaltranscribedspacer(ITS)regionasauniversal DNAbarcode marker for Fungi. of the National Academy of Sciences 109: 6241-6246. Tulloss, R.E. (2008). Notes on methodology for study of Amanita (Agaricales). In’. Tulloss, R.E. & Yang, Z.E. Studies in the genus Amanita Pers. (Agaricales, Fungi), http://pluto.njcc.com/-ret/amanita/mainaman.html [accessed 1 August 2009]. Tulloss, R.E. (2012). Biometric variables: meanings and how to define a range. http://www.amanitaceae.org/7How %20to%27s [accessed 26 March 2013]. Wood, A.E. (1997). Studies in the genus Amanita (Agaricales) in Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 10: 723-854. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:31-32 Published online 31 March 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Vigna sp. central (M.E. Trudgen 1626) (Fabaceae: Phaseoleae) is not distinct from V sp. Hamersley Clay (A.A. Mitchell PRP 113) Vigna lanceolata Benth. lat. is a morphologically variable Australian endemic taxon widely distributed throughout the tropics and subtropics in a diversity of habitats (Lawn & Holland 2003); the complex is presently under taxonomic investigation by Ailsa Holland (Queensland Herbarium; BRI) as part of a PhD research project. Preliminary studies of this complex identified a number of morphotypes Australia-wide (Lawn & Watkinson 2002; Lawn & Holland 2003), with a Table of names and attributes in Lawn and Holland (2003: 298) underpinning the erection in 2004 of three phrase names on the Western Australian plant census, viz. V. sp. central (M.E. Trudgen 1626) [‘Central Australia type’], V. sp. northern pubescent (A.A. Mitchell 3667) [‘Northern pubescent form’] and V. sp. silver leaf (T.E.H. Aplin 6300) [‘Silver leaflet type’]. Of these, V. sp. silver leaf is no longer considered to be distinct from V. lanceolata in Western Australia (A. Holland pers. comm., 17/11/2009) and has been removed from the census. Vigna sp. central was distinguished from other forms based on its trailing, non-twining stems, short stem hairs, and broadly ovate leafiets which do not display any ontogenetic change in shape (Eawn & Holland 2003). At the time of its erection V sp. central was considered to be endemic to, and uncommon in, the Pilbara and was conservation-listed as Priority Two under (then) Department of Conservation and Eand Management Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. In 2007 the phrase name V sp. Hamersley Clay (A.A. Mitchell PRP 113) was erected on the census to account for a number of ‘Pilbara Ranges Project’ voucher specimens collected between 1994 and 1996 which were assigned the tag-name ‘E sp. Pilbara Black Soil’. Under the information supplied for establishment of the new phrase name, V sp. Hamersley Clay was only superficially discriminated from V sp. central, which was regarded as having ‘smaller ovate leaves which are shallowly lobed proximally’. As additional Vigna Savi specimens from across the Pilbara have been collected during flora surveys associated with development applications the distinctness of V sp. central and V sp. Hamersley Clay has been queried, and it has been proposed on numerous occasions that they are the same taxon. We have critically re-examined the specimens at PERTH identified as V sp. central and V sp. Hamersley Clay, including voucher specimens for these names, and conclude that these entities are the same as each other. This combined entity is also probably the same as V sp. McDonald Downs Station (R.A. Perry 3416) (A. Holland pers. comm., 6/11/2015), a central Australian taxon phrase-named at BRI. In response to these findings, and pending the conclusion of her research and the formal description of V sp. McDonald Downs Station (including informal synonymy) by A. Holland, the name V sp. central (M.E. Trudgen 1626) has been removed from the Western Australian plant census and specimens incorporated under V sp. Hamersley Clay (A.A. Mitchell PRP 113). This taxon is widespread across the Pilbara bioregion, extending into the northern Carnarvon bioregion, and does not warrant a conservation status. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 32 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Acknowledgements Thanks are due to Ailsa Holland (Queensland Herbarium), Stephen van Leeuwen (Department of Parks and Wildlife), Vicky Long (Astron Environmental Services), Michi Maier (Biota Environmental Sciences) and Malcolm Trudgen (M.E. Trudgen and Associates) for their field observations and photographs, targeted collections, and taxonomic discussions. Terry Macfarlane is thanked for his editorial comments. References Lawn, R.J. & Holland, A.E. (2003). Variation in the Vigna lanceolata complex for traits of taxonomic, adaptive or agronomic interest. Australian Journal of Botany 51: 295-308. Lawn, R.J. & Watkinson, A.R. (2002). Habitats, morphological diversity and distribution of the genus Vigna Savi in Australia. Australian Journal of Agricultural Research 53: 1305-1316. Ryonen Butcher^ and Steven J. Dillon Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 'Corresponding author, email: Ryonen.Butcher@dpaw.wa.gov.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 33-73 Published online 13 May 2016 A taxonomic treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) Paul G. Wilson Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: Paul.Wilson@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Wilson, Paul G. A taxonomic treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Nuytsia 27: 33-73 (2016). Chrysocephalum apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz are treated as distinct and endemic to Australia. In C. apiculatum 29 subspecies are recognised: subsp. apiculatum, subsp. orarium Paul G.Wilson, subsp. congestum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. gracile Paul G.Wilson, subsp. filifolium Paul G.Wilson, subsp. caespitosum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. ramosissimum (Hook.) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. insigne (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. simpliciusculum (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. semiamplexicaule (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. exile Paul G.Wilson, subsp. barbellatum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. odorum (DC.) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. arachnoideum (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. stoloniferum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. argenteum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. gracilescens (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. erectum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. pilbarense Paul G.Wilson, subsp. racemosum (J.Black) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. glandulosum Paul G. Wilson, subsp. variabile Paul G.Wilson, subsp. curvifolium (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. attenuatum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. flindersianum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. undulatum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. yorkense Paul G.Wilson, subsp. halmaturorum Paul G.Wilson, and subsp. norsemanense Paul G. Wilson. In C. semipapposum five subspecies are recognised: subsp. semipapposum, subsp. lineare Paul G.Wilson, subsp. brevifolium (Sond.) Paul G.Wilson, subsp. asperum (Steetz) Paul G.Wilson, and subsp. occidentale (Benth.) Paul G.Wilson. Introduction A study of the Chrysocephalum apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz complex (in which C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz is here included), has shown it to be an ochlospecies (see Cronk 1998), i.e. a species that cannot be readily defined and whose numerous infra-specific taxa cannot be readily circumscribed. For although the typical variant of each of the subspecies here recognised can be clearly distinguished from the typical variant of each of the other subspecies, each subspecies grades into one or more of those subspecies whose natural distribution overlaps, or evidently once overlapped. An example of this phenomenon is found in C. apiculatum subsp. curvifolium (Domin) Paul G.Wilson. This taxon was described by Domin (1929) as Helichrysum ramosissimum var. curvifolium Domin, based on a collection made by Ferdinand Mueller in Arnhem Land (a name then applied to the region covering the northern-most part of what is now Western Australia and the Northern Territory). The plant is known from a relatively small area of the Kimberley division of Western Australia and is © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 34 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) apparently geographically isolated from all other variants of C. apiculatum. However, in recent years a plant intermediate in morphology between subsp. curvifolium and C. apiculatum subsp. pilbarense Paul G. Wilson has been collected from Yerrie Station in the Pilbara, a location almost halfway between the known distribution of pilbarense to the south and subsp. curvifolium to the north-east, while in north-western Queensland a plant intermediate between subsp. curvifolium and C. apiculatum subsp. gracilescens (Domin) Paul G.Wilson has been collected. This suggests that these three taxa (as perhaps is the case with most or all of the subspecies recognised here) evolved relatively recently from a common ancestor. Classification The most significant of the taxonomic problems is the circumscription of the two species that are involved. Inrecentyears it has commonly been the practice to unite C. semipapposumwithC. apiculatum, and not to recognise any infraspecific taxa. This is understandable, for to recognise one variant is to place the rest of the complex in limbo. The problem was acknowledged by Bentham (1867) when treating Helichrysum semipapposum (Labill.) DC. for Flora Australiensis. Here he stated that ‘having several hundred specimens before me from very numerous localities of this and the preceding species [H. apiculatum], I have in vain endeavoured to distribute them satisfactorily into two or any greater number of distinct groups...’. Although Bentham reluctantly recognised Sender’s varietal name Chrysocephalumsquarrulosumvar. brevifolium Sond. (asHelichrysumsemipapposumvar. brevifolium) he added the note ‘I was for some time disposed to retain this as a distinct species, from its very different aspect, but the examination of some specimens lead me to suspect that it is rather a state of H. semipapposum, induced by circumstances of growth, than even a variety as adopted by Sender.’ The confusing situation that was faced by Bentham is similar to that faced by subsequent botanists who have looked into the complex, and the present treatment is a further attempt to confront the problem. Chrysocephalum apiculatum Chrysocephalum apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 474 (1845); Gnaphalium apiculatum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 43, t. 188 (1806); Helichrysum apiculatum (Labill.) D.Don, Mem. Werner. Nat. Hist. Soc. 5(2): 550 (1826). Type: ‘in capite Van Diemen’ [the southern tip of Tasmania], Labillardiere s.n. (lecto, here designated: FI 006317 image seen; isolecto: G 00471271 image seen, K 000349263 image seen). IHelichrysum ciliatum f cunninghamii DC., Prodr. 6: 196 (1838). Type: Plains of Bathurst, New South Wales, April 1817, A. Cunningham s.n. (holo\ G-DC, photo seen). Chrysocephalum helichrysoidesWalp., Linnaea 14: 503 (1841). Type: AnNovaHollandia,J. Lhotsky legit.' (n.v.). Prostrate to erect or sprawling perennial herb with a single stem or with several stems arising from near the base of the plant, to 40 cm high. Stems slender, variably cottony to woolly or glandular. Leaves', lower leaves to 10 cm long, decreasing in size towards apex of plant, linear to narrowly oblong to oblanceolate or obovate, acute or obtuse, acuminate or apiculate, flat or with recurved to revolute margins, appressed-villous to loosely woolly or glandular. Capitula in compact to loose terminal inflorescences. Involucres hemispherical to cup-shaped, c. 8 mm high, principally yellow, rarely white, the outer bracts yellow or sometimes tinged dark reddish brown. Outer bracts', stipe P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 35 narrowly oblong, flat, c. 1 mm long, somewhat woolly, sparsely glandular abaxially, glabrous or variably hirsute adaxially; lamina ovate to obovate, obtuse, c. 3 mm long, translucent, sparsely long- ciliate medially otherwise glabrous. Medial bracts', stipe semiterete, c. 1.5 mm long, abaxially with sessile to very shortly stipitate glandular hairs; lamina narrowly oblong to elliptic or ovate, c. 3-6 mm long, obtuse to acute. Arm, opaque, or translucent towards base, golden, prominently ciliate with stiff trichomes c. 0.5 mm long or the distal portion eciliate, woolly-ciliate towards base, adaxial surface glabrous or variably hirsute particularly towards base, abaxial surface glabrous or sparsely hirsute. Innermost bracts', stipe linear, 1-1.5 mm long, with fenestrate stereome; lamina narrowly oblong to shortly ovate, usually acute. Female florets comprising outer two rows, fertile; corolla very narrowly cylindrical; pappus bristles 0-8(9). Bisexualflorets fertile: corolla narrowly cylindrical with obconical apex, c. 4 mm long, yellow; pappus bristles c. 5-14. Pappus bristles pale yellow to white, towards apex variably plumose or with only a few cilia, scabrous below, not broadened at base. Achenes terete to ellipsoid, c. 1.6 mm long, minutely scabrous. Notes on critical characters. The number and morphology of the pappus bristles of the female florets provide useful characters for assisting in the discrimination of some taxa. They range in number from zero to 12 or more, with those in the female florets on the one flower head being either constant in number or varying only slightly; if variable in number then the female florets of the outer row of the capitulum will have fewer bristles than those of the inner row; thus the outer row may be epappose while the inner row may have one bristle. Usually if only one bristle is present it will be positioned on the adaxial margin of the achene apex; if two bristles are present then one will be adaxial and one will be lateral; if three are present then one will be adaxial and two will be lateral on opposite sides of the achene. With some subspecies the bristles appear to be readily shed and are therefore difficult to count; however, it is unclear how much of their caducous nature is dependent on the taxon and how much is dependent on the method and speed of drying of the material after collection. The pappus bristles vary between subspecies in their colour and thickness, whether straight or undulate, and whether smooth all over or entirely barbellate, barbellate but plumose towards the apex, or barbellate with the teeth irregularly longer towards the apex. These differences appear to be taxon specific. Typification. Labillardiere’s personal collection passed to the herbarium in Florence (FI) and for this reason the specimen in that institution is nominated as the lectotype of C. apiculatum. I have not seen the type of C. helichrysoides but Walpers’ description would place it in C. apiculatum s.l, possibly in either subsp. apiculatum or subsp. attenuatum Paul G.Wilson. Chromosome numbers, n = 12, c. 38 (Turner 1970: 384); n = 12, 24 (Watanabe et al. 1999: 784); n = c. 36, B.L. Turner 5604 (MEL) 7 mi [c. 11 km] NE of Seymour (not published); n = c. 48, B.L. Turner 5609, 8 mi [c. 13 km] N of Windsor (BRI) (not published); n =12, B.L. Turner 5622, Peregian, Queensland (BRI) (not published). Key to subspecies of Chrysocephalum apiculatum 1. Stems variably glandular 2. Margin of leaves undulate. [Stems and leaves with cottony hairs and sessile glandular hairs; female florets with c. 10 pappus bristles] [Gawler Ra. and adjacent Flinders Ra. and Eyre Pen., S.A.].26. subsp. undulatum 2: Margin of leaves entire 3. Capitula c. 8 mm diam.; stems glandular-pilose with weak multicellar hairs, sparsely cottony; leaves oblong, flat, to 4 cm long, 36 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) semiamplexicaule at base. [Female florets with (4-)8 pappus bristles] [South-eastern Qld and north-eastern N.S.W.]. 10. subsp. semiplexicaule 3: Capitula 4-6 mm diam.; stems variably glandular; leaves revolute or flat, base not or scarcely cordate 4. Stems glandular-puberulous, sometimes cottony; female florets with 7-14 pappus bristles. [Leaves linear and revolute to narrowly elliptic and flat; capitula dense or loose] [Pilbara region, W.A.]. 19. subsp. pilbarense 4: Stems glandular-puberulous and woolly or shortly glandular-stipitate and sparsely cottony; female florets with 0-9 pappus bristles 5. Leaves with sessile and glandular stipitate hairs; female florets with 4-9 pappus bristles 6. Leaves narrowly oblong, acute, glandular-stipitate and sparsely cottony; female florets with (3-)4-7 pappus bristles. [Far south-eastern N.S.W. and eastern Vic.]. 22. subsp. variabile 6: Leaves linear to oblong-obovate, often curved, tomentose; female florets with 4-9 pappus bristles. [East-central W.A. to east-central Qld]. 21. subsp. glandulosum 5: Leaves glandular-puberulous; female florets with 0-2 pappus bristles 7. Leaves woolly abaxially when young; female florets with 1 pappus bristle. [North-eastern N.S.W. and south-eastern Qld]. 18. subsp. erectum 7: Leaves glandular-puberulous and with minute sessile glands; female florets with 0-2(-3) pappus bristles. [Western Vic., N.S.W. and south-eastern Qld]. 24. subsp. attenuatum 1: Stems without glandular hairs 8. Stems cottony or woolly 9. Stems cottony 10. Capitula in dense cymes or corymbs 11. Pappus bristles in female florets 0-5 12. Plants south coastal. [Leaves narrowly oblong to obovate, cottony, sericeous, or woolly; capitula in dense cymes; female florets with 4 or 5 pappus bristles] 13. Leaves narrowly oblong to obovate, cottony, sericeous or woolly. [Near south coast of S.A. and Vic.]. 2. subsp. orarium 13: Leaves linear to very narrowly obovate, sericeous or cottony. [Yorke Peninsula, S.A.].27. subsp. yorkense 12: Plants not south coastal. [Leaves narrowly oblong to oblong; capitula compact; female florets with 1-6 pappus bristles] 14. Medial involucral bracts ciliate to apex. [Leaves oblong to narrowly oblong; stems and leaves densely cottony; capitula in compact rounded corymbs; female florets with 1-5 pappus bristles] [South-eastern Qld and north-eastern N.S.W.]. 14. subsp. arachnoideum 14: Medial involucral bracts with terminal portion eciliate 15. Leaves narrowly oblong, cottony to hispid; stems densely cottony; capitula in compact rounded corymbs; medial involucral bracts P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 37 with terminal 1.5 mm eciliate and glabrous; female florets with 2-4 pappus bristles. [South-eastern N.S.W.].13. subsp. odorum 15: Leaves narrowly oblong to spathulate, woolly below and glabrous to glandular-pilose above; stems cottony; capitula crowded; medial involucral bracts with terminal 0.5 mm eciliate; female florets with 0-1 (-2) pappus bristles. [New England tablelands and south-eastern Qld].9. subsp. simpliciusculum 11: Pappus bristles in female florets (7-)9-10. [Leaves narrowly oblong to obovate; stems and leaves cottony; capitula corymbose] [East-central coastal Qld].8. subsp. insigne 10: Capitula racemose. [Qld and northern N.S.W.] 16. Leaves oblong. [Stems and leaves densely appressed-cottony; capitula small; female florets with 6-12 pappus bristles, the terminal hairs few and very short] [North-eastern Qld].12. subsp. barbellatum 16: Leaves linear to narrowly elliptic or narrowly obovate 17. Leaves revolute and slender-terete. [Leaves curved; stem and leaves glabrous to densely cottony; capitula slender-pedunculate; pappus bristles in female florets c. 10] [Kimberley region, W.A.].23. subsp. curvifolium 17: Leaves linear to narrowly elliptic or obovate 18. Leaves linear to narrowly elliptic; stems thinly appressed-cottony; female florets with 0-5 pappus bristles. [North-eastern Qld].17. subsp. gracilescens 18: Leaves linear to narrowly obovate; stems cottony or woolly, female florets with 1-9 pappus bristles. [Capitula small, clustered, becoming racemose] [South-central Qld and north-central N.S.W.].7. subsp. ramosissimum 9: Stems woolly 19. Leaves woolly and minutely glandular. [Leaves narrowly oblong] 20. Leaves narrowly oblong, glandular with minute sessile hairs, woolly on both surfaces; female florets with 6-8 very shortly plumose pappus bristles. [Stems sometimes woolly and glandular] [Near Norseman and the Eraser Ra., W.A.].29. subsp. norsemanense 20: Leaves narrowly oblong or obovate, densely woolly; female florets in typical variant with 0 or 1 pappus bristles (some variants with up to 6 bristles). [Central-eastern W.A., northern S.A., southern N.T., south-western N.S.W. and south-western Qld].20. subsp. racemosum 19: Leaves woolly, not glandular 21. Involucral bracts yellow 22. Involucral bracts smooth 23. Leaves narrowly oblong to obovate, woolly; female florets with 0-6 shortly plumose pappus bristles. [Southern S.A., Vic., southern N.S.W. and Tas.].1. subsp. apiculatum 23: Leaves linear to obovate; female florets with 1-3 (in typical variant) to 9 very shortly plumose pappus bristles. [Stems and leaves densely woolly to cottony; capitula small, clustered or becoming racemose] [North-eastern N.S.W. to south-eastern Qld].7. subsp. ramosissimum 38 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) 22: Involucral bracts somewhat wrinkled. [Leaves narrowly elliptic to narrowly obovate; capitula solitary or in small corymbs; female florets with 7-12 sparsely and shortly plumose pappus bristles] [South-eastern N.S.W.].15. subsp. stoloniferum 21: Involucral bracts white. [Stems woolly to sericeous; leaves narrowly oblong to narrowly oblanceolate, woolly to sericeous; capitula small, solitary or 2-5 in compact glomerules; female florets with 3-5 pappus bristles] [Kangaroo Is., S.A.].28. subsp. halmaturorum 8: Stems sericeous 24. Leaves linear to narrowly oblong or narrowly obovate 25. Female florets with 1-5 plumose pappus bristles [Southern N.S.W. to Vic. and southern S.A.] 26. Medial leaves with entire margin, flat 27. Involucral bracts yellow 28. Leaves densely sericeous all over. [Leaves linear to narrowly obovate; capitula compact; female florets with 1-3 pappus bristles shortly plumose distally] [South-eastern N.S.W.].16. subsp. argenteum 28: Leaves cottony 29. Leaves linear to narrowly spathulate, cottony all over; female florets with 0-4 pappus bristles shortly plumose distally. [Capitula congested] [Vic., southern N.S.W. and south-eastern S.A.].3. subsp. congestum 29: Leaves towards base of plant crowded and narrowly obovate, towards middle linear-acuminate, adpressed-cottony; female florets with 1 or 2 shortly plumose pappus bristles [Southern Flinders Ra., S.A.].25. subsp. flindersianum 27: Involucral bracts white. [Stems sericeous to woolly; leaves sericeous to woolly, narrowly oblong to narrowly oblanceolate; female florets with 3-5 pappus bristles] [Kangaroo Is., S.A.].28. subsp. halmaturorum 26: Medial leaves with margins recurved and somewhat undulate. [Capitula in small corymbs; female florets with 0-1 pappus bristles] [Far eastern S.A. to north-western Vic. and south-western N.S.W.].4. subsp. gracile 25: Female florets with 7-9 sparsely denticulate pappus bristles. [Leaves linear, acuminate, cottony; capitula small, corymbose to racemose] [South-eastern Qld and north-eastern N.S.W.].11. subsp. exile 24: Leaves Aliform. [South-west Vic. and south-eastern S.A.] 30. Leaves Aliform, sericeous; capitula in compact terminal clusters; female florets with 1 or 2 shortly plumose pappus bristles [South-eastern S.A. and south-western Vic.].5. subsp. hlifolium 30: Leaves Aliform to linear, densely sericeous becoming glabrous with age; capitula solitary or in a compact orbicular cyme; female florets with 5 or 6 very shortly plumose pappus bristles [Far south-eastern S.A. and far south-western Vic.] 6. subsp. caespitosum P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 39 1. Chrysocephalum apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz subsp. apiculatum I Chrysocephalum helichrysoidesWalp., Linnaea 14: 503 (1841). Type: ‘InNova Hollandia, Lhotsky legit. ’, J. Walpers (n. v.). 7Helichrysum apiculatum yar. eminensDomm,BibUo. Bot. 89: 672(1929). Type citation'. ‘Tasmanien, Gunn No. 112, etc.’ {lecto, here designated: K 000349246 image seen). Prostrate to erect or sprawling perennial herb with a single stem or with several stems arising from near the base of the plant, to 40 cm high. Stems slender, appressed-woolly. Leaves', lower leaves to 10 cm long, decreasing in size towards apex of plant, narrowly oblong to oblanceolate or obovate, rarely linear, acute or obtuse, acuminate or apiculate, flat (or sometimes with recurved margins), appressed to loosely woolly, to 10 cm long towards base, obtuse to acute. Capitula in compact to loose, rounded, terminal inflorescences. Involucres hemispherical to cup-shaped, c. 8 mm high, yellow, the outer bracts yellow or sometimes tinged dark reddish brown. Outer bracts', stipe narrowly oblong, flat, c. 1 mm long, somewhat woolly, sparsely glandular abaxially, glabrous adaxially; lamina narrowly oblong, obtuse, c. 3 mm long, translucent, sparsely long-ciliate medially otherwise glabrous. Medial bracts'. stipe semiterete c. 1.5 mm long, abaxially with sessile to very shortly stipitate glandular hairs; lamina narrowly oblong-elliptic, c. 4 mm long, obtuse to acute. Arm, opaque, golden, prominently ciliate with stiff trichomes c. 0.5 mm long, the distal portion (1.5-2 mm) typically eciliate, woolly-ciliate towards base, adaxial surface sparsely hirsute towards base, abaxial surface glabrous. Innermost bracts', stipe linear, 1-1.5 mm long, with fenestrate stereome; lamina narrowly oblong, acute, c. 3 mm long. Female florets', corolla very narrowly cylindrical; pappus bristles 0-6(-9). Bisexual florets', corolla narrowly cylindrical with obconical apex, c. 4 mm long, yellow; pappus bristles c. 10. Pappus bristles pale yellow, shortly and sparsely plumose at apex, scabrous below, not broadened at base. Achenes terete to narrowly ellipsoid c. 1.6 mm long, minutely scabrous. Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: MulgariaHS, c. 75 km SW ofMarree, 13 Dec. 1964, P. Aitken s.n. (AD); Hincks Natl Park, c. 85 km N of Port Lincoln, 28 Jan. 1970, C.R. Alcock 3249(AD);BillaKalinaStn, 45 km E of Curdlawidny Lagoon, 22 Dec. 1984,7^7. Badman 1613 (AD); c. 19 km W of Termination Hill which is c. 40 km NW of Leigh Creek, 14 Nov. 1964, T.R.N. Lothian 3483 (AD); between Oodnadatta and William Ck on the Oodnadatta track, 1 Nov. 1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 977 (AD); Cowell-Whyalla road c. 18.5 mi [c. 29.6 km] N of Cowell, 23 Jan. 1965, R. Pearce s.n. (AD); Pinkawillinie, c. 35 km WNW of Kimba, 15 Feb. 1959, K.D. Rohrlach 169 (AD); Sedan, c. 70 km NE of Adelaide, [no date], Sedan School 478 (AD); 15 km N of Overland Corner, c. 40 km W of Renmark, 29 Sep. 1971, D.J.E. Whibley 3638 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Weddin Mtn, 6 Dec. 1975, R. Pullen 10232A (MEL). VICTORIA: c. 2 km from Kiata towards Dimboola, II Nov. 1969, E. Canning (CANS); 12 km W of Stawell, 30 Dec. 1988, R.M. King 9711 (MEL); midway between Avenel and Mangalore, 16 Oct. 1979, A. Morton 345 (MEL); Preston, 18 Oct. 1900, P.R.H. St John s.n. (MEL); Kaneira, Oct. 1917, W.W. Watts (MEL). TASMANIA: Macquarie Road between Carnarvon and Barton, 14 Dec. 1984, A.M. Buchanan 5020 (HO); near Remarkable Cave, 27 Dec. 1995, A.M. Buchanan 14046 (HO); New Norfolk, [no date], R.C Gunn 112 (HO); Grasstree Hill, 28 July 1930, F.H. Long 105 (HO); Flat Topped Bluff, Woolnorth Stn, 20 Jan. 1999, A.C. Rozefelds 1336 (HO). Distribution. Found in south-central and south-eastern South Australia, Victoria, south-eastern New South Wales, and eastern and southern Tasmania. 40 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Notes. In central South Australia and the Eyre and Yorke Peninsulas is found a variant that is open¬ branching, with woolly, linear to narrowly oblong leaves which often appear semiterete due to their revolute margins. The capitula, although initially clustered, become somewhat racemose with age. The inner medial involucral bracts are ovate-acute (not oblong), while the female florets appear to have consistently eight pappus bristles (in Eyre Peninsula the female florets appear to have 0-3 pappus bristles), though this last character is difficult to determine precisely in all collections. This variant appears to be intermediate between subsp. apiculatum and subsp. congestum Paul G.Wilson. 2. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. orarium Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type', c. 0.5 km west of Petrel Cove, Victor Harbour, Fleurieu Peninsula, South Australia, 30 December 1963, TR.N. Lothian 2647 (holo'. AD 96511083; iso'. AAU). Erect or spreading perennial herb. Stems white-cottony. Leaves narrowly oblong to obovate or broadly obovate, rounded to acute at apex, flat, to 6 cm long, closely cottony to woolly on both sides. Capitula in dense cymes arising from woolly peduncles. Involucres semiorbicular, to 10 mm diam., smooth, glossy yellow or the outer bracts pale reddish brown, woolly at base. Medial bracts with lamina oblong, c. 3.5 mm long, obtuse to rounded at apex, ciliate except for apex, glabrous or sparsely hirsute on adaxial surface towards base. Female florets with 4 or 5 pappus bristles. Pappus bristles shortly plumose towards apex. Selected specimens examined. SOUTHAUSTRAEIA: Victor Harbour, 1 Oct. \911 ,R.Batesl)606{AT)y, Pt. Elliott, 10 Jan. 1913, J.M. Black s.n. (AD); Hallett Cove, 4 Oct. 1965, H.M. Cooper (AD); 16 km SE of Hartley, 3 Oct. 1968, B.M. Grivell s.n. (AD); Eincoln Natl Park, 6 Nov. 1979, P.C. Heyligers 79016 (AD); Waitpmga, 5 Oct. 1969, D. Hunt 3052 (AD); Willaston, 1 Feb. 1968, D.N. Kraehenbuehl 3092 (AD); Mt Compass, 23 Nov. 1927, A. Morris s.n. (AD); Newland Head Conservation Park, 7 Oct. 1987, D.E. Murfet 577 (AD); Freemans Knob, 6 Dec. 1987, D.E. Murfet s.n. (AD); Canunda Natl Park, 11 Aug. 1982, L.D. Williams 12443 (AD); 44 mi [c. 70 km] from Elliston towards Eock, 19 Nov. 1968, J. W. Wrigley s. n. (CANB). VICTORIA: mouth of the Glenelg, W. Allitt (MEE); Captain Cook Natl Park, 10 Dec. 1969, A.C. Beauglehole 32254 & E.W. Finch (AD); Wilsons Promontory, 31 Dec. 2013, Pitcher s.n. (MEE); Brighton Beach, [no date], G.A. Poepper[7] 48 (MEE); Port Fairy, [no date], W. Whan 33 (MEE); Gabo Islands, May 1922, Eighthouse Keeper (NSW). Distribution. This subspecies is largely restricted to localities along or near the south coast of South Australia and Victoria. Etymology. The Eatin word orarius means coastal and is adopted here since this subspecies is largely coastal in its distribution. Notes. In near-coastal localities the leaves of this subspecies are obovate and rounded at their apex while in localities slightly inland they become narrowly oblong and obtuse to acute. It evidently grades into sub-coastal variants of subsp. apiculatum. 3. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. congestum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. Burrabool Flora and Fauna Reserve, Victoria, 12 October 1986, A.C. Beauglehole 82696 (holo'. MEE 242756). P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 41 Chrysocephalum sp. 1, J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4: 794 (1999) p.p. Chromosome number, n = c. 36, B.L. Turner 5604 (MEL). Multi-stemmed perennial herb to 20 cm high with woody rootstock, possibly sometimes rhizomatous. Stems closely cottony to sericeous. Leaves often clustered near base of plant and more scattered towards apex, linear to narrowly spathulate, 2-6 cm long near base of plant, flat, diminishing upwards, evenly cottony on both surfaces. Capitula small, congested; peduncles 1-5 mm long, woolly. Involucres 4-5 mm high. Outer bracts ovate, acuminate, shortly ciliate. Medial bracts oblong and obtuse to acute or acuminate, sometimes somewhat curled, to narrowly ovate-lanceolate or narrowly oblong-acuminate, pale yellow to yellow, ciliate, minutely scabrid or smooth towards apex, abaxially sparsely hirsute towards base otherwise glabrous, adaxially variably hirsute. Innermost bracts with narrowly triangular acuminate lamina c. 1.2 mm long, ciliate to apex. Female florets', pappus bristles 0^(-5). Bisexual florets', pappus bristles 3(?)-7. Pappus bristles shortly plumose in distal half otherwise scabrous, pale yellow. Achenes (slightly immature) oblongoid-ellipsoid, c. 0.7 mm long, scabrous. Selected specimens examined. SOEITH AEISTRALIA: Blanchetown, 20 Jan. 1994, T.J. Bates 36097 (AD); near Overland Corner, 23 Oct. 1999, R.J. Bayer SA-99002 & G.T Chandler (AD); between Keith and Tintinara, 90-Mile Desert, 16 Oct. 1965, D. Hunt 2510 (AD); Kinchina, 16 Oct. 1930, E.H. Ising s.n. (AD); 8 km NNE of Morgan Vale HS, 22 Oct. 1975, L.D. Williams 7277 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: 27 km NW of Cobar, 10 Sep. 1978, M.D. Crisp All5 (CANB); Trangie, 16 Oct. 1924, A. Morris 1582 (BRI). VICTORIA: Dookie Agricultural College Reserve (4 km S of Mt Major), 6 Dec. 1992, 1 CrawfordlOl^ (MEL); 3 km SW of Barmah, 2 Oct. 1978, T.B. Muir 6127 (AD); Port Phillip, [no date], J. Reader s.n. (MEL); 7 mi [c. 11 km] NE of Seymour, 28 Sep. 1965, B.L. Turner 5604 (MEL). Distribution. Widespread in Victoria, southern New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia. Etymology. The epithet congestum refers to the crowded nature of the capitula in the inflorescence. Notes. The collections included in this subspecies vary to some extent in their general morphology and in the shape and indumentum of the involucral bracts. It would appear, however, that to divide it into further infraspeciflc taxa would not provide a usable taxonomy since each of the variants appears to grade into other variants. The variants found in western Victoria certainly grade into those found in eastern South Australia, which, as is mentioned elsewhere, grade into the local variant of subsp. apiculatum and to the north possibly into subsp. racemosum (J.M.Black) Paul G.Wilson. It also appears to grade into subsp. ramosissimum (Hook.) Paul G.Wilson with the intermediate variant having somewhat more branching stems, smaller capitula, and narrower and more acuminate medial involucral bracts than are found in typical subsp. congestum. Due to this general variability it is not feasible to designate a particular character for use in discriminating the two taxa. A specimen J.5. Clelands.n. (AD 36916075), collected near Monarto in the Lower Murray Mallee of South Australia, appears to be intermediate between subsp. congestum and a variant of C. semipapposum subsp. semipapposum. In the Murray Region of South Australia subsp. congestum appears to grade into the South Australian variant of subsp. apiculatum. 42 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) 4. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. gracile Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. Kulkyne State Forest west of Lake Hattah, Victoria, 2 November 1958, H.I. Aston 138 Qiolo\ MEL 2149154). Chrysocephalum sp. 7, J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4: 794 (1999),/?./?. Erect perennial herb to 35 cm high, branching shortly above base. Stems several, slender, sericeous. Leaves towards base of plant narrowly oblong to narrowly oblanceolate, obtuse, margins somewhat recurved and slightly undulate, to 4 cm long, cottony on both surfaces; medial leaves slender and subulate due to revolute margins, to 4 cm long but becoming shorter towards apex of stem. Capitula small, arranged in small irregular corymbs; peduncles woolly. Involucres joWosn, to 1 cm high. Outer bracts narrowly ovate, acuminate, shortly ciliate. Medial bracts', stipe slender, semiterete, abaxially sparsely glandular stipitate otherwise glabrous; lamina oblong, smooth, apex rounded to obtuse or shortly acute, eciliate towards apex, abaxially smooth, glabrous, adaxially very sparsely hirsute near basal margin. Female florets epappose or rarely with 1 pappus bristle. Bisexualflorets with c. 9 pappus bristles. Pappus bristles shortly plumose in distal half otherwise scabrous, pale yellow. Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRAEIA: c. 32 mi [c. 52 km] N of Overland Corner, 9 Oct. 1965, D.E. Symon 3591 (AD); c. 24 mi [c. 40m km] NE of Overland Corner, 11 Oct. 1965, D.E. Symon 3818 (AD). NEW SOUTH WAEES: 8 Oct. 1977, B. Barnsley 064 (CANB); c. 90 mi [c. 145 km] from Hay towards Euston, 26 Aug. 1968, E.C. Canning 2022 (CANB); 34 km from Euston towards Mildura; 13 km W of Balranald, 24 Oct. 1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 785 (NSW); 6 mi [c. 10 km] E of Mandelman, 16 Nov. 1956, T. & J. White 2070 (NSW). VICTORIA: near Hattah, 25 Sep. 1949, L. Chandler s.n. (MEE); Pink Eakes, E shore of Eake Crosby, 3 Oct. 1979, M.G. Corrick 6423 (AD, MEE); 2 mi [c. 3 km] W of Hattah, 5 Oct. 1969, L.A. Craven 1600 (CANB, MEE); 14 mi [c. 20 km] N of Einga, 23 Sep. 1965, R. Filson 7396 (AD); Big Desert, Chinamans Well Tank, 12 Dec. 1985, G.R. Lucas 390 (MEE); Glencoe, c. 8 mi [c. 13 km] W of Hattah Eakes, 14 Nov. 1976, J. Ogden Ami 18038 (CANB); Wyperfeld Natl Park, 19 Oct. 1985, D.M. Parkes s.n. (MEE); c. 17 km NE of Campbell Tank, Sunset Country, 28 Sep. 1981, PS Short 1264 (MEE); c. 24 km N of Sunset Tank, 29 Sep. 1980, ES*. Short UlO & M.G. Corrick (AD, MEL, mW). Distribution and habitat. Found in north-western Victoria, south-western New South Wales and far eastern South Australia. All collectors who indicated habitat note that it was growing in deep sand often in a mdXlQQ-Triodia association. Etymology. The epithet gracile, from the Eatin gracilis, slim, refers to the slender habit of the plant. 5. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. filifolium Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. 10 km south-east of Mt Arapiles, Victoria, 25 November 1994, R.J. Bates 40030 (holo'. AD 99615117). Tufted multi-stemmed perennial herb to 20 cm high. Stems filiform, mostly simple, closely sericeous to produce a silvery sheen. Leaves sericeous, filiform to very narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, those towards base of plant to 6 cm long, diminishing upwards; margins revolute usually obscuring abaxial surface, slightly undulate. Capitula 1-5 in compact terminal clusters, sessile to shortly pedunculate. Involucres hemispherical, c. 4.5 mm high. Involucral bracts dull yellow, somewhat translucent. Outer P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 43 bracts sessile to shortly stipitate, ovate, acute to acuminate, 2-3 mm long, scarious, eciliate towards tip, woolly at base. Medial bracts', stipe c. 1.5 mm long, sparsely glandular; lamina narrowly ovate, long-acuminate, c. 3 mm long, eciliate or minutely ciliate towards apex. Innermost bracts ', stipe c. 2 mm long, very narrowly winged, glandular abaxially; lamina narrowly lanceolate, c. 1.5 mm long, ciliate to apex. Female florets', curved outwards at anthesis; pappus bristles 1 or 2. Bisexual florets', pappus bristles 5-7. Pappus bristles shortly plumose at apex. Achenes not seen in mature state. Selected specimens examined. SOUTHAUSTRALIA: nearServiceton,24Nov. 1994,i?.J. Bates A0005 (AD); north of Donovans, 3 Jan. 1996, R.J. Bates 41844 (AD). VICTORIA: Wimmera, [no date], Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Horsham, Apr. 1922, J. Staer (NSW 396307); Casterton-Dartmoor Road along Moonlight Road, 27 Sep. 1988,V.G. lEaM 2147 (MEL); Charlton, Oct. 1917, W.W. Watts 16I> {MEL). Distribution and habitat. Known from south-western Victoria and far south-eastern South Australia. Found in ‘[bjlack clay flats on roadside by old railway corridor R.J. Bates 40030; ‘confined to limestone cliff tops’, R.J.Bates and 'Eucalyptus camaldulensis open forest; silty clay soil, seasonally inundated N.G. Walsh 2147. The variable habitats suggest that there may be several variants included in subsp.yz/z/b/zwm. Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from the Latin words filum, a thread, and folium, a leaf, with reference to the usually very slender leaves found in this species. Notes. This variety is distinctive because of its very slender leaves, and the leaves and stems being covered with a silvery sheen. Unusually, the stems frequently bear only one capitulum. The relatively small capitula with slender-tipped involucral bracts also distinguish it from the more widespread variant of subsp. apiculatum that is found in eastern Victoria. The specimen W.W. Watts 73 from Charlton differs from the typical variant in having leaves that are flat and linear-lanceolate, to 2 mm wide. 6. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. caespitosum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type ', south-eastern, upper banks of Dry Creek, west of Donovans Landing near Glenelg River, South Australia, 28 November 1968, D.N. Kraehenbuehl 5905 {holo'. AD 108388). Small densely caespitose perennial herb. Stems slender, erect, c. 16 cm high, densely sericeous or becoming glabrous with age. Leaves Aliform to linear, 1.0-2.5 cm long, densely sericeous or becoming glabrous with age. Capitula small, terminal, solitary or in a compact orbicular cyme. Involucres usually hemispherical. Involucral bracts yellow or the outer pale reddish brown. Medial bracts narrowly oblong, acute, ciliate towards the base, otherwise glabrous. Femaleflorets', pappus bristles 5-6. Pappus bristles pale yellow, very shortly plumose towards apex. Mature achenes not seen. Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: The Crevices, Hundred of MacDonnell, 20 Nov. 1993, D.N. Kraehenbuehl 6142 (AD); Hundred of MacDonnell, c. 5 km ESE of Kongorong, 31 Oct. 1976, D. Rowley 94 (AD). VICTORIA: S of Glenisla Stn, Red Rock Creek area, 6 Dec. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29952 (MEL); Little River, May 1924, A.C.F Gates s.n. (MEL). Distribution. Recorded from far south-western Victoria and far south-eastern South Australia. Etymology. The specific epithet is derived from the Latin caespitosus, ‘growing in thick tufts or clumps’. 44 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Notes. This subspecies is variable in the length of leaves. Subsp. caespitosum probably grades into subsp.^/z/o/zwm with which it shares both habit and type of indumentum. The two subspecies differ in the shape of their involucral bracts and in the number of pappus bristles in the female florets. 7. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. ramosissimum (Hook.) Paul G.Wilson, comb, et stat. nov. Helichrysum ramosissimum Hook, in T.L. Mitchell, J. Exped. Int. Trop. Australia 83 (1848); Helichrysum apiculatum var. minor Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 625 (1867). Lecto, here designated (or possibly holo)'. ‘Springs N. of the Darling, Sub-Tropical New Holland’, 7 March 1846, T.L. Mitchell 26 (K 000349220 image seen). Erect branching perennial herb. Stems slender, cottony or woolly. Leaves linear to narrowly obovate or obovate, to 3 cm long, flat, sparsely cottony to densely woolly above, densely cottony to densely woolly beneath. Capitula small, clustered or becoming racemose as they mature. Involucres hemispherical, c. 5 mm high. Bracts yellow, somewhat translucent towards base. Medial bracts', lamina narrowly oblong to narrowly lanceolate, obtuse to acuminate, ciliate-flmbriate to near tip, sparsely hirsute on abaxial andadaxial surfaces. Innermost bracts', lamina narrowly lanceolate, abaxially glandular. Female florets', pappus bristles (0-)l-9. Bisexual florets', pappus bristles 7-10. Pappus bristles pale yellow. Aliform, scabridulous below, very shortly plumose at apex. Achenes sparsely scabrous. Selected specimens examined. QUEENSLAND: 14 miles [c. 18 km] SW of Mirtna Stn, 27 July 1964, L.G. Adams 1161 (CANB); 44 km S of Roma, 29 Nov. 1972, D.F. Blaxell 1045 (NSW); between Dingo and Blackwater, 22 Feb. 1998, R.J. Fairfax 273 (BRI); Warwick, 12 Mar. 1931, C.E. Hubbard 5763 (BRI); Wyreema, 17 Mar. 1931, C.E. Hubbard 5892 (BRI); 5 km E of Mitchell, 23 Apr. 1961, R. W. Johnson 2230 (NSW); Warren Point Stn, 23 Aug. 1968, P.N. Martensz s.n. (CANB); 25 km N of Jandowae, 30 Nov. 1983, L. Pedley 5011 (BRI); 100 km SW of Warwick, 10 Jan. 1984, L. Pedley 5017 (BRI); South Durong, Dec. 1932, W. Smith s.n. (BRI); Kindon Stn, 6 Dec. 1938, L.S Smith 557 (BRI); Isla Gorge, 9 Nov. 1993, 1.R. Telford 11914 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Loomberah district, 17 Nov. 1954, R.H. Goode 160 (NSW); 9 miles [c.l5 km] from Balranald towards Euston, 15 Sep. 1965, M.E. Phillips s.n. (AD); Chaffey Dam, 4 May 1990, G.J. White s.n. (NSW); Ashley via Moree, Jan.-Feb. 1925, E.H Zecks.n. (NSW). Distribution. Found in north-central New South Wales and south-central Queensland. Typification. Mitchell in the protologue indicates that Helichrysum ramosissimum was found on the 5* March 1846 near the Carawy Ponds, c. 15 miles [c. 32 km] from the Barwan River towards the NarranRiver, i.e. northernNewSouthWalesnearNarranLake [c. 29° 50' S, 147° 25' E]. K000349220, determined by W.J. Hooker as Helichrysum ramosissimum, has a ‘T.L. Mitchell’ label indicating that it is number 26 collected on 7* March 1846 at ‘Springs N. of the Darling’; this is also the collection that was cited as the type by Domin (1929: 672). No other relevant material has been located. Bentham (1867) did not cite any collections under his name H. apiculatum var. minor, but did cite H. ramosissimum as the only synonym, therefore I am basing both names on the collection Mitchell 26 (K), the lectotype (or holotype) of H. ramosissimum. The typical variant of this subspecies (only known to me from the type specimen), has woolly branches and leaves while the female florets usually have only one pappus bristle. All other specimens included under subsp. ramosissimum have branches and leaves that are variably cottony and female florets P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 45 usually with >3 bristles. This, with the variation in the shape of the medial involucral bracts, indicates that several taxa are included under this name but these I have not been able to clearly distinguish. Notes. This subspecies evidently grades to the south into subsp. congestum and to the east into subsp. simpUciusculum (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, q.v. 8. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. insigne (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, comb, et stat. nov. Helichrysum insigne Domin, Biblio. Bot. 89: 672 (1929). Type citation'. ‘Queensland: Maranoa River, Mitchell; Keppels Isles [near Rockhampton, lat. 23° 10' S], John MacGillivray XII. 1847, Voyage of Rattlesnake, Botany No. 210.’ Lecto, here designated: Keppels Isles, Dec. 1847, J. Macgillivray 210 (K 000349220 image seen). Multi-stemmed perennial herb, spreading, 10-50 cm high. Stems cottony. Leaves somewhat dense, narrowly oblong to obovate, narrowed towards base, obtuse, 4-6 cm long, flaccid, abaxial surface densely cottony, adaxial surface moderately cottony. Capitula in compact terminal corymbs with densely woolly peduncles. Involucres semi-orbicular, woolly at base, pale yellow, c. 6 mm high. Medial bracts very narrowly oblong, acuminate, ciliate to apex, hirsute on both surfaces. Female florets with (7-)9-10 pappus bristles. Pappus bristles shortly, and often sparsely, denticulate (to plumose) towards apex. Selected specimens examined. AND'. 12kmNofCoolum,28Nov. 1989,^. &A.L.Anderberg 7075 (NSW); Teewah, just S of Cooloola, 19 Feb. 1979, G.N. Batianoffl 320 (NSW); Peregian Beach, Sunshine Coast, 20 Feb. 1979, G.N. Batianoff 1344 (BRI); Sunshine Coast near Noosa, 3 Oct. 1970, C. Bell 149 (BRI); Fraser Is., Sandy Cape, 27 Apr. 1966, S. T. Blake 22677 (BRI); Fraser Is., 14 Sep. 1979, R. Coutts 3 (BRI); Cooloola, 19 Dec. 1971, A. G. Harrold 00210 (BRI); Blackdown Tableland c. 32 km SE of Blackwater, 20 Apr. 1971, R.J. Henderson et al. 698 (NSW); Noosa, March 1919, R.L. Higgins s.n. (BRI); Sandy Cape, 1842, J. Macgillivray 15 (BRI, NSW, PERTH); 12 km W of Jackson, 30 Oct. 1978, L. Pedley 4499 (BRI); between Wyberba and Wallangarra, 30 Dec. 1962, L. Pedley 1173 (BRI); Shoalwater Bay, 22 June 1999, N. Power JB2227 (BRI); 2 km N of Coolum Beach, 25 Apr. 1975, P. Sharpe 1217 (BRI); Point Arkwright c. 1.5 km S of Coolum, 24 Oct. 1979, PR. Sharpe 2601 (BRI); Peregian, 6 Oct. 1965, B.L. Turner 5622 (BRI). Distribution and habitat. Recorded from Keppel Isles, Wide Bay district, Fraser Island, and Noosa Heads, south-eastern Queensland. The collections indicate that the typical variant {sensu lectotypica) of this subspecies is coastal, frequently growing on coastal dunes. Chromosome number, n = 12 fide B.L.Turner 5622, in sched. (BRI). Typification. The two syntypes are from disjunct localities: the Macgillivray collection came from a coastal habitat while the Mitchell collection, which I have not seen, would presumably have been collected from about 500 km inland and if so represents a different taxon. The name is here lectotypifled on the coastal plant from the Keppel Isles. K 000349220 was seen by Domin while he was writing up his paper for Bibliotheca Botanica. Notes. I have seen no other collections from the lectotype locality, nor have I seen any collections from coastal areas between the Keppel Isles and the Wide Bay district. The lectotype differs from all other collections cited above in having very much broader leaves. To the north it evidently grades into 46 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) subsp. barbellatum Paul G.Wilson. In addition to varying in coastal areas in a north-south direction it also varies in a westerly direction, as exemplified by L. Pedley 4499 (12 km W of Jackson), L. Pedley 1175 (Wallangarra) and R.J. Henderson et al. 698 (Blackdown Tableland), each of which has linear leaves and a reduced number of pappus bristles in the female florets. 9. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. simpliciusculum (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, comb, etstat. nov. Helichrysum semiamplexicaule var. simpliciusculum Domin, Biblio. Bot. 89: 674, Figure 206 p.p. (1929). Type citation: ‘in arenosis prope Sunnybank baud procul Brisbane [Queensland] legi (XII. 1909).’ Type: ‘In collibus Sunnybank apud urbem Brisbane, Dec. 1909’, K. Domin 9022 (PR 531639 n.v., photo seen). Erect multi-stemmed perennial herb to 35 cm high arising from a single unbranched stock. Stems slender, cottony. Leaves well-spaced, narrowly oblong to spathulate, sometimes semiamplexicaule, 3-5 cm long, 0.5-1 cm wide, becoming smaller towards apex of stem, densely woolly below, glabrous to glandular-pilose above. Capitula terminal, crowded on short woolly peduncles or forming a short raceme. Involucres hemispherical, 4-5 mm high. Outer and medial bracts: stipe slender, sub-terete to semiterete, glandular-pilosulose on abaxial surface; lamina narrowly oblong to narrowly triangular, terminal 0.5 mm eciliate, hirsute on both surfaces, yellow, apex rounded to truncate (or acute), minutely crenulate or entire, sometimes slightly wrinkled. Innermost bracts lanceolate, ciliate to apex. Female florets: pappus bristles (0-)l(-2), predominantly 1 and adaxially placed, if 2 then one adaxial and one lateral. Pappus bristles very shortly and sparsely plumose towards apex, scabrescent below, pale yellow. Achenes scabrous (not seen in a mature state). Selected specimens examined. QUEENSLAND: Bottle-tree Creek east of Gurulmundi, Nov. 1930, E.H. Belsens.n. (BRI); headwaters of Perigara Creek, 7 kmW ofBringalily Lookout Fire Tower, 26 Sep. 1992, P.I. Forster 11649 (BRI); Mimosa Creek, Blackdown Tableland, 27 Nov. 1972, L.A.S. Johnson & D.F Blaxell 776 (NSW); 20 km from Cracow on Cracow- Taroom Road, Aug. 1962, R. W. Johnson 2506 (BRI); 50 km? NE of Goondiwindi, 24 Nov. 1974, R.W. Johnson 2963 (BRI); Tamborine, 17 Mar. 1965, W.T. Jones 2952 (CANB); Archer’s Station, Aug. 1843, L. Leichhardt s.n. (NSW); 20 miles [c. 32 km] SW of Chinchilla, 21 Nov. 1969, L. Pedley 3029 (BRI); Racecourse Creek, NE ofWallangarra, 29 Jan. 1940, L.S. Smith 111 (BRI); Amiens, Feb. 1968, K. Williams s.n. (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES. Mt Mullengen, July 1922, W.F Blakely & D.W.C. Shiress s.n. (NSW 396469); Guyra, March 1917, J.L. Boorman s.n. (NSW 396540); Wallangarra, Jan. 1918, J.L. Boorman s.n. (NSW 396537); Casino, 4 Apr. 1912,7.5. Clelands.n. (AD); Gilgai, 27 Dec. 1963,7. Crawford {AD)- Angourie, Jan. 1950, G.L. Davis s.n. (NSW 584770); Tooloom Falls, 21 Nov. 1987, Z Donabaver 16 (PERTH); Kings Plains Natl Park, 7 Mar. 1995, 7.7 Hunter 2828 (NE); Tabulam to Tenterfield, c. 10 miles (16 km) W of Tabulam, 7 Jan. 1971,77. Salasoo 4616 (NSW). Distribution and habitat. Found on the Northern Tablelands of New South Wales and in south-eastern Queensland. Recorded as growing on clay, sand, or granitic soil in open forest or grasslands. Notes. Two collections from New South Wales contain material of both subsp. simpliciusculum and subsp. semiamplexicaule (Domin) Paul G.Wilson. These are as follows: Emmaville [29° 27' S, 151° 36' E], 1904, J.L. Boorman (NSW 396532); Chandlers Peak, Guyra, March 1917,7.7. Boorman (NSW 6346). The Guyra collection consists of mounted and unmounted material; it bears a note: ‘A fairly common plant growing in patches at a few localities at Guyra expecially on the Railway line’. The mounted specimen of subsp. semiamplexicaule has female florets with two or four pappus bristles. P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 47 which suggests that it may be a hybrid between the two taxa. There is, of course, the possibility that the admixture was caused subsequent to collecting. 9a. Chrysocephalum apiculatum aff. subsp. simpliciusculum Apparently rhizomatous, multi-stemmed perennial herb to 40 cm high. Stems slender, cottony. Leaves well-spaced, narrowly obovate, to 3 cm long, obtuse, apiculate, green and very sparsely cottony above, woolly below. Capitula initially in compact corymbs becoming racemose at maturity. Involucres yellow, hemispherical, 5-6 mm high. Medial bracts adaxially hirsute, abaxially glabrous or sparsely hirsute, narrowly oblong, acuminate or irregularly obtuse and crenulate, ciliate or denticulate to tip. Female florets with 7 pappus bristles. Distribution and habitat. F ound in south-eastern Queensland in the Wide Bay Pastoral District. Recorded as growing in woodland and also in ‘wallum’ country, i.e. sandy coastal heathland. Selected specimens examined. QUEENSLAND: Wide Bay Military Training Area, c. 1 kmN of Camp Ker, 16 Sep. 1980, L.G. Adams 3467 (CANB); 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] on the Childers side of Isis River, April 1947, W.J. Bisset S 435 (CANB^ Notes. This taxon is found in south-eastern Queensland, to the north of the recorded distribution of subsp. simpliciusculum. The two taxa are similar in general morphology but the female florets of true subsp. simpliciusculum have zero to two pappus bristles. 10. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. semiamplexicaule(Domin)Paul G. Wilson, comb, etstat. nov. Helichrysum semiamplexicaule Domin, Biblio. Bot. 89: 674, Figure 206 p.p. (1929). Type, near the Logan River, Queensland [c. 30 km S of Brisbane], March 1910, Domin (n.v.). Multi-stemmed perennial herb arising from a single unbranched stock, erect, to 0.5 m high, moderately branched. Stems ascending, glandular-pilose with weak multicellular hairs, sparsely cottony, leafy. Leaves oblong, flat, to 4 cm long, 10 mm wide, sessile, semiamplexicaule at base, obtuse to acuminate, apiculate, scabrous to glandular-puberulous or cottony above, glandular-puberulous or woolly below. Capitula in dense corymbs or eventually elongated panicles; peduncles 5-10 mm long, woolly. Involucres hemispherical, c. 8 mm wide. Bracts moderately hirsute abaxially, sparsely hirsute adaxially. Medial bracts narrowly oblong to narrowly ovate-acuminate, the terminal portion glabrous and eciliate. Innermost bracts linear, acute to acuminate, very sparsely hirsute. Female florets', pappus bristles (4-)8, persistent. Pappus bristles with terminal portion dentate (not plumose). Achenes narrowly oblongoid-ellipsoid, c. 1.3 mm long, pale grey-brown, minutely scabrous. Selected specimens examined. QUEENSLAND: Lamington Natl Park, 13 Jan. 1938, D.A. Coy & L.S Smith 162 (BRI); near Kuraby, 20 Sep. 1930, C.F. Hubbard A090 (BRI); near Howard, Sep. 1988, G. Leiper s.n. (BRI); Spring Bluff, [no date], J. Shirley s.n. (BRI); sandy land, Logan Village, Logan River, Aug. 1910, J. Shirley s.n. (NSW 396354). NEW SOUTH WAEES: Wallangarra, April 1914, J.L. Boorman s.n. (NSW); Ebor Falls, 30 Dec. 1940, G. Davis s.n. (NSW); between Dumaresq Ck and Mary White College, 3 km NW of Armidale, 9 Mar. 2005, 1.R. Telford 12854 cS: J.J. Bruhl (NE). Distribution and habitat. Recorded from south-eastern Queensland and far north-eastern New South Wales. Found growing on sandy soils in woodland or open situations. 48 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Notes. A variable taxon that sometimes becomes sub-shrubby. The collections noted above from Wallangarra and Lamington National Park differ from typical specimens in that the branches and leaves are more cottony and lack the glandular hairs that are found on the typical variant. 11. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. exile Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. Cabarita Homestead, Queensland, [no date,] J.R. Clarkson 350 (holo\ BRI 620243). Erect, caespitose perennial herb to 25 cm high. Stems slender, sericeous, mostly simple, foliaceous. Leaves narrowly linear to linear, acuminate, or towards base of stems very narrowly obovate, medial leaves c. 15 mm long, increasing to 25 mm towards base, diminishing upwards, adaxially sparsely cottony, abaxially densely cottony. Capitula small, initially corymbose becoming shortly racemose at maturity. Involucres pale yellow, semiorbicular, c. 5 mm high. Medial bracts narrowly ovate, acuminate, the lamina c. 2.5 mm long, basal half becoming colourless and translucent, ciliate to tip, sparsely woolly-ciliate towards base, sparsely to very sparsely hirsute abaxially and adaxially. Female florets', pappus bristles 7-9. Bisexual florets narrowly turbinate. Pappus bristles weak, very sparsely denticulate towards apex. Selected specimens examined. QUEENSLAND: dam on Warwick-Cullendore Rd, 25 km SE ofWarwick, 9 Apr. 2000, G.N. Batianoff 2\07\2 & B.S. Colly er (BRI); Inglewood-Texas Rd 6 km N of Brush Ck, 21 Sep. 1993, A.R .6^(7^ 6562 (BRI); 8 km WofBlackbutttowards Yarraman, 26Nov. \996, A.R. Bean 11389 (BRI); between Redbank and Goodna, 29 Dec. 1934, S. T Blake 7163 (BRI); Biggenden, Burnett District, 11 Oct. 1930, C. T. White 7284 (BRI); between Miles and Chinchilla, 31 May 1946, C. T. White 1107 (BRI); 4 km E of Maidenwell towards Yarraman, 24 Apr. 1981, K.L. Wilson 3331 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Singleton Army Area 2, Minimbah Creek, 27 Nov. 1991, /. Crawford & J. Graham 1431 (CANB); c. 27 km E of Tenterfield, 4 Oct. 1974, N.S Lander 543 (NSW). Distribution and habitat. Found in far south-eastern Queensland and far north-eastern New South Wales. Recorded as growing on siliceous soil, brown clayey soil, sand, alluvial clay-loam, cleared brigalow country, and shallow loamy soil on serpentine. Etymology. The epithet is the neuter form of the Latin exilis, meaning weak and slender, and refers to the very slender stems of this subspecies. 12. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. barbellatum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. 5 miles [c. 8 km] north of Oak Vale on Pentland-Wando Vale road, Queensland, 7 April 1974, R. Carolin 8366 {holo'. NSW 396332; iso'. SYD n.v). Erect, branching perennial herb to 40 cm high. Stems slender, densely appressed-cottony. Leaves oblong or the lower obovate, flat or slightly recurved on margin, c. 4 cm long and 6 mm wide, densely appressed-cottony below, moderately appressed-cottony above, acute, somewhat amplexicaule at base. Capitula small, forming a raceme to 12 cm long. Involucres hemispherical, golden yellow. Medial bracts', lamina narrowly elliptic, c. 3 mm long, acute, hirsute on abaxial and adaxial surfaces except for tip and base, ciliate except for tip, woolly-ciliate at base; stipe glandular and sparsely woolly, c. 4 mm long. Female florets', pappus bristles 6-12. Pappus bristles very slender, c. 3.5 mm long, pale yellow, terminal portion very shortly ciliate. P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 49 Selected specimens examined. QUEENSLAND: 40 km E of Barcaldine on Capricorn Hwy, 17 May 1975, J.R. Clarkson 240 (CANB); 8 km E of Almaden, 8 Mar. 1982, J.R. Clarkson 2990 (CANB); Range View, c. 30 mi [c. 48 km] S of Ravenswood, 12 May 1954, S.L. Everist 5544 (BRI, CANB); Willots Knob, Wallaroo track, 7 Sep. 1988, R. W. Groves 9 (BRI); Dipperu Natl Park, 14 Sep. 1971, K.R. McDonald 00157 (BRI); South Perry Is., 5 Mar. 1906, H. Tyson s.n. (BRI). Distribution and habitat. Found in north-eastern Queensland. Recorded as growing in Ironbark woodland in skeletal rocky soil, in gravelly brown loam, and in Triodia grassland in sandy red soil. Etymology. The subspecific epithet barbellatum is derived from the Latin barbellatus, bearing short stiff hairs, and refers to the terminal hairs on the pappus bristles which are relatively few and short and do not form a plumose tip as is customary in the species. Note. This subspecies grades into subsp. insigne towards the south. 13. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. odorum (DC.) Paul G.Wilson, comb, et stat. nov. Helichrysum odorum DC., Prodr. 6: 196 (1838); Gnaphalium odorum (DC.) Sch.-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 171 (1845); Chrysocephalum odorum (DC.)Walp., Rep. Bot. Syst. 6: 238 (1846); H. odorum var. typicum Domin, l.c. nom. illeg. Type: Grassy hills on the Lachlan River, interior west from Port Jackson, July 1817, A. Cunningham s.n. (see comments below) iholo\ G-DC G00471281 image seen; iso'. K 000349224 image seen. Probable isotype: Lachlan River, 1817, A. Cunningham 296 (NSW)). Gnaphaliumflavissimum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:475 (1826); Helichrysumflavissimum (Spreng.) DC., Prodr. 6: 195 (1838); C. flavissimum (Spreng.) Steetz, PI. Preiss. 1: 473 (1845); Helichrysum apiculatumYSir.f[avissimum(Sprmg.)Domm,Biblio. Bot. 89:672(1930). Type citation'. ‘Nov. Holland’, [Sieber 336], {isotypc. G-DC, photo seen, K,/>./>., MEL 2159006,/>./>.). Multi-stemmed perennial herb to 50 cm high. Stems slender, scarcely branched, densely cottony. Leaves well-spaced, sessile, narrowly oblong, acute to acuminate, c. 8 cm long towards base of plant, diminishing upwards, cottony abaxially, hispid adaxially to moderately cottony, sometimes superficially appearing glabrous. Capitula in compact rounded corymbs on short or slender, densely woolly peduncles. Involucres cup-shaped, 6-10 mm high, yellow. Outer bracts narrowly ovate, abruptly acuminate, c. 3 mm long. Inner medial bracts', lamina narrowly oblong, entire, acute or obtuse or irregularly truncate, c. 4 mm long, central portion abaxially sparsely hirsute, adaxially variably hirsute, terminal 1.5 mm glabrous and eciliate. Innermost bracts very narrowly elliptic, acuminate, basally diminishing to a scarious margin to stipe, terminally pale yellow, sparsely ciliate, glabrous. Female floret: pappus bristles 2-4. Pappus bristles yellow, shortly plumose towards apex. Mature achenes not seen. Selected specimens examined. NEW SOUTHWALES: 20 km S ofNarromine, 17 Oct. 1983, W. Bishop 108 cS: E. Edgecombe (NSW); Weddin Mountains Natl Park, 24 Nov. 1975, J. Brickhill s.n. (NSW); Clarence, 29 Nov. 1958, C. Burgess s.n. (CANB); Bumberry, 2 Oct. 1916, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD); Lachlan River, 1817, A. Cunningham 296 (NSW); east of road from Byford to Bourke, 16 Sep. 1988, W. Greuter 20797 (NSW); 27 km W of Junee, 23 Oct. 1989, R. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 762 (NSW); 1/2 mi [c. 0.8 km] S of Tumblong, 18 Oct. 1965, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CANB). Distribution. Found in south-eastern New South Wales. 50 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Typification. The holotype in G-DC has on it a note written by Alan Cunningham: ‘Grassy Hills on the Lachlan River / Interior west from / Port Jackson in / Long. 46° E. / July 1817’ ‘When fresh fragrant, like the Tonquin bean / Dipterix’. The fragrance mentioned has not been indicated by any other collector and is not apparent in dried material. The collection A. Cunningham 296 (NSW) cited above is probably an isotype (see Orchard 2014). Domin’s(1929:1226) description of 77. odorumym.odorum{diS\m. typicum) is as follows: ‘foliis supra glabris vel glabrescentibus, asperis’. His description was based on an Alan Cunningham collection in the Kew herbarium that came from New South Wales which he considered to be the type (presumably an isotype) of 77 odorum DC. Notes. This subspecies grades into subsp. apiculatum. 14. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. arachnoideum (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, comb, etstat. nov. Helichrysumodorumyax. arachnoideumDomm,BibUo. Bot. 89:672(1929). Type citation: ‘Queensland: Subtrop. N. Holland, Mitchell IX. 1846No. 549, Camp 29 [c. 26° 10' S, 148° 10' E]. N.S. Wales: New England, C. Moore.’ Lecto, here designated: Sub-Tropical New Holland, 1846, T.L. Mitchell 549 (K 000349226 image seen). Multi-stemmed perennial herb to 50 cm high. Stems simple or branched, densely cottony. Leaves ascending to erect, oblong to narrowly oblong, 4-7 cm long decreasing towards apex, densely cottony all over, rather flaccid. Capitula moderately large in compact rounded corymbs that elongate at maturity. Medial bracts yellow, narrowly oblong to narrowly lanceolate, acute to obtuse, c. 1 mm long, ciliate to apex, moderately to sparsely hirsute on both sides up to apex. Female florets: pappus bristles l-5(-7). Pappus bristles very shortly plumose at apex. Achenes dark reddish brown to black. Selected specimens examined. QUEENSEAND: Rocky Knob, SW ofHelidon, 9 June 1990, A.R. Bean 1606 (BRI); between Charleville and Westgate, 20 Apr. 1934, S T Blake 5428 (AD); 8 kmNE of Crows Nest, 3 May 1972,7. Durrington 625 (BRI); near Barkers Ck, Bunya Mts, 11 Feb. 1995, R. Fairfax 2 (BRI); Gwambagwine Ruined Castle Creek Catchment, Murphy Range, 11 Sep. 2000, P.I. Forster 26047 (AD, BRI); Abercorn, June 1991, G. Leiper s.n. (BRI); Crows Nest, North Darling Downs, Oct. 1921, C.T White s.n. (BRI); Helidon, 11 Dec. 1928, J.B.W. s.n. (BRI 248565). NEW SOUTH WAEES: 6.5 km N of Guyra, 22 Feb. 2004, L.M. Copeland3689 (PERTH); Warrumbungles, 29 Oct. 1961, G.7. Davis s.n. (NE 40316). Distribution. Found in inland south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. Typification. Domin stated that the two syntype collections (Mitchell and Moore) were fully in accord with one another. This I have been unable to verify since I have not seen the collection made by Charles Moore. Notes. This taxon grades into both subsp. semiamplexicaule and subsp. racemosum; it differs from the latter subspecies in the bracts being more oblong and hirsute on both surfaces. 15. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. stoloniferum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type: 16 km along road from Mongarlowe along Nerriga road. New South Wales, 1 October 1981, R. Coveny & T. James 82 {holo: NSW 585116). P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 51 Stoloniferous perennial herb to 20 cm high. Stems erect, branched towards base, woolly, moderately densely foliaceous. Leaves narrowly elliptic to narrowly obovate, 8-18 mm long, apiculate, margin slightly recurved, entire or slightly sinuate, sparsely woolly above, densely woolly below. Capitula solitary or in small corymbs terminal to stems. Involucres hemispherical, 7-10 mm high. yellow or the outer scarious. Outer bracts sessile or subsessile, oblong, c. 3 mm long, acute, long-ciliate to apex, woolly at base. Medial bracts', stipe c. 2 mm long, sparsely cottony, glandular; lamina narrowly oblong to narrowly elliptic, 3.5-4 mm long, somewhat wrinkled, sparsely to moderately hirsute, ciliate to tip, obtuse to acute or acuminate or the apex irregularly lacerate and slightly curled. Innermost bracts very narrowly oblong, acuminate or blunt and lacerate at apex, ciliate, not glandular. Female florets', pappus bristles 7-12. Pappus bristles firmly filamentous, firmly affixed to achene, medially minutely denticulate, sparsely denticulate towards apex with the teeth up to 0.2 mm long (not plumose). Achenes narrowly cylindrical, c. 1.5 mm long. Selected specimens examined. NEW SOUTH WALES: five miles [c. 8 km] east of Nerriga, 27 Oct. 1965, L.G. Adams 1479 (CANB); Jensens Swamp, D.M. Benson 2331 & D. Keith (NSW); Stingray Swamp F.R. site 2, Penrose SF, Moss Vale district, 17 May 1984, D. Binns, R. Shiels & R. Allen 84/223 (NSW); Hume Hwy, Paddy’s River, 100 m E of bridge, 7 Dec. 1987, RE. Davies 427 & T Mulcahy (CBG); Barbers Creek, Jan. 1898, J.H. Maiden s.n. (NSW); Cox’s River to Fish River and Sidmouth Valley (on the old track to Bathurst), April \909, J.H. Maiden&R.H. Cambage s.n. (NSW);Braidwood - Clyde Mt, 4 Nov. 1952, C. W.E. Moore 2011 (CANB). Distribution and habitat. This subspecies is found in south-eastern New South Wales. It is recorded as growing on a sandstone ridgetop in very open forest of Eucalyptus mannifera, in sandy soil with Casuarina nana and E. moorei, and in swampland with Empodisma minus and Restio australis. Etymology. The epithet refers to the apparent habit of the plant. Notes. Described by Binns et al. 84/223 as being a Tow stoloniferous to tufted herb with ascending or erect branches’; the other collections seen could, from their appearance, have been stoloniferous although this character is not mentioned on the labels. Both the Binns and Davies collections have a solitary capitulum at the apex of the stems; the other collections seen have one to few capitula at the stem apex. The pappus bristles are smooth near the base, medially with sparse very short teeth, while at the apex they have one to several longer teeth to 0.2 mm long; they are not plumose. The pappus of this species is similar to that found in some species of Leptorhynchos Less., but it appears to grade into other taxa that are clearly in the C. apiculatum group. 16. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. argenteum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. Jararral Creek crossing on the Bungonia to Marulan road. New South Wales, 10 November 1966, M. Evans 2540 {holo'. CANB 161475; iso'. CANB 161476, NSW 585103). Caespitose perennial herb (10-)20-35 cm high. Stems slender, closely and densely sericeous. Leaves flat, cauline, linear to narrowly obovate, 25^0 mm long, obtuse to acute, closely and densely silvery sericeous on both surfaces. Capitula forming a dense to shortly branched terminal inflorescence. Involucres hemispherical, small, c. 6 mm diam. Outer bracts narrowly ovate, greyish yellow, entirely ciliate on margin. Medial bracts', lamina narrowly oblong to very narrowly ovate, acute to obtuse. 52 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) or narrowly lanceolate, entirely ciliate or eciliate towards apex, woolly ciliate at base, glabrous or sparsely hirsute on both surfaces, yellow. Female florets', pappus bristles 1-3(4). Pappus bristles pale yellow, shortly plumose towards apex. Selected specimens examined. NEW SOUTH WALES (including A.C.T.): 19 km S of Bredbo, 4 Nov. 1995, M.F. Braby s.n. (CANS); Royalla, 18 Nov. 1962, C. Burgess s.n. (CANB); Black Mountain, 10 Oct. 1935, T.G. Campbell s.n. (CANB); Molonglo R., 21 Oct. 1998, 1. Crawford (CANB); Canberra, 18 Nov. 1956, Hj. Eichler 13241 (CANB); Tinderry Mountains, 21 Nov. 1971, EG. Hartley 13471 (CANB); Mt Ainslie, 8 Nov. 1970, A. Kanis 1449 (CANB); 16 km ESE Boorowa, 16 Dec. 1989, AM Eywc 66 (CANB); 23 kmWNWofUrana, 12Dec. \995,A.M. Lyne m4 & S. Donaldson (CANB); Canberra, Oct. 1938, P. Monaghan s.n. (NSW); Cooma, [no date,] M. Mueller 1774 (NSW); Braidwood district, 10 Dec. 1973, M.E. Phillips 13 (CANB); Canberra, 4 Nov. 1980, G. Sessions 17 (CANB); Bundong Stn, 11 Feb. 1976, D. Verdon 2101 (CANB). Distribution andhabitat. Recorded from south-eastern New South Wales (including the A. C.T.) where it grows in eucalypt woodlands, grasslands, and in open communities. Etymology. The specific epithet is from the Latin argenteus, silvery, and refers to the silvery-sericeous indumentum on the branches and leaves that is typical of this subspecies. 17. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. gracilescens (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, comb, et stat. nov. Helichrysum gracilescens Domin, Biblio. Bot. 89:674, Figure 205 (1929). Type citation'. ‘Queensland: Savannenwalder bei Pentland (Domin III. 1910) sowie auf den Sandsteinhugeln der Dividing Range westlich von Pentland (Domin IT 1910).’ Lecto, here designated: ‘in xerodrymic ap. opp. Pentland, sicut in collibus aren. Dividing Range ad occid. a Pentland’, Feb. 1910, K. Domin 9022 (PR 531638, photo seen PERTH). Syntypc. Pentland, K. Domin 9020 (PR 531638, photo seen PERTH). Erect multi-stemmed perennial herb with stout rootstock, c. 20 cm high. Stems with ascending branches, closely and thinly appressed white-cottony. Leaves moderately spaced, spreading and recurved, narrowly linear or very narrowly elliptic, to 3 cm long, acuminate, if linear closely revolute otherwise margin recurved, densely white-tomentose below, thinly appressed-cottony above. Capitula in compact to loose terminal racemes to 7 cm long. Involucres hemispherical, c. 4 mm high, yellow. Medial bracts c. 3.7 mm long: stipe slender, semiterete, c. 1.5 mm long, sparsely glandular abaxially; lamina narrowly elliptic, obtuse to acute or narrowly acuminate, c. 2 mm long, medially ciliate with eciliate apical portion of c. 0.5 mm, woolly-ciliate towards base, glabrous to sparsely hirsute on abaxial and adaxial surfaces. Innermost bracts c. 3.2 mm long; lamina narrowly oblong, obtuse, apex denticulate. Female florets', numerous, pappus bristles absent or 1-5 (type variant epappose). Bisexual florets with c. 12 bristles. Pappus bristles filamentous, very shortly plumose towards apex the cilia slender to 0.2 mm long. Achenes semiterete, c. 0.7 mm long, pale brown. Selected specimens examined. QUEENSLAND: Cann Camp Ck, White Mountains Natl park, 15 Apr. 1992, A.R. Bean 4351 (BRI); 6 mi [c. 10 km] W of Pentland, R. Carolin 8332 (NSW); Torrens Ck, Aug. 933, W.R. Chisholm s.n. (BRI); Warrigal, 2 Feb. 1931, C.E. Hubbard & C.W. Winders 7106 (BRI); 3 miles [c. 5 km] SW of Pentland Township, 21 June 1953, M. Lazarides 3573 (AD, CANB, NSW, NT, PERTH); 4 km S of Natal Downs, 10 May 1991, V.J. Nelder 3098 (BRI); 55 km WNW Charters Towers, 5 Jan. 1982, L. Pedley 4815 (BRI); Burra Ra., I.R. Telford 11455 (CANB); c. 86 km SSE of Charters Towers, 19 June 1998, E.J. Thompson CHA524 (BRI). P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 53 Distribution and habitat. Recorded from north-eastern Queensland growing in savannah woodland (fide Domin), and ‘on sandy red earth in Eucalyptus melanophloia woodland’ (fide Pedley 4815). Typification. The specimens of Domin 9022 (PR), as seen in a photograph, correspond to the published Figure 205 for which reason this collection has been selected as the lectotype. Notes. Domin (1929), in a note under his new species H. gracilescens, states (in translation): ‘ Definitely closely related to H. ramosissimum, nevertheless distinguished by its slenderness, leaves very narrow linear, racemes longer and capitula obviously smaller’. Domin had seen the type of H. ramosissimum atK. In the collections from near Pentland (the type locality), the leaves are spreading and downwardly curved while the female florets are epappose or have only one bristle; in collections found some distance from Pentland the number of bristles ranges from two to five. Subsp. gracilescens evidently grades to the south into a variant of subsp. ramosissimum but differs principally in having narrowly linear leaves, slender stems and branches, and somewhat smaller capitula. 18. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. erectum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type: Uralla-Bendemeer Road, New South Wales, 7 February 1966, W. Hartley 25, ex herb. E.J. McBarron 12124 (holo\ NSW 585549). Erect, sparsely branched, multi-stemmed perennial herb to 40 cm high. Stems and branches slender, woolly when young, variably glandular-puberulous. leaver linear-acuminate, to 25 mm long, diminishing upwards, flat or with recurved to revolute margins, cordate at base; adaxial surface variably glandular- puberulous; abaxial surface variably glandular-puberulous and woolly at least when young. Capitula in a terminal compact cyme becoming racemose with age. Involucres globose, c. 4 mm high. Involucral bracts dull yellow becoming translucent towards base. Outer bracts subsessile, ovate, acute, c. 2 mm long, ciliate to apex, glabrous adaxially, sparsely hirsute abaxially. Medial bracts', lamina narrowly ovate-lanceolate, ciliate to or near to tip, glabrous adaxially, somewhat hirsute abaxially. Female florets with one pappus bristle. Bisexual florets with c. 5 pappus bristles. Pappus bristles very pale yellow, shortly plumose near apex. Mature achenes not seen. Specimens examined. QUEENSLAND: Jericho, June 1913, J.Z. Boorman s.n. (NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: between Borah and Huskisons, 7 Apr. 1843, F.W.L. Leichhardt s.n. (NSW); Eastwood State Forest, 16 Oct. 1990, S. McIntyre 1-3 (NSW); Hillgrove, 6 Mar. 1991, 5. McIntyre 108-5 (NSW); 12 mi [c. 19 km] E of Armidale, 1 May 1949, F.A. Rodway s.n. (AD); 5 mi [c. 8 km] NE of Kenebri, Cumbil State Forest, 25 Aug. 1970, H. Salasoo 3926 (NSW). Distribution and habitat. This species is recorded from a small area in north-eastern New South Wales between Kenebri and Armidale with a single collection from Jericho in eastern Queensland. The only habitat notes are those provided by Rodway s.n., who stated that the plant was ‘plentiful on granite ridge’ and by McIntyre 108-5, who collected the plant in ‘highly disturbed roadside stock route, granite parent material’. Phenology. The specimens (all in flower) were gathered from February to August. 54 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the erect nature of the stems. Notes. The collections recorded from New South Wales are uniform in morphology without any suggestion of intergradation with other subspecies. However, the capitula are similar in appearance to those of subsp. ramosissimum and to aff subsp. gracilescens, but the female fiorets in the latter taxon have six to nine pappus bristles whereas in subsp. erectum there is only one bristle in the New South Wales form while in the collection from Jericho the female fiorets are epappose; the indumentum of the various subspecies is markedly different. The solitary collection from Jericho, Queensland, suggests that this taxon was once more widely distributed. 19. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. pilbarense Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type', east-west track running south of Savoury Creek, east of Cundlebar Homestead, Western Australia, 12 June 2002, A. V. Slee 4487A & J.R. Connors {holo\ PERTH 08262063; iso\ CANB 636350.1). Chrysocephalum sp. Pilbara (H. Demarz 2852), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 16 January 2015]. Perennial herb with erect slender stems and branches. Young stems glandular-puberulous and often cottony; mature branches glandular-puberulous. Leaves linear and revolute to narrowly elliptic and fiat, frequently auriculate at base and shortly decurrent, 2-10 cm long on mature branches, decreasing in length upwards, glandular-puberulous, sparsely to densely cottony. Capitula densely to loosely clustered with peduncles slender, to 10 mm long. Involucres lemon-yellow, urceolate or hemispherical, c. 6 mm diameter. Outer bracts sub-sessile, ovate-acuminate, ciliate except towards tip, sparsely cottony at base. Median bracts', claw slender, semiterete, c. 2 mm long, glandular abaxially; lamina narrowly ovate-acuminate, c. 3 mm long, semitranslucent towards base, medially ciliate, terminal 1/3 eciliate, basally cottony-ciliate, very sparsely hirsute on abaxial surface. Innermost bracts', stipe semiterete, very narrowly winged, glandular-puberulous abaxially; lamina narrowly lanceolate, c. 1.7 mm long, terminally eciliate. Female florets with (5?-)7-14 pappus bristles. Achenes obovoid, 1 mm long, grey. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21° 40' S 120° 40' E, 13 Sep. 1979, G. Davis 149 (PERTH); between Dales Gorge and Joffre Falls, 1 Nov. 1970, H. Demarz 2852 (PERTH); Canning Well, 20 Oct. 1991, H.N. Foote 146 (PERTH); Yandicoogina, 11 Mar. 1981, K.J. Gibbons 252 (PERTH); Rudall River region, Sep. 1986, W.G. Martinick & Associates s.n. (PERTH); Thirteen Creek, 22 June 1996, A.A. Mitchell PRP 11822 B (PERTH); Green Hole, Yarrie Stn, Pilbara Region, 25 June 1997, A.A. Mitchell 1588 (DNA, PERTH). Distribution. Largely confined to the Pilbara region of Western Australia. Conservation status. This subspecies is well represented in the Pilbara region. Etymology. The epithet pilbarense refers to the region of Western Australia in which this subspecies has been principally collected. Notes. This subspecies is similar to subsp. glandulosum and subsp. curvifolium but has broader leaves of which the lower ones are somewhat auriculate at the base and, along with the branches, are glandular-puberulous. P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 55 The pappus bristles readily detach from the achene which makes the counting of them difficult and the result frequently imprecise. The collection v4.^. Mitchell PRP 1588 from Yarrie Stn (20° 56' S, 120° 17' E) has slender leaves similar to those found in subsp. curvifolium, but the stems and leaves are glandular-puberulous and in this respect fits better with subsp. pilharense. 20. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. racemosum (J.M.Black) Paul G.Wilson, comb, etstat. nov. Helichrysum apiculatum var. racemosum J.M.Black, FI. S. Austral. 633 (30 June 1929). Type citation'. ‘North of Cooper’s cxqq\C . Lecto, here designated: Cordillo, South Australia, May 1924, J.B. Cleland (AD 966090571); isolecto'. AD 968020120. Erect, branching perennial herb to 30 cm high. Stems woolly, somewhat glandular or eglandular. Leaves narrowly oblong or narrowly obovate, densely woolly (not glandular), 2-A cm long. Capitula in terminal clusters that become racemose with age. Involucres small, c. 5 mm high, yellow. Medial bracts', stipe slender, subterete, glandular; lamina narrowly ovate-acuminate, glabrous on both sides, ciliate to tip. Innermost bracts', stipe slender, sometimes very narrowly winged towards apex; lamina narrowly ovate-acuminate, c. 1.5 mm long. Female florets in type variant epappose or with one bristle, in other variants up to 6 bristles. Pappus bristles sparsely and weakly ciliate. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: Mt Florrie, 28 Apr. 2001, D.J. Edinger 2301 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Docker River, 26 Mar. 1980, T.S Henshall 2900 (DNA); Mt Winter, 23 Oct. 1986, G. Leach 1221 (NT); Ayers Rock, 30 Aug. 1957, R. Schodde 396 (AD); Bundooma,22May \95?>,T.Sykos.n. (AD);46kmWofPoeppelsCorner,20Sep. 1987,5.G. Thomson 2130(DNA);AyersRock,7Aug. 1954, Winkworth 106 (NT). SOUTH AUSTRAEIA: Ernabella, MusgraveRa., 1937 ,G. Brumby s.n. (AD); Danggali Conservation Park, 2 Mar. \993,D.D. Cunningham 560(AD);Walytitjata, 16June 1983,A.i:a/oto829(DNA24410);Chowilla,23 ar. \95^fl.A.Pastoral Board {ADX 9.2 kmNE of Mt Finke, 6 Oct. 1987, D.E. Symon forN.P.W.S. 1105 (AD); Ooldea, Nov. 1960,77. Turners.n. (AD). QUEENSEAND:WelfordNatl Park, 11 Sep. \996,E.Addicotmn{mi)', Hammond Downs, 10 July 1936, S.T Blake 12052 (BRI); Tambo, 9 Dec. 1935, S.L. Everist 1453 (BRI); 60 km WNW ofWindorah, 16 Sep. 1973, R.J. Henderson 2127 (AD); Naryilco-Tibooburra road, 30 May 1978, M. Olsen 713 (BRI); 50 km WNW of Quilpie, 28 Oct. 1977, L. Pedley 4461 (BRI); 20 kmN ofThylungra, 9Nov. 1990, M.P Zaluckis.n. (BRI). NEW SOUTH WAEES: Bottom Bore, 8 May 1977, R.J. Chinnock3546 (NSW); Sturt Natl Park, 2 Sep. 1989, B. Wiecek224 (NSW). Distribution. Recorded from far eastern central Western Australia, southern Northern Territory, far south-western Queensland, northern South Australia, and far north-western New South Wales. Conservation status. This subspecies is widely distributed and in areas that are not likely to be seriously affected by agricultural activities. Typiflcation. The lectotype bears a brown label on which J.B. Cleland has written ‘In sandhills / Cordillo / 5/24’. J.M. Black subsequently wrote on the label ‘Helichry. apicul. var. racemosum J.M. Black / Type’. The capitula on this specimen have shed their fiorets and therefore the bristle number could not be determined; however, the isolectotype (AD 968020120) has fruiting fiorets in which the females are clearly epappose. 56 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Some years after its description, the specimen Mrs. Brumby s.n. (Ernabella, Musgrave Ra., South Australia, 1937, AD 97240278) was determined by J.M. Black as Helichrysum apiculatum var. racemosum with the note: ‘This is the same taxon as the common plant found in Central Australia’. It has small capitula arranged in a raceme, oblong to narrowly obovate, acute leaves, pale yellow, ovate- lanceolate or narrowly ovate-lanceolate involucral bracts, the terminal 0.7 mm eciliate, the surface glabrous, and ellipsoid-oblongoid achenes that are c. 0.9 mm long and minutely scabrous. A duplicate, also determined by Black as var. racemosum, has c. 6 pappus bristles on the female florets. Notes. The collection Arpad Kalotas 829 (Walytitjata, north-western South Australia), has an accompanying note which states that the Pitjantatjara name for this plant is tjulpuntjulpunpa. This subspecies appears to grade to the east into subsp. ramosissimum and to the west into subsp. glandulosum. To the south it grades into the Murray variants of subsp. apiculatum and subsp. congestum. The collection R. Bates 25500 (10 km north of Paringa, 33° 10' S, 140° 58' E, South Australia, AD), appears to belong to this subspecies: it has female florets that are epappose. The collection J. S. Womersley 446 (c. 1.5 km W of Nelwood HS, 33° 58.5' S, 140° 55.5' E, AD), appears to be intermediate between R. Bates 25500 and specimens that are more typical of subsp. congestum, since the female florets have three pappus bristles. It appears that in the type variant of subsp. racemosum, which is found near Cordillo Downs, the female florets are epappose or have a single bristle. Towards the west the number of bristles in the pistillate florets increases and the bracts alter in shape although the lamina remains glabrous on both surfaces. Collections from Ernabella in the Musgrave Range, that J.M. Black considered to belong to the same taxon as the type collection of subsp. racemosum (see below), is a closely related variant with c. six pappus bristles; it is cottony and slightly glandular-pilose. This variant is therefore somewhat intermediate between subsp. racemosum and subsp. glandulosum, but since it is morphologically closer to the former subspecies it is here treated under that name. 21. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp glandulosum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type '. 15 km south of Jameson, east ofWarburton, Western Australia, 26 June 2011, G. Cockerton & S. McNee ECH 30704 {holo\ PERTH 08298904). Erect, somewhat aromatic perennial herb with numerous stems arising from base, to 30(-60) cm high; stems and leaves moderately to densely tomentose with sessile and stipitate glandular hairs, often with simple cottony hairs. Leaves linear to narrowly oblong or narrowly oblong-obovate, often curved, flat or with margins recurved and sometimes undulate, apex acuminate, base slightly amplexicaule and sometimes with margins decurrent; basal leaves narrowly oblong-obovate, to 7 cm long; upper leaves to 4 cm long. Capitula clustered in terminal irregular corymbs or racemes; inflorescence branches densely covered with subsessile and short glandular hairs. Involucres small, yellow. Outer bracts'. sessile, narrowly ovate, acute, c. 2 mm long, surfaces smooth, glabrous, sparsely ciliate on margin, shortly woolly at base. Medial bracts', stipe slender, glandular-stipitate; lamina narrowly ovate to ovate, c. 3.5 mm long, surfaces smooth, glabrous, ciliate on margin except for distal 1/3, sparsely woolly- ciliate at base. Innermost bracts', stipe long slender, glandular; lamina narrowly elliptic, c. 1.7 mm long, ciliate on margin, otherwise glabrous. Female florets with c. 4-9 pappus bristles. P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 57 Selected specimens examined. 14mi[c. 22.5km]NEofCosmo,28Sep. 1966, A.S. George 8104 (PERTH); 12 mi [c. 19 km] E of Wiluna, 18 Sep. 1957, N.H. Speck 849 (PERTH); 5 km W of Zanthus, 17 Sep. 1979, J. Taylor 567, M.D. Crisp & R. Jackson (CANB); 147 km SW of Warburton, 9 Apr. 1992, F.A. Zich 81 (CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 6 mi [c. 10 km] E of Ayers Rock, 20 Sep. 1968, A. Nicholls 979 (NT). WESTERN AUSTRAEIA-SOUTHAUSTRAEIA: border, 28° 30' S, 129° 00' E, 22 July 1979, V.J. Levitzke 49 (AD). SOUTHAUSTRAEIA: near Sentinel Hill, Musgrave Ra., June 1926, H. Basedow 52 (AD); Parabarana Hill area, 16 Sep. 1987, G.H. Bell 1294 (AD); Officer Ck, 20 Apr. 1950, E.C. Black {AT>)\, tributary of Alberga R., 8 Oct. 1955, N.T. Burbidge 6 M. Gray 4593 (AD); Ernabella Mission Station, Musgrave Ranges area, June 1955, G. W. Coombe s.n. (AD); Mt Crombie, c. 60 km SSW of Amata, 16 Sep. 1985, P. Copley 1406 (AD); Mt Ive Stn, Gawler Range, 1 Sep. 1984, T. Hall s.n. (AD); 12 km SW of Iron Knob, 15 Nov. 1983, K. Holiday 831226 (AD); De Rose Hill Stn, c. 250 km NW of Oodnadatta, [no date], T.R.N. Lothian 766/54 (AD); Port Neill Eookout, Eyre Peninsula, 18 Nov. 1998, D.E. Murfet 3415 (AD); 10 km NNE of MtKintore summit, 16 Sep. 1955, W.S. Reid s.n. (AD); Murputja, Eastern Mann Ranges, 12 Oct. 1993, M.J. Robertson 11 (AD); 42 km W of Yokes Comer to Serpentine Eakes, 24 Aug. 1980, J.Z. Weber 6433 (NSW); Uno Range, 24 Sep. 1981, D.J.E. Whibley 7892 (AD). QUEENSEAND: c. 85 km SW ofWinton, L. Pedley 5301 (AD, BRI); c. 6 mi [c. 10 km] SW of Yalleroi, 22 Oct. 1940, L.S Smith & S.L. Everist 924 (BRI). VICTORIA: Wyperfeld Natl Park, c. 32.5 km N of Rainbow, 11 Nov. 1991, A.M. Lyne 657 B. Hadlow (CANB). Distribution and habitat. Found from eastern central Western Australia to western central Queensland. Generally recorded as growing in red sand but also found in a gravelly river-bed. Conservation status. This subspecies is widely distributed in areas that are unlikely to be seriously disturbed. Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the glandular hairs that are found on the leaves and branches. Notes. In Western Australia this subspecies evidently grades into subsp. pilbarense and in South Australia into subsp. racemosum. 22. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. variabile Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. 5.7 km from Kings Highway on road to Tarago and Goulburn, New South Wales, 28 November 1990, G. Butler 1590 {holo\ CANB CBG 9011981). Caespitose, stoloniferous perennial herb. Stems erect, foliaceous, to 40 cm high, simple or branched, shortly glandular-stipitate and sparsely cottony. Leaves narrowly oblong, to 5 cm long, acute, glandular- stipitate, sometimes cottony below. Capitula in terminal compact or loose corymbs (rarely solitary). Involucres hemispherical, golden. Medial bracts', lamina narrowly ovate, acute to acuminate, c. 4 mm long, ciliate to near apex, woolly-ciliate towards base, hirsute on both surfaces. Female florets with (3-)4-7 bristles. Pappus bristles shortly ciliate towards apex. Selected specimens examined.lAEW SOUTHWAEES (incl. A.C.T.): Canberra, 19Feb. 1999,/. Crawford 5421 (CANB); Monaro Hwy 1 kmN of Guises Ck, 17 Nov. 1986, FE. Davies 120 (CANB); 10.7 km towards Captains Flat from Hoskinstown turnoff, 2 Dec. 1994, S. Donaldson 429 (CANB); 8 km from Yass toward Rye Park, 14Nov. 1986, J.E. Ward2\2&E.M. Caww/fig (CANB, PERTH). VICTORIA: 58 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) East Gippsland, Snowy River, c. 2.5kmfromGattamurhFord, 22 May \993>, D.E. Albrecht 525A {AT))-, 1/2 mi [c. 0.8 km] from Suggan Buggan River crossing, 17 Feb. 1969, E.M Cr/ww/wg 030630 (CANB). Distribution and habitat. Found in the A.C.T., south-eastern New South Wales, and eastern Victoria. Recorded as growing in grassland and woodland. Etymology. The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin word variabilis, liable to change, with reference to the morphological variation that is apparent within this subspecies. Notes. A variable taxon that appears to be close to subsp. stoloniferum from which it differs most obviously in having a glandular-stipitate indumentum. It grades northwards into subsp. odorum, as is apparent in the collection Maiden & Cambage s.n. (‘Rydal to Fish River and Sidmouth Valley’, NSW 6342). 23. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. curvifolium (Domin) Paul G.Wilson, comb, et stat. nov. Helichrysum ramosissimum var. curvifolium Domin, Biblio. Bot. 89: 674 (1929). Type'. ‘Arnhems Land’, Northern Australia, F. Mueller s.n. {holo'. K 000349242 image seen; liso'. Sturts Creek, March 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 2158405A)). Multi-stemmed, erect perennial herb to 40 cm high. Stems slender, becoming leafless towards apex, glabrous to densely cottony. Leaves cauline, linear-terete, closely revolute to midrib, the lowermost linear, densely cottony to almost glabrous, sparsely and minutely glandular-puberulous, margins slightly decurrent. Capitula with slender peduncles to 25 mm long, forming a compact to open raceme to 15 cm long. Involucres hemispherical, c. 8 mm diam., pale yellow. Medial bracts', lamina narrowly ovate and abruptly acuminate, long-ciliate, becoming shortly ciliate or eciliate towards apex, woolly- ciliate towards base, surface mostly glabrous. Innermost bracts', lamina narrowly lanceolate, very sparsely hirsute. Female florets with 9 pappus bristles. Bisexual florets with 10(-?) pappus bristles. Pappus bristles colourless, very shortly plumose towards apex. Achenes narrowly obovoid, c. 1.2 mm long, scabrous. Selected specimens examined.^TNITTAAAMNITATIA'. [localities withheld for conservation reasons] May 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald%91 (PERTH); 11 Sep. 1921, C.A. Gardner 1571 (PERTH); 14 Sep. 1921, C.A. Gardner 1580 (PERTH); 3 Aug. 1975, A.S George 13193 (CANB, PERTH); 10 Aug. 1975, A.S George 13634 (PERTH); 1907, FM. House s.n. (PERTH); 4 Dec. 1991, E Willing AU (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Only known from the Kimberley region of Western Australia where it is recorded as growing in sand in low open forest and low woodland. Conservation status. To be listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (M. Smith pers. comm.). Phenology. Recorded as flowering in May and August, fruiting in September. Typification. The name ‘ Amhem(s) Land’ was broadly applied in the mid-nineteenth century to include what is now the far north of Western Australia. The collection in MEL, noted above, made by Mueller along ‘ Sturts Creek’ is a good match with the holotype in K, which is labelled as coming from Arnhem Land. It is probable that they are of the same collection since in the early years of his collecting activity P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 59 Mueller was careful to send duplicate material to W. J. Hooker, Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (see Mueller 1857). It is unlikely that the collection was made near Sturts Creek since this would have been 300^00 km south-east of the validated occurrence of the subspecies. Notes. The recorded distribution of subsp. curvifoUum is significantly disjunct from the distribution of all other subspecies of C. apiculatum, yet it is interesting that a collection made by A. A. Mitchell {Mitchell 1588; DNA, PERTH) from Yarrie Stn (20° 56' S, 120° 17' E) in the Pilbara, has slender leaves similar to those found in subsp. curvifoUum, but glandular-puberulous stems and leaves, in which character it fits better with subsp. pilbarense. 24. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. attenuatum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. Pilliga Forest Way, c. 15 km north-east of Kenebri, New South Wales, 2 December 1984, A.N. RoddA251 {holo: NSW 584851; iso\ BRI n.v., MEE n.v.). 1 Chrysocephalum helichrysoides Walp., Linnaea 14: 503(1841). Type citation'. An Nova Hollandia Lhotsky legit.’ {n.v). Perennial herb to 0.3 m high. Stems slender, erect, glandular-puberulous. Leaves linear, fiat or revolute on margins, to 35 mm long, acuminate, somewhat cordate at base, glandular-puberulous and with minute sessile glands, often sparsely cottony beneath. Capitula in compact clusters or open racemes; peduncles slender, to 10 mm long. Involucres lemon-yellow, urceolate or hemispherical, c. 6 mm diameter. Medial bracts', stipe slender, semiterete, c. 2 mm long, glandular abaxially; lamina narrowly ovate-acuminate, to 3 mm long, translucent towards base, medially long-ciliate, terminally eciliate, basally sparsely cottony ciliate, hirsute on both surfaces. Innermost bracts', stipe semiterete, very narrowly winged, glandular-puberulous abaxially; lamina narrowly lanceolate, c. \.l mm long, terminally eciliate. FemalefloretsNith 0-2(-3) pappus hxistXQS. Pappus bristles slender, shortly plumose towards apex otherwise scabrid. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.6 mm long, greyish brown. Selected specimens examined. QUEENSEAND: 15 km ESE of Inglewood, 29 Mar. 1974, L. Pedley A7430 (NSW). NEW SOUTH WAEES: 15 km W of Coonabarabran, 9 Dec. 1989, A. Anderberg & A.L. Anderberg 1 \A9 (NSW); between Coonabarabran and Warrumbungle Natl Park, 5 km west of Coonabarabran, 19 Oct. 1994, P.J. Royer NSW 94007 (CANB); Armidale to Enmore, 26 Jan. 1953, P. W. Jessup & M. Gray 1860 (CANB); 7.9 km from Yarrowwyck towards Bundarra, 26 Nov. 1996, D.L. Jones s.n. 14998 & M. Garratt (CANB); Tenterfield Creek, 4 km S of Wallangarra, [no date], N. Snow & B. Simon 7293 (BRI). VICTORIA: Wyperfeld Natl Park, 14 Nov. 1968, A. C. Beauglehole 29580 & E.W. Finch (MEE); Warracknabeal, 8 Sep. 1961, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CANB); Mt Abrupt, [Nov. 1879,] D. Sullivan 18 (MEE). Distribution and habitat. This subspecies is found in western Victoria, south-eastern Queensland, and widespread in New South Wales, growing largely in eucalypt forest but also found along creek margins and in a variety of other habitats. Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the shape of the mature leaves. Notes. This subspecies is variable in morphology and it is possible that the variants found in different areas of eastern Australia evolved independently. 60 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) 25. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. flindersianum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. Mambray Creek in Mount Remarkable National Park, southern Flinders Ranges, South Australia, 6 August 1974, N.N. DonnerA%l\ {holo\ AD 97436226). Erect perennial herb branching towards base. Stems closely appressed-white-sericeous. Leaves appressed-cottony, crowded towards base, flat, very narrowly obovate, apiculate, to 6 cm long; medial leaves linear, acuminate, flat or recurved (or the uppermost revolute), 1.5^.5 cm long. Capitula in terminal compact corymbs to 2.5 cm diam. Involucres hemispherical, c. 10 mm diam. Bracts pale yellow, dull. Median bracts narrowly ovate-acuminate, abaxially very sparsely hirsute, adaxially moderately hirsute, margin ciliate to near apex. Female florets with 1-2 pappus bristles. Pappus bristles shortly plumose near apex. Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Flinders Ranges: Middle Gorge, 4 Oct. 1980, N.P. & W.S. s.n. (AD); Wilpena Pound, Oct. 1974, B. Beck s.n. (AD); Melrose, Oct. 1922, B. Beck s.n. (AD); Wilpena Pound, Oct. 1925, B. Beck s.n. (AD); Germein Gorge, 30 Dec. 1974, L. Haegi 583 (CANB); Wilmington, Mt Maria, 21 Oct. 1928, Anon. s.n. (AD). Distribution and habitat. Only recorded from the southern Flinders Ranges in South Australia. In one collection it is indicated that the plant was growing in ‘dark brown rocky clayey loam’. Etymology. The subspeciflc epithet refers to the area in which the plant has been collected. 26. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. undulatum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. Barraranna Gorge, Flinders Ranges, South Australia, 4 November [1993], R.J. Bates 34830 iholo'. AD 99427052). Erect perennial herb, branched and with several stems arising from base, to 30(-60) cm high. Stems moderately tomentose with cottony hairs and sessile, globular, glandular hairs. Leaves narrowly oblong or narrowly oblong-obovate, flat and somewhat undulate on margin, tomentose on both surfaces with cottony hairs and sessile, globular, glandular hairs, the upper leaves somewhat auriculate at base. Capitula clustered in terminal irregular corymbs or racemes; branches densely covered with woolly and glandular hairs. Involucres bright yellow. Medial bracts', stipe slender, glandular-stipitate, c. 3.5 mm long; lamina ovate-acuminate, 3-3.5 mm long, surfaces glabrous, ciliate except for terminal 1/3, glossy, smooth, basal half sparsely ciliate on margin otherwise eciliate, woolly-ciliate at base. Innermost bracts', stipe slender, narrowly winged, glandular-stipitate; lamina narrowly elliptic, c. 2 mm long, ciliate on margin except for apex, glabrous. Female florets with c. 10 pappus bristles. Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Nonning, Eyre Pen., 8 Apr. 1993, R. Bates 31861 (AD); Siam Stn, Gawler Stn, 12 Oct. 1968, B. Copley 2324 (AD); Mt Ive Stn, Gawler Ra., 1 Sep. 1984, T. Hall s.n. (AD); 12 km SW of Iron Knob, 15 Nov. 1983, K. Holliday 831226 (AD); Uno Ra., Uno Stn, 35 km W of Iron Knob, 10 Mar. 1981, F. Mollenmans 409 (AD); Buckleboo Conservation Reserve, 17 Oct. 1998, D.E. Murfet 3360 (AD); Lake Gilles Conservation Park, 24 Oct. 1998, D.E. Murfet 3366 (AD); 4 km SW of Yardea Hstd, 29 Aug. 1996, A.G. Spooner 15969 (AD); Uno Ra., near Hstd, 24 Sep. 1981, D.J.E. Whibley 7892 (AD). P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 61 Distribution and habitat. Restricted to the Gawler Ranges and to adjacent areas of Eyre Peninsula and the Flinders Ranges in South Australia. Recorded as growing in a variety of soils including gravelly soil, creek beds, rough rocky hillside, sandy loam, and limestone red loam. Etymology. The infraspecific epithet is derived from the appearance of the leaf margin which is undulate when mature. Notes. In the Flinders Ranges the leaves are somewhat woolly, narrowly oblong with undulate margins, and only minutely glandular, principally with sessile globular glands. 27. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. yorkense Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. Wauraltee, Yorke Peninsula, South Australia, 4 June 1989, W.J. Quinn 131 iholo\ AD 98948492; iso\ BR, C, CANB, CAS, PRE, S, SIU, TAI, TUR, all n.v.). Small, much-branched, spreading perennial herb to 10 cm high. Stems cottony. Leaves linear to very narrowly obovate, 1-3 cm long, somewhat crowded, sericeous or cottony. Capzfw/a in compact terminal cymes. Involucres small, hemispherical, c. 6 mm high. Outer bracts reddish brown. Medial bracts'. lamina yellow, oblong, c. 6 mm long, apex rounded to obtuse, long-ciliate to near apex, abaxially glabrous, adaxially very sparsely hirsute towards base. Inner bracts', lamina yellow. Female florets with 4 or 5 pappus bristles. Pappus bristles shortly plumose at apex. Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRAEIA: Yorke Peninsula: 6 km SSE of Moonta, 30 Sep. 1967, B.J. Blaylockiei (AD); 15 km ESE of Minlaton, 10 Oct. 1970, B.J. Blaylock\55\ (AD); four mi [c. 6.5 km] from Stenhouse Bay, 19 Oct. 1966, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CANB); near Sturt Bay turnoff, 12 Oct. 1980, A.G. Spooner 7328 (AD). Distribution and habitat. Recorded from Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. The only habitat note is that found on the type sheet which states that the specimen was growing in ‘grey loam and limestone’. Etymology. The subspecific epithet is derived from the name of the region in which the subspecies is found. Notes. A distinctive subspecies but evidently grading into subsp. halmaturorum Paul G.Wilson. 28. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. halmaturorum Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type'. Playford Hwy c. 5 km east of Harriet Rd, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 8 December 1984, G. Jackson 1729 Qiolo'. AD 98508271). Multi-stemmed, spreading, often prostrate perennial herb. Stems closely woolly to densely sericeous. Leaves closely woolly or sericeous, narrowly oblong to narrowly oblanceolate, to 2 cm long towards base of plant, ±flat or recurved on margins, variably crenulate. Capitula solitary or 2-5 in compact glomerules. Involucres small, hemispherical. Medial bracts', lamina c. 2.5 mm long, white, scarious, narrowly oblong, acute, sparsely hirsute abaxially and adaxially towards base, ciliate in basal half, woolly ciliate at base. Innermost bracts', lamina sub-orbicular to oblong, 0.5-1 mm long, very shortly ciliate all over. Female florets with 3-5 pappus bristles. Pappus bristles colourless or pale white. 62 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Rocky R., 2 Feb. 1940, J.R. Clelands.n. (AD); Kangaroo Is.: Cape du Couedic, 3 Feb. 1948, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD); 12 km ESE of Karatta, 12 Nov. 1989, P. Copley, C. Baxter & R. Burner NPKI 20422 (AD); near mouth of Stunsail Boom R., 28 Nov. 1971, G. Jackson 897 (AD); Playford Hwy, 8 Dec. 1984, G. Jackson 1729 (AD); Karatta, 12 Nov. 1886, R. Pepper s.n. (AD); 3 km S of South Coast Rd towards Hanson Bay, 9 Nov. 1958, Paul G. Wilson 816 (AD). Distribution and habitat. Found on Kangaroo Island, South Australia, where it is generally noted as growing near the coast in sandy soil. Etymology. The epithet halmaturorum is derived from the Greek word halma ‘to leap’ and the suffix -orum ‘of and is used here with reference to the kangaroo after which Kangaroo Island was named. The name was applied by Ferdinand Mueller as a species epithet in e.g. Melaleuca halmaturorum and Eriostemon halmaturorum, both of which were first collected on Kangaroo Island. Notes. The specimen Wilson 816 differs from the other collections cited in having the involucral bracts very narrowly oblong, tinged with red, and denticulate at their apex. A variant of subsp. congestum with large yellow capitula is also found on Kangaroo Island but the collections seen of this taxon have come from localities that differ from those of subsp. halmaturorum and no specimens that would suggest intergradation between the two have been noted. A plant similar to subsp. halmaturorum is found on the South Australian mainland near the coast. This variant has slender stems and linear to filiform leaves that are covered with a close white velutinous indumentum, while the involucral bracts are very pale yellow and are sparsely hirsute adaxially; it appears to grade into subsp. congestum and is treated here as off. subsp. halmaturorum. 28 bis. Chrysocephalum apiculatum off. subsp. halmaturorum Straggly multi-stemmed perennial herb to 30 cm high. Stems slender, covered along with the leaves in a dense, silvery white, woolly sheen. Leaves linear-spathulate, to 5 cm long at the base of plant, diminishing upwards and becoming linear and revolute. Capitula several in a dense terminal cluster. Involucres hemispherical, white to very pale yellow or yellow. Medial bracts narrowly oblong, c. 3.2 mm long, acute to obtuse, apically eciliate, glabrous abaxially, sparsely hirsute adaxially. Female florets with 4 or 5 pappus bristles. Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRAEIA: Yorke Pen., south west ofWarooka, 26 Oct. 1985, T. Hall 175 (AD); Hundred of Coonarie, 26 Oct. 1985, D.N. Kraehenbuehl 4632 (AD); Yorke Pen., 24.5 mi [c. 40 km] from Yorketown toward Foul Bay, 18 Oct. 1966, M.W. Phillips s.n. (AD); Eyre Pen., Port Eincoln, Sep. 1907, R.S. Rogers s.n. (NSW); Eyre Pen., Streaky Bay, Sep. 1907, R.S. Rogers s.n. (NSW); Foul Bay Rd, 26 Oct. 1985, A.G. Spooner 9995 (AD). Distribution and habitat. Found in South Australia in coastal areas of Yorke and Eyre Peninsulas. P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 63 29. Chrysocephalum apiculatum subsp. norsemanense Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type', north-east of Norseman, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 8 September 1962, T.E.H. Aplin 1821 {holo\ PERTH 00426954). Erect perennial herb c. 30-60 cm high. Stems several arising from base, simple or branching towards apex, woolly. Leaves narrowly oblong, to 6 cm long, diminishing upwards, acute to acuminate, woolly on both surfaces, usually minutely sessile-glandular. Capitula in terminal compact corymbs. Involucres hemispherical, c. 1 mm high, yellow. Bracts smooth, glossy, firm; lamina ovate to elliptic, c. 4 mm long, proximal half ciliate, distal half to one third eciliate, woolly ciliate towards base, glabrous on both sides or very sparsely hirsute on adaxial side. Female florets with 6-8 very shortly plumose pappus bristles. Pappus bristles pale yellow to colourless. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 20 Sep. 1941 ,N.T. Burbidge2124{CAL4B\ 180ct. n9\,R. Helmss.n. (NSW588240); 11 Oct. 1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 581 (PERTH); 4 Sep. 1968, M.E. Phillips 442 cS: A. Sikkes (NSW); 29 Oct. 1974, DJ.E. Whibley 4602 (AD, PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Most of the collections come from within c. 50 km of Norseman, but with a few from the Fraser Range which is c. 90 km to the east. Field notes indicate that it grows in various soil types including yellow or red sand, yellow sandy clay, and calcareous soil. Conservation status. To be listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (M. Smith pers. comm.). Etymology. The epithet is derived from the town of Norseman, which appears to be at the centre of the distribution of this subspecies, with the suffix -ense, to indicate origin. Chrysocephalum semipapposum The segregation of different elements within C. semipapposum is complicated by the apparent merging of all the variants that are currently included within this species. This has evidently been the reason why those names that are available for one or other of the variants have rarely been adopted by botanists. In this treatment five subspecific taxa are recognised but with the understanding that each intergrades with one or more of the other subspecies. There are numerous variants that have a geographical as well as a morphological basis, but these all grade into other variants and to distinguish them by an infraspecific name, while also distinguishing the intermediates, does not appear to be feasible. For this reason the subspecies recognised here are broad-based. The typical variant of C. semipapposum, which was first collected by Eabillardiere from the south coast of Tasmania, is distinct, but it does grade into two other variants recognised here as subspecies: subsp. semipapposum has linear, revolute leaves that are tomentose beneath, and female florets that are epappose or have one bristle; subsp. brevifolium (Sond.) Paul G.Wilson also has narrow leaves but they are glabrous and glutinous, and the female florets typically have five pappus bristles; subsp. lineare Paul G.Wilson has linear leaves that are broader and are usually woolly all over, with female florets epappose or with one bristle. 64 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Helichrysum names published by Gandoger based on Australian plants A number of names published by Gandoger (1918) in Bulletin de la Societe Botanique de France apply to one or other of the subspecies of C. semipapposum. Gandoger indicated that these names could be recognised at the rank of forma under H. semipapposum, but there is doubt as to their valid publication since he did not directly link the proposed forma epithet with the species name. McGillivray (1973) treated them as being validly published as forma but not as species. Chapman (1991) and the International Plant Name Index list the names both as distinct species and as forma of//, semipapposum. The taxa are as follows (original descriptions are translated in all cases): Helichrysum sarcodes Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 44 (1918); H. semipapposum f sarcodes Gand., l.c. Original description: ‘Leaves oblong-linear, woolly on both sides. Australia, Victoria at Mentone, Tovey\ This is probably a synonym of subsp. lineare, q.v. Helichrysum hirtoviscosum Gand., l.c.', H. semipapposum f hirtoviscosum Gand., l.c. Original description: ‘Leaves glandular hairy, viscous. Australia, Victoria. Walter'. This is treated here as a synonym of subsp. asperum, q.v. Helichrysum abrotaniforme Gand., l.c.', H. semipapposum f abrotaniforme Gand., l.c. Original description: ‘Leaves very glabrous. Capitula 3 m. [sic.] wide, inflorescences not viscous. - Australia. Victoria (Walter!)'. Type specimen'. ‘Australia. Victoria. 1902. Legit. Walter' (holo'. LY n.v., photo seen NSW 805705). This is possibly a variant of C. semipapposum subsp. brevifolium, q.v. Helichrysum adonidiforme Gand., l.c.', H. semipapposum f adonidiforme Gand., l.c. Original description: ‘Leaves very glabrous. Capitula 5 m [sic] wide; inflorescence viscid’. Type'. Flinders Range, Oct. \90\, Max Koch 598 {holo'. LY n.v., photo seen NSW 805709). This is probably a variant of C semipapposum subsp. brevifolium, q.v. Helichrysumsulcaticaule Gand., /. c. ; H. semipapposum f sulcaticaule Gand., l.c. Original description: ‘Leaves linear, more or less villous. Leaves floccose all over’. Type. ‘Australia, Victoria, near Harrietvihe, 3 June \9\0,J.W. Audas' {holo'. LY n.v, photo seen NSW 805702). This is probably a variant of C. semipapposum subsp. lineare, q.v. Helichrysum porrectum Gand., l.c.', H. semipapposum f.porrectum Gand. l.c. Original description: ‘Leaves linear, more or less villous. Leaves snowy-white beneath, green and glabrous above. Leaves recurved, spreading, short’. Type'. South Australia, Flinders Range, Oct. 1901, M Koch. [‘No. 1339’ on sheet] {holo'. LY n.v, photo seen NSW 805708). This is probably a variant of C. semipapposum subsp. lineare, q.v. HelichrysummaideniiGmd.,l.c.',H. semipapposum!. maidenii Gand., l.c. Original description: ‘Leaves linear, more or less villous. Leaves straight. Involucral bracts curved, somewhat spreading, stems very straight, long and slender’. Type'. New South Wales, Jenolan Caves, Nov. 1899, J.H. Maiden {holo'. LY n.v., photo seen NSW 805704). This is probably a variant of C. semipapposum subsp. lineare, q.v. The collecting details cited above are taken from McGillivray (1973) since the photograph at NSW does not include them. Helichrysum readeri Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 44 (1918); H. semipapposum f readeri Gand., l.c. Original description: ‘Stems subterete, involucral bracts glabrous slightly acute’. Type. Victoria, P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 65 Wimmera, pastures, 22 Jan. 1893, F.M. Reader (holo\ LY n.v. , photo seen NSW 805706). This appears to be C. semipapposum subsp. semipapposum, q.v. Helichrysum tasmanicum Gand., l.c .; H. semipapposum f. tasmanicum Gand., l.c. Original description: ‘Leaves more or less villous, linear, straight; involucral bracts straight, obtuse, base woolly; stem flexuose, angular, sulcate’. Type: Tasmania, Simson {holo\ LY n.v., photo seen NSW 805707). This is probably a synonym of C. semipapposum subsp. semipapposum, q.v. The following varietal names under77. semipapposum were published by J.D. Hooker, Hooker’sLondon J. Botany 6: 121(1847): var. latifolium Hook.f, vm. filifolium Hook.f, var. ramosum Hook.f, var. scabridum Hook.f The descriptions are extremely brief (3-5 words), no collector or type is indicated, and the locality details common to all was ‘Most of the above varieties are abundant throughout the colony’ i.e. Tasmania. No attempt has been made to apply these names in the present revision. Chrysocephalum semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 474 (1845); Gnaphalium semipapposum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 42, t. 187 (1806); Helichrysum semipapposum (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 195 (1838); Helichrysum apiculatum f semipapposum (Labill.) Siebert & Voss, Vilmorin’s Blumengdrtneri 1: 534 (1896). Type: ‘capite Van-Diemen’, 1793, J. Labillardiere (lectotype, here designated: FI 006346 image seen; isolecto: G-DC G 00471323 image seen, MEL 2159090). Stiffly erect, multi-stemmed perennial herb c. 20 cm high. Stems slender, erect, unbranched, striate from decurrent margins and midnerve of leaves, cottony. Leaves numerous, only slightly reducing in length upwards, filiform to narrow-linear, acute or acuminate, 1.5-3 cm long, margins revolute, decurrent, upper surface glabrous and glossy or slightly cottony, lower surface cottony, rarely the leaf glutinous. Capitula in a terminal compact rounded infiorescence, the branches glabrous or closely woolly. Involucres hemispherical to cup-shaped, c. 5 mm high; involucral bracts yellow, continuing onto peduncle and passing into uppermost leaves, scarious, with stiff cilia in medial portion of lamina and cottony-ciliate in proximal portion, sparsely pilose with cilia-like hairs on adaxial face, glabrous on distal half of abaxial face, pale gold to pale brownish yellow. Medial bracts : stipe narrowly oblong, fiattened, narrowly winged, not glandular abaxially, woolly-ciliate, c. 2 mm long; lamina elliptic to broad-ovate, obtuse, c. 2 mm long, apical portion eciliate, basal portion woolly-ciliate, abaxially not hirsute, adaxially sparsely hirsute towards base. Innermost bracts: stipe linear, thick, c. 2.3 mm long, stereome fenestrate; lamina narrowly ovate-triangular to ovate, c. 1.3 mm long. Female florets: corolla narrowly cylindrical, very shortly 4-lobed; pappus bristles 0-7. Bisexual florets: corolla narrowly turbinate towards apex; pappus bristles c. 8-12. Pappus bristles shortly plumose towards apex, scabrid below. Achenes narrowly ellipsoid, c. 1.4 mm long, scabridulous. Note. The stipe of the median involucral bracts is narrowly oblong and fiattened, and may have sessile globular glands on its abaxial surface. J.L. Boorman, in a note dated June 1909 on a specimen of C. semipapposum s. str. from Michelago, Murrumbidgee River, N.S.W., states ‘a common plant found in all auriferous outcrops throughout the State, invariably dry places, this plant is to be met with. Such plants as Bursaria spinosa growing near it’. The relevant collection has the female fiorets epappose. Key to subspecies of Chrysocephalum semipapposum 1. Stems and leaves sericeous or tomentose, not glandular 2. Stems and leaves sericeous, ± glutinous [eastern Aust.] 1. subsp. semipapposum 66 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) 2: Stems and leaves tomentose or cottony, not viscid [eastern Aust].2. subsp. lineare 1: Stems and leaves glutinous or glandular 3. Stems glutinous, glabrous or very sparsely cottony [eastern Aust].3. subsp. brevifolium 3: Stems minutely glandular pubescent or cottony 4. Stems pilose with glandular hispid hairs [eastern Aust.].4. subsp. asperum 4: Stems and leaves glandular, puberulous or cottony [Western Australia].5. subsp. occidentale 1. Chrysocephalum semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz subsp. semipapposum Helichrysum readeri Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:44 (1918); Helichrysum semipapposum f. readeri Gand., l.c. Type'. Victoria, Wimmera, pastures, 22 Jan. 1893, F.M. Reader s.n. Qiolo'. LY n.v., photo seen NSW 805706). 1 Helichrysum tasmanicum Gand., l.c.', H. semipapposum f. tasmanicum Gand., l.c. Type'. Oceania. Tasmania, 1876. leg. Simson s.n. {holo'. LY n.v., photo seen NSW 805707 p.p.). The photograph is lacking in clarity and the description too short to permit this name to be applied with confidence. Rhizomatous, often somewhat aromatic, viscid perennial herb. Stems sericeous, not glandular. Leaves evenly arranged along stems, scarcely decreasing towards apex, narrowly linear, acute, on stem to 4 cm long, on axillary shoots to 1.5 cm long; margins revolute; upper surface glabrous, glossy-resinous; lower surface woolly-sericeous. Capitula numerous in a compact hemispherical inflorescence. Involucres cup-shaped. Medial involucral bracts', stipe semiterete, abaxially with sessile glandular hairs near base, distally slightly woolly and narrowly winged grading into lamina; lamina ovate, obtuse, ciliate in basal 2/3, toothed or entire and eciliate towards apex, adaxially glabrous or very sparsely hirsute, abaxially glabrous or slightly woolly or with sessile glandular hairs towards base. Female florets with 0-7 pappus bristles (epappose in typical variant). Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Southern Lofty, Mitcham, 5 June 1982, W. Bushman 286 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Bowral, 23 Dec. 1962, C. Burgess s. n. (CANB); 15 km ESE of Connors Hill, 10 Feb. 1996, M. Ito 96066-1 (AD). VICTORIA: Brisbane Ranges Natl Park, 15 Jan. 1980, E.G. Errey 4938 (MEE); 6 km W of Omeo, 7 Jan. 1989, R.M. King 911A (MEE); Otway Ranges, 1 Feb. 1965, TB. Muir 3763 (MEE). TASMANIA: Port Dalrymple, Jan. 1804, R. Brown s.n. (CANB); Gangells Rd, Bagdad, 2 July 1991, A.M. Buchanan 12185 (HO); banks of South Esk R., 17 Oct. 1985, W.F Pataczek 034 (HO). Distribution. Found in central and eastern Tasmania, eastern New South Wales, Victoria, and in the Mt Eofty Ranges of South Australia. In eastern New South Wales is found a variant that has the same general appearance as typical subsp. semipapposum except that the involucral bracts are longer and oblong, and the female florets have five pappus bristles. Notes. Significant characters in the typical variant of C. semipapposum are the crowded leaves that are all similar in shape although diminishing in size upwards, turbinate (sometimes broadly so) capitula, involucral bracts with a woolly-ciliate, non-glandular stipe (but see description of the stipe above) and ovate or oblong lamina that is obtuse or rounded at tip, and pappus bristles of female florets usually absent or one. P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 67 2. Chrysocephalum semipapposum subsp. lineare Paul G.Wilson, subsp. nov. Type-. Woods Point Road, 2.8 km N of Walhalla, Eastern Highlands, Victoria, 9 December 1993, T.J. Entwisle 2375, M. Tindale & J. Kenrick {holo'. NSW 299299). Helichrysum ciliatumDC.,Prodr. 6: 195 (1838). Gnaphalium ciliatum (DC.) Sch.Bip.,Ror. ZeitungS'. 171 (March 1845). Chrysocephalum ciliatum (DC.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 474 (Aug. 1845). Lecto, here designated: ‘ad portum Western ad fretum Bass, legit cl. d’Urville, exped. de 1’Astrolabe, 1829 [?]’; Port Western, Bass Stmit, Dumont d’Urville s.n.. Expedition of the Astrolabe, 1829 [1826] (lecto-. G-DC G 00471285 image seen; isolecW. P 00698455 image seen). a. urvillei DC., l.c. 196. Type citation', ‘ad portum Western ad fretum Bass, legit cl. d’Urville (v.s.)’. Type'. Port Western, Bass Strait, Dumont d’Urville Expedition of the Astrolabe, 1829 (holo'. G-DC G 00471285 image seen; iso'. P 00698455 image seen). (3. sieberi DC., l.c. 196. Type citation', ‘in Nova-Holl. Sieb.! pi. exs. n. 484. FE. Nova-Holl. Sieber 484. (v.s.)’ (holo: G-DC G 00471306 image seen; iso: NY 00179178 image seen). y. cunninghami DC., l.c. 196. Type citation', ‘in planitiebus circa Bathurst legit cl. Cunningham aprili flor. (v.s.)’. Type'. Plains of Bathurst, New South Wales, April 1817, A. Cunningham s.n. (holo'. G-DC G 00471305 image seen; iso'. K 00899290 image seen). 1 Helichrysum sulcaticaule Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:44 (1918); H. semipapposum f sulcaticaule Gand., l.c. Type'. Australia, Victoria, near Harrietville, 3 June 1910, J.W. Audas s.n. (holo'. EY n.v., photo seen NSW 805702). Helichrysumporrectum Gand., l.c.', H. semipapposum f porrectum Gand. l.c. Type. Flinders Range, South Australia, October 1901, M Koch [‘No. 1339’ on sheet] (holo: EY n.v., photo seenNSW 805708). 1 Helichrysum sarcodes Gand., l.c.', H. semipapposum f sarcodes Gand., l.c. Type. Mentone, Victoria, 6 October 1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. (holo: EY n.v., photo seenNSW 805710). 1 Helichrysum maidenii Gand., l.c.', H. semipapposum f maidenii Gand., l.c. Type. Jenolan Caves, New South Wales, November 1899, J.H. Maiden s.n. (holo'. EY n.v., photo seenNSW 805704). Note'. The collecting details cited are taken from McGillivray (1973) since the photograph at NSW does not include them. Multi-stemmed perennial herb to 80 cm high. Stems slender with numerous lateral branches, somewhat tomentose when young, loosely leafy to near apex. Leaves narrowly oblong, acute, c. 4 cm long, c. 4 mm wide, flat, sparsely cottony above, densely so below. Capitula in a terminal rounded corymb to 6 cm diam. Involucres sub-globular, c. 4 mm wide, yellow. Outer bracts somewhat woolly towards base. Medial bracts: stipe c. 0.5 mm long, woolly, cartilaginous, grading into the lamina; lamina narrowly ovate-acute to narrowly triangular, to 3.5 mm long, hirsute on both surfaces except for tip, ciliate almost to tip becoming woolly towards base. Innermost bracts: stipe narrowly oblong, cartilaginous, membranous on margins; lamina narrowly triangular, c. 1 mm long, ciliate and hirsute. Female florets epappose or with one bristle. Pappus bristles shortly plumose towards apex. Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Selected specimens examined. NEW SOUTH WALES: Bago T.R., Batlow District, Feb. 1917, W.A. W de Beuzeville 14 (NSW). VICTORIA: Mt Bogong, 22 Feb. 1972, LA. & CL. Craven 2138 (CANB); Eastern Ranges, Grant, McMillan Tk, 6 Jan. 1982, R.A. Kilgour 178 (CANB); Beechworth, 22 Dec. 1924, MacGillivray s.n. (AD); Mt Buffalo Natl Park near Anderson Peak, 27 Jan. 1982, P.S. Short 1395(NSW);VictoriaRa.,Grampians, 13Dec. \915,H.Streimann29?>\ (CANB).TASMANIA:New Norfolk, 15 Dec. 1840, M. Ballantine [Qxherb. Gunn 1173 (1842)] (NSW). Distribution and habitat. Occurs in south-eastemNew South Wales, Victoria, SouthAustralia (Mt Lofty Range eastwards) and Tasmania. Recorded from many distinct habitats. Phenology. December to February. Typification. The date on d’Urville’s collection of H. ciliatum in G-DC is probably the date that it was received by de Candolle since d’Urville’s visit to Bass Strait was in 1826. No collections were directly cited by de Candolle under H. ciliatum', however, he recognised three formae of which the holotype of the first, f urvillei, is selected as the lectotype of the species name. Notes. There is a considerable variation within this subspecies and it evidently grades into both subsp. semipapposum and subsp. asperum (Steetz) Paul G.Wilson. In south-eastern New South Wales is found a variant that resembles typical subsp. lineare but has female fiorets with three to six pappus bristles. 3. Chrysocephalum semipapposum subsp. brevifolium (Sond.) Paul G.Wilson, comb, et stat. nov. Chrysocephalum squarrulosum (DC.) Sond. var. brevifolium Sond., Linnaea 25: 515 (1853). Helichrysum semipapposum var. brevifolium (Sond.) Benth., F/. Austral. 3:625 (1867). Based on three elements: 1. Helichrysum microlepis DC. (1838), 2. Tort Gawler et Pfeifer’s Station, Martio’ {syn: MEL 2159100 & MEL 2159095 ex herb. Sender - presumably these localities refer to collections made by F. Mueller), and 3. 'H[elichrysum]. glutinosum F. MuelL’ in sched. (syn: MEL 2159094 & MEL 2159096 both ex herb. Sender). Lecto, here designated: Plains of Bathurst [New South Wales], April 1817, Cunningham 82 (G-DC G 00471326 image seen; this is the holotype of Helichrysum microlepis DC.). Helichrysum microlepis DC., Prodr. 6: 195 (1838); Gnaphalium microlepis (DC.) Sch.-Bip., Bot. Zeit. 3:171 (1845). Type citation: Trequens in planis apricis circa BathurstNov. Holl. aprili fior. legit cl. A. Cunningham’ {holo: G-DC G 00471326 image seen, ‘82 / A suffmticose plant frequent on the plains of Bathurst. April \%\1' fide Cunningham). Helichrysum adonidiforme Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:44 (1918);//. semipapposum f adonidiforme Gand., l.c. (1918). Type: Flinders Range, SouthAustralia, October 1901, M. Koch 598 (fiolo: LY n.v, photo seen NSW 805709; iso: NSW 596603). 1 Helichrysumabrotaniforme Gand., /. c. ; H. semipapposum f abrotaniforme Gand., /. c. Type: Australia. Victoria, 1902, C. Walter s.n. {holo: LY n.v., photo seen NSW 805705). Helichrysum squarrulosumDC., Prodr. 6:195 (1838); Gnaphalium squarrulosum (DC.) Sch.-Bip., Ror. Zeit. 3: 171(1845); Chrysocephalum squarrulosum (DC.) Linnaea 25: 515 (1853), nom. illeg. P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 69 non Steetz (1845). Type citation: ‘in apricis Novae-Hollandiae ad latus occid. montium coemleomm prope Port Jackson jun. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham!’ {holo: G-DC G 00471314 image seen, ‘84/ open forest country on the Western side of the Blue Mountains .... Port Jackson, June 1817’; iso: K 000349221 image seen, ‘open forest country on the Western side of the Blue Mountains N.S. Wales, 22"d June 1817’). Note. The name Chrysocephalum squarrulosum Steetz q.v. is based on a specimen that came from Western Australia. Erect-branching, often multi-stemmed perennial herb, to 50 cm high. Stems slender, glutinous, glabrous or sparsely cottony, often densely cottony towards base. Leaves on distal part of stems and branches dense, 2-3 cm long, acute to obtuse, often apiculate, thick, glutinous, often tightly recurved on margins, decurrent, glabrous or sparsely cottony and with prominent midrib below, sparsely woolly when young; leaves towards base of plant 2-6 cm long, linear to very narrowly obovate, somewhat cottony; an obvious axillary bud present in most axils, that may be produced into a lateral branch. Capitula solitary or in loose, flat-topped corymbs terminal to stems and branches. Involucres broadly turbinate to hemispherical, 5-6 mm high. Bracts dull pale yellow, semi-translucent at least towards base (but not consistently), not or scarcely hirsute. Medial bracts (including stipe) narrowly oblong to oblong or narrowly obovate, acute to acuminate, moderately flmbriate-ciliate with the tip shortly dentate, woolly towards base; stipe narrowly winged, sessile-glandular and woolly on abaxial surface. Female florets with (3-)6(-7) pappus bristles. Pappus bristles pale yellow, very shortly plumose at apex, minutely scabrous towards base. Achenes narrowly oblong-ellipsoid, c. 1 mm long, moderately scabrous. Selected specimens examined. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 15 km NNE of Bordertown, 3 Nov. 1962, D. Hunt 1352 (AD); Darke Peak Range, 28 Oct. 1983, E.N.S Jackson 4976 (AD); 5 km ENE of Freelmg Heights, Flinders Ranges, 6 Oct. 1981, F. Mollenmans 1093 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: 423 km from Roto toward Gilgunnia, 18 Oct. 1979, E.M. Canning A93> \ (CANB); 22 km E of Rankins Springs, 18Nov. 1975,MD. CrA;? 1557(CANB). VICTORIA: Wedderburn,9Feb. 1992, J. Connock 313 (MEL); Dimboola, 1947, E.T Muir s.n. (MEL); Melton, 13 Nov. 1990, V. Stajsic 15 (MEL); Nullawil, Nov. 1917, W.W. Watts s.n. (NSW). Distribution. Found in central and south-eastern South Australia, central and eastern Victoria, and easternNew South Wales. The distribution appears to be very disjunct and requires further investigation. Typiflcation. In the isotype of Helichrysum adonidiforme, cited above, the female florets have four pappus bristles. A collection, M. Koch 589, Oct. 1901, in NSW, has been annotated by McGillivray (Oct. 1970) as ‘This is a good match for the Holotype of Helichrysum adonidiforme Gandoger’. It is possible that the holotype no. 598 is the same collection as no. 589 since several typographical errors occur in Gandoger’s paper. A further collection, M. Koch 598 (Port Pirie, S.A., Oct. 1901, NSW 596603), contains two specimens, one with old capitula, short resinous leaves c. 4 mm long on lateral branches and long linear leaves c. 25 mm long on main stem; the other with young capitula, and resinous linear leaves to 45 mm long. The latter specimen appears to be the same as the single specimen on sheet M. Koch 589 (NSW 125038). The epithet adonidiforme, i.e. having the form of the Adonis, suggests that Gandoger examined a specimen of the long-leaved plant. The numbers used by Koch were in effect species numbers, not collection numbers, since he applied the same number to different collections of what he assumed to be the same species. 70 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Notes. A variable taxon as regards leaf form. The reason for this range of form, which is found on different stems of the same plant, is unclear. The number of capitula in an inflorescence is also variable, ranging from one to numerous. A specimen (NSW 585260) with stems composed only of the short-leaved glandular form that came from Bathurst, New South Wales - the type locality of Helichrysum microlepis - has female florets with variably four or six pappus bristles. This form has only one to three capitula in a terminal cluster. These capitula were evidently formed at the end of flowering but in the morphology of their bracts closely match those on a specimen {A.R. Bean 17128, AQ 495708) with branches containing long leaves and rounded inflorescence with numerous capitula that came from the same general area. This specimen has flve to seven pappus bristles in female florets. It would appear that the stems with short leaves bear only a few capitula whereas those with long leaves have numerous capitula that form a rounded inflorescence. The type of H. microlepis (herb. G-DC) is of the short-leaved plant in which the inflorescences are composed of a single capitulum. Some variants of this subspecies are sparsely cottony on the stems and leaves suggesting that it grades into the narrowly linear variant of subsp. lineare, but, in all cases in which it was possible to check, in subsp. brevifolium pappus bristles on the female florets numbered four or more whereas in the narrow-leaved variant of subsp. lineare pappus bristles are typically absent. A variant found in both the Flinders Ranges and on Eyre and Yorke Peninsulas has very slender leaves and sometimes few or no pappus bristles on the female florets. This variant is included under subsp. brevifolium but could warrant recognition as a distinct taxon. There appears, however, to be no disjunction between this variant and the typical variant of subsp. brevifolium. 4. Chrysocephalum semipapposum subsp. asperum (Steetz) Paul G.Wilson, comb, et stat. nov. Chrysocephalum asperum Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 473 (Aug. 1845). Type: Near Port Jackson, 1838, G.Th. Siemssen s.n. {holo\ MEL 2218947). 1 Chrysocephalum asperum Steetz var. glabriusculum Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 473 (Aug. 1845). Type citation', ‘in insula van Diemen leg. cl. Gunn. Herb. Gunn. No. 501. (V.s. in herb, aulico Vindobonnensi!)’ {n.v). 1 Helichrysum semipapposum var. scabridum Hook.f in Hooker’s Bond. J. Bot. 6: 121 (1847). Type'. not indicated. Tasmania. Helichrysum hirtoviscosum Gand., 77. semipapposum var. hirtoviscosum Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 44 (1918). Type'. Victoria, Australia, C. Walter s.n. (holo'. LY n.v, photo seen NSW 805711; liso'. NSW 596624). Erect, multi-stemmed perennial herb to 90 cm high. Stems pilose with weak, minutely gland-tipped hairs. Leaves on main stems oblong to narrowly oblong, to 7 cm long, flat or recurved on margins, long-acuminate, auriculate at base, with sessile glands and sparsely villous with minutely gland-tipped hairs; leaves on axillary shoots densely arranged, short (c. 5-15 mm long), recurved and densely cottony below. Capitula sub-globular, numerous in terminal, woolly, compact hemispherical inflorescences to c. 6 cm diam. Outer bracts c. 4 mm long: stipe broad-oblong, coriaceous with broad, green stereome and narrow wings, abaxially woolly, adaxially glabrous and glossy, grading into lamina; lamina ovate, ciliate to tip, woolly in basal half Medial bracts c. 5 mm long: stipe oblong, centrally coriaceous with P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 71 linear stereome, marginally winged, abaxially slightly woolly and with sparse short hairs, glabrous adaxially, grading into lamina; lamina broad-ovate, obtuse, abaxial surface smooth and glabrous distally, hirsute near base, adaxial surface hirsute except for tip. Innermost bracts c. 5 mm long: stipe oblong, coriaceous towards base, with central green stereome, with few sessile glands, marginally narrowly winged, abaxially with a few sessile glands, grading into lamina; lamina narrowly ovate, shorter than stipe, otherwise similar to medial bracts. Female florets epappose or rarely with one pappus bristle. Selected specimens examined. QUEENSLAND: 20 km N of ‘Forrest Vale’, 7 Aug. 1990, A.R. Bean 2043 (BRI); 26.1 km W of St George, 28 Dec. 1998, A.R. Bean 14462 (BRI); Hebel-St George Rd, 24 Sep. 1999, W. Semple 135 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 5 km W of Coonabarabran, 19 Oct. 1994, R.J. Bayer s.n. (NSW); 4 km from Dalton, 27 Nov. 1985, E.M. Canning6362 (CANB, PERTH); 3 km E of Moombooldool, 20 Oct. 1995, S. Donaldson 655 & D. Mallinson (CANB); Murrumbateman Cemetery, 3 Jan. 1969, C.R. Dunlop (CANB); Warialda State Forest, 29 Nov. 1996, P.I. Forster 26100 (BRI, NSW); 6 mi [c. 10 km] from Cathcart on Rocky Hall Rd, 3 Jan. 1960, H.S McKee 6934A (CANB); Pilliga State Forest, 2 Dec. 1984, A.N. Rodd 4257 (BRI); 21 km E of Rankins Springs, 31 Oct. 1972, A. Sikkes 497 c?: I.R. Telford (CANB); Willala Hills, 12 Dec. 1973, H. Streimann 738 (CANB); Manna State Forest, 29 Nov. 1983, K.L. Wilson 5668 (NSW). VICTORIA: 13 km SW of YarramPO., 10 Dec. \91^,A.C. Beauglehole 62U3 (MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, 14 Nov. 1968, G. BurnsTFQ103 (HO). Distribution. Found in south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, eastern Victoria, and north-eastern Tasmania. Typification. A slip of paper attached to the type sheet of C. asperum (MEL 2218947) has on it ‘Nro. 122. Gnaphalium Sp.’ This note is referred to by Steetz in his manuscript description on the holotype sheet (written by Steetz 2July 1841) and may indicate that Siemssen sometimes numbered his specimens. Notes. This subspecies is characterised by its glandular-pilose indumentum, hemispherical inflorescence and flat, broad, winged bract stipes without stipitate glands. The subsp. asperum has several intergrading variants which it does not appear productive to recognise nomenclaturally. In particular, in western Victoria is found a variant with narrowly revolute acuminate leaves that are glandular-pilose beneath, while the axillary shoots bear compact obtuse leaves that are revolute, c. 4 mm long, and densely woolly. This variant, which grades to the east into the typical variant, is known from the following collections: VICTORIA: 39 km S of Murrayville, 5 Nov. 1986, A.N. Rodd5880 & J. Gentle (MEL, NSW); 22.4 mi [c. 60 km] N of Serviceton North, 30 Sep. 1963, H.L Aston 1013 (AD); 1 kmNE ofHalls Gap, 24 Oct. 1976, A.C. Spooner 4864 (AD). The typical variant of subsp. asperum has female florets that are epappose, but in a few collections the female florets have one to flve bristles. These collections are from a few scattered localities and it is unclear whether this bristle count is due to hybridisation. This subspecies grades into subsp. lineare. 5. Chrysocephalum semipapposum subsp. occidentale (Benth.) Paul G.Wilson, comb, et stat. nov. Helichrysum apiculatum var. occidentale Benth., E/. HwVra/. 3: 625 (1867); based on C. squarrulosum Steetz, C. flavissimum (Spreng) Steetz, C. canescens Turcz., and C. glabratum Turcz., and citing 72 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) ‘King George’s Sound and adjoining districts, Drummond, n. 20, 115, 121, 342, 343, Preiss, n. 23, 25, Oldfield, Maxwell.' Lecto, here designated: J. Drummond \\5 (K 00899295 image seen; isolecto: KW 001001506 image seen). Helichrysum brevicilium DC., Prodr. 6: 196 (1838); Chrysocephalum brevicilium (DC.) Walp., Rep. Bot. Syst. 6: 238 (1846). Type citation', ‘in Nov.-Holl. ad portum Regis Georgii legit cl. d’Urville’ {holo'. G-DC G 00471284 image seen: ‘Port du roi George, Nouv. Hollande / M. d’Urville 1829’). Chrysocephalum squarrulosum Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 472 (1845). Type citation'. ‘In sinu regis Georgii III. leg. cl. Preiss. Herb. Preiss. No. 23.’ {sym MEL 2159620). Chrysocephalum glabratum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 24(1): 197 (1851). Type'. Western Australia,/. Drummondlll. No. 115 {holo'. KW001001506 image seen; Ao: K00899295 image seen). Chrysocephalum canescens Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou2A{\)'. 196-197 (1851). Type'. ‘Nova Hollandia occidentalis’, J. Gilbert 285 Qiolo'. KW n.v., photo seen PERTH; iso'. MEL 2196378, label on MEL isotype: 'Chrysocephalum canescens Turcz. /Nova Hollandia / Gilbert coll, n 285 /1852. ’ Ex herb. J. Steetz [presumably the date indicates the year in which the specimen was received by Steetz]). Erect, multi-stemmed perennial herb 40-120 cm high. Stems slender, erect, variably glandular- puberulous or cottony, woolly near base. Leaves scattered along stem, linear, revolute, sparsely and minutely glandular-puberulous or cottony below or all over. Capitula in dense or open terminal rounded cymes. Involucres white or yellow, c. 10 mm high, rounded at base. Outer bracts subsessile, narrowly ovate, c. 3 mm long, obtuse to acute. Medial bracts', lamina narrowly ovate to narrowly oblong, c. 8 mm long, (obtuse to) acute or acuminate, abaxial and adaxial surfaces sparsely to moderately hirsute, apical 0.5 mm glabrous and eciliate. Female florets with (2-)3-7 pappus bristles. Pappus bristles narrow at base. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kukerin to Dumbleyung, 12 Nov. 1931, W.E. Blackall 1341 (PERTH); near Dumbleyung, Oct. 1931, W.E. Blackall 1341 (PERTH); Gibbs Rd, INov. 1991, V. Crowley (PERTH); Booraan,Aug. 1950, C.H. Gar/wer 9538 (PERTH); Nyabing, N of Badgingarra, Mar. 1972, A.S. George 8628 (PERTH); Northam, Oct. 1900, J.H. Gregory s.n. (PERTH); Katanning, Nov. 1963, G.T Halpin s.n. (PERTH); Toolibin to Harrismith, 3 Nov. 1995, E.D. Kabay 1028 (PERTH); Cowcowing, Sep. 1904, M. Koch 1223 (PERTH); 40 km W of Kojonup, 28 Dec. 1996, CM. Lewis 194 (PERTH); 40 km NE of Ongerup, 16 Nov. 1984, K. Newbey 10845 (PERTH); Wongan Hills, Sep. \9\5,W.J. Petticrew s.n. (PERTH); Toolibin, 16 Dec. 1998, G. Warren 155 (PERTH); 20 km S ofWickepin, 8 Oct. 1977, W. Wittwer 2051 (PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Conservation status. Evidently well represented in bushland. Notes on synonyms. Steetz cited, with a question mark, Helichrysum squarrulosum DC. as a possible synonym of C. squarrulosum Steetz. Due to the expression of doubt C. squarrulosum Steetz is accepted as the legitimate name of a new species and not as a new combination based on H. squarrulosum DC. which is treated here as a synonym of C. semipapposum subsp. brevifolium. P.G. Wilson, A treatment of Chrysocephalum apiculatum and C. semipapposum (Asteraceae) 73 Notes. A variant with white involucral bracts and white pappus bristles is found in south-western Western Australia. In six of the nine specimens examined it was possible to count the pappus bristles of the female florets and these numbered five, six, or seven. One collection from Kukerin collected by J.W. Wrigley in 1968 (CANB 036835) had off-white involucral bracts and three or four pappus bristles; it was accompanied by a collector’s note that stated ‘fiowers white, pink, yellow’. Excluded Name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., Prodr. 6: 195 (1938) = Coronidium scorpioides (Labill.) Paul GNIiXson^fide Paul G. Wilson, Nuytsia 18: 326 (2008). Acknowledgements I should like to thank my colleague Neville Marchant for making available his photographs of the type specimens of the Australian Asteraceae described by N.S. Turczaninow that are now in the Kiev herbarium, and also my colleague Juliet Wege who photographed the type specimens of Australian species of Asteraceae held in the Kew herbarium and made many corrections to the text. Thank you to Tony Orchard who, as referee, suggested many changes to an earlier draft, and to my colleague Kevin Thiele who also suggested many improvements to the text. References Bentham, G. (1867). Flora Australiensis. Vol. 3. (Reeve and Co.: London.) Chapman, A.D. (1991). Australian Plant Name Index. (Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.) Cronk, Q.C.B. (1998). The ochlospecies concept. In’. Huxley, C.R., Lock, J.M. & Cutler D.F. (eds) Taxonomy and ecology of the floras of Africa and Madagascar, pp. 155-170. (Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London.) Domin, K. (1929). Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 674. McGill ivray, D.J. (1973). Michel Gandoger’s names of Australian plants. Contributions from the New South Wales National Herbarium 4: 319-365. Mueller, F. (1857). Notes made during the recent expedition across the northern portion of Australia, under the command of Mr. Surveyor Gregory. Hooker’s journal of botany and Kew Gardens miscellany 9: 193-199. Orchard, A.E. (2014). The dispersal of Allan Cunningham’s botanical (and other) collections. Telopea 17: 43-86. Tumer,B.L. (1970). Chromosome Numbers in theCompositae. XII. Australian Species.JoMrwa/57:382-389. Watanabe, K., Short, PS., Denda, T., Konishi, N., Ito, M. & Kosuge, K. (1999). Chromosome numbers and karyotypes in the Australian Gnaphalieae and Plucheeae (Asteraceae). Australian Systematic Botany 12: 781-802. 74 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 75-76 Published online 13 May 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Status of Senecio diaschides (Asteraceae) in Western Australia Senecio diaschides D.G.Dmry was described in a revision of the disciform (erechthitoid) members of the genus in New Zealand by Drury (1974). This group now comprises c. 40 species in Australia, of which 36 are endemic and four are shared with New Zealand (Thompson 2004). Belcher (1983) described S. cahillii Belcher from Australian material, subsequently realising after comparing more material thatthis was synonymous with Drury’s earlier 5. diaschides (Belcher 1986). Senecio diaschides occurs in Western Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, ACT and Queensland. Drury (1974) regarded that 5. diaschides an introduced species in Australia, while Belcher (1983) regarded his S. cahillii as native. Senecio diaschides is currently listed as naturalised in Western Australia in most checklists and floras (e.g. Paczkowska & Chapman 2000; Wheeler et al. 2002; Thompson 2004, 2015). It was listed as naturalised in FloraBase until August 2015 when altered to native as an outcome of this study (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). The species is listed as native in other states (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2006-). Reasons for the naturalised status of S. diaschides in Western Australia are likely to be a combination of the late date of first collections, absence of records in early literature, its ecology as a pioneer species in disturbed areas and the disjunction of the Western Australian records from those in eastern Australia. Each of these is briefly discussed below. Late date of collection. The first collections of S. diaschides in Western Australia were made in 1963 (C. V. Cahill 22, Paul G. Wilson 6269, Paul G. Wilson 6365, all PERTH). However, few specimens of any species of Senecio E. were collected in Western Australia before 1925 (25 across all Australian herbaria; AVH 2015), and collections of the relatively inconspicuous disciform group are rare before 1960. Interestingly, there is a collection of a putative hybrid between S. diaschides and S. muliticaulis A.Rich. from Manjimup by Max Koch in 1920 (M Koch 2510, PERTH). Given this poor collecting record, there is no evidence to suggest that the species is a later addition to the flora than other members of the group that are considered native. Literature records. Because it was only recognised as distinct and described late, S. diaschides is not recorded in early checklists of the Western Australian flora. The first record, under the synonym S. cahillii, in Green (1981, 1985), is as a native species. Marchant et al. (1987) listed the species as native. There appear to be no references explaining why the status of the species changed to naturalised. Ecology. Senecio diaschides is a component of wetlands and damplands in the Swan Coastal Plain bioregion and of wetlands and open granite sites in the Jarrah Forest bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013). It is often most common after fires, behaving as a normal post-fire component of such sites. The species is also very commonly encountered in sites that have been logged, especially after a post-logging regeneration bum. It is likely to have benefited from opening up of the forest as a result of timber harvesting, but does not appear to invade or persist in areas beyond that expected of a post-fire annual. Several other native disciform Senecio species (e.g. S. glomeratus Poir., S. hispidulus A.Rich., S. minimus Poir.) behave in a similar manner. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 76 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Distribution. Senecio diaschides is one of several species in the group (e.g. S. hispidulus, S. minimus) that are disjunctly distributed in south-eastern and south-western Australia. The only slightly unusual aspect of its distribution is that the species is not currently known from South Australia. Disjunct distribution patterns are relatively common in wind-dispersed annuals such as S. diaschides. On balance there seems no reason to assume that Senecio diaschides is not native in Western Australia. There is no reason to believe that it was introduced for any commercial purposes, and while it may have appeared as a fodder contaminant, there is no evidence that this is the case. Because it was originally described in New Zealand, there may have been an assumption that it was an introduced species from there to Australia. Some New Zealand plants are now considered as naturally introduced from Australia (New Zealand Plant Conservation Network 2015) via wind, and S. diaschides could potentially be in this category. We recommend, in the absence of clear evidence to the contrary, that S. diaschides be listed as native in Western Australia. References AVH (2015). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria, http://avh.chah.org.au [accessed 21 March 2015]. Belcher, R.O. (1983). New Australian species of erechthitoid Senecio (Asteraceae). Miielleria 5(2): 119-222. Belcher, R.O. (1986). New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1. Muelleria 6(3): 172-179. Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2006-). National Species List, https://biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/apc-format/ display/100973 [accessed 21 March 2015]. Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 21 March 2015], Drury, D.G. (1974). Illustrated and annotated key to the erechtitoid Senecios in New Zealand (Senecioneae-Compositae) with a description of Senecio diaschides. New Zealand Journal of Botany 12: 513-540. Green, J.W. (1981). Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.) Green, J.W. (1985). Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia. 2"‘' edn. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.) Marchant, N.G., Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.L., Bennett, E.M., Eander, N.S. & Macfarlane, T.D. (1987). Flora of the Perth region. Part 2. (Department of Agriculture: Perth.) New Zealand Plant Conservation Network (2015). Senecio diaschides. http://www.nzcp.org.nz/flora-details.aspx?ID=2700 [accessed 21 March 2015], Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). The Western Australian flora: a descriptive catalogue. (Wildflower Society of Western Australia; Western Australian Herbarium; Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority: Perth.) Thompson, I. R. (2004). Taxonomic studies ofthe Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 1. The disciform spec ies. Muelleria 19:101-214. Thompson, I.R. (2015). Senecio. In: Wilson, A. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 37 (Asteraceae, Vol. 1). pp. 209-307. (ABRS/ CSIRO: Melbourne.) Wheeler, J.R., Marchant, N.G. & Eewington, M. (2002). Flora of the south west: Bimbury - Augusta - Denmark. Vol. 2: Dicotyledons. (ABRS: Canberra; University of Western Australia Press: Perth.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// www.florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 21 March 2015], Greg Keighery^’^ and Kevin R. Thiele^ 'Science and Conservation Division, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Eocked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ''Corresponding author, email: greg.keighery@dpaw.wa.gov.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:77-83 Published online 13 May 2016 Vigna triodiophila (Fabaceae: Phaseoleae), a new conservation-listed species from the Pilbara, Western Australia Ailsa E. Holland* and Ryonen Bntcher^ 'Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, IT and Innovation, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066 ''Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 'Corresponding author, email: ailsa.holland@qld.gov.au Abstract Holland, A.E. & Butcher, R. Vigna triodiophila (Fabaceae: Phaseoleae), a new conservation-listed species from the Pilbara, Western Australia. Nuytsia 27:77-83. The new species described herein came to light during botanical surveys of the Burrup Peninsula and surrounds in 2000; it is geographically restricted to basalt rockpile habitats in the north-west of the Pilbara bioregion. Vigna triodiophila A.E.Holland & R.Butcher is diminutive in all its parts and can be readily distinguished from other Vigna Savi taxa in the Pilbara by its small (to 2.3(-3) cm long x to 1.6(-2.1) cm wide), ovate to elliptic leaflets which lack lateral lobing. The species has a conservation listing of Priority Three in Western Australia. Introduction The genus Vigna Savi is a pantropical herbaceous legume genus of about 200 species distributed throughout the tropics and subtropics of both hemispheres and includes many important pulse crops (Smartt & Hymonowitz 1985; Eery 2002). In Australia, Vigna species are a signiflcant traditional food source for several aboriginal groups (Eawn & Cottrell 1988). The native Vigna species occur in a wide range of habitats from wet coastal forests to monsoonal savannahs, from fertile cracking clays to sandy arid landscapes (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2015). They usually occur as a minor component within a highly variable herbaceous legume flora, but sometimes assume local dominance (Eawn & Watkinson 2002). The contribution of these taxa to ecosystem processes in terms of soil fertility, stability, and as a food source is not fully understood although there is anecdotal evidence of predation of seeds by parrots, insects and small marsupials (R. J. Eawn pers. comm. 2004). Ants are a frequent visitor to inflorescences which have well-developed extra-floral nectaries, situated between each pair of flowers. In Western Australia, Vigna comprises 12 native taxa, including three undescribed taxa, and one introduced species (Vigna trilobata (E.) Verde.), from the Eremaean andNorthern Botanical Provinces (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). The most widespread species is V lanceolata Benth. In the Eremaean Province, Vigna has mostly been collected from the Pilbara bioregion during botanical surveys © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 78 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) associated with mining and industrial development, and the following taxa are currently recorded: V. lanceolata var. lanceolata, V. sp. Hamersley Clay (A.A. Mitchell PRP 113) and V. sp. rockpiles (R. Butcher et al. RB 1400). Two previously recognised phrase names have now been synonymised: V. sp. silver leaf (T.E.H. Aplin 6300) under V lanceolata s. str, and V. sp. central (M.E. Trudgen 1626) under V. sp. Hamersley Clay (Butcher & Dillon 2016). In this paper V. sp. rockpiles is described as the new species V. triodiophila A.E.YLoWmd & R.Butcher, sp. nov. The taxon was collected for the first time during a floristic survey of the Burrup Peninsula and adjacent areas (Trudgen & Associates 2002), then further collected during the then Department of Environment and Conservation’s (now Department of Parks and Wildlife) ‘Pilbara Biological Survey’. Although PERTH holds sufficient specimens of V. sp. Hamersley Clay and it is clearly distinct from V. lanceolata s. str. it is not described herein pending resolution of its status relative to the central Australian taxon V. sp. McDonald Downs Station (R.A. Perry 3416). Methods This study is based on the examination of herbarium specimens at BRI, DNA and PERTH and field observations. Vegetative, fruit and indumentum characters were scored from dried material and floral characters were scored from fresh and rehydrated flowers. Herbarium acronyms follow Thiers (continuously updated). The distribution map was prepared using QGIS Version 2.8.1 from PERTH specimen data, and shows Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 boundaries (Department of the Environment 2013). Taxonomy Vigna triodiophila A.E.Holland & R.Butcher, sp. nov. Typus\ near Harding Dam, south of Roeboume, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 28 May 2009, R. Butcher, K. Shepherd & J.A. Wege RB 1400 {holo\ PERTH 07905718; iso\ BRI, CANB, DNA). Vigna sp. rockpiles (R. Butcher et al. RB 1400), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 20 October 2015]. Vigna sp. Burrup (B18), M.E. Trudgen & Associates, in A Flora, Vegetation and Floristic Survey of the Burrup Peninsula... Vol. 1. p. 59 (2002). Vigna sp. Harding Dam (HD 189-12), M.E. Trudgen & Associates, inA Flora, Vegetation and Floristic Survey of the Burrup Peninsula... Vol. 1. p. 77-78 (2002). Fine-stemmed prostrate or scrambling vine with a woody root with annual stems from a woody base, sometimes rooting at nodes. Rhizomes absent; tubers absent. Stems several, up to 1 m long, 0.5-0.7 mm diam., not or slightly twining to curving but sometimes forming an intricate mass or mat, glabrous or with a few fine, white, appressed, retrorse hairs, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Leaves monomorphic; petioles 0.6-3.2 cm long; rachis 1.5-6.0 mm long; stipels 0.5-1.0 mm long. Terminal leaflets ovate to elliptic, glabrous or nearly so, 0.8-2.3(-3) cm long, 0.6-1.6(-2.1) cm wide, L: W ratio 1.1-2.3; acute or obtuse A.E. Holland & R. Butcher, Vigna triodiophila (Fabaceae), a new species from the Pilbara 79 or occasionally refuse at apex; cuneate and 3-veined at base, coriaceous, shiny, glabrous or with a few scattered hairs, and evenly green; veins prominent on both surfaces, lateral veins forming an angle of 40-60” to the midrib; hairs when present, sparse, white, appressed, 0.1-0.3 mm long, lobes absent; lateral leaflets similar, slightly smaller than terminal leaflets. Stipules triangular, 1.2-2.3 mm long, 0.9-1.4 mm wide, with 5-7 prominent veins, glabrous or with flne hairs towards the apex; apex acute or obtuse; base somewhat obliquely cordate. Aerial inflorescences with 2-A flowers, developing sequentially in pairs (pairs somewhat asynchronous in flowering), crowded towards apex; extrafloral nectaries on a swollen tubercle between each pair of flowers. Peduncle round in cross- section, 3-13 cm long, 0.4-0.6 mm diameter; pedicel 0.9-3.0 mm long; bracts caducous; bracteoles inserted at base of calyx, ovate, 0.6-1.3 mm long, ciliate. Calyx campanulate, 2-3 mm long, glabrous, ciliolate; lobes triangular, 0.6-1.5 mm long, shorter than the tube; upper two lobes joined almost the entire length; lower lobes longest, triangular, acute. Corolla yellow with a greenish keel, glabrous. Standard transversely elliptic, emarginate, 6-7 mm long, 9-10 mm wide; the inner surface yellow, greenish at throat, with two longitudinal ridges c. 1 mm long and curved towards the midrib at base to form shallow U-shaped ridges; outer surface with a reddish infusion along the midvein towards apex; veins visible, reddish; base somewhat auriculate; claw c. 1 mm long. Wings obovate, clasping the keel, 5-6 mm long, 2-A mm wide, yellow; the apex broadly rounded and descending to partly cover the keel (slightly longer than keel); margins smooth (not spurred); claw c. 2 mm long. Keel 4.5-5.5 mm long, 4.5-5.0 mm wide, pale yellow-green; upper margin with a distinct downward pocket near base; lower margin strongly curved; beak strongly upturned and slightly twisted (c. 90°); claw c. 2 mm long. Filament tube c. 6 mm long, strongly upturned; filaments free for c. 1/3 of their length; anthers c. 0.5 mm long. Ovary pubescent, c. 3 mm long; style terete, strongly upturned, anterior face hairy for c. 1/3 the length; stigma situated near apex; style prolonged past stigma into a tight curve of c. 90° away from stigma. Aerial legumes slightly curved, 2.0-2.5 cm long, 4-6 mm wide, sparsely pubescent with short, appressed hairs or glabrous, pale brown, mottled, with 4 or 5 seeds. Seeds more or less orbicular-lenticular, dark reddish brown, sometimes dark-mottled, 3.5^.2 mm long, 3.0-3.2 mm wide, 1.6-2.0 mm thick; hilum c. 0.8 mm long. Subterranean inflorescences absent. (Figure 1) Diagnostic features. Differs from other Vigna species in the V. lanceolata complex by the sprawling mat-forming habit, the small, ovate to elliptic leaves to 2.3 cm long, occasionally to 3 cm long, the small flowers 6-7 mm long, and the short pods to 2.5 cm long. The stems and peduncles are usually finer, less than 1 mm in diameter. Rhizomes and subterranean inflorescences are common in other taxa in the complex but are completely absent in this species (pers. observ.). Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 26 May 2009, R. Butcher, K. Shepherd, J.A. Wege & S. van Leeuwen RB 1375 (BRI, PERTH); 29 May 2009, R. Butcher, K. Shepherd & J.A. Wege RB 1405 (BRI, PERTH); 4 June 2000, V. Long MET & A 082 (PERTH); 4 June 2000, V. Long MET & A 083 (PERTH); 22 May 2000, V. Long MET & A 086 (PERTH); 9 June 2011, E LongVV Burrup 11-12 (CANB, DNA, PERTH); 21 May 2000, M.E. Trudgen 23524 (PERTH); 21 May 2000, M.E. Trudgen 23533 (PERTH); 14 May 2004, S. van Leeuwen et al. 0019 (PERTH); 10 Sep. 2004, S. van Leeuwen et al. 0020 (PERTH); 23 Aug. 2005, S. van Leeuwen et al. 0021 (PERTH); 21 May 2000, A. Weston MET & A 085 (PERTH). Phenology. Known to flower and fruit between May and September. Distribution and habitat. This species is apparently endemic to basalt rockpile habitats in the north¬ west of the Pilbara bioregion, where PERTH specimen records show it is currently known from seven populations at three locations within 80 km^, centred on Karratha (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-; Figure 2). Trudgen and Associates (2002) recorded the species from an additional five populations on 80 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 1. Vigna triodiophila. A - habit; B - leaf; C - stipule; D - calyx; E - standard; F - keel; G - wing; H - ovary and style; I - style and stigma; J - pod; K - seed. Scale bars = 1 cm (A); 1 mm (B-J). Drawn by Will Smith from S. van Leeiiwen 0019. A.E. Holland & R. Butcher, Vigna triodiophila (Fabaceae), a new species from the Pilbara 81 the Burrup Peninsula and a survey site c. 162 km south-east of Port Hedland, but these collections are not at PERTH. Vigna triodiophila grows in association with rockpiles among cobbles and boulders in shallow, red-brown or brown, clayey sand or loam (Figure 3). Associated vegetation comprises open to scattered shrubs, tall shrubs and low trees of Acacia bivenosa, A. coriacea subsp. pendens, A. inaequilatera,A.pyrifolia, Brachychiton acuminatus, Dichrostachysspicata, Eremophila longifolia, Flueggea virosa subsp. melanthesoides and Grevillea pyramidalis subsp. pyramidalis, over low shrubs and lianas including Indigofera monophylla, Ipomoea costata, Rhagodia eremaea, Rhynchosia bungarensis, R. minima and Scaevola spinescens, with hummock and tussock grasslands of Aristida nitidula, Cymbopogon ambiguus, Eriachne mucronata, Triodia angusta, T. epactia and T. wiseana. Conservation status. Listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Vigna sp. rockpiles (R. Butcher et al. RB 1400) (Jones 2015), and not listed under lUCN categories (lUCN 2001). Although none of the known populations of V triodiophila are currently within conservation reserves they are regarded as secure as their rockpile habitat is not considered prospective for minerals. However, populations on the Burrup Peninsula are threatened by Passiflorafoetida weed invasion (V. Long pers. comm. 2010) and a number of collections record the invasive species Cenchrus ciliaris. Figure 2. Distribution of Vigna triodiophila (A) in the west Pilbara bioregion of north-west Western Australia. Inset shows the location of the distribution area; Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia version 7 bioregions are shown in grey, with subregions in light grey. 82 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 3. A - habit of Vigna triodiophila intermingled with Triodia angusta; B - typical habitat of V. triodiophila at Harding Dam (R. Butcher in the foreground collecting the type). Photos by J. A. Wege. t A.E. Holland & R. Butcher, Vigna triodiophila (Fabaceae), a new species from the Pilbara 83 Etymology. The specific epithet refers to this species’ proclivity for growing among and through the spinifex hummocks associated with its rockpile habitat (Triodia spp.; Gk. -philus, -loving) (Figure 3). Affinities. Vigna triodiophila is a distinctive species and not likely to be confused with either V. lanceolata var. lanceolata or If sp. Hamersley Clay, the only other taxa in the Pilbara. These taxa are robust and rhizomatous, with terminal leaflets usually longer than 2 cm, and subterranean inflorescences. Both have large (aerial) flowers more than 7 mm long, on robust peduncles more than 0.7 mm in diameter (usually more than 1 mm diam.), and aerial pods mostly more than 25 mm long. Vigna lanceolata var. lanceolata is a widespread and variable taxon occurring across northern Australia, and is characterised by leaflets that have a central silver stripe and lateral leaflets with lobes. Vigna sp. Hamersley Clay is part of a species complex that includes V sp. McDonald Downs Station and spreads into Central Australia. It has characteristically large, usually rounded and uniformly green leaflets (lacking a silver stripe) and the lateral leaflets lack obvious lobes. Vigna sp. Hamersley Clay and V sp. McDonald Downs Station both have underground (geocarpic) as well as aerial inflorescences; they are the subject of ongoing investigations. Acknowledgements Many thanks to Vicky Long (Astron Environmental Services) and Michi Maier (Biota Environmental Science) for providing additional specimens of these species, for collecting material on request and for supplying photographs for study. Thanks also to Stephen van Eeeuwen (Department of Parks and Wildlife) for access to Pilbara Biological Survey voucher specimens and his field assistance. We are grateful to Peter Bostock (BRI) for his assistance with nomenclature. RB acknowledges terrestrial offset funding from Woodside Petroleum Etd towards the resolution of Vigna triodiophila. Will Smith prepared the illustrations. References Butcher, R. & Dillon, S.J. (2016). Vigna sp. central (M.E. Trudgen 1626) (Fabaceae: Phaseoleae) is not distinct from V. sp. Hamersley Clay (A.A. Mitchell PRP 113). Nuytsia 27: 31-32. Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2015). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium, http://avh.ala.org.au/ [accessed 9 November 2015]. Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment, gov. au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 20 October 2015], Eery, R.E. (2002). New opportunities in Vigna. In'. Janick, J. & Whipkey, A. (eds) Trends in new crops and new uses. pp. 424-428. (ASHS Press: Alexandria, VA.) lUCN (2001). lUCN Red List Categories and Criteria Version 3.1. lUCN - The World Conservation Union: Gland (Switzerland). Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia) Fawn, R.J. & Cottrell, A. (1988). Wild mungbean and its relatives in Australia. Biologist 35'. 267-273. Fawn, R.J. & Watkinson, A.R. (2002). Habitats, morphological diversity, and distribution of the genus Vigna Savi in Australia. Australian Journal of Agricultural Research 53: 1305-1316. Smartt, J. & Hymonowitz, T. (1985). Domestication and evolution of grain legumes. In'. Summerfield, R.J. & Roberts, E.H. (eds) Grain legume crops, pp. 37-72. (William Collins Sons & Co. Etd.: Eondon.) Thiers, B. (continuously updated). Index Herbariorum: a global directory of public herbaria and associated staff. New York Botanical Garden’s Virtual Herbarium, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/science/ih/ [accessed 20 October 2015], Trudgen, M.E. & Associates (2002). A flora, vegetation and floristic survey of the Burrup Peninsula, some adjoining areas and part of the Dampier Archipelago, with comparisons to the floristics of areas on the adjoining mainland. Vols. 1 & 2. Unpublished report by M.E. Trudgen and Associates for the Department of Mineral and Petroleum Resources, Perth. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western A ustralian Flora, https: //florabase. dpaw wa. gov. au/ (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia) [accessed 20 October 2015], 84 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:85-94 Published online 13 May 2016 Thismia tectipora (Thismiaceae) a new, unusual mitre-form species from tropical Australia Ian D. Cowie^’^ and David T. Liddle^ 'Northern Territory Herbarium, Flora and Fauna Division, Department of Land Resource Management, PO. Box 496, Palmerston, Northern Territory 0831, Australia ''Threatened Species Unit, Flora and Fauna Division, Department of Land Resource Management, PO. Box 496, Palmerston, Northern Territory 0831, Australia ''Corresponding author, email: ian.cowie@nt.gov.au Abstract Cowie, ID. & Liddle, D.T. Thismia tectipora (Thismiaceae) a new, unusual mitre-form species from tropical Australia. Nuytsia 27: 85-94 (2016). A new tropical species, Thismia tectipora Cowie from Melville Island in the far north of the Northern Territory, Australia, is described and illustrated. The species is unique in the genus in having a thickened, fleshy, verrucose, cap-like mitre, the rim of which is reflexed to hide the pores in the upper perianth tube. It appears allied to taxa previously placed in Thismia Griff sect. Sarcosiphon (Blume) Jonker, Geomitra Becc. and Scaphiophora Schltr. Available evidence suggests T tectipora has a restricted distribution on Melville Island. Threats to the species, and its conservation status, are discussed. Introduction Thismia Griff, is a genus of around 60 species of mycoheterotrophic, leafless herbs with centres of species and morphological diversity in East to South East Asia and South America (Jonker 1938; Mabberley 2008; The Plant Eist 2013; Mycoheterotrophic Plants 2016). Plants typically flower in leaf litter in often shady, moist forest environments. In most instances, species are apparently rare and known from few collections. While most Thismia species are tropical, several species in the Americas, East Asia and Australia-New Zealand have subtropical to temperate distributions. Thismia and a number of related genera have been variously placed in Burmanniaceae (as the tribe Thismieae Miers) or segregated into Thismiaceae (e.g. Dahlgren 1980; Cronquist 1981). Genetic molecular data now confirm that Thismia is best placed in its own family (Merckx et al. 2006; Merckx et al. 2009; Merckx et al. 2010). Morphological and genetic data also suggest that the neotropical Thismia subg. Ophiomeris (Miers) Maas & H.Maas should be placed in a separate genus from a broadly defined subg. Thismia containing the remaining species (Merckx et al. 2006; Merckx & Smets 2014). Four described species of Thismia are currently known from Australia (one tropical and three temperate). Thismiayorkensis Cribb occurs in rainforest on Cape York Peninsula in north Queensland, T. clavarioides K.R.Thiele and T. megalongensis C.Hunt, G.Steenbeeke & V.Merckx are found near Sydney in New South Wales and T. rodwayi F.Muell. has been recorded at widely scattered localities © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 86 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) from Queensland to Tasmania (Thiele & Jordan 2002; Hunt et al. 2014; Merckx & Smets 2014). Thismia hillii (Cheeseman) N.Pfeifif., from the North Island of New Zealand, has recently been reinstated as distinct from T. rodwayi (Merckx & Smets 2014). A fifth, undescribed, tropical species of Thismia was discovered on Melville Island, Northern Territory in 2010, during field work to survey threatened, endemic species of Typhonium (Araceae). The Tiwi Islands (Melville and Bathurst Islands) experience a wet-dry tropical climate and are known to support at least 28 highly disjunct or Northern Territory endemic rainforest species across a range of families (Woinarski et al. 2003). These taxa exhibit disjunctions or affinities with those from Cape York Peninsula in north Queensland or east Malesia, especially New Guinea. Distribution patterns may partly be related to the fact that this area has the highest rainfall in the Northern Territory (around 1,800 mm per annum). Also, past periods of more intense monsoons, drainage of New Guinea rivers to the then inland, freshwater Lake Carpentaria and its westward fiowing outlet, and land connections to New Guinea during periods of lower sea level (Holt 2005) may have facilitated the westward and southward dispersal of rainforest taxa to the Tiwi Islands. With many new Thismia species described from Malesia and adjacent areas of East Asia and Australia since Jonker’s revision and Flora Malesiana treatment (Jonker 1938, 1948), the total number known for the East Asian-Australasian region is now c. 46 species. The Sunda Shelf and adjacent areas of South-East Asia appear to be the major centre of Asian speciation, with the island of Borneo having up to 11 species (Hrones et al. 2015), and Peninsular Malaysia and Thailand eight species each (Jonker 1948; van Steenis 1982; Earsen 1987; Chantanaorrapint & Sridith 2007; Chantanaorrapint 2008; Chantanaorrapint & Chantanaorrapint2009; Chantanaorrapint 2012; Chantanaorrapint & Sridith 2015; Chantanaorrapint et al. 2015). In addition, Vietnam has six species, Australia and China-Taiwan each have five species (Wu et al. 2010; Chiang & Hsieh 2011; Ei & Bi 2013; Hunt et al. 2014; Nuraliev et al. 2014; Mar & Saunders 2015; Nuraliev et al. 2015; this study), with three in Sumatra (Jonker 1948; van Steenis 1982). Java, Japan and New Guinea each have two recorded species (Jonker 1948; Hatusima 1976) while one species is recorded in each of the Philippines, Myanmar and New Zealand (Griffith 1845; Jonker 1948; Thiele & Jordan 2002). However, new species are regularly being discovered even in some relatively well-populated areas and the number of species in this often cryptic genus is likely to increase in future. Most authors currently accept a broad circumscription of Thismia to include the genera Geomitra Becc., Sarcosiphon Blume and Scaphiophora Schltr. The monotypic genus Geomitra (G. clavigera Becc.) was reduced to synonymy under Thismia by Mueller (1890). This status has been explicitly or implicitly accepted by many authors (e.g. Stone 1980; van Steenis 1982; Maas et al. 1986; Maas- van de Kamer 1998; Thiele & Jordan 2002; Mabberley 2008; Chantanaorrapint & Chantanaorrapint 2009; Imhof 2011; Hrones 2014), though Govaerts et al. (2013) has a contrasting view. As currently generally accepted, Thismia also includes the segregate Asian genera Sarcosiphon and Scaphiophora (Maas et al. 1986; Maas-van de Kamer 1998; Mabberley 2008; Merckx et al. 2013; Hrones 2014). Methods This study was based on examination of a spirit-preserved specimen at DNA. Herbarium abbreviations follow Thiers (continuously updated). I.D. Cowie & D.T. Liddle, Thismia tectipora (Thismiaceae) a new species from tropical Australia 87 Taxonomy Thismia tectipora Cowie, sp. nov. Type: Melville Island [nearPam], Northern Territory [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 18 February 2010, D.T. Liddle, N.A. Trikojus & N. Hunter 3603 {holo\ DNADOl96145, spirit only). Thismia sp. Melville Island (D.T. Liddle et al. 3603). Department of Land Resource Management, in FloraNTNorthern Territory Flora Online, http://eflora.nt.gov.au [accessed 26 April 2016]. Achlorophyllous herb, c. 70 mm high (including mitre-process); root system coralloid. Stems to 75 mm long, rather fleshy, colourless; apex with a cluster of apparently 2 leaves (damaged) and 3 bracts subtending the flower. Leaves alternate, scale-like, apparently white, 4-6 mm long, ± truncate to 3-lobed at apex. Bracts ovate, c. 8 mm long, white; apex cucullate, grey-brown. Flowers solitary and terminal, actinomorphic, fungiform, c. 12.5 mm long (excluding mitre-process), pink or reddish, apparently borne just above the soil surface. Perianth tube c. 1 mm long x 5 mm diam., apparently trigonous, ± smooth, white at base, dark grey-purple above with darker vertical lines; inner surface alveolate-reticulate, with transverse scales at base; outer perianth lobes apparently absent; mitre operculate, forming a thickened, fleshy, pink, verrucose cap c. 6 mm long, covered with sub-appressed, scale-like, ± triangular verrucae; lower margin of mitre reflexed and extending downwards over the upper perianth tube, with 3 slightly longer, obtuse lobes covering the 3 pores at the Junction of the perianth tube and mitre; pores oblong-elliptic, c. 2.5 mm wide, 0.7 mm high; mitre-process apical, central, solitary, erect, long-attenuate, c. 30 mm long, described by the collectors as ‘dark mushroom colour [?dark brown] with greenish tinge in lower half, reddish in upper part’, becoming Aliform below the clavate, indistinctly lobed, reddish apex. Stamens 6, apparently colourless, inverted and the filaments dilated, free at base with pores between the filaments, laterally connate proximally into a cylinder attached at the apex of the perianth tube, c. 5.5 mm long, the staminal tube included in and parallel to the perianth tube; anthers extrorse, each with 2 separated, linear thecae c. 1.6 mm long lying longitudinally near each suture and extending from 1.4 mm above the point of attachment of staminal tube with the perianth tube to 2 mm below apex of connective; anther appendages c. 2 mm long, each with a quadrangular lateral appendage at the lower end on the adaxial surface and protruding outwards to the perianth tube; free apical part of the connective with a rounded to weakly retuse apical lobe; nectariferous gland present between appendages. Style c. 1 mm long; stigmatic lobes 3, erect, flattened, oblong, c. 1.5 mm long, minutely papillose; ovary inferior, unilocular, c. 2 mm long, flattened at apex; placentas 3, free, globular, on columns attached to the base of the loculus; ovules numerous. Fruit and seeds not seen. (Figure 1) Diagnostic features. Distinguished from all other Thismia species by the thickened, verrucose, cap¬ like mitre, the margin of which is reflexed to hide the three pores at the apex of the perianth tube. The apparent absence of the three outer perianth lobes and single long, slender appendage are also both unusual in Thismia. Other specimens examined. Known only from the type collection. Phenology. The single flowering specimen was collected in February. Fruiting: not known. Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 1. Thismia tectipora. A - root system with stem, leaves and floral bracts; B - individual leaf; C - flower showing perianth and appendage (mitre-process); D - apex of appendage; E - longitudinal section of flower (with surface of mitra shown in detail), pore (x) and apex of pore (y); F - abaxial view of two stamens; photographic inset - whole plant. Scale bars = 1 mm (D); 2 mm (A - C, E, F); scale bar for B applies to F. Images from D.T. Liddle, N.A. Trikojus & N. Hunter 3603. Illustration by M. Osterkamp-Madsen.Photograph by D.T. Eiddle. Distribution and habitat. Thismia tectipora is known only from a single collection from near Paru on Melville Island, north of Darwin, in the Northern Territory (Figure 2). It was collected from the ecotone between a spring-fed evergreen rainforest and open forest, growing beneath the leguminous tree Erythrophleum chlorostachys and the understorey herb Curcuma australasica. The area had been burned in the early wet season. It is possible that the fire, associated release of nutrients and removal of leaf litter may have had a role in triggering flowering, or at least in increasing the visibility of plants. I.D. Cowie & D.T. Liddle, Thismia tectipora (Thismiaceae) a new species from tropical Australia 89 Conservation status. Following lUCN guidelines and criteria, it appears appropriate that T. tectipora be listed as Endangered (lUCN 2012; lUCN Standards and Petitions Subcommittee 2014). While field and collection data on the species are limited, there is strong circumstantial evidence for presuming that the species is rare and likely to be restricted to the Tiwi Islands. As discussed above, the Tiwi Islands support an unusual concentration of restricted, endemic or highly disjunct rainforest plant taxa, several of which are listed as threatened under the Territory Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 2000 or the Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. Among the highly disjunct or endemic rainforest species on the Tiwi Islands, the most likely analogue to T. tectipora in terms of abundance, distribution and threats is the small herb Burmannia sp. Bathurst Island (R. Fensham 1021), which is also achlorophyllous and likely to be mycoheterotrophic, but is less cryptic. It is listed as Endangered under both the Territory Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 2000 and the Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. The species has been subject to some targeted survey and is recorded from just seven evergreen, spring- 90 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) fed rainforest patches on the adjacent Bathurst Island, with a total extent of occurrence of 8.8 km^, an area of occupancy of approx. 12 ha and a population size estimated at between 500 and 2,000 plants (Kerrigan et al. 2007; Liddle & Elliott 2008; Liddle et al. unpubl. data). It is apparently absent from Melville Island. Thismia tectipora is likely to be equally restricted. The Tiwi Islands support some 1,300 rainforest patches (in the broad sense, including evergreen, semi¬ evergreen, monsoon and deciduous forest) with a total area of around 160 km^ or 7-15% of the total rainforest area of the Northern Territory (Woinarski et al. 2003). Of these, the evergreen rainforest patches in the west of Melville Island (where T. tectipora occurs) and northern part of Bathurst Island, are particularly rich in highly disjunct or Tiwi endemic species (e.g. Dendromyzareinwardtiana, Elaeocarpus miegei, Embelia tiwiensis, Endiandra limnophila, Hypserpa polyandra, Litsea breviumbellata, Mitrella tiwiensis, Syzygium claviflorum, S. hemilamprum diWdXylopia monosperma) (Woinarski et al. 2003; Northern Territory Herbarium 2015). The concentration of Tiwi endemic and highly disjunct species (including T. tectipora) at these spring-fed evergreen rainforests fringing the highest ridges on the two islands, suggests that these forests may have persisted as refugial areas during periods of presumed drier climate, such as past ice ages. While apparently similar forests are currently more extensive, including on the mainland, many of these restricted species do not occur in forests away from these islands. It appears very likely that T. tectipora, like these other species, does not occur on the Northern Territory mainland, despite the existence of some apparently suitable habitat there. Additional indirect evidence that T. tectipora is rare and is likely to have a restricted distribution is that most species of Thismia are apparently rare and known from only one or a few collections, with several presumed extinct following habitat loss (Jonkers 1948; Maas etal. 1986). Thismia tectipora is likely to be highly host-specific in its fungal association, as are many other mycoheterotrophic plants (Bidartondo et al. 2002; Merckx & Bidartondo 2008; Merckx & Wapstra 2013). Conversely, T. tectipora may be more common than the single record indicates, perhaps with similar population parameters to Burmannia sp. Bathurst Island. The species is cryptic and the only fiowering plant was collected at the height of the wet (rainy) season, a time when access is most difficult and few collectors are engaged in field work. Information on other Thismia species indicates that flowers are ephemeral and cryptic, and that fiowering is irregular and occurs primarily during the wet season (Stone 1980; Cribb 1995; Larsen 1987; Larsen & Averyanov 2007; Chantanaorrapint 2008). Further surveys of potentially suitable habitat are necessary to provide better estimates of population and distribution parameters. In the absence of more specific knowledge, the survey methods described for T. rodwayi by Wapstra et al. (2005) may provide an appropriate starting point. There are developing threats to T. tectipora and its habitat. Because of their small size and often linear shape, evergreen rainforest patches in the Northern Territory have a high ratio of ecotone to forest area and may be highly susceptible to edge effects from fire, weed invasion and other disturbance. On the mainland, one of the foremost threats to rainforest is invasion of the ecotone by introduced weed species, especially gamba grass (Andropogon gayanus) and perennial mission grass (Cenchrus polystachios), which form tall, dense stands that promote intense fires resulting in erosion of rainforest boundaries (Panton 1993; Rossiter et al. 2003; Ferdinands et al. 2006). Feral pigs may be a future threat. Digging by feral pigs in its wet rainforest habitat is regarded as a threat to Burmannia sp. Bathurst Island (Fensham 1993) and has been observed to be very intense in some rainforest patches on moist sandy substrates. However, digging activities appear less intense in the habitat favoured by T. tectipora. While feral pigs have been almost eradicated on Melville Island at present, there is a risk that they may reinvade from Bathurst Island and become more abundant in future. I.D. Cowie & D.T. Liddle, Thismia tectipora (Thismiaceae) a new species from tropical Australia 91 Etymology. From the Latin tectus (hidden) and porus (a pore), in reference to the pores in the perianth tube, which are hidden by the mitre cap (Figure 1). Affinities. The inner perianth lobes that are fully connate into a well-developed three-holed mitre, the presence of coralloid roots, and the reduced to very reduced outer perianth lobes are all characters common to Thismia sect. Sarcosiphon (Blume) Jonker, as well as taxa placed by Jonker (1938) in Geomitra and Scaphiophora. Species in sect. Sarcosiphon or previously placed in Geomitra and Scaphiophora are prominent among the species found geographically closest to T. tectipora, occurring scattered over an area extending from Thailand, through Malesia to New Guinea and northern Australia (Cape York Peninsula, Queensland and the Northern Territory). This group comprises T. appendiculata Schltr. and T. crac^a(Becc.) J.J.Sm. (New Guinea and West Papua); T. betung-kerihunensisTsukayaSc H. Okada, T. brunneomitra Hrones, Kobrlova & Dancak, T. episcopalis (Becc.) F.Muell. and T. goodii Kiew (all from Borneo); T. clandestina (Blume) Miq. (Java); T. clavigera (Becc.) F.Muell. (Thailand, Borneo, Peninsular Malaysia, Sumatra); T. gigantea (Jonker) Hrones (Philippines); T. tectipora and T. yorkensis (Australia). The mitre morphology of T. tectipora appears to be unique in Thismia. The general aspect of the plant and the shape of the thickened, verrucose, cap-like mitre with a rim extending over the upper perianth tube is reminiscent of the young cap of a small, gilled or fleshy-pored agaricomycete fungus. The neotropical T fungiformis (Taubert ex Warming) Maas & H.Maas is similarly regarded as a fungus mimic, but in this species the three, free inner tepals are modified to resemble small fungi (Maas et al. 1986); similarly, in T clavarioides the elongate dorsal processes from the mitre-forming perianth lobes resemble small coral fungi (Thiele & Jordan 2002). Thismia tectipora may attract insects that would normally frequent young caps of fungi. Mar and Saunders (2015) recorded fungus gnats (Mycetophilidae or Sciaridae) and scuttle files (Phoridae) visiting Powers of T hongkongensis S.S.Mar & R.M.K. Saunders. Stone (1980) noted that the mitriform perianth apex of T clavigera is structurally similar to the Powers of myophilous taxa such as Sterculia (e.g. S. quadrifida) and Mitrephora species, and postulated that it is likewise myophilous. Wapstra et al. (2005) noted that plants of T. rodwayi produce a smell of rotten fish and suggested that this may attract files or other invertebrates. Key to Australian species of Thismia 1. Mitre-processes absent or solitary and apical; roots coralloid; tropical. 2 2. Mitre-processes absent; mitre pores conspicuous; outer perianth lobes present .T. yorkensis 2: Mitre-process solitary, apical; mitre pores hidden; outer perianth lobes absent.T. tectipora 1: Mitre-processes 3, apical or subapical; roots vermiform; temperate or subtropical . 3 3. Mitre-processes terminal, spreading or appressed to mitre, < 5 mm long; outer perianth lobes lacking bristles.T. rodwayi 3: Mitre-processes dorsal, erect or spreading, usually > 3 mm long; a bristle present on the abaxial surface of each outer perianth lobe. 4 4. Bristles of outer perianth lobes slender, 3-6 mm long; mitre-processes slender, 4-6 mm long; perianth red to orange .T. megalongensis 4: Bristles of outer perianth lobes thick, 9-11 mm long; mitre-processes well-developed, 20-25 mm long; perianth very pale or white.T. clavarioides 92 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Acknowledgements We acknowledge the support of the Tiwi Land Council and Traditional Owners who gave permission to access country and the involvement of Tiwi Land Rangers who have been an integral part of field survey over a number of years. Nina Trichojus deserves recognition for her keen observation skills in spotting the type specimen in the field. Kevin Thiele provided valuable discussions and advice on the taxonomy of Thismia. His constructive comments and those of an anonymous referee also significantly improved the paper. In addition we thank Monika Osterkamp-Madsen for preparing the illustration. The Director of CNS provided access to collections of T. yorkensis held there and the Keeper of K provided access to library facilities. References Bidartondo, M.I., Redecker, D., Hijiri, I., Wiemken, A., Bruns, T.D., Dominguez, L.S., Sersic, A., Leake, J.R. & Read, D.J. (2002). Epiparasitic plants specialized on arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi. Nature 419: 389-392. Chantanaorrapint, S. (2008). Thismia angustimitra (Thismiaceae), a new species from Thailand. Blumea 53: 524-526. Chantanaorrapint, S. (2012). Thismia filiformis, a new species of Thismiaceae (formerly Burmanniaceae) from Thailand. Kew Bulletin 67: 69-73. Chantanaorrapint, S. & Chantanaorrapint, A. (2009). Thismia clavigera (Thismiaceae), a new record for Thailand. Thai Forest Bulletin (Botany) 37: 27-31. Chantanaorrapint, S. & Sridith, K. (2007). Thismia alba (Thismiaceae), a new record for Thailand. Thai Forest Bulletin (Botany) 35: 34-37. Chantanaorrapint, S. & Sridith, K. (2015). Thismia nigricans Chantanaorr. & Sridith, a new species of Thismiaceae from Southern Thailand. Phytotaxa 217: 293-297. Chantanaorrapint, S., Tetsana, N. & Sridith, K. (2015). Notes on Thismia clandestina (Thismiaceae), a little-known mycoheterotrophic species. Polish BotanicalJournal 60'. 71-74. Chiang, RY. & Hsieh, T.S. (2011). Thismia huangii (Thismiaceae), a new species from Taiwan. Taiwania 56: 138-142. Cribb,A.B. (1995). The saprophytic flowering plant, Thismiayorkensis sp. now., fromAustralm. QueenslandNaturalist 33 .51-54. Cronquist, A. (1981). integrated system of classification of flowering plants. (Columbia University Press: New York.) Dahlgren, R.M. (1980). Arevised system of classiflcation of the angiosperms. BotanicalJournal of the Linnean Society 80:91-124. Fensham, R.J. (1993). The impact of pig rooting on populations of Burmannia sp., a rare rainforest herb on Bathurst Island. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 104: 5-12. Ferdinands, K., Setterfleld, S.A., Douglas, M.M. & Barratt, J. (2006). Africanising the tropical woodlands: Canopy loss and tree death following gamba grass Andropogon gayanus invasion. In: Preston, C., Watts, J.H. & Crossman, N.D. (eds) Proceedings of the 15'^ Australian Weeds Conference, p. 296. (Weed Management Society of South Australia: Adelaide.) Govaerts, R., Saunders, R.M.K., Maas-van de Kamer, H., Maas-van de Kamer, P. & Zhang, D.X. (2013). World checklist of Burmanniaceae. Facilitated by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. http://apps.kew.org/wcsp/ [accessed 5 September 2013], Griffith, W. (1845). Thismia brunonis and Salomonia aphylla. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 1: 221. Hatusima, S. (1976). Two new species of Burmanniaceae from Japan. Journal of Geobotany 24: 2-10. Holt, S. (2005). Palaeoenvironments of the Gulf of Carpentaria from the last glacial maximum to the present, as determined by foraminiferal assemblages. PhD thesis. (School of Earth and Environmental Sciences, University of Wollongong: Wollongong.) [http://ro.uow.edu.au/theses/409] Hrones, M. (2014). Thismia gigantea, a new combination in Thismia (Thismiaceae). Phytotaxa 172: 55-56. Hrones, M., Kobrlova, F., Taraska,V., Popelka, O., Hedl, R., Sukmaria Sukri, R., Metali, F. & Dancak, M. (2015). Thismia brunneomitra, another new species of Thismia (Thismiaceae) from Ulu Temburong, Brunei Darussalam. Phytotaxa 234: 172-178. I.D. Cowie & D.T. Liddle, Thismia tectipora (Thismiaceae) a new species from tropical Australia 93 Hunt, C.A., Steenbeeke, G. & Merckx, V.S.F.T. (2014). Thismia megalongensis (Thismiaceae), a new species of Thismia from New South Wales. Telopea 16: 165-174. Imhof, S. (2011). Thismia appendicidata. Mycoheterotrophic Plants, http://mhp.myspecies.info/category/mycoheterotrophic- plants/monocots/dioscoreales/thismiaceae/thismia/thismia-appendiculata. [accessed 26 April 2013]. lUCN (2012). lUCN Red List categories and criteria: Version 3.1. 2"‘' edn. (lUCN: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.) [http ://http ://www. iucnredlist.org/technical-documents/red-list-documents]. lUCN Standards and Petitions Subcommittee (2014). Guidelines for using the lUCN Red List categories and criteria. Version 11. Prepared by the Standards and Petitions Subcommittee of the lUCN Species Survival Commission. (lUCN: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.) [http://www.iucnredlist.org/documents/RedListGuidelines.pdf]. Jonker, F.P (1938). A monograph of the Burmanniaceae. Mededeelingenvan het Botanisch Museum en LLerbarium van de Rijks Universitait te Utrecht 5\ : 1-279. Jonker, F.P. (1948). Burmanniaceae. In’, van Steenis, C.G.G.J. (ed.) Flora Malesiana Series 1. Vol. 4. pp. 13-26. (Noordhoff: Jakarta and Leiden.) Kerrigan, R.A., Cowie, I.D., Liddle, D. & Elliott, L. (2007). Burmannia sp. Bathurst Island. In’. Woinarski, J.C.Z., Pavey, C., Kerrigan, R.L., Cowie, I.D. & Ward, S. (eds) Lostfrom our landscape: Threatened species in the Northern Territory, p. 37. (Northern Territory Department of Natural Resources, Environment and the Arts: Palmerston.) Earsen, K. (1987). Thismiaceae. In’. Smitinand, T. & Earsen, K. (eds) Flora of Thailand. Vol. 5. pp. 124-126. (Royal Forest Department: Bangkok.) Earsen, K. & Averyanov, E.V. (2007). Thismia annamensis and Thismia tentaculata, two new species of Thismiaceae from central Vietnam. Rheedea 17: 13-19. Ei, H.Q. & Bi, Y.K. (2013). A new species of Thismia (Thismiaceae) from Yunnan, China. Phytotaxa 105: 25-28. Eiddle, D.T. & Elliott, E.P (2008). Tmi Island threatened plants 2006 to 2008: field survey, population monitoring including establishment of a program to investigate the impact ofpigs, and weed control. Report to Natural Resource Management Board (NT), NHT Project 2005/142. (Department of Natural Resources, Environment, the Arts and Sport: Palmerston.) Maas, P.J.M., Maas-van de Kamer, H., van Benthem, J., Snelders, H.C.M. & Rubsamen, T. (1986). Burmanniaceae. Flora Neotropica 42’. 1-189. Maas-van de Kamer, H. (1998). Burmanniaceae. In’. Kubitzki, K. (ed.) The families and genera of vascular plants. Volume III. Monocotyledons, Lilianae (except Orchidaceae). pp. 154-164. (Springer: Berlin.) Mar, S.S. & Saunders, R. (2015). Thismia hongkongensis (Thismiaceae): a new mycoheterotrophic species from Hong Kong, China, with observations on floral visitors and seed dispersal. PhytoKeys 46: 21-33 Mabberley, D.J. (2008). Mabberley’s Plant Book: a portable dictionary of plants, their classifications, and uses. 3'^‘' edn. (Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.) Merckx, V.S.F.T. & Bidartondo, M.I. (2008). Breakdown and delayed cospeciation in the arbuscular mycorrhizal mutualism. Proceedings of the Royal Society B 275: 1029-1035. Merckx, V.S.F.T. & Wapstra, M. (2013). Further notes on the occurrence of fairy lanterns Thismiarodwayi F.Muell. (Thismiaceae) in Tasmania: vegetation associations. The Tasmanian Naturalist 135: 71-78. Merckx, V.S.F.T, Bakker, F.T., Huysmans, S. & Smets, E. (2009). Bias and conflict in phylogenetic inference of myco¬ heterotrophic plants: a case study in Thismiaceae. Cladistics 25: 64-77. Merckx, V.S.F.T., Freudenstein, J. V, Kissling, J., Christenhusz, M.J.M., Stotler, R.E., Crandall-Stotler, B., Wickett,N., Rudall, P. J., Maas-van de Kamer, H. & Maas, P.J.M. (2013). Taxonomy and classification. In’. Merckx, V.S.F.T. (ed.) My coheterotrophy: the biology ofplants living on fungi, pp. 19-101. (Springer: New York.) Merckx, V.S.F.T., Huysmans, S. & Smets, E. (2010). Cretaceous origins of myco-heterotrophic lineages in Dioscoreales. In’. Seberg, O., Petersen, G., Barfod, A.S. & Davis, J.I. (eds) Diversity, phylogeny and evolution in the Monocotyledons. pp. 39-53. (Aahus University Press: Denmark.) Merckx, V.S.F.T., Schols, P, Maas-van de Kamer, H., Maas, P, Huysmans, S. & Smets, E. (2006). Phylogeny and evolution of Burmanniaceae (Dioscoreales) based on nuclear and mitochondrial data. American Journal of Botany 93: 1684-1698. 94 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Merckx, V.S.F.T. & Smets, E. (2014). Thismia americana, the lOP* anniversary of a botanical mystery. InternationalJournal of Plant Sciences 175: 165-175. Mueller, F. (1890). Notes on a new Tasmanian plant of the Order Burmanniaceae. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1890: 232-235. Mycoheterotrophic Plants (2016). http://mhp.myspecies.info/category/mycoheterotrophic-plants/monocots [accessed 2 April 2016]. Northern Territory Herbarium (2015). FloraNT, Northern Territory Flora online. Department of Land Resource Management. http://eflora.nt.gov.au/ [accessed 15 October 2015]. Nuraliev, M.S., Beer, A.S., Kuznetsov, A.N. & Kuznetsova, S.P. (2014). Thismia mucronata (Thismiaceae), a new species from southern Vietnam. Phytotaxa 167: 245-255. Nuraliev, M.S., Beer, A.S., Kuznetsov, A.N. & Kuznetsova, S.P. (2015). Thismiapuherula (Thismiaceae), a new species from Southern Vietnam. Phytotaxa 234: 141-142. Panton, W.J. (1993). Changes in post World War II distribution and status of monsoon rainforests in the Darwin area. Geographer 24’. 50-59. Rossiter, N.A., Setterfleld, S.A., Douglas, M.M. & Hutley, L.B. (2003). Testing the grass-flre cycle: exotic grass invasion in the tropical savannas of northern Australia. Diversity and Distributions 9: 169-176. Stone, B.C. (1980). Rediscovery of Thismia clavigera (Becc.) F.v.M. (Burmanniaceae). Blumea 26: 419-425. The Plant List (2013). Version 1.1. http://www.theplantlist.org/ [accessed 27 February 2013]. Thiele, K.R. & Jordan, P. (2002). Thismia clavarioides (Thismiaceae), a new species of Fairy Lantern from New South Wales. Telopea9: 765-771. Thiers, B. (continuously updated). Index Herbariorum: A global directory of public herbaria and associated staff. New York Botanical Garden’s Virtual Herbarium, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/science/ih/. [accessed March 2012]. van Steenis, C.G.G.J. (1982). Thismia clavigera. In: van Steenis, C.G.G.J. (ed.) Flora Malesiana Series I. Vol. 9. pp. 554-555. (Noordhoff Jakarta and Leiden.) Wapstra, M., French, B., Davies, N., O’Reilly-Wapstra, J. & Peters, D. (2005). Abright light on the dark forestfloor: observations on fairy lanterns Thismia rodwayi F.Muell. (Burmanniaceae) in Tasmanian forests. The Tasmanian Naturalist 127: 2-18. Woinarski, J., Brennan, K., Cowie, I., Kerrigan, R. & Hempel, C. (2003). Biodiversity conservation on the Tiwi Islands, Northern Territory. Part 1. Plants and environments. (Department of Infrastructure Planning and Environment: Darwin.) Wu, D., Zhang, D. & Saunders, R.M.K. (2010). Burmanniaceae. In: Wu, Z.Y., Raven, PH. & Hong, D.Y (eds.) Flora of China. Vol. 23. pp. 121-124. (Science Press: Beijing and Missouri Botanical Garden Press: St. Louis.) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:95-98 Published online 13 May 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Removal of six phrase names from the census of Western Australian vascular plants Six phrase-named taxa currently listed on the census of Western Australian vascular plants (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) were reassessed and found to be synonymous with previously described taxa. This article formally states the synonymy and provides justification for our conclusions. Dampiera sp. Central Wheatbelt (L.W. Sage, F. Hort, C.A. Hollister LWS 2321) = Dampiera glabrescens Benth. Notes. Dampiera sp. Central Wheatbelt (L.W. Sage, F. Hort, C.A. Hollister LWS 2321) was added to the census in October 1999. In the absence of contemporary documentation detailing the morphological basis for its recognition, it is not known with what species the putatively new taxon was compared by its proponent, in order to determine that it was distinct. It is therefore now a matter of speculation whether D. glabrescens Benth. was among those species considered during that process. However, because of an apparent error in the key to Dampiera R.Br. in Flora of Australia (Rajput & Carolin 1992), it seems quite possible that it was indeed overlooked. In preparing their account of Dampiera Rajput and Carolin (1992) apparently saw little material of D. glabrescens. They cited just two collections and only annotated a single specimen {K.R. Newbey 2002) at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). This may have contributed to what appears to be the erroneous placement of D. glabrescens in Group 3 (one of eight artificial groups recognised by the authors) rather than in either Group 6 or Group 7. Group 3 is defined by the following character combination: leaves cauline; ovary/fruit non-gibbous; young stems triangular, compressed, flattened or with two narrow grooves. From the species description and placement in the key it is clear that the authors included D. glabrescens in this group because they believed the young stems to be triangular. However, an examination of PERTH’S current holding of D. glabrescens (including K.R. Newbey 2002) indicates that the stems are never triangular. Rather they are invariably 4-ribbed when young (i.e. quadrangular or slightly compressed-quadrangular in section), usually becoming 5- or more ribbed on older stems. This stem morphology, combined with flat leaves that are more or less glabrous, or with a few hairs on the lower surfaces, would place D. glabrescens in either Group 6 or Group 7. It seems likely therefore that the specimens originally assigned to D. sp. Central Wheatbelt were compared only with species in these two groups, rather than Group 3, and hence their true identity was overlooked. Our comparison of the critical morphological features of D. sp. Central Wheatbelt and D. glabrescens revealed no differences that support the retention of the phrase name. Furthermore, the distribution of D. sp. Central Wheatbelt lies entirely within the known distribution of the geographically restricted D. glabrescens. Accordingly it is herein synonymised under D. glabrescens. Dampiera sp. Central Wheatbelt is currently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015) and should be removed from the Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. The transfer of the two specimens that © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 96 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) had been assigned to this phrase name to D. glabrescens does not materially change the distribution of that species or require a change to its current Priority One conservation status (M. Smith pers. comm.). Goodenia sp. Little Sandy Desert (A.S. Mitchell 989) = Goodenia iyouta Carolin Notes. Goodenia sp. Little Sandy Desert (A.S. Mitchell 989) was added to the census in August 1999. In the absence of any contemporary documentation of the morphological basis for its recognition, it is not known with what species it had been compared by its proponent. Goodenia iyouta Carolin was placed by Carolin (1992) in the large Ebracteolatae K.Krause subsection of section Goodenia. It is a relatively distinctive species distinguishable by the following combination of characters: a prostrate habit; a dimorphic vegetative indumentum of long, patent non-glandular hairs and shorter, pale-headed glandular hairs; conspicuously petiolate and strongly dentate leaves; dentate abaxial corolla lobes; an indusium that is ovate to broadly ovate in outline. Specimens assigned to G. sp. Little Sandy Desert possess all of these characters while apparently having no other morphological features by which they might be distinguished from G. iyouta. Recent cpDNA molecular evidence also does not support G. sp. Little Sandy Desert as being genetically distinct from G. iyouta (K.A. Shepherd et al, unpubl. data). Furthermore, the collection localities of specimens assigned to G. sp. Little Sandy Desert are within the distribution of G. iyouta. The name G. sp. Little Sandy Desert is therefore herein placed in synonymy under G. iyouta. Goodenia iyouta is much better known now than when it was first recognised (Carolin 1980) and it is not considered to be under conservation threat. Its main centre of distribution is the Gibson Desert bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013) with lesser occurrences in the Little Sandy Desert, Great Sandy Desert and Gascoyne bioregions. It is noteworthy however, that as far as is known, it does not occur in the Pilbara. Carolin’s (1992) inclusion of that region within the species’ distribution was based on a misidentification of a specimen of G.forrestii F.Muell. (A.S. George 3420). Leucopogon sp. Boyagin (M. Hislop 2825) = Leucopogon cordatus Sond. Notes. Leucopogon sp. Boyagin (M. Hislop 2825) was added to the census in July 2004. It was then considered to represent a new taxon from what was later referred to as the L. pulchellus Sond. group or Group C (Hislop & Chapman 2007). Subsequent examination of type material of L. cordatus Sond. (MEL 75807) has revealed that specimens assigned to L. sp. Boyagin are referable to L. cordatus in the strict sense. Leucopogon sp. Boyagin is therefore herein synonymised under that species. The taxonomic status of the entity that had been hitherto treated as L. cordatus at PERTH is still under review but it is likely that it will need to be accommodated by a new name. For the time being these specimens are referred to as L. cordatus s. lat ., and housed separately from collections of L. cordatus s. str. Leucopogon cordatus s. str. occurs in the Jarrah Forest bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013) and in the adjoining part of the neighbouring Avon Wheatbelt bioregion. It is not of conservation concern at this stage. M. Hislop & K.A. Shepherd, Removal of six phrase-names from the census 97 Philotheca sp. Bremer Range (E. Adams EA659) =Philothecagardneri (Paul G. Wilson) Paul G. Wilson Notes. Philotheca sp. Bremer Range (E. Adams EA 659) was installed on the census in December 2013 as a presumed unnamed taxon restricted to the Bremer Range. It is now regarded as an atypical variant of P. gardneri (Paul G.Wilson) Paul G.Wilson and is therefore treated herein as a synonym under that name. A characteristic feature of P. gardneri, along with a number of other species from the genus, is the presence of black stipules or stipular excrescences. In the latest key to species (Wilson 2013) the absence or presence of this feature is employed as a stand-alone character in higher level couplets; however, in P. gardneri at least, this character is variably expressed. While in some specimens black stipular excrescences are readily observable throughout, in others they are present only at a minority of leaf axils. In collections from the Bremer Range the feature is altogether absent. A comparison of other critical characters has revealed no other correlating differences. Specimens previously assigned to P. sp. Bremer Range have therefore been re-determined as P. gardneri and are housed at PERTH in their own folder and referred to ‘the Bremer Range variant’. Although these specimens have not been assigned to subspecies, the length and shape of their leaves match those of the widespread, typical subspecies rather than of subsp. globosa Paul G.Wilson, which is currently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Senna sp. Millstream (E. Leyland s.n. 30/8/1990) artemisioides subsp. oligophylla (F.Muell.) Randell Notes. Senna sp. Millstream (E. Eeyland s.n. 30/8/1990) was added to the census in December 2001 on the strength of information provided by the late C.W.E. (Ted) Moore. The Canberra-based Moore worked on the taxonomy of the genus during the 1990s and obtained a loan from PERTH during that period. However, his research did not lead to any publications before, or subsequent to, his death in 2003. In notes attached to the voucher specimen for this phrase name, Moore expressed the view that it represented an unrecognised taxon close to S. ferr aria (Symon) Randell. The only character difference that he gave in support of this proposition was that while S. ferraria has ten fertile stamens (in common with the great majority of species), in the E. Leyland specimen there are only seven. However, a recent check of two flowers from this specimen revealed ten stamens in both. When the specimen was run through the key to species in Flora of Australia (Randell & Barlow 1998), it keyed to the very variable S. artemisioides subsp. oligophylla (F.Muell.) Randell (as S. form taxon 'oligophylla’). Further comparisons between the morphology of the Eeyland collection and the description of S. artemisioides subsp. oligophylla found no differences, other than it having rather broader than usual leaves (15-35 mm cf. 10-20 mm, as given in the description). There are, however, many specimens of S. artemisioides subsp. oligophylla at PERTH with leaf widths greater than 20 mm. Senna sp. Millstream, which is currently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015), is herein synonymised under S. artemisioides subsp. oligophylla and should be removed from the Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. Senna artemisioides subsp. oligophylla is widespread throughout central and northern Australia and is not considered to be of conservation concern. 98 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Scaevola sp. Lake Cairlocup (K. Newbey 9834) = Velleia exigua (F.Muell.) Carolin Notes. Scaevola sp. Lake Cairlocup (K. Newbey 9834) was added to the census in March 2000 without documentation of the morphological basis for its recognition. It now seems probable that the proponent of the new taxon did not fully consider an identity for K. Newbey 9834 outside of the genus Scaevola L. Velleia exigua (F.Muell.) Carolin is a distinctive and poorly known species from the Esperance Plains and far south of the Avon Wheatbelt bioregions (Department of the Environment 2013), that is very dissimilar morphologically from other members of its genus. It is characterised by a rhizomatous, tufted growth habit, more or less succulent, narrowly obovoid leaves with mucronate apices, and a habitat preference for the margins of saline water bodies. Other notable features are its narrow, fleshy and mucronate sepals and obloid indusium. K. Newbey 9834 possesses all of these features, and in the apparent absence of any other morphological differences there is no longer any reason to maintain it as a distinct taxon. Scaevola sp. Eake Cairlocup, which is currently listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015), is herein synonymised under V. exigua and should be removed from the Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. Velleia exigua will remain listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (M. Smith pers. comm.). Acknowledgements We would like to thank our colleague Juliet Wege for suggestions at an earlier draft stage that significantly improved this document. References Carolin, R.C. (1980). New species and new combinations in Goodeniaceae and Campanulaceae. Telopea 2(1): 63-75. Carolin, R.C. (1992). Goodenia. In’. George, A.S. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 35. pp. 147-281. (Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.) Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 4 March 2016], Hislop, M. & Chapman, A.R. (2007). Three new and geographically restricted species ofLeucopogon (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 165-184. Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Rajput, M.T.M. & Carolin, R.C. (1992). Dampiera. In’. George, A.S. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 35. pp. 34-79. (Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.) Randell, B.R. & Barlow, B.A. (1998). Senna. In. Orchard, A. {gd.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 12. pp. 89-138. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 4 March 2016]. Wilson, PG. (2013). Philotheca. In Wilson, A. {ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 26. pp. 366-415. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Michael Hislop^ and Kelly A. Shepherd Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Eocked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ‘Corresponding author, email: Michael.Hislop@dpaw.wa.gov.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:99-102 Published online 13 May 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Acacia citriodora (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae), a new species from northern Australia The new species described below has appeared under various names in a range of publications and databases over the past 13 years. It was first recognised in the late 1980s, as Acacia citriodora ms., by Mary Tindale and David Keith {in sched.) in connection with preparing a treatment for Flora of Australia, but was never formally published. The entity first appeared in print, as Acacia sp. G, in Flora of the Kimberley Region (Wheeler 1992) and then as Acacia sp. E in Flora of Australia (Tindale et al. 2001). It subsequently appeared under various informal names (see synonyms below), the most notable being A. citriodora ms. in WATTLE: Acacias of Australia (Maslin 2001). We are here validating this name. Acacia citriodora Kodela & Maslin, sp. nov. Type: Mount Isa-Camooweal road, Queensland, June 1967, C.H. Gittins 1260 {holo\ NSW 84925; iso\ BRI, CANB, DNA, PERTH). Acacia sp. G, J.R. Wheeler in J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. Kimberley Reg. p. 335, Figure 92G (1992). Acacia sp. E, M.D. Tindale et al. in A.E. Orchard & A.J.G. Wilson (eds), FI. Australia IIB: 228, Figure 48T-V (2001),/?./?. (see discussion below). Acacia citriodora Tindale & D.Keith ms. in B.R. Maslin (coordinator), WATTLE: Acacias of Australia CD-ROM (2001), nom. inval. Acacia sp. Barklys (J.E. Egan 124), inl.D. Cowie &D. A. Albrecht (eds). Checklist of Northern Territory Vascular Plant Species (2005); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase https://fiorabase.dpaw. wa.gov.au/ [accessedNovember 2015]. Acacia sp. Coolullah (M. Eazarides 3988), Queensland Government, Census of the Queensland Flora 2074 https ://data. qld. gov. au/dataset/census-of-the-queensland-fiora-2014 [accessed November 2015]. [Acacia arida auct. non Benth.: E. Pedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 75: 34 (1964).] [Acacia hilliana auct. non Maiden: E. Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 134 (1978).] Spreading, multi-stemmed, resinous, viscid, aromatic (citrus odour), glabrous shrub 0.5-2 m high and to 2{-4) m across, much branched, fiat-topped. Bark smooth to rough and fissured, grey or grey- brown. Branchlets terete, slightly angled at apices, smooth or very sparsely tuberculate, obscurely ribbed. Phyllodes single or rarely two clustered at nodes, narrowly oblong-elliptic to linear but often © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 100 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) broadest above the middle, (15-)20-40(-55) mm long, (1.5-)2^(-5) mm wide, l:w = 6-20(-30), flat, mostly shallowly incurved but often a few straight or shallowly sigmoid, smooth or very rarely tuberculate, bright green (especially when young), dull greyish or sub-glaucous, with numerous, obscure or slightly pronounced longitudinal nerves spaced at (2-)3-4 per mm, anastomosing minor nerves absent; apices with a distinct, coarsely to ± sharply pungent point; glands obscure, l-2(-3), the lowermost 4-15(-22) mm above pulvinus, occasionally absent. Inflorescences simple; peduncles 10-25(-35) mm long; spikes 9-25(-30) mm long, golden. Flowers 5-merous; calyx 0.5-1.2 mm long, dissected to l/2^/5 its length, the lobes ± spathulate; corolla 1-2 mm long, dissected c. 1/2 its length. Pods erect, linear-oblanceolate, basally tapered, flat, straight-sided, 25-50 mm long, 3-5(-5.5) mm wide, woody, very viscid, obliquely nerved, opening elastically from apex with dehisced valves recurved; margins thick, pale-coloured. Seeds obliquely seated in pronounced depressions, obloid-ellipsoid, 3.2-5 mm long, brown or olive-brown, with often darker, open avQolgfunicle-aril narrowly conical. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: Kimberley District, 18.3 km NE of Mary River Crossing, Great Northern Hwy, 19 June 1976, A.C. Beauglehole 53282 (NSW, PERTH); 62 miles [99.7 km] SW [of] Halls Creek, 21 May 1971, A. Byrnes 2221 (DNA, NSW, PERTH); 21.5 km SW of Nicholson HS on road to Halls Creek, 6 Oct. 1992, B.R. Maslin 7135 (K, MEE, PERTH); 4 miles [6.4 km] E of Mary River Crossing, Great Northern Hwy, 21 May 1971, J. A Maconochie 1144 (AD, DNA, NSW); 65 miles [104 km] W of Halls Creek, Margaret River region, S. Kimberley, 22 June 1973, /. V. Newman 630 (BRI, MEE, NSW, PERTH); Cambalin [Station], May 1970, D. Power s.n. (NT, PERTH 05893003); Great Northern Hwy, 3.5 miles [5.6 km] E of Mary River crossing. East Kimberleys, 15 July 1974, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEE, NSW, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: eastern boundary of Waanyi-Gaarawa Eands c. 24 km ENE of Benmarra, 22 Sep. 2015, N. Cuff3)\l (DNA); between Camooweal and Barkley [Barkly] Homestead, 1 July 1992, J.L. Egan 124 (DNA, NT); Kirkimbie Station, Aug. 1994, D. Napier s.n. (DNA, NT). QUEENSEAND: 13 km from Mount Isa to Camooweal, 9 June 1978, LB. Armitage 1072 (NSW); 45 km SSW of Eorraine Station HS, 9 Aug. 2004, ID. Fox 3201 & G.W. Wilson (BRI, MEE); 12 miles [19.3 km] from Mount Isa on Camooweal road. May 1963, C.H. Gittins 747 (BRI, CANB, MEE, NSW); c. 100 kmNE of Camooweal, near West Thornton Creek, 2 June 1991, M Hancock 379 (NSW); 5 miles [8 km] ESE of Coolullah Station, 27 Aug. 1953, M Lazarides 3988 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 49 miles [78.4 km] E of Camooweal township, 6 May 1948, R.A. Perry 759 (CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); 58 km E of Camooweal on Barkly Hwy, 17 July 1980, C.F Puttock &J.T. Waterhouse UNSW 11079 (BRI, NSW, UNSW). Phenology. Recorded flowering May to October, fruiting June to October. Distribution. Acacia citriodora occurs in arid northern Australia, predominantly in the Kimberley region of Western Australia and far north-west Queensland, but populations extend to the Northern Territory near the respective borders; the distribution between the western and eastern occurrences appearing disjunct by over 700 km. In Western Australia it has been recorded from Camballin Station (south of Derby, west Kimberley) and the Halls Creek-Margaret River area in the east Kimberley, in the Northern Territory from the Kirkimbie Station and Barkly Homestead areas with a recent collection from east of Benmarra, and in Queensland mainly from the Mount Isa-Camooweal area. It forms relatively large, localised populations. Habitat. Grows in gravelly, red or brown, skeletal or stony sand soils, on quartzite or laterite, on rises near drainage lines, stony ridges or plains, in spinifex-shrubland. Acacia scrubland or savannah eucalypt woodland. P.K. Kodela & B.R. Maslin, Acacia citriodora (Fabaceae), a new species from northern Australia 101 Conservation status. Considered ‘not threatened’ inWesternAustralia (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). In the Northern Territory it is currently treated, as Acacia sp. Barklys, as ‘data deficient’ (Northern Territory Government Department of Land Resource Management, undated). Not listed as endangered, vulnerable or threatened in Queensland (Queensland Government 2015) but may be of regional significance (Australian Government 2015, as Acacia sp. Coolullah). Etymology. The specific epithet is from the Latin citriodorus, meaning lemon-scented, which refers to the aroma of the foliage. Common name. Lemon-scented Wattle. Affinities. Acacia citriodora is most closely allied to A. hilliana, which is readily distinguished by its phyllodes that are normally terete to compressed (rarely flat, at least when dry), narrower (0.5-1 mm wide/diam.) and more elongate (l:w = (25-)30-94). Furthermore, the phyllodes of A. hilliana are normally sparsely tuberculate (very rarely tuberculate in A. citriodora) and many specimens have some phyllodes clustered in groups of two or three at the nodes (single at nodes or rarely a few paired in A. citriodora). In Western Australia the distribution of A. citriodora is slightly further north of the more widespread and common A. hilliana, but in the Northern Territory and Queensland the two distributions generally coincide. However, there are no clear records of the two species being sympatric. Acacia citriodora is more distantly related to A. lysiphloia F.Muell.; however, both species occur in the same general sub-group of sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche. Acacia lysiphloia can be readily recognised by its taller stature (to 6 m high), ‘Minni Richi’ bark (i.e. red-coloured and exfoliating from stems in narrow shavings that are recurved at each end), normally wider spikes and pods, and by its phyllodes that often possess appressed hairs on the nerves and margins, a more attenuated, acuminate tip and a more distinct gland situated closer to the base (1-4 mm above the pulvinus). Some specimens of A. citriodora had previously been confused with A. arida Benth., which is readily distinguished by being a non-resinous, taller shrub (0.5-3 m high) with puncticulate phyllodes. Rank. Given the nature of characters separating A. citriodora and A. hilliana it could be argued that these entities should be regarded as subspecies under A. hilliana. However, the two taxa are easily distinguished morphologically, they are seemingly never sympatric and both form large populations. Also, A. hilliana is very widespread and common in arid Australia and as such is commonly cited in literature and databases, and is represented in herbaria by very many specimens. Therefore, changing the name of this species will cause considerable disruption. It is for these reasons that it is considered more appropriate to treat these two taxa as distinct species. Notes. The treatment of A. citriodora (as Acacia sp. E) by Tindale et al. (2001) in Flora of Australia contains discordant elements. Plants mentioned there as occurring between Port Hedland and Anna Plains, Western Australia, are now regarded as A. hilliana x A. stellaticeps (Maslin et al. 2010). Also, we here consider that the D.A. Keith \?>6 & B. Fellow specimen cited by Tindale et al. (2001) from Old Tanami mine site. Northern Territory, is not A. citriodora but is seemingly a hybrid possibly involving A. lysiphloia. Finally, the cited specimen, J.R. Maconochie 1144, from east of the Mary River, Western Australia, is a little atypical for A. citriodora in having somewhat crowded, slightly shorter than normal phyllodes (1-2 cm long). 102 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Acknowledgements Ian Cowie and Nicholas Cuff (Northern Territory Herbarium DNA, Palmerston), and Peter Jobson (Northern Territory Herbarium NT, Alice Springs) kindly assisted with our understanding of Northern Territory material of A. citriodora. We thank Peter Wilson (National Herbarium of New South Wales NSW) for useful comments on the manuscript. References Australian Government (2015). Biodiversity Summary for NRMRegions. Guide toUsers. https://www.environment.gov.au/system/ files/pages/e78dd2cd-02c8-42de-a9a8-161750670ab7/files/summary-qld-southern-gulf pdf [accessed November 2015]. Maslin, B.R. (coordinator) (2001). WATTLE: Acacias of Australia. CD ROM. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra and Department of Conservation and Land Management: Como, Western Australia.) Maslin, B.R., van Leeuwen, S. & Reid, J.E. (2010). Wattles of the Pilbara CD-ROM. (Department of Environment and Conservation: Perth.) Northern Territory Government Department of Eand Resource Management (undated). Conservation status of plants of the Northern Territory. Plants - Data Deficient, http://lrm.nt.gov.au/_data/assets/pdf_file/0018/143217/Plants_DD_FINAE. pdf [accessed November 2015], Queensland Government (2015). Nature Conservation (Wildlife) Regulation 2006. Current as at 28 August 2015. http://www. legislation.qld.gov.au/EEGISETN/CURRENT/N/NatureConWiR06.pdf [accessed November 2015], Tindale, M.D., Keith, D.A. & Kodela, PG. (2001). Acacia sp. E. In: Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. (eds) Flora of Australia Vol. IIB: 228 (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra/CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-)- Acacia sp. Barklys (J.E. Egan 124). In’. FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/browse/profile/29272 [accessed November 2015], Wheeler, J.R. (1992). Mimosaceae. In’. Wheeler, J.R. (ed.) Flora of the Kimberley region, pp. 283-343. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.) Phillip G. Kodela^’^ and Bruce R. Maslin^ 'National Herbarium of New South Wales, The Royal Botanic Gardens and Domain Trust, Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 2000. Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Eocked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983. ^Corresponding author, email: phiflip.kodela@rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 103-120 Published online 13 May 2016 An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 4. Malleostemon Barbara L. Rye Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Abstract Rye, B.L. An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 4. Malleostemon. Nuytsia 27: 103-120 (2016). The following new species of Malleostemon J.W.Green are described: M. costatus Rye & Trudgen, M. microphyllus Rye & Trudgen, M. nephroideus Rye, M. nerrenensis Rye & Trudgen, M. pentagonus Rye & Trudgen, M. pustulatus Rye and M. uniflorus Rye. A new key is presented for the genus. Malleostemon sp. Kalbarri (L.A. Craven 7083) is reduced to synonymy under M. hursthousei (W.Fitzg.) J.W.Green and unnamed taxa that need further study are noted. Six of the new species have conservation priority. Introduction This paper on Malleostemon J.W.Green is the fourth in a series describing new species of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae DC. As explained in the first paper of the series (Rye 2013b), the aim is to name any clearly defined new species that are typical of the genus under study and have sufficient collections to allow a full description, while drawing attention to any taxa needing further investigation. Malleostemon is a member of the Hysterobaeckea (Nied.) Rye group, with molecular data (e.g. Lam et al. 2002) suggesting that it is closely related to Anticoryne Turcz., Babingtonia Lindl, Scholtzia Schauer and Tetrapora Schauer (see Rye 2015: 221). It is endemic to Western Australia, extending from near Minilya Bridge in the Carnarvon area south-east to near Hyden and inland to Raeside Soak, south-east of Leonora. Many of the species overlap in range between Shark Bay and the goldfields and most occur in Kwongan. Seven new species of Malleostemon are described here and a key is given to all 14 species that have been named for the genus to date. Methods are similar to those given in Rye (2013b). Background Not one of the species now placed in Malleostemon was included in the treatment of Myrtaceae in Flora Australiensis (Bentham 1867). It appears that James Drummond did not collect any material of this genus, which is concentrated inland or north of most of the early areas of settlement. The earliest specimen known for Malleostemon, from north of the Murchison River (MEL 76002), was collected by Ferdinand Mueller, who visited that region in October and November 1877 (George 2009). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 104 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) The first four species of Malleostemon to be described (Fitzgerald 1904,1905; Diels & Pritzel 1904) were placed under three different generic names, as Baeckea decipiens W.Vitzg., Micromyrtus hursthousei W.Fitzg., Thryptomene rosea E.Pritz. and T. tuberculata E.Pritz. One further species, Micromyrtus peltigera S.Moore, was added fifteen years later (Moore 1920). When Green (1983) established Malleostemon, he based its name and delimitation on a stamen character, referring to the hammer-shaped stamens as geniculate. He considered the geniculate stamens, uni-loculate ovary and somewhat excentric style insertion as the primary characters in delimiting his new genus. Green recognised six species in the genus, including the four that had previously been described under the genera Micromyrtus Benth. and Thryptomene Endl. He was unaware ihsii Baeckea decipiens also matched his new genus. A new combination in Malleostemon has recently been made for that species (Rye & Trudgen 2012). Eighteen phrase names (see Table 1) are listed for the genus Malleostemon in FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). F ifteen of these were established during the 1990s by Malcolm Trudgen, who applied this generic name loosely to taxa that had a uni-locular, indehiscent fruit and a variety of derived anther types, even including one species that did not have geniculate stamens. The non- geniculate species is now known as Aluta teres Rye & Trudgen (Rye & Trudgen 2000). One further phrase name was added by Trudgen in 2002. The current study of Malleostemon commenced in the same year and led to the establishment of two further phrase names; all three of these more recent names apply to typical members of the genus. One of the previously established, phrase-named taxa that does not belong to Malleostemon has recently been named Babingtonia delicata Rye & Trudgen (Rye 2015). Chromosome numbers Chromosome number determinations were published (Rye 1979) for four diverse species now recognised as belonging to the genus Malleostemon. Three species had the tetraploid number of 22 chromosomes (M hursthousei (W.Fitzg.) J.W.Green, M. roseus (E.Pritz.) J.W.Green and M. tuberculatus (E.Pritz.) J.WGreen) and only one (M nephroideus Rye) was diploid with 11 chromosomes. The three polyploid species of Malleostemon are relatively widespread, successful taxa, whereas the diploid species is geographically restricted. Polyploidy is usually much less common than diploidy in genera of the tribe Chamelaucieae, a notable exception being Ericomyrtus Turcz. (Rye 2015). Need for further work Only six of the 18 phrase names for Malleostemon are still current (Table 1). Two of the very poorly known taxa that have been retained under phrase names for now are closely related to M. nephroideus (see notes under that species), while another two, M. sp. Woolgorong Station (M. Officer 100) and M. sp. Yalgoo Road (Morawa Tree Committee 329), are similar to M. tuberculatus. These taxa might prove to be hybrids or to be insufficiently distinct to warrant formal recognition. Two inland species that are noted in Table 1 as atypical of Malleostemon have been retained under their current informal names as further research is needed to determine where their affinities lie. Malleostemon sp. Adelong (G.J. Keighery 11825) is known from four collections; it is distinguished from other species currently placed in Malleostemon by its globular anthers with no obvious protrusion of the connective gland. Malleostemon sp. Officer Basin (D. Pearson 350) has enough collections to B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Malleostemon 105 Table 1. Phrase names in Malleostemon, with the year they were added to the census, their current names (including those published here) and comments. Informal name in Malleostemon Year Cnrrent name or comment M. sp. Adelong (G.J. Keighery 11825) M. sp. Ajana (M.E. Tmdgen 21715) M. sp. Bulga Downs (S. van Vreeswyk 3138) M. sp. Cooljarloo (B. Backhouse s.n. 16/11/1988) M. sp. Cooloomia (S.D. Hopper 1353) M. sp. Erangy Springs (M.E. Trudgen 12030) M. sp. Hardabutt Rapids (D. Bellairs 1654A) M. sp. Junga Dam (D. Bellairs 942) M. sp. Kalbarri (E.A. Craven 7083) M. sp. Moonyoonooka (R.J. Cranfield 2947) M. sp. Mullewa (P. Winson B7365) M. sp. Officer Basin (D. Pearson 350) M. sp. Nerren Nerren (A. Payne 360) M sp. Unmade Road (E.A. Griffin 7537) M. sp. Woodacurrie Rd (S. Patrick 3364) M. sp. Woolgorong Station (M. Officer 100) M. sp. Yalgoo Road (Morawa Tree Committee 329) M. sp. Yerina (S.J. Patrick 2728) 1995 poorly known, generic placement uncertain 2012 Malleostemon uniflorus Rye 1996 A/wto Rye & Trudgen 1994 Babingtonia delicata Rye & Trudgen 1994 Malleostemon microphyllus Rye & Trudgen 1994 Malleostemon nephroideus ByQ 1995 Malleostemon pentagonus Rye & Trudgen 2005 Malleostemon pustulatus Rye 1994 Malleostemon hursthousei (W.Fitzg.) J.W.Green 1994 poorly known, similar to M. nephroideus 1995 Malleostemon nephroideus Rye 1994 poorly known, generic placement uncertain 1994 Malleostemon nerrenensis Rye & Trudgen 1994 Scholtzia sp. Geraldton (F. Eullfitz 3216) 2002 poorly known, similar to M. nephroideus 1996 poorly known, similar to M. tuberculatus 1996 poorly known, similar to M. tuberculatus 1997 Malleostemon costatus Rye & Trudgen give a good indication of its distribution, but unfortunately most are sterile, the remainder just with a few buds. Good flowering and fruiting material is difficult to obtain owing to the inaccessibility of this species in the arid zone. One further atypical species, M. sp. Unmade Road (E.A. Griffln 7537), is currently known by its synonym Scholtzia sp. Geraldton (F. Lullfltz 3216) because more specimens were housed under the latter name at the time the duplicity of phrase names was noticed in 2003. It differs from Scholtzia in having four to eight radially arranged ovules in a single loculus, rather than one or two superposed ovules in usually two or three loculi per flower, and differs from both genera in having facetted chaff pieces and a thinly crustaceous testa on the solitary seed. Generic characters Malleostemon species are glabrous shrubs, varying from almost prostrate to about 3 m high. All of them have opposite, decussate leaves and axillary, l-3(-7)-flowered peduncles. Their flowers have five spreading petals, three to 13 geniculate stamens and an inferior, 1 -locular ovary with three to nine ovules. The anthers are dehiscent by two pores or very short slits. The large connective gland is more or less horizontal and at right angles to the terete filament below, with the anther loculi connected to it at the other end facing towards the centre of the flower. The slender style has a small, capitate stigma. The fruit is inferior and indehiscent; its solitary seed is 0.6-2 mm long and has a thin, membranous testa. Detailed illustrations of the morphology of Malleostemon can be found in Green (1983). Stamen arrangement is variable in the genus. When there are three to five stamens per flower, then either all or none of them are antipetalous, depending on the species. Where stamen number exceeds 106 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) the number of petals, the stamens directly opposite or closest to the centre of a petal are larger than those opposite the sepals, sometimes a great deal larger, and occasionally one of the antisepalous stamens is reduced to a staminode. In most myrtaceous genera that have a uni-locular ovary, the style is fully terminal (i.e. with the base not inset) and inserted at the centre of the ovary summit. However in Malleostemon, the style is usually somewhat to markedly excentric (see Green 1983: Figure 14), a feature that may be most obvious in the fruiting stage, with the base slightly or distinctly inset into the summit of the ovary towards one side of the flower. This suggests that the uni-locular ovary of Malleostemon has been derived from a bi-locular ovary, probably by abortion of the adaxial loculus judging from the more or less sessile flowers of M. microphyllus Rye & Trudgen. This is similar to several uni-locular species in the primarily multi-locular gQnQxnAstartea DC. (Rye 2013a: 197) and Babingtonia (Rye 2015), although the orientation of the ovary is unclear in some species because the flowers are relatively long-stalked. Green (1983) suggested that further evidence for the recent evolution of the uni-locular ovary is the rare occurrence of bi-locular ovaries in normally uni-locular species. An example recorded in the current study was a bi-locular ovary, with six ovules in one loculus and seven in the other loculus, on the C.A. Howard & T.F. Houston 338-7 specimen of M. minilyaensis J.W.Green. In this case the style is central rather than excentric. Another odd aspect of the morphology of Malleostemon is the occurrence within the genus of uni¬ locular anthers, which Green (1983: Figures 74-80) reported in M. roseus, although the other species named at that time all had bi-locular anthers. Any of the characters described above that are universal in Malleostemon are not repeated in the species descriptions below. Key to the named species of Malleostemon Note for use of key: several flowers should be checked for stamen number and arrangement to give the best chance of choosing correctly between the choices for the first couplet; occasionally the arrangement looks somewhat irregular in some fiowers. 1. Stamens 4-13, solitary or in small groups opposite all or most of the sepals, no antipetalous stamens present. Petals 0.7-2.5 mm long 2. Tall shrubs up to c. 3 m high, usually associated with granite outcrops and in other rocky habitats. Leaves with an apical point 0.5-1.2 mm long. Petals persistent and spreading in fruit. Ovules 6-8 per loculus (near Kalbarri-Leonora area-near Hyden). M. tuberculatus 2: Almost prostrate to 1.5 m high shrubs, occurring on sandplains, low-lying habitats or breakaways. Leaves not pointed or with an apical point up to 0.3 mm long. Petals deciduous. Ovules 4-6 per loculus 3. Hypanthium with a broad, truncate base. Stamens 7-13, variable on each plant. Ovules 4. Seed transversely reniform, i.e. broader than long (near Mullewa). M. nephroideus 3: Hypanthium tapering at base. Stamens 5. Ovules 3-8 per loculus, not constant in any species. Seed ± obovoid, longer than broad. 4. Leaves not clustered. Bracteoles 0.4-0.6 mm long, caducous or deciduous. Sepals 0.3-0.5 mm long. Petals L2-L5 mm long (Kalbarri NP). M. pustulatus B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Malleostemon 107 4: Leaves densely clustered. Bracteoles 0.7-1.8 mm long, persistent. Sepals 0.5-0.8 mm long. Petals 1.5-2.5 mm long (near Mingenew). M. dedpiens 1 : Stamens 3-10, ± equidistant, with antipetalous stamens always present. Petals 1.3-4 mm long 5. Leaves peltate, herbaceous throughout. Peduncles 1-flowered. Mature style I. 3-2.2 mm long, inserted in a distinctly raised area at centre of ovary summit (Shark Bay-Mullewa). M. peltiger 5: Leaves not peltate, with a scarious margin. Peduncles 1-3-flowered. Mature style 0.4-1.6 mm long, not in a raised central area of ovary summit 6. Bracteoles with broad, deeply denticulate to laciniate margins. Stamens 3-5. Mature style 0.4-0.8 mm long 7. Hypanthium 1.7-2 mm long, well exposed (Nerren Nerren Stn). M. nerrenensis 7: Hypanthium 1-1.5 mm long, largely hidden by bracts 8. Leaf blades 0.9-1.5 mm long. Sepals strongly incurved in flower and fruit (Cooloomia NR-Murchison House Stn). M. microphyllus 8: Leaf blades 1.3-2.3 mm long. Sepals erect to widely spreading in flower and fruit (Murchison House Stn-Nerren Nerren Stn-Watheroo). M. hursthousei 6: Bracteoles entire or denticulate. Stamens 5-10. Mature style 0.6-1.6 mm long 9. Leaves very broadly obovate or depressed-obovate, mostly broader than long or c. as broad as long. Peduncles apparently absent, each axil 1-flowered 10 . Bracteoles L2-2(-2.2) mm long. Ovules 6-9, mostly 7 or 8 (Minilya Bridge area-Kennedy Ra.-Talisker Stn). M. minilyaensis 10 : Bracteoles 2.5-3.5 mm long. Ovules 4-6, mostly 5 or 6 (Nerren Nerren Stn-Mullewa). M. uniflorus 9: Leaves oblong to broadly obovate, longer than broad. Peduncles usually 0.4-4 mm long, rarely apparently absent, 1-3-flowered II. Bracteoles deciduous. Flowers distinctly stalked, with a peduncle 1-4 mm long and pedicel 0.5-1 mm long (Hamelin Pool area). M. pedunculatus 11 : Bracteoles persistent. Flowers shortly to distinctly stalked, with a peduncle 0-2(-3) mm long and pedicel 0-0.5 mm long 12 . Hypanthium terete, with obvious antisepalous ribs and often also smaller antipetalous ones (Kalbarri NP-near Binnu). M. costatus 12 : Hypanthium obviously 5-angled in flower or becoming so in fruit, with narrow antisepalous ribs, wrinkled to smooth between the ribs 13 . Leaves obovate or broadly obovate, somewhat keeled. Peduncles up to 0.6 mm long when 1-flowered, up to 1.5 mm long when 3-flowered (near Nerren Nerren Stn-near Greenough River). M. pentagonus 13 : Leaves oblong or obovate, not keeled. Peduncles at least 0.7 mm long when 1-flowered, up to 3 mm long when 3-flowered (Hamelin Pool-Kalgoorlie). M. roseus 108 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Review of previously named species The delimitations of both of the species named by Green (1983), M. minilyaensis and M. pedunculatus J.W. Green, are reduced by the recognition of new species. Alterations needed to the published records to bring them up to date with these changes are listed below under the new species M costatus Rye & Trudgen andM unijiorus Rye. Green’s descriptions of the four previously named species are unaffected by the recognition of additional species in this paper. Malleostemon sp. Kalbarri (L.A. Craven 7083) is here reduced to synonymy under M. hursthousei. Description of new species Malleostemon costatus Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov. Typus\ north of Northampton, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 23 September 2002, M.E. Trudgen 21672 {holo\ PERTH 06360688; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Malleostemon sp. Yerina (S.J. Patrick 2728), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr. Cat. p. 391 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, inF/oraR(75e, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov. au/ [accessed 30 October 2015]. Shrub 0.5-2 m high, 0.5-2.5 m wide; flowering branchlets with 2-6 pairs of peduncles. Young stems 4-angled on rapidly growing shoots. Leaves antrorse or spreading, usually rather crowded on the branchlets. Foliar colleters up to 0.2 mm long. Petioles well deflned, 0.3-0.5 mm long. Leaf blades obovate or broadly obovate, 1.7-3 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide, entire or minutely denticulate, with 1 main row of 4-6 oil glands on each side of the broad, flattened keel, the abaxial surface recurved; apical point absent. 1.2-2mmlong, 1-3-floweredbutmost commonly 1-flowered; secondary axes 0-0.5 mm long. Bracteoles persistent, 1.5-2.3 mm long, largely herbaceous, ± entire. Pedicels 0-0.5 mm long. Flowers 4-5 mm diam. Hypanthium with 5, fairly broad antisepalous ribs and sometimes 5 narrower antipetalous ribs, 1.3-2(-2.5) mm long; free portion c. 0.3 mm long. Sepals 0.6-1.1 mm long, strongly ridged, ± entire. Petals 2-2.5 mm long, pale to medium pink. Stamens 10, opposite the sepals and petals. Antipetalous filaments 0.6-0.7 mm long. Anthers (including gland) 0.3-0.4 mm long; connective gland 0.25-0.3 mm long. Ovary with a pink to dark red summit; ovules 5-8. Style 0.75-1.5 mm long. Fruits 1.3-1.5 mm long (excluding free hypanthium and sepals), 1.2-1.3 mm diam.; seed irregularly broadly obovoid, with side adjacent to placenta flattened, c. 1 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, testa pale brown, hilum c. 0.1 mm diam. Diagnostic features. Distinguished by the following combination of characters: 1-3-flowered peduncles 1.2-2 mm long, persistent, ± entire bracteoles 1.5-2.3 mm long, terete hypanthium with obvious antisepalous ribs, 10 stamens, which are antipetalous and antisepalous, 5-8 ovules and style 0.75-1.5 mm long. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 2 Oct. 2007, A. Crawford 1380 (PERTH); 3 Sep. 1963, A.R. Fairall 1206 (PERTH); 21 Aug. 1961, CA. Gardner 13264 (PERTH); 30 Sep. 2003, R. Meissner^AJiM 4 (PERTH); 24 Sep. 2002, M.F. Trudgen 21690 (AD, BRI, PERTH). B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Malleostemon 109 Figure 1. Distribution maps. A- Malleostemon costatus (•) and M. pedunculatus (a); B - M microphyllus (•). Distribution and habitat. Extends from Kalbarri National Park south to near Binnu (Figure lA), usually on sandy soils. Phenology. Flowers August to October. Fruits recorded from late September to November. Conservation status. Previously listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as M sp. Yerina (S.J. Patrick 2728). It was recently downgraded to Priority Two. This species is known from Kalbarri National Park and Yerina Springs Nature Reserve. It is a very attractive shrub in cultivation. Etymology. The epithet is Latin for ribbed and refers to the rather prominent ribs on the hypanthium. Affinities. Similar to M. pedunculatus but differing in its persistent bracteoles, its usually shorter peduncles and its very short or absent pedicels. Malleostemon costatus occurs further south than M. pedunculatus. Co-occurring species. This species occurs closer to the coast than most species of Malleostemon within the Kalbarri-Binnu area and has not been recorded growing with any of them. Notes. Three specimens of the new species, A.R. Fairall 1206 and C.A Gardner 13263 and 13264, were identified in 1982 by Green as M. pedunculatus and the Fairall specimen was cited in Green (1983), although the description did not include the distinguishing features of these specimens. Green (1983: 303) did note that there was ‘an outlying occurrence near Kalbarri’ but this outlier was omitted from the distribution map (Green 1983: Map 1, closed triangles on p. 312), which matches the current distribution for M pedunculatus. Note that the two distribution maps presented on page 312 are reversed in position relative to the captions given, so that Map 2 should have been the one to show the range of M pedunculatus. 110 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Malleostemon microphyllus Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov. Typus\ near Zuytdorp Cliffs, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 26 August 1994, GJ. Keighery & N. Gibson 510 {holo\ PERTH 04091558; iso\ CANB, K, MEL). Malleostemon sp. Cooloomia (S.D. Hopper 1353), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI : Descr. Cat. p. 390 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw. wa.gov.au/ [accessed 30 October 2015]. Shrub commonly 0.7-1.5 m high, up to at least 1.5m wide; flowering branchlets with up to c. 15 (usually 5-8) pairs of flowers/peduncles. Young stems nearly always hidden on the youngest branchlets by a continuous cover of overlapping leaves. Leaves antrorse or appressed, not clustered, with adjacent pairs overlapping at first, becoming separated as stems elongate but soon shed, the subtending leaves of the branchlets or of galls with an oblong or narrowly oblong blade up to 3 mm long. Foliar colleters apparently absent. Petioles absent or up to 0.1 mm long. Leaf blades (of the branchlets, excluding subtending leaves) obovate or broadly obovate, 0.9-1.5 mm long, 0.7-1.1 mm wide, concavo- convex, the abaxial surface with a row of 3-5 large oil glands on each side of midvein and a second row of a few smaller oil glands closer to the margin, the concave abaxial surface with no obvious oil glands; scarious margin up to c. 0.1 mm wide, entire or denticulate; apical point absent. Peduncles 0-0.2 mm long, l(2)-flowered; secondary axes ± absent. Bracteoles persistent, 1.2-1.5 mm long; keel prominent and narrow (almost winged), brown and/or green; scarious margins broad, whitish, entire to deeply denticulate. Pedicels ± absent. Flowers 3^ mm diam. Hypanthium 5-ribbed, 1-1.5 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide; free portion up to 0.3 mm long. Sepals strongly incurved, 0.4-0.5 mm long, green or red-tinged; scarious margin narrow, white. Petals 1.3-1.7 mm long, white to medium pink. Stamens 3-5, ± antipetalous. Filaments 0.3-0.5 mm long. Anthers (including gland) 0.2-0.3 mm long; connective gland 0.1-0.2 mm long. Ovules 3-5. Style 0.5-0.8 mm long. Fruits c. 1.3 mm long, c. 1 mm diam.; seed (not fully mature) ellipsoid-obovoid, up to c. 1 mm long, c. 0.6 mm diam. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from most species by having bracteoles with denticulate-laciniate margins and 3-5, ± antipetalous stamens. Other important characters are its small leaves 0.9-1.5 mm long, strongly incurved sepals, 3-5 ovules and style 0.5-0.8 mm long. Selected specimens examined.WYWlWPAAPAJWlBJAAA. [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 18 Sep. 1979, S.D. Hopper 1353 (PERTH); 26 Aug. 1994, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 511 (AD, NSW, PERTH); 28 Aug. 1991, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 973 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Extends from Cooloomia Nature Reserve to Murchison House Station (Figure IB), in yellow to red sand over limestone, on dunes or in swales. Phenology. Flowers from August to September. Almost mature fruits recorded in September. Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as M. sp. Cooloomia (S.D. Hopper 1353). Etymology. From the Greek micro- (small-) and phyllus (-leaved), as this species has the smallest leaves in the genus. B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Malleostemon 111 Affinities. Similar to M. hursthousei in its low stamen number but with usually shorter leaves and with strongly incurved sepals that remain so in fruit. It is more similar to M. nerrenensis Rye & Trudgen in leaf size but differs from that species in its shorter hypanthium and shorter bracteoles. Co-occurring species. Not recorded growing with any other species of Malleostemon. Notes. Two kinds of stem galls have been observed on this species. One kind is narrowly ovoid and is subtended by abnormal, elongated leaves up to 3 mm long, which may remain after the gall has been replaced by a leafy shoot. The other kind of gall is broader and is subtended by leaves of a normal size and shape. As the flowers of M. microphyllus are almost sessile, their orientation with respect to the stem is obvious. The clear excentricity of the style means that the flowers are somewhat zygomorphic. They are orientated such that one of the flve sepals is adaxial and one of the flve petals is abaxial. This is similar to the situation in Corynanthera J.W.Green and some species of Micromyrtus (Rye 2006: Figure 1), while the opposite orientation of flowers (i.e. with an abaxial sepal and adaxial petal) is seen in Astartea arbuscula (Benth.) Rye (Rye 2013a: 197). Malleostemon nephroideus Rye, sp. nov. Typus\ south-west of Mullewa, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 24 October 2001, 5. Patrick AOll {holo\ PERTH 06281389; iso\ K, MEL). Malleostemon sp. Erangy Springs (M.E. Trudgen 12030), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI : Descr. Cat. p. 390 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https ://florabase. dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 30 October 2015]. Malleostemon sp. Mullewa (P. Winson B7365), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI : Descr. Cat. p. 391 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, inF/oraR(35e, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov. au/ [accessed 30 October 2015]. Low, widely spreading shrub 0.2-0.6 m high, 1-1.5 m wide; flowering branchlets with up to 10 (usually 2-7) pairs of peduncles. Young stems without obvious glands. Leaves antrorse or appressed. Foliar colleters up to 0.2 mm long. Petioles absent or up to 0.2 mm long. Leaf blades ± oblong or narrowly oblong in outline, 1.2-2.2(-3.5) mm long, 0.4-1.3 mm wide, 0.3-0.5 mm thick, tending to have prominent oil glands, with 3-6 large or moderate-sized glands in a row on each side of the midvein, often also with smaller glands in a second row closer to the margin, margins entire; apical point 0-0.2 mm long. Peduncles 1-4 mm long, 1-3-flowered, usually 1-flowered; secondary axes 0.4-0.8 mm long. Bracteoles deciduous or persistent, 0.7-1.5 mm long, ± entire. Pedicels ± absent. Flowers 3-5 mm diam. Hypanthium 0.7-1.3 mm long, with 5 widely spaced, often irregular antisepalous ribs, rugose in between and often with very prominent oil glands; free portion 0.3-0.4 mm long. Sepals 0.4-0.8 mm long, with broad hyaline margins, erect or spreading in fruit. Petals 1.5-2 mm long, pale to medium pink. Stamens 7-13, with 1^ opposite each sepal. Longest filaments 0.3-0.6 mm long. Anthers (including gland) 0.3-0.35 mm long; connective gland 0.15-0.2 mm long. Ovary broad, with the summit becoming reddish; ovules 4. Style 0.3-0.4 mm long. Fruits 1.1-1.4 mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide, irregularly lobed or coarsely rugose, with sepals somewhat to widely spreading; seed transversely reniform, 0.8-1.1 mm long, c. 0.6 mm wide, c. 0.6 mm deep, testa pale brown, hilum 0.15-0.2 mm diam. 112 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Diagnostic features. Distinguished primarily by the broad, truncate base of its hypanthium, constant ovule number of 4, and depressed fruit with a ± transversely reniform seed. Other important characters are its 1-3-flowered peduncles \-A mm long, and its 7-13 stamens in antisepalous groups. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 7 Nov. 1999, J. Docherty 15 (PERTH); 24 Oct. 2001, S.J. Patrick (PERTH); 2 Dec. 1999, L. Polomka & S.J. Patrick 3365 (AD, BRI, PERTH); 6 Dec. 1993, M.E. Trudgen 12030 & M.R. Trudgen (CANB, K, MEE, NSW, PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Occurs near Mullewa (Figure 2A), in yellow or orange sand in the swales between dunes. Phenology. Flowers from October to December. Fruits recorded late November to December. Conservation status. Previously listed by Jones (2015) as Priority Three and Priority One under the Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as M. sp. Erangy Springs (M.E. Trudgen 12030) and M. sp. Mullewa (P. Winson B7365) respectively. To be listed as Priority Three when M. nephroideus has been added to the Western Australian plant census. Etymology. This epithet is Greek and means kidney-shaped, referring to the shape of the seeds. Chromosome number, n = \ \,fide B.E. Rye, Austral. J. Bot. 27: 570 (1979) [as Micromyrtus rosea]. Affinities. Similar to M. peltiger (S.Moore) J.W.Green in having a transversely reniform seed, but differing in many respects from that species (e.g. in stamen arrangement) and probably not closely related. Among the named species with all stamens antisepalous, M. nephroideus is the only one to have a transversely reniform seed, and the only one to have stamen numbers varying between flowers but a fixed ovule number of four; other taxa have a constant stamen number of five per flower but ovule numbers varying between flowers. A transversely reniform seed occurs in a number of species of other genera of Chamelaucieae, such as Aluta Rye & Trudgen and Thryptomene, where the seed is horizontal in a depressed fruit, since it fits the available space for the loculus in such a fruit. Most species of Malleostemon have an erect seed in a more elongated fruit. Co-occurring species. No other species of Malleostemon have been recorded growing with M. nephroideus although the species occurs within the ranges of a number of other species, including M. hursthousei, M. roseus and M. tuberculatus. Notes. This new species was apparently the only unnamed taxon Green (1983) specifically excluded from his descriptions. In 1982, Green had labelled one specimen, F. LullfitzC32\5, of M. nephroideus as a possible hybrid between M. roseus and M. hursthousei. He suggested that hybrids between those two species could be the basis of a ‘variant from the Murchison River area, having long peduncles, broad leaf bases, leaves with apiculate tips and a glandular tuberculate floral tube’ (Green 1983: 308). That description is evidently the first that applies to the new taxon, although the Eullfltz specimen is from Mullewa, which is over 100 km from the Murchison River. In 1995, Trudgen applied the phrase name M. sp. Mullewa (R Winson B7365) to the F. Lullfitz E3215 specimen Green had previously drawn attention to, but gave no indication of how this taxon could be distinguished. Previously, in 1994, he had established two other phrase names for this species group. B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Malleostemon 113 Figure2. Yy{sXx{h\x\\on\m^s.A-Malleostemonnephroideus{L),M. nerrenensis(n),M.pustMlatus(m)andM. sp. Moonyoonooka (R.J. Cranfield 2947) (a); B - M pentagonus (•) and M. off. pentagonus (o). with a note dated 24/2/1994 on a folder of M. sp. Moonyoonooka (R. J. Cranfield 2947) stating ‘seems closest to Malleostemon roseus' and a note dated 17/11/1994 on a folder of M. sp. Erangy Springs stating ‘This species is very similar superficially to Malleostemon sp. Moonyoonooka (R.J. Cranfield 2947) but is quite distinct’, listing differences in the hypanthium and sepals that do not stand up to scrutiny. However, M. sp. Moonyoonooka does occur further west and has fewer stamens (5-7 rather than (7-)9-13 per flower), suggesting that it may warrant recognition as a distinct subspecies. As M. sp. Moonyoonooka is only known from two specimens collected on the same day from the same locality, more material is needed to determine whether the difference in stamen number is significant. Similarly known from a single locality, this time from only one specimen, is M sp. Woodacurrie Rd (S. Patrick 3364), which was established by Trudgen in 2002. It has less thickened leaves on the youngest stems and has relatively few stamens (7 or 8). This will be retained for now under its phrase name but may just be a variant of M. nephroideus or of hybrid origin. Malleostemon nerrenensis Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov. Typus\ south of Billabong Roadhouse, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 10 October 1994, M.E. Trudgen 12104 {holo\ PERTH 08208425; iso\ CANB, K, MEE). Malleostemon sp. Nerren Nerren (A. Payne 360), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI : Descr. Cat. p. 390 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw. wa.gov.au/ [accessed 30 October 2015]. Shrub commonly 1-1.6 m high, up to at least 2 m wide; flowering branchlets with usually 1-6 pairs of peduncles, the flowers forming a dense cluster. Young stems nearly always hidden on the youngest branchlets by a continuous cover of overlapping leaves. Leaves antrorse or appressed, not clustered, with adjacent pairs overlapping at first, becoming separated as stems elongate but soon shed, the subtending leaves of the branchlets or of galls with an oblong or narrowly oblong blade up to 3 mm 114 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) long. Foliar colleters apparently absent. Petioles absent or up to 0.2 mm long. Leaf blades mostly ± broadly obovate, 1-1.7 mm long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide, concavo-convex, the abaxial surface with a row of 3-6 large oil glands on each side of midvein and often a second row of a few smaller oil glands closer to the margin, the concave abaxial surface with no obvious oil glands; scarious margin entire or minutely ciliolate; apical point absent. Older or subtending leaf blades (when present) ± obovate and up to 2 mm long. Peduncles 0.1-0.5 mm long, 1-3-flowered, commonly 3-flowered; secondary axes ± absent. Bracts and bracteoles persistent, the longest ones 2-2.2 mm long, with shorter ones present only if there are multiple flowers per peduncle; keel prominent and narrow (almost winged), brown and/or green; scarious margins broad, whitish, deeply denticulate or laciniate. Pedicels ±d!osQnt. Flowers 4-5 mm diam. Hypanthium 5-ribbed, 1.7-2 mm long, with large oil glands; free portion up to 0.2 mm long. Sepals fairly erect, 0.5-0.7 mm long, green or red-tinged; scarious margin narrow, white. Petals 1.7-2.2 mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens 4 or 5, ± antipetalous. Filaments c. 0.35 mm long. Anthers (including gland) c. 0.25 mm long; connective gland c. 0.15 mm long. Ovules 4-6. Style 0.5-0.7 mm long. Fruits not seen at maturity. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from most species by having bracteoles with denticulate-laciniate margins and 4 or 5 ± antipetalous stamens. Other important characters are its small leaves 1-1.7 mm long, exposed hypanthium 1.7-2 mm long, 4-6 ovules and style 0.5-0.7 mm long. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] Sep. 1982,A. Payne 360(CANB w.v., PERTH); 25 Sep. 2002, M.E. Trudgen2\1\6(?FKLYL)- 25 Sep. 2002, M.E. Trudgen 21717 (AD, BRI, NSW, MEE, PERTH); 26 Sep. 2002, M.E. Trudgen 21722 (PERTH); 26 Sep. 2002, M.E. Trudgen 21724 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Restricted to the Nerren Nerren Station area (Figure 2A), recorded on the mid- to lower slopes of sand dunes. Phenology. Flowers from August to September. Conservation status. Eisted by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as M. sp. Nerren Nerren (A. Payne 360). Only three localities are known, all very close together. Etymology. Named after its area of occurrence on Nerren Nerren Station. Affinities. Very similar to M. hursthousei, from which it differs in its longer hypanthium and usually smaller leaves, and to M. microphyllus (see notes under that species). Co-occurring species. This species has been recorded growing with M. peltiger at one locality and with both M. peltiger and M. roseus at another locality. Notes. As in M. microphyllus, this species has abnormal, elongated leaves up to c. 3 mm long associated with a kind of gall. The first collection of M. nerrenensis, made in 1982, was initially identified as Micromyrtus off hursthousei and later used as the basis of the phrase name M. sp. Nerren Nerren (A. Payne 360). It was apparently not available in time to be cited by Green (1983). B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Malleostemon 115 Malleostemon pentagonus Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov. Typus\ North West Coastal Highway, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 24 September 1976, G. Perry 586 {holo\ PERTH 01945475; iso\ CANB, K, MEL). Malleostemon sp. Hardabutt Rapids (D. Bellairs 1654A), G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI : Descr. Cat. p. 390 (2000); Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https ://florabase. dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 30 October 2015]. Shrub 0.7-2.1 m high, up to at least 2 m wide; flowering branchlets with 1-6 (usually only 1 or 2) pairs of peduncles. Young stems with obvious glands at first when rapidly growing, soon becoming 4- ridged and smooth-surfaced (rather than glandular), the ridges extending for 2 intemodes below each leaf but often becoming narrow at the base of the first internode where they pass between the next pair of leaves. Leaves antrorse, the pairs sometimes separated by long internodes. Foliar colleters up to 0.2 mm long. Petioles well or poorly defined, commonly 0.2-0.3 mm long but sometimes appearing to be absent. Leaf blades obovate or broadly obovate in outline, 1.5-2 mm long, 1-1.3 mm wide, 0.5-0.7 mm thick; abaxial surface flattened and ± level on the keel and with each side sloping and becoming less thick towards the margin; margins entire, with 1 row of 3-5 large oil glands on each side of the keel and a second row closer to the margin with smaller oil glands; apical point ± absent. Peduncles usually 0.4-1.5 mm long, 1-3-flowered; secondary axes ± absent. Bracteoles persistent, 1.7-2.5 mm long; scarious margin ± entire. Pedicels ± absent. Flowers 5-8 mm diam. Hypanthium 5- angled, often 5-ribbed, 1.5-2 mm long; free portion up to 0.5 mm long. Sepals 0.4-0.6 mm long, largely herbaceous, ridged, ± entire. Petals 2.5-A mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens 7-10, opposite the petals and some or all of the sepals. Antipetalous filaments 0.5-0.8 mm long. Anthers (including gland) c. 0.4 mm long; connective gland 0.2-0.3 mm long. Ovules 5-7. Style 0.7-1.3 mm long. Fruits 1.5-2.1 mm long, c. 1.5 mm diam.; seed ± broadly obovoid (somewhat flattened on side adjacent to placenta), 1-1.4 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, testa medium brown, hilum c. 0.2 mm diam. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from other species by the following combination of characters: obovate or broadly obovate leaves that are somewhat keeled, 1-3-flowered peduncles usually 0.4- 1.5 mm long, persistent bracteoles, 5-angled hypanthium, 7-10 stamens, which are antipetalous and antisepalous, petals 2.5-4 mm long, ovules 5-7 and style 0.7-1.3 mm long. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 8 Oct. 1998, P. Armstrong s.n. (PERTH); 20 Oct. 1974, J.S. Beard 7113 (PERTH); 7 Oct. 1989, D. Bellairs 1654 A (PERTH); 7 Nov. 2003, R. Meissner NA_R 254 (PERTH); 29 Aug. 1985, C.I. Stacey 111 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Extends from near NerrenNerren Station south to near Ajana, with atypical specimens further south near Greenough River and Mullewa (Figure 2B). Recorded on yellow sand or red, rocky soil. Phenology. Flowers August to October. Mature fruits recorded in October and November. Conservation status. Previously listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as M. sp. Hardabutt Rapids (D. Bellairs 1654A). It was recently downgraded to Priority Three. 116 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Etymology. From the Greek penta- (five-) dcndgonus (angled), referring to the five-angled hypanthium (i.e. with a pentagonal shape in transverse section). This shape is obvious both in fiower and fruit. Affinities. Very similar to M. roseus, but that species differs in having more oblong leaves, which are not keeled, and a more wrinkled young hypanthium, which becomes enlarged and very smooth in fruit. Malleostemon roseus also has longer peduncles on average. In M. pentagonus, the young hypanthium is usually shorter than in M. roseus and is dotted with oil glands but otherwise smooth between the antisepalous ribs; it scarcely enlarges in fruit. Co-occurring species. One specimen {R. Meissner 254) was recorded growing with two other species of Malleostemon, in M. 'roseus (form \)R. Meissner 255 shrubland’ over M. peltiger. Notes. One of the M. pentagonus specimens, J.S. Beard 7113, was identified as M. roseus by Green (determinavit dated 18 January 1982) but he probably did not examine any other specimens of this new species. The anthers of M. roseus, are reported to be uni-locular (Green 1983) so the anther morphology of M. pentagonus needs to be examined to see whether it too has uni-locular anthers. An atypical specimen from near Greenough River (P. Armstrong s.n. PERTH 05372380) differs from the above description in having more or less sessile flowers. Trudgen has suggested (on determinavits dated 13 June 2012) that two other atypical specimens may either be hybrids with M. roseus, or a new species. Those specimens, C.I. Stacey 795 and P.G. Wilson 1528, were possibly collected from the same location west of Mullewa. They are atypical in having only five or six stamens per flower (usually five opposite the petals), and secondary axes up to 0.5 mm long. Malleostemon pustulatus Rye, sp. nov. Typus\ Kalbarri National Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 25 September 2002, M.E Trudgen 21702 {holo\ PERTH 06360572; iso\ CANB, MEE, K). Malleostemon sp. Junga Dam (D. Bellairs 942), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 30 October 2015]. Shrub 0.5-1.5 m high, commonly 0.5-1 m wide; flowering branchlets with 1-10 pairs of flowers. Young stems somewhat 4-angled or 4-ribbed. Leaves antrorse or appressed, not clustered. Foliar colleters up to 0.5 mm long. Petioles absent or up to c. 0.1 mm long. Leaf blades ± oblong in outline, 1.3-2 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, 0.3-0.5 mm thick; margins entire, with a row of 3-5 large glands on each side of the midvein and also scattered smaller glands; apical point absent. Peduncles 1.2-1.8 mm long, 1-flowered. Bracteoles caducous or deciduous, 0.4-0.6 mm long, ± entire; keel prominent, often reddish; scarious margins narrow. Pedicels ± absent. Flowers 2.5-3.5 mm diam. Hypanthium glandular-rugose (pustulate), 5-ribbed in top half, 1-1.3 mm long; free portion c. 0.3 mm long. Sepals 0.3-0.5 mm long, largely herbaceous, strongly incurved in fruit. Petals 1.2-1.5 mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens 5, antisepalous, 1 opposite each sepal. Filaments 0.2-0.3 mm long. Anthers (including gland) 0.2-0.25 mm long; connective gland 0.1-0.15 mm long. Ovules 4-6. Style c. 0.3 mm long. Fruits 1.3-1.6 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam., not seen at maturity. Diagnostic features. Differs from most species in having 5, antisepalous stamens, and from the remaining species in having leaves that are neither clustered nor pointed. Other important characters: B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Malleostemon 117 1-flowered peduncles 1.2-1.8 mm long, caducous or deciduous bracteoles 0.4-0.6 mm long, petals 1.2-1.5 mm long, 4-6 ovules and style c. 0.3 mm long. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 21 Sep. 2001, D. & B. Bellairs 6207 (PERTH); 3 Oct. 2007, A. Crawford 1388 (PERTH); 16 Sep. 1987, J. W Green 5426 (PERTH); 22 Sep. 1994, A.G. Gunness 2384 B (AD, BRI, PERTH); 24 Oct. 2008, L.S.J. Sweedman 7506 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Occurs in Kalbarri National Park (Figure 2A), on low-lying sandy ground. One collector recorded the species as ‘scattered amongst other species but also occurring in almost monospecific thickets’. Phenology. Flowers in September and October. Etymology. The epithet is Latin and means having pustules. It refers to the surface of the hypanthium. Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as M. sp. Junga Dam (D. Bellairs 942). The species appears to be highly restricted but is locally abundant. Affinities. This distinctive species was confused with M. sp. Moonyoonooka, which differs in having a truncate base to the hypanthium, longer bracteoles, a variable number of stamens per flower but a constant ovule number of four, and a transversely reniform seed. In M. pustulatus the hypanthium is tapered at the base, and the stamen number is constant whereas the ovule number per flower is variable. Malleostemonpustulatus is similar to M. decipiens (W.Fitzg.) Trudgen and M. tuberculatus in having five, equidistant antisepalous stamens. However, M. decipiens differs from M. pustulatus in its densely clustered leaves and longer bracteoles, sepals and petals, while M. tuberculatus differs in its more prominently pointed leaves, fruits with persistent spreading petals and more numerous ovules. Both differ in the ornamentation on the hypanthium, with M. decipiens having longer ribs and not being pustulate on the hypanthium, while M tuberculatus has a more rugose hypanthium. Co-occurring species. Although several other Malleostemon species occur in Kalbarri National Park, none has been recorded growing with M. pustulatus. Notes. The first collection of M. pustulatus was made in September 1987 {J. W Green 5426), making it the most recently discovered of the species described here. It was initially misidentifled as M. roseus. Malleostemon pustulatus has the smallest bracteoles in the genus; they are shed early, well before the flowers open. Foliar colleters are unusually large in this species, although still minute in comparison with the leaf size. Although no mature seeds have been examined, the cavity within the fruit is obovoid or possibly more cylindrical in shape, so the seed would clearly be longer than broad as indicated in the key to species. 118 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Malleostemon uniflorus Rye, sp. nov. Typus\ Binnu East Road, 11.6 km east of North West Coastal Highway, Western Australia, 19 August 2003, M.E. Trudgen & B.L. Rye MET 22040 {holo\ PERTH 08212651; iso\ CANB, K, MEE, NSW). Malleostemon sp. Ajana (M.E. Trudgen 21715), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 30 October 2015]. Shrub 0.7-3 m high, up to 3 m wide; flowering branchlets with up to 7 (usually 2-5) pairs of flowers. Young stems dark, reddish, ridged below each leaf, soon becoming smooth and grey. Leaves antrorse or widely spreading, commonly crowded on the branchlets. Foliar colleters up to 0.3 mm long. Petioles well defined, mostly 0.2-0.5 mm long. Leaf blades very broadly or depressed-obovate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide, margins entire, outer surface with 2-A main rows or oil glands on each side of the midvein, the row closest to the centre with 3)-A glands, inner surface concave and with oil glands much less obvious; apical point absent or up to 0.15 mm long. Peduncles ± absent, 1-flowered. Bracteoles persistent, 2.5-3.5 mm long, with scarious margins ± entire. Pedicels ± absent. Flowers 6-8 mm diam. Hypanthium usually 5-ribbed, 1.3-1.7 mm long; free portion 0.5-0.6 mm long. Sepals 0.6-1 mm long, widely spreading in fruit, with a green herbaceous keel and hyaline margins, ± entire; hyaline margins broad, up to c. 0.5 mm across. Petals 2.5-3.5 mm long, white or pale pink. Stamens 5-10, opposite the petals and often opposite some or all ofthe SQpals. Antipetalousfilaments 0.5-0.7 mm long. Anthers (including gland) 0.35-0.4 mm long; connective gland 0.2-0.25 mm long. Ovules 4-6. Style 0.6-1.3 mm long. Fruits c. 1.5 mm long (excluding attached parts), 1.2-1.3 mm diam.; seed (not seen fully mature), developing in an irregularly obovoid or broadly obovoid cavity c. 1.3 mm long. Diagnostic features. Distinguished primarily by having bracteoles 2.5-3.5 mm long and 4-6 ovules. Other important characters are its 1-flowered axils, ± absent peduncles, 5-10 stamens, which are all antipetalous or also antisepalous, petals 2.5-3.5 mm long and style 0.6-1.3 mm long. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: S of Coolcalalaya Station, W side of Gas Pipeline, 0.6 km N of vermin proof fence, 6 Sep. 1990, A.H. Burbidge 4527 (PERTH); shire area by golf course, Mullewa, 10 Sep. 2003, J Docherty 180 (PERTH); 9 miles [14.5 km] N of Murchison River Bridge, 6 Sep. 1966, George 7881 (PERTH); 29 miles [47 km] N of Northampton, 28 Aug. 1965, K.R. Newbey 2199 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Extends from Nerren Nerren Station south-east to Mullewa (Figure 3), on red or yellow sand. Phenology. Flowers from July to October, mainly during August and September. Almost mature fruits recorded in September. Etymology. The epithet is Eatin and has been chosen since this is one of the few members of the genus that have only one flower per peduncle. Most species of Malleostemon have varied numbers of flowers per peduncle, up to at least seven flowers. Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk. Affinities. Previously included within M minilyaensis,vA\\cl\dMQXs in having bracteoles 1.2-2(-2.2)mm long, up to nine ovules, and in having a more or less constant stamen number of ten, rather than varying B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Malleostemon 119 Figure 3. Distribution of Malleostemon minilyaensis (•) and M. uniflorus (a). from five to ten. It also tends to have broader leaves, longer stamens and a longer style. The two taxa are geographically separated (Figure 3), with the southernmost localities of M. minilyaensis inland and north-east of the northernmost localities of M. uniflorus. Co-occurring species. Recorded growing with both M. roseus and M. peltiger at a location south of Billabong Roadhouse. Notes. About half of the specimens cited by Green (1983) for M minilyaensis are of M. uniflorus, and the description provided matches the latter in giving the bracteole length as 3 mm, although it fits M. minilyaensis more accurately with respect to stamen and ovule numbers. Although M. uniflorus is known from many collections, its description is still incomplete owing to the lack of fruiting material with mature seeds. Acknowledgements This research was supported by funding from the Australian Biological Resources Study. Some of the species have joint authorship with Malcolm Trudgen to acknowledge his contribution in establishing phrase names for them. I particularly appreciate the time spent by Steve Dillon in preparing distribution maps. I am also grateful to Cathy Rye for arranging the maps into figures, and to the referee and members of the editorial committee, especially Juliet Wege and Russell Barrett, for their helpful comments. 120 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) References Bentham, G. (1867). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 3. (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London.) Diels, L. & Pritzel, E. (1904). Myrtaceae. In: Fragmentaphytographieae Australiae occidentalis. pp. 398-444. (Engelmann: Eiepzig, Germany.) F itzgerald, W. V. (1904). Additions to the West Australian flora. Journal ofthe West Australian Natural History Society 2(1): 3-36. Fitzgerald, W. V. (1905). Some new species of West Australian plants. Journal of the West Australian Natural History Society 2(2): 21-31. George, A.S. (2009). Australian botanist’s companion. (Four Gables Press: Kardinya, Western Australia.) Green, J.W. (1983). Malleostemon, a new genus of Myrtaceae (subfamily Feptospermoideae, tribe Chamelaucieae) from south¬ western Australia. Nuytsia 4: 295-315. Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Earn, N., Wilson, Peter G., Heslewood, M.M. & Quinn, C.J. (2002). A phylogenetic analysis of the Chamelaucium alliance (MyrtacQa.Q). Australian Systematic Botany 15: 535-543. Moore, S. le M. (1920). A contribution to the flora of Australia. Journal of the Linnean Society of Botany 45: 200. Rye, B.F. (2006). A partial revision of the south-western Australian species of Micromyrtus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). Nuytsia 16: 117-147. Rye, B.F. (2013a). Arevision of the south-western Australian gQnv&Astartea (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). AwyA/a 23:189-269. Rye, B.F. (2013b). An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 1. Calytrix. Nuytsia 23: 483-510. Rye, B.F. (2015). Arevision ofthesouth-westemAustralian genus (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). VMyA/a25:219-250. Rye, B.F. & Trudgen, M.E. (2000). Aluta, a new Australian genus of Myrtaceae. Nuytsia 13: 345-366. Rye, B .F. & Trudgen, M.E. (2012). Seven new combinations for Western Australian members of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. Nuytsia 22: 393-398. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 8 April 2016]. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 121-123 Published online 1st July 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Formal transfer of Murchisonia to Thysanotus (Asparagaceae) Murchisonia Brittan (Asparagaceae) was described by Brittan (1972) to accommodate a species, M. fragrans Brittan, which he had recently discovered in Western Australia. He considered that it did not fit the then-current concept of Thysanotus R.Br. Subsequently a second, widespread, inland Australian species of Murchisonia was described: M. volubilis Brittan (Brittan 1986). These two species have not been well illustrated in print to date. Figure 1 is therefore included to fill that gap. The figure shows the very different habit of the two species and also differences in perianth morphology with M. fragrans bearing an indexed, long fringe on the upper part of the petals, the lower part of the petal margins being glabrous or with a shorter, erect fringe, whereas M. volubilis lacks a fringe altogether. Neither condition occurs in Thysanotus, although sometimes in species of Thysanotus the fringe is very short or sparse, e.g. in a form of T manglesianus Kunth (T. D. Macfarlane, unpubl.). The stamens of both species also represent a unique form distinct from that observed in Thysanotus, being evenly distributed around the flower and incurved toward the style, with the anthers having the whole dorsal surface consisting of a thickened connective and the ventral face consisting of well- developed longitudinally dehiscing thecae. Species of Thysanotus have stamens moderately to strongly decimate, anthers with less than full-length dorsal thickenings or poorly developed thickenings and the few species that dehisce by slits show indications that the slits are secondary extensions of apical pores. Despite these distinct morphological features, phylogenetic studies of Thysanotus and Murchisonia using chloroplast (trnT and trnT-Y) and nuclear (ITS2) DNA regions and morphology (Sirisena 2010; Sirisena et al, in prep.), show that the two Murchisonia species are nested within Thysanotus, but in separate parts of the phylogenetic tree. Vegetatively, M fragrans resembles T rectantherus Brittan, whereas M. volubilis is almost indistinguishable from T patersonii R.Br. and related twining species. Thus, Murchisonia is neither monophyletic, nor phylogenetically distinct from Thysanotus. Murchisonia should therefore be a synonym of Thysanotus, its two species are here transferred to Thysanotus. The scientific case for this action including detailed discussion of characters is outlined in Sirisena (2010) and will be published in more detail in Sirisena et al. (in prep.). The cited type specimens have been examined. Thysanotus R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holland. 282 (1810). Type', not designated. Lecto,fide N.H. Brittan, Brunonia 4: 72 (1981): T. junceus R.Br., nom. illeg. [=T. juncifolius (Salisb.) J.H.Willis & Court]. Murchisonia Brittan, J. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 54: 95 (1972), syn. nov. Type'. M. fragrans Brittan. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 122 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 1. Thysanotus species. A, B. T. fragrans. A - flowering plant in situ showing the dense, decumbent inflorescence; B - inflorescence with several open flowers showing the fringed petals. C, D. T. exfimbriatus. C - plant in situ showing the twining habit, buds, open flower and developing fruits; D - flower showing lack of petal fringing. Scale bars = 50 mm (A); 10 mm (B, C); 2 mm (D). Images from north of Murchison River Crossing, North West Coastal Highway, Western Australia (A, B) and south of Pimba, South Australia (C, D). Photographs by J.G. Conran. Thysanotus fragrans (Brittan) Sirisena, Conran & T.Macfarlane, comb. nov. Murchisonia fragrans Brittan, J. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 54: 95-98 (1972). Type'. 390 mile peg, Northwest Coastal Highway, c. 50 miles [80 km] north ofNorthampton, Western Australia, N.H. Brittan 70/11, 25 August 1970 Qiolo'. PERTH 01087487). U.M. Sirisena et al. Formal transfer of Murchisonia to Thysanotus (Asparagaceae) 123 Thysanotus exfimbriatus Sirisena, Conran & T.Macfarlane, nom. nov. Murchisonia volubilis Brittan, in J.R Jessop & H.R. Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 4* edn, p. 1762 (1986), non Thysanotus volubilis R.Br. Type, east of‘C 50’ kilometre peg onNorth West Coastal Highway [50 km S of Carnarvon], Western Australia, 17 August 1984, N.H. Brittan 84/33 iholo\ PERTH 06289290). Thysanotuspatersoniiyar. exfimbriatus].M.Black,FI. S. Austral. 2"^edn,p. 191 (1943), worn. inval.,p.p. Etymology. The epithet refers to the lack of a fringe on the petals and also acknowledges J.M. Black’s first recognition of the taxon as distinct. Acknowledgements The work on which this study is based was carried out at The University of Adelaide (UMS, JGC) and the Western Australian Herbarium (UMS, TDM). References Brittan, N.H. (1972). Murchisonia, a new monotypic genus of Liliaceae from Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 54; 95-98. Brittan, N.H. (1986). Thysanotus. In: Jessop, J.P. & Toelken, H.R. (eds) Flora of South Australia. Part IV. Alismataceae - Orchidaceae. edn. pp. 1768-1771. (South Australian Government Printing Division for The Flora and Fauna of South Australia Handbooks Committee: Adelaide.) Sirisena, U.M. (2010). Systematic studies on Thysanotus R.Br. (Asparagales: Laxmanniaceae). PhD thesis. (University of Adelaide: Adelaide.) Udani M. Sirisena^’^, John G. Conran^ and Terry D. Macfarlane^ '^ 'Ecoscape Australia, PO Box 50, North Fremantle, Western Australia 6159 ^Australian Centre for Evolutionary Biology and Biodiversity, School of Biological Sciences, Benham Building DX 650 312, The University of Adelaide, South Australia 5005 Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Eocked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 "•Corresponding author, email; Terry.Macfarlane@dpaw.wa.gov.au 124 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 125-128 Published online 1st July 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Allocasuarina anfractuosa (Casuarinaceae), a new sheoak from southern Western Australia Allocasuarina anfractuosa Wege & S.R.Barrett, sp. nov. Type', north of Pallinup River, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 1 August 2014, S. Barrett SB 2215 (holotype: PERTH 08730148 [sheet 1 of 2], PERTH 08730156 [sheet 2 of 2]; isotype: NSW). Allocasuarina sp. Boxwood Hill (S. Barrett 2090), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 1 March 2016]. Monoecious, bushy shrub to c. 1.5 m high. Branchlets spreading, sinuous or occasionally twisted, 5-20 cm long; articles 7-27 mm long, 0.9-1.5 mm wide, surface smooth, glabrous or shortly pubescent in furrows; phyllichnia with a small but deflnite ridge; teeth 11-15 per whorl, erect to spreading, not overlapping, 0.6-1.1 mm long, ciliate, marcescent. Male spikes head-like, 3.5^.5 mm long, dense; anthers 0.8-1 mm long. Cones sessile or on a peduncle to 5 mm long, cylindrical to subcylindrical, pubescent, the hairs white or dark yellowish; cone body 28-35 mm long, 28-30 mm wide; bracts prominent and thickened, acuminate with a hair-like, flexuous extension to 4.5 mm long (piliferous); bracteoles acuminate, sometimes shortly bifld ortrifld (obtuse to acute in old cones), dorsal protuberance shorter than the bracteole body (obscured by hairs in young cones), divided into 3 or 4 bodies that are fused to the bracteole except for their acuminate to caudate tips. Samara 10-12 mm long, 2.5-3.8 mm wide, dark brown, glabrous. (Figure 1) Diagnostic features. Allocasuarina anfractuosa is highly distinctive in view of its sinuous branches with 11-15 teeth per whorl. Its cones are unique in having the following combination of characters: prominent, acuminate and piliferous bracts; acuminate bracteoles (sometimes shortly bifld or trifld); short bracteole protuberances that are divided into three or four bodies and fused to the bracteole except for the acuminate to caudate tips (Figure 1). Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 16 Dec. 2011, 5. Barrett 2083 (PERTH); 2 May 2012, S. Barrett 2090 (PERTH); 4 Aug. 2014, S Barrett SB 2212 (PERTH); 4 Aug. 2014, S Barrett SB 2213 (PERTH, NSW). Phenology. Flowers have been observed in August. Distribution and habitat. Allocasuarina anfractuosa is known only from an area to the north-west of Boxwood Hill in Western Australia’s Fitzgerald subregion (Esperance Plains bioregion; Department of the Environment 2013), where it occurs on broad hill crests or upper slopes in brown sandy loam on granite, often forming dense stands. It is recorded from heathland, with or without emergent © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 126 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 1. Allocasuarina anfractuosa. A- young, pubescent cones showing the hair-like, flexuous extension on the bracts (white arrow). Note the bracteole protuberances are obscured by hairs; B - a more mature cone showing the bracteole protuberances (white triangles) divided into bodies with acuminate to caudate apices that are shorter than the bracteole (black triangle). Note the hair-like extension on the bract apex has dropped off (white arrow); C - sinuous to twisted branchlets, with head-like male spikes (black triangles), scale bar 5 cm; D - clonal spreading. Images © J. Wege (A-C) and S. Barrett (D) from S. Barrett 2215. A. huegeliana\ associated species include A. campestris. Acacia mimica var. angusta, Calothamnus quadrifidus, Petrophile crispata, Grevillea spp., Anarthria polyphylla, Neurachne alopecuroidea, Lepidoperma sp. and Gahnia sp. Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name A. sp. Boxwood Hill (S. Barrett 2090). Allocasuarina anfractuosa is currently known from three locations, all of which are on private property; one of these locations {S. Barrett 22 12) is a Bush Heritage property managed for conservation. At each of these sites it is rare but dominant across a small area. Etymology. From the Latin anfractuosus (sinuous), in reference to its branchlets. J.A. Wege & S.R. Barrett, Allocasuarina anfractuosa (Casuarinaceae), a new sheoak 127 Proposed vernacular name. Sinuous Sheoak. Affinities. The precise affinities of A. anfractuosa are unclear. It is perhaps best compared with A. campestris (Diels) L.A.S.Johnson, a species that is widespread in south-western Australia and co-occurs with A. anfractuosa. Like A. anfractuosa, A. campestris has phyllichnia with a small but definite ridge, sessile or shortly pedunculate, pubescent cones with prominently mucronate bracts, and bracteole protuberances that are mostly fused to the bracteole bodies; however, it has branchlets that are ascending rather than sinuous and with fewer teeth (7-9), cone bracts that are less conspicuous, and bracteoles that are obtuse to broadly acute rather than acuminate. Unlike A. anfractuosa, which has bracteole protuberances with acuminate to caudate tips, the tip of the bracteole protuberance in A. campestris is marked by a curved or straight line or an indentation close to the bracteole body apex, or rarely by a tiny mucro on the surface of body. Allocasuarina acutivalvis (F.Muell.) L.A.S. Johnson shares with A. anfractuosa branchlets with many teeth per whorl (10-14) and acuminate cone bracts and bracteoles; however, its branchlets are ascending rather than sinuous and, in A. acutivalvis subsp. acutivalvis, the cone bracteole is indistinguishable from the protuberance. In A. acutivalvis subsp. prinsepiana (C.P.R.Andrews) L.A.S.Johnson, the protuberance is divided into two or three bodies with somewhat pungent, mucronate apices that, unlike A. anfractuosa, are longer than the bracteole body. Allocasuarina acutivalvis is widespread in south-western Australia, with subsp. acutivalvis occurring in close proximity to A. anfractuosa at the type locality. Allocasuarina tortiramula E.M.Benn., a Threatened species from the Western Mallee subregion (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), has sinuous or twisted branchlets but is unlikely to be confused with A. anfractuosa since it only has six or seven teeth per whorl and its cones are smaller (8-15 mm long) and have inconspicuous cone bracts and obtuse bracteoles with obtuse or shortly mucronate protuberances. Notes. Allocasuarina anfractuosa was discovered during targeted surveys of Grevillea maxwellii McGill, and Gastrolobium humile G.Chandler & Crisp, two Threatened species that co-occur at the type locality. At this site, female flowers and cones have only been observed on one clump of individuals (S. Barrett 2090 and S. Barrett 2215). Collections from the two remaining populations {S. Barrett 2212 and S. Barrett 2213) are sterile but are referred to A. anfractuosa on the basis of their branchlet morphology. This species spreads clonally from roots or underground stems (Figure ID). A small quantity of seed recently examined by staff at the Department of Parks and Wildlife’s Threatened Flora Seed Centre was found to be aborted (A. Cochrane pers. comm.). Acknowledgements We thank Rob Davis for his initial taxonomic assessment of this species, Terry Macfarlane for helpful comments on the manuscript, and Bush Heritage, Bill and Jane Thompson, and Chas and Julie Johns for on-ground assistance. 128 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) References Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 1 March 2016]. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 1 March 2016]. Juliet A. Wege^ and Sarah R. Barrett^ ‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^South Coast Region, Department of Parks and Wildlife, 120 Albany Highway, Albany, Western Australia 6630 ‘Corresponding author, email: Juliet.Wege@dpaw.wa.gov.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 129-132 Published online 1st July 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Hemigenia tichbonii (Lamiaceae), a new, rare species from Western Australia Hemigenia tichbonii K.R.Thiele & G.R.Guerin, sp. nov. Type '. Mount Gibson Wildlife Sanctuary, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 6 October 2015, M Hislop & F Lewis MH 4517 {holo\ PERTH 08705984; iso\ AD, CANB). Hemigenia sp. Gibson (R. Coveny 7893 &B.R. Maslin), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 20 February 2016]. Openly branched shrubs 0.4-1.5 m high, to 1.5 m diam., usually erect but sometimes ± prostrate; branchlets glabrous or with very sparse, scattered, minute white hairs in and around the leaf axils, ± cylindrical to slightly triquetrous, grooved along the faces. Leaves usually in whorls of 3 (some opposite), sessile, patent and straight to slightly incurved, glabrous or with a few minute white hairs near the axil; lamina linear, appearing terete due to the tightly inrolled margins, grooved adaxially, 15-25(-30) X 0.5-0.7 mm; base tapering; apex acute. Flowers single in upper leaf axils; pedicels 6-10 mm long, glabrous, often persistent after fruits have fallen; bracteoles inserted 0.5-2.0 mm below the calyx, erect to slightly spreading, 1.5^.0 mm long at anthesis, linear and adaxially grooved like the leaves, glabrous. Calyx slightly zygomorphic, 3.0^.5 mm long, glabrous outside or with minute hairs concentrated towards the base, sparsely hairy inside with short, curved, white hairs and sessile glands; tube campanulate, slightly ribbed; lobes all ± similar (the dorsal slightly larger), 1.0-1.5 mm long, obtuse to apiculate, reticulately veined between main veins that terminate at the apex of each lobe. Corolla 10-16 mm long, lilac, paler in the throat where there are scattered, purplish to brownish blotches, with scattered, globular glands outside (most prominent in bud and mostly absent from the open flower) and short, curved, white hairs near the sinuses, inside with sparse, curved, white hairs at the base of each lobe and towards the base of the tube; abaxial median lobe flabellate, bilobed, 3-5 mm long; lateral lobes obtrullate, emarginate, 2-A mm long; adaxial median lobes 2.0-3.5 mm long (shorter than the abaxial lobe), with a short sinus c. 1 mm long. Stamens included in the throat, the abaxial pair c. 4 mm long, the adaxial pair shorter; filaments with short, white hairs towards the base; anthers dimidiate, the abaxial pair with two unequal thecae, the adaxial pair with a single theca (lower end sterile and bearded). Style c. 10 mm long, bilobed, with short, white hairs towards the base. Fruiting calyx papery, not or scarcely accrescent. Mericarps subglobular, cerebriform, c. 2 mm long, rounded on the outer face, angled between the inner faces, pale brown. (Figure 1) Diagnostic features. Hemigenia tichbonii is distinguished from all other species in the genus occurring in Western Australia by the combination of mostly 3-whorled, linear-terete leaves that are grooved above, and cerebriform mericarps. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 24 Oct. 1984, MG. Corrick 9330 (MEE, PERTH); 29 Aug. 1976, R. Coveny 7893 & B.R. Maslin © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 130 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 1. A-C Hemigenia tichbonii. A - flowering branch; B - leaf with TS; C - mericarp lateral view (right) and apical view (left). D, E H. ramosissima. D - leaf with TS; E - mericarp lateral view (right) and apical view (left). Drawn by Skye Coffey from M. Hislop & F Lewis MH 4517 (A-C), T. Erickson TEE 320 (D, E). K.R. Thiele & G. Guerin, Hemigenia tichbonii (Lamiaceae), a new, rare species 131 (PERTH); 22 Oct. 2002, G. Guerin 050 & P. McLachlan (AD); 8 Oct. 2015, M. Hislop & F Lewis MH 4544 (PERTH); 23 Aug. 2011, A Lewis MGFE 223 (PERTH); 25 Aug. 2011, A Lewis MGFE 256 (PERTH); 17 Oct. 1975, J.Z. Weber 5160 (MEE). Phenology. Flowering specimens have been collected in August and October. Distribution and habitat. Currently known from three localities c. 65 km apart, two west and south-west of Paynes F ind and the other on Mount Gibson Wildlife Sanctuary, in the Yalgoo bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013; Figure 2). Occurs in semi-arid, open shrublands over granite or greenstone. Conservation status. Hemigenia tichbonii is listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name H. sp. Gibson (R. Coveny 7893 & B.R. Maslin). The species is locally abundant over small areas at Mount Gibson. Etymology. Named in honour of Mr Michael Tichbon, a Western Australian conservationist and philanthropist. Mr Tichbon has made a substantial contribution to the conservation of the flora of south-western Australia, including as a long-time supporter of the Australian Wildlife Conservancy (AWC), which manages Mount Gibson Wildlife Sanctuary where H. tichbonii occurs. Figure 2. Distribution of Hemigenia tichbonii. Shaded lines indicate boundaries of IBRA7 subregions (Department of the Environment 2013). 132 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Affinities. Morphologically closest to H. ramosissima Benth., the two species sharing pedicellate flowers, narrow, whorled leaves and calyces that are shortly 5-lobed. Key features that distinguish H. tichbonii from H. ramosissima are the linear leaves with margins tightly inrolled and joined to form an adaxial groove {cf. linear to narrowly elliptic and flat with the margins flat to slightly incurved), and young stems that are glabrous except for a few hairs in and around the leaf axils (cf. with distinct lines of short, curved, white hairs in the stem grooves). The mericarps of H. ramosissima are reticulately rugose with the depressions open and relatively shallow, compared with the cerebriform (brain-like) mericarps of H. tichbonii. Hemigenia ramosissima occurs near Arthur River, more than 400 km south of the distribution of H. tichbonii. Several other species of Hemigenia R.Br. in the Yalgoo and adjacent IBRA regions have linear leaves and a similar habit to H. tichbonii. Of these, H. ciliata G.R.Guerin has leaves that are viscid or have crowded sessile glands, H. macphersonii Luehm. and H. yalgensis G.R.Guerin have conduplicate leaves and a 2-lipped calyx with the tube thickly beset with stiff, white hairs, and H. westringioides Benth. has a calyx evenly covered with short white hairs. Hemigenia ciliata and H. westringioides also have consistently opposite rather than whorled leaves. References Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 24 November 2015]. Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Acknowledgements We thank Atticus Fleming and Fay Lewis for assistance and access to Mount Gibson Wildlife Sanctuary, and for collecting specimens of H. tichbonii. Mike Hislop provided invaluable advice, while Barbara Rye and Trevor Wilson made useful comments on the ms. We particularly thank Skye Coffey for preparing the illustration. Hemigenia tichbonii was first recognised as distinct and phrase-named by Barbara Rye. We thank the Directors and staff of the State Herbarium of South Australia and the Western Australian Herbarium for support and access to collections. Study of H. tichbonii was facilitated in part by funding from the Australian Wildlife Conservancy. Kevin R. Thiele^’^ '^ and Greg Gnerin^ ‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawley, Perth, Western Australia 6009 ^The University of Adelaide, South Australia 5005 ‘‘Corresponding author, email: kevin.thiele@uwa.edu.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 133-138 Published online 1st July 2016 Dysphania congestiflora (Chenopodiaceae), a new species from Western Australia Steven J. Dillon^ and Adrienne S. Markey^ ‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Science and Conservation Division, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 'Corresponding author, email: Steven.Dillon@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Dillon, S.J. & Markey, A.S. Dysphania congestiflora (Chenopodiaceae), a new species from Western Australia. Nuytsia 27: 133-138 (2016). Anew species of Dysphania R.Br., D. congestiflora S. J.Dillon & A.S.Markey is described and an amendment to the most recent key of Dysphania is provided to include the new taxon. Introduction InAmtxdXmDysphaniaKBx. comprises 22 taxa (including infraspecies) (Council ofHeads ofAustralasian Herbaria 2006-), of which 19 are found in Western Australia (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Ten of the 22 Australian (both native and introduced) taxa 'm Dysphania were recently transferred from Chenopodium L. (Mosyakin & Clemants 2002, 2008; Shepherd & Wilson 2008, 2009). Molecular phylogenetic studies generally support this decision (Kadereit et al. 2010; Fuentes-Bazan et al. 2012). Since then, several new species of the re-circumscribed Dysphania have been described from Asia (Sukhorukov 2012; Uotila 2013; Sukhorukov et al. 2015); however, no new Australian species have been described since a taxonomic revision of the tribe Chenopodieae Dumort. by Wilson (1983). During a recent (2013-2014) Department of Parks and Wildlife floristic survey of the Fortescue Marsh landform in the Pilbara region, a morphologically distinct and previously undescribed species was found and is described herein as D. congestiflora S.J.Dillon & A.S.Markey. Methods Descriptions were compiled using dried herbarium specimens held at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH), material cultivated at the Department of Parks and Wildlife, and field observations. Plants were grown from seed obtained from field collections from the Fortescue Marsh and grown in heavy saline clay soils that had been sampled from sites on the marsh where D. congestiflora had been recorded. Seed germination was only possible after the seed coat had been nicked with a scalpel. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 134 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Amendment to the key to Dysphania species in Shepherd & Wilson (2008) 3: Flowers in spike-like inflorescences 9. Seed compressed-globular; embryo oblique to erect. D. sphaerosperma 9: Seed ellipsoidal or broadly pear-shaped, erect; embryo lateral and basal 10. Tepals free, rounded or inconspicuously keeled on back lOA. Style solitary, pericarp faintly areolate otherwise smooth. D. plantaginella lOA: Styles 2, pericarp covered with prominent gland-like papillae. D. congestiflora 10: Tepals united into a hard cup-shaped tube in lower half, prominently and horizontally keeled. D. simulans Taxonomy Dysphania congestiflora S.J.Dillon & A.S.Markey, sp. nov. Type : on western margin of F ortescue Marsh, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 31 July 2015, M.N. Lyons & S.D. Lyons 5222 {holo\ PERTH 08730105). Dysphania sp. Fortescue Marsh (A. Markey & S. Dillon FM 9709), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 22 March 2016]. Annual herb with erect main stems, 3-9(-10) cm high. Stems unbranched or with 2-7 branches, branching 15-34 mm above the ground, covered with a sparse to moderate indumentum of short, gland-tipped hairs 0.05-1.0 mm long and scattered short, septate, simple hairs 0.075-1.5 mm long. Leaves shortly petiolate; petioles indistinct 0.5-1.0(-l.5) mm long; lamina slightly fleshy, narrowly obovate to obovate, 4.5-13 mm long, 1.2-2.6 mm wide, apex obtuse, base attenuate, margin entire to irregularly lobed; with a sparse to moderate indumentum of short, gland-tipped hairs and scattered short, septate, simple hairs, indumentum less dense distally. Inflorescence terminal, sessile or with peduncles to 0.6(-1.5) mm long, narrowly cylindrical, erect spikes 1.0-1.6 mm wide, composed of densely crowded glomerules; bracts (beneath each glomerule) glabrous or with scattered sessile glands, 0.5-0.75 mm long in fruit; limb cucullate, slightly inflated, apex long-acuminate 0.2-0.375 mm long; claw slender, 0.15-0.2 mm long. Flowers sessile. Terminal flower (of glomerule) bisexual; tepals 3, free, 0.5(-0.6) mm long in fruit, glabrous or with scattered sessile glands; limb cucullate, slightly inflated, increasingly so with age; claw slender, linear; stamen solitary, filament flat, 0.7-0.75 mm long, 0.1 mm wide, anther 0.175-0.225 mm long; styles 2, apical, linear, slender, 0.25-0.5 mm long. Lateral flowers (of glomerule) female; tepals 1, similar to terminal flower. Pericarp diaphanous, covered with prominent gland-like papillae. Seed erect, elliptic to obovate, terete to slightly laterally compressed in TS, not flattened on the side bearing the embryo-groove, (0.3-)0.35-0.375 mm long, 0.16-0.2 mm wide, apex rounded; embryo-groove longitudinal from base to c. 3/4 of the way to the seed apex; embryo lateral from base to c. 3/4 of the way to the seed apex, erect, radicle inferior. Infructescence breaking apart into separate tepals and fruits at maturity. (Figures 1, 2D, 3D) Diagnostic features. Dysphania congestiflora differs from other members of the genus by the following combination of characters: annual herb; entire to lobed leaves; terminal, narrowly cylindrical inflorescences composed of densely crowded glomerules; sessile flowers; 2 styles; pericarps with gland-like papillae; longitudinal embryo-groove from base to c. 3/4 of the way to the seed apex. S. J. Dillon & A.S. Markey, Dysphania congestiflora (Chenopodiaceae), a new species 135 Figure 1. Dysphania congestiflora. Image from S. Dillon 6999. Photograph by S. Dillon. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AETSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 22 July 2015, S. Dillon 6999 (PERTH); 2 June 1961, A.S. George 2514 (PERTH); 14 June 2014, A. Markey & S. Dillon EM 9707 (PERTH); 22 June 2014, A. Markey & S. Dillon FM 9708 (PERTH); 16 June 2014, A. Markey & S. Dillon FM 9709 (PERTH). Phenology. A short-lived annual that has been found flowering and fruiting from early to late winter (June to August) following favourable late summer rainfall events that inundate the Fortescue Marsh. Distribution and habitat. Dysphania congestiflora has been recorded from the western side of F ortescue Marsh from flats on the margin and towards the centre of seasonally inundated flood plains and lake beds, on saline, deep, light-medium to heavy clay soils (Figure 4). A single collection has also been recorded from the Eyndon River in close proximity to Take Macleod. Conservation status. Reeently listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as Dysphania sp. Fortescue Marsh (A. Markey & S. Dillon FM 9709) (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). 136 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 2. Fruits. A - Dysphania plantaginella; B-D. sphaerosperma; C-D. glandulosa; D-D. congestiflora. Scale bars = 100 Images from M.N. Lyons & S.D. Lyons 5207 (A), D.E. Albrecht 11237 (B), A. Burbidge E74a (C) and^. Markey & S. Dillon FM 9708 (D). Photographs by S. Dillon. Etymology. The epithet is from the Latin congestus (crowded together) and flores (flowers), and refers to the densely packed inflorescence glomerules. Affinities. Dysphania species with similar terminal inflorescences and tepals are D. plantaginella F.Muell. and/). sphaerospermaVmX G. Wilson. Dysphania plantaginella diffQXS fromZ). congestiflora in having entire leaves, flowers with a slender pedicel, tepals free but remaining attached to the pedicel, a single style, the pedicel, tepals and fruit falling as a unit, a faintly areolate to smooth pericarp, and larger seeds (0.4-0.45 mm long) that are flattened on the side of the embryo-groove, with the embryo- groove and embryo extending from the base to the apex of the seed (Figures 2A, 3A). Dysphania sphaerosperma differs from D. congestiflora in having entire to undulate leaf margins, pedicellate flowers, a single style, a minutely granulate papillose pericarp, and compressed-globular seeds that are larger (0.5 mm) with a semi-circular embryo (Figures 2B, 3B). The fruits of D. glandulosa Paul G.Wilson are most similar to those of D. congestiflora in having prominent gland-like papillae but D. glandulosa differs in having a prostrate habit, entire leaves with petioles as long as the elliptic lamina, axillary inflorescences, two short styles that are offset from the fruit apex, seed that is flattened on the side bearing the embryo-groove, and an embryo-groove and embryo that extend from the base to the apex of the seed (Figures 2C, 3C). S. J. Dillon & A.S. Markey, Dysphania congestiflora (Chenopodiaceae), a new species 137 Figure 3. Embryo (coloured portion) position within the seed and the embryo-groove (dashed line). A-Dysphaniaplantaginella; B-D. sphaerosperma; C-D. glandulosa; D -D. congestiflora. Images from M.N. Lyons & S.D. Lyons 5207 (A), D.E. Albrecht 11237 (B), A. Burbidge E74a (C) and A. Markey & S. Dillon EM 9708 (D). Diagrams by S. Dillon. Figure 4. Typical habitat of Dysphania congestiflora at Fortescue Marsh. Photograph by S. Dillon. 138 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) The suggested vernacular name is Marsh Crumbweed. Acknowledgements The 2013-2014 floristic survey of the Fortescue Marsh landform was funded by Fortescue Metals Group Limited and BHP Billiton. The authors would like to thank Andrew Crawford (Department of Parks and Wildlife) for his advice on seed germination, Mike and Simon Lyons for additional collections (Department of Parks and Wildlife), Hamish Robertson (Department of Parks and Wildlife) for logistical support on Fortescue Marsh, Lee and Sue Bickell (Marillana Station) for assistance with station access, Kelly Shepherd (PERTH) for advice and assistance with the SEM images and Paul Wilson (PERTH) for his invaluable knowledge of Dysphania. References Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2006-)- Australian Plant Name Index-APNl. http://www.anbg.gov.au/apni/ [accessed 29 April 2016]. Fuentes-Bazan, S., Uotila, P. & Borsch, T. (2012). Anovel phylogeny-based generic classification for Chenopodium sensu lato, and a tribal rearrangement of Chenopodioideae (Chenopodiaceae). Willdenowia 42: 5-24. Kadereit, G., Mavrodie, E. V.,Zacharias,E.H. & Sukhorukov, A.P. (2010). Molecular phytogeny ofAtripliceae (Chenopodioideae, Chenopodiaceae): implications for systematics, biogeography, fiower and fruit evolution, and the origin of C^ photosynthesis. American Journal of Botany 97(10): 1664-1687. Mosyakin, S.E. & Clemants, S.E. (2002). New nomenclatural combinations in Dysphania R.Br. (Chenopodiaceae): taxa occurring in North America. Ukrayin ’kyi Botanichnyi Zhurnal 59: 380-385. Mosyakin, S.E. & Clemants, S.E. (2008). Further transfers of glandular-pubescent species from Chenopodium subg. Ambrosia to Dysphania (Chenopodiaceae). Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 2(1): 425-431. Shepherd, K.A. & Wilson, P.G. (2008). New combinations in Dysphania (Chenopodiaceae). Nuytsia 18: 267-272. Shepherd, K.A. & Wilson, P.G. (2009). Clarification of recent combinations in the genus Dysphania (Chenopodiaceae). Nuytsia 19: 198-199. Sukhorukov, A.P. (2012). Taxonomic notes on Dysphania and Atriplex (Chenopodiaceae). Willdenowia 42: 169-180. Sukhorukov, A.P., Zhang, M.-E. & Kushunina, M. (2015). A new species of Dysphania (Chenopodioideae, Chenopodiaceae) from South-West Tibet and East Himalaya. Phytotaxa 203(2): 138-146. Uotila, P. (2013). Dysphania sect. Botryodes (Amaranthaceae s.lat.) in Asia. Willdenowia 43: 65-80. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, https:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 29 April 2016]. Wilson, P.G. (1983). A taxonomic revision of the tribe Chenopodieae (Chenopodiaceae) in Australia. Nuytsia 4(2): 135-262. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 139-164 Published online 1st July 2016 Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years Neil Gibson Science and Conservation Division, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 School of Plant Biology, Faculty of Science, The University of Western Australia, Crawley, Western Australia 6009 email: Neil. Gibson@dpaw. wa.gov. au Abstract Gibson, N. Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years. Nuytsia 27: 139-164 (2016). An analysis of the Western Australian Herbarium collections generated a list of 29 endemic taxa last collected between 1888 and 1965, which are not currently on the Presumed Extinct schedule. On review, four of these taxa are not of immediate concern. The remaining 25 taxa are predominantly shrubs, generally known from very few collections, and are concentrated in heavily cleared bioregions, particularly the Avon Wheatbelt. Two taxa, Ptilotus sericostachyus subsp. roseus (Moq.) Beni and Darwinia divisa Keighery & N.G.Marchant, are recommended for immediate nomination as Presumed Extinct, while the remaining taxa will require further survey and/or taxonomic work to resolve their conservation status. Further survey will be challenging given the general lack of specific geographical and habitat information available for these taxa. Introduction In Western Australia a nomination for listing of a taxon as Threatened or Presumed Extinct is made to the Western Australian Threatened Species Scientific Committee, which makes a recommendation to the Minister for Environment. Any person may submit a nomination via forms available on the Department of Parks and Wildlife website (Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014). Species that have been adequately searched for and for which there is no reasonable doubt that the last individual has died can be listed under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 as Presumed Extinct. This listing gives immediate Ministerial protection to these taxa if they are subsequently relocated in the wild, and is binding on both the public and the Crown. While lists of presumed extinct taxa in Western Australia had been published earlier (e.g. Briggs & Eeigh 1988) these gave no legal protection. The first gazettal of Presumed Extinct taxa was in the Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice of May 1991 and has since then been regularly reviewed and updated. In 1991, 53 taxa were listed as Presumed Extinct (Western Australian Government Gazette 1991); however, over the next two decades, this number rapidly declined as a result of both increased taxonomic research and biological survey (Hopper 2004). The most recent schedule lists 15 taxa as Presumed Extinct (Western Australian Government Gazette 2015). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 140 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) To help focus future survey effort in Western Australia, a review was undertaken to determine taxa that may be candidates for nomination as Presumed Extinct. A list of endemic Western Australian taxa that have not been collected for 50 years was compiled using the collections database (> 700,000 records) at the Western Australia Herbarium (PERTH), and then refined to exclude taxon names for which subspecific ranks were available, or taxa with more recent collections housed at other herbaria (AVH 2016). The list was then discussed with colleagues and updated as necessary. This process resulted in a list of 29 candidate taxa for consideration for listing as Presumed Extinct. A brief synopsis of the available information for these taxa is given below. For definitions of conservation codes used in the text, see Department of Parks and Wildlife (2015). Bioregions follow the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) 7.0 (Department of Environment 2013). Candidate taxa for listing as Presnmed Extinct AMARANTHACEAE Ptilotns sericostachyns subsp. rosens (Moq.) Beni, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 5: 564 (1965). Type location. Nova Hollandia, Swan River [Western Australia]. Illustrations. Figure 1. Description. J.R. Wheeler, 'mFl. Perth Reg. 1: 98 (1987). Diagnosticfeatures. BothP. sericostachyus subsp. roseus andP. sericostachyus (Nees) F.Muell. subsp. sericostachyus have two fertile stamens; however, subsp. roseus has fewer hairs on the basal half of the tepals {cf. silky dense hairs), and bracts 7.5-8 mm long (cf. 5.5-6.5 mm). Ptilotus stirlingii (Eindl.) F.Muell. subsp. stirlingii can be confused with P sericostachyus but has a glabrous staminal cup {cf. hairy) and three fertile stamens (R. Davis pers. comm.). Most recent collection. 1906 (PERTH 00321346). Distribution. Swan Coastal Plain and Jarrah Forest bioregions. Restricted to the Darling Scarp from Perth to Pinjarra (Wheeler 1987). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Notes. Potential habitat on the eastern side of the coastal plain and scarp has been extensively surveyed from 1992-2000 (Keighery & Trudgen 1992; Gibson etal. 1994; Markey 1997; Government ofWestern Australia 2000). It is recommended that this taxon be nominated for listing as Presumed Extinct. N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 141 POR2ON£EM0VeD F0^ llestemJlustraiian Herbarium Ptilotus Deter - rev, — G. Beni, Munchen 196 p H -VeJr. Iti^* FLORA OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Nal. Ord . Loc. .- Coll. Dak Figure 1. Ptilotus sericostachyiis subsp. roseus (Moq.) Beni {R. Helms s.n. PERTH 00240923). Scale bar 4 cm. 142 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) ASTERACEAE Neotysonia phyllostegia (F.Muell.) Paul G.Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. PI. W. Australia 2"^ edn., p. 6 (1985). Type location. Near the upper Murchison River [Western Australia], Illustrations. Figure 2. Description. F. Mueller, The Chemist and Druggist of Australasia 11: 215 (1896). Diagnosticfeatures. Small annual herb. Headlets of flowers depressed-globular or almost hemispheric, involucre consisting of 3-6 leaf-like almost ovate bracts. Flowers numerous, all bisexual, each supported by a large, tender, transparent, almost ovate or elliptic bract. Pappus absent or rudimentary (Mueller 1896). Most recent collection. 1910 (PERTH 00528161). Distribution. In north of Murchison bioregion (near Mt Narryer and upper Murchison River). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Notes. Requires targeted survey in good seasons; was not recorded in recent survey of banded iron formations in this area (Meissner & Owen 2010). Rhodanthe fuscescens (Turez.) Paul G.Wilson, Nuytsia 8: 394 (1992). Type location. Nova Hollandia [Western Australia]. Illustrations. B.J. Grieve & WE. Blackall, How to Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 4: 825, as Podotheca fuscescens (1982). Description. Grieve & Blackall, op. cit. Diagnostic features. Similar to R. oppositifolia (S.Moore) Paul G. Wilson but has leaves that subtend the capitula and very short, brown involucral bracts (Wilson 1992). Most recent collection. 1901 (PERTH 00750743). Distribution. Southern boundary of Avon Wheatbelt bioregion (near Cranbrook). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Habitat is recorded by Diels and Pritzel (1905) as An loci depressi nudis glareoso-argillaceis subnitrosis copiosa' [abundant in certain local depressions with bare gravelly clay and minor calcrete]. N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years FLORA OF AUSTRALfA. HEEB. OF DB. A. MORBISON. BEQUEATHED, 1815. /Cj h ( 071 . WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM PERTH, W.A. F.M^ Loc. . njQLj-,>v-*^ m Coll. Lj-k. 143 Figure 2. Neotysoniaphyllostegia (F.Muell.) Paul G.Wilson (/. Tyson s.n. PERTH 00528161). Scale bar 4 cm. 144 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) An anomalous collection {K.R. Newbey 9650) from some 450 km north of Cranbrook is currently databased as Helipterum fuscescens Turcz. (a synonym of R. fuscescens); however, its identification could not be confirmed as the collection could not be located at PERTH. It is likely to be referable to R. oppositifolia. Further survey in the Cranbrook area is required. Senecio pinnatifolius var. leucocarpus I.Thomps., Muelleria 21: 58-59 (2005). Type location. Middle Mount Barren, Dempster Inlet, Western Australia. Illustrations. Thompson, op. cit. p. 59, Figure 15. Description. Thompson, op. cit. ', I. Thompson, 'mFl. Australia 37: 295 (2015). Most recent collection. 1948 (PERTH 00543942, 00543969). Distribution. Esperance Sandplains bioregion (Dempster Inlet, Middle Mount Barren, Fitzgerald River National Park). Diagnostic features. Has small, crowded, fieshy leaves and long, densely hairy achenes (Thompson 2005). Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Note. Only known from the type location; requires further survey in type location and similar habitats along south coast. Vittadinia cervicularis var. oldfieldii N.T.Burb., Brunonia 5: 40 (1982). Type location. Murchison River, Western Australia. Illustrations. Burbidge, op. cit. p. 66, Plate 4D; p. 70, Plate 8A. Description. Burbidge, op. cit. Diagnostic features. Plants scabrid to hirsute; intermediate and inner involucres without attenuate apices; cypsela faces with 5-7 ribs; cypselas narrowed above but not beaked (Burbidge 1982). Most recent collection. 1931 (PERTH 00522341). Distribution. Carnarvon, Geraldton Sandplains, Swan Coastal Plain, Avon Wheatbelt and Murchison bioregions (widespread from Shark Bay to east of Kalgoorlie and south to Narembeen and upper Swan River). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. A member of a taxonomically complex group in need of further study. N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 145 FABACEAE Labichea deserticola J.H.Ross, Muelleria 6: 32-33 (1985). Type location. Victoria Desert Camp 44, Western Australia. Illustrations. Ross, op. cit. p. 33, Figure 4. Description. Ross, op. cit. ; J.H. Ross, in FI. Australia 12: 150 (1998). Diagnostic features. Differs from L. lanceolata Benth. in having consistently 3-foliolate leaves, the central leaflet being only slightly larger than lateral two; also differing in shape and presence of markedly reticulated veins (Ross 1985). Most recent collection. 1891 (PERTH 04103297, 04097327). Distribution. Great Victoria Desert bioregion (Camp 44 (27°44'S, 126°33'E) of the Elder Scientific Exploration Expedition is c. 40 km east of Connie Sue Highway). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Only known from the type location. Requires resurvey, the site apparently not revisited since the Elder Expedition. Labichea obtrullata J.H.Ross, Muelleria 6: 40^2 (1985). Type location. Gabyon Station, west ofYalgoo, Western Australia. Illustrations. Ross, op. cit. p. 42, Figure 8. Description. Ross, op. cit ; J.H. Ross, in FI. Australia 12: 154 (1998). Diagnostic features. Readily distinguishable from L. lanceolata by its distinctive lateral leaflets which are mostly ± broadly obtrullate (Ross 1985). Most recent collection. 1963 (PERTH 01023969). Distribution. Yalgoo bioregion (Gabyon Station). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Searched for by Ross in spring of 1982 (Ross 1985). Requires further survey; type location in area of heavy goat grazing. 146 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) GYROSTEMONACEAE Gyrostemon sp. Bolgart (C.A. Gardner 8700), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Illustrations. Figure 3. Distribution. Avon Wheatbelt bioregion (west of Bolgart). Diagnostic features. Readily separated from other species by its short leaves and male flowers with c. 35 anthers in multiple whorls. Female plants not known. Most recent collection. 1947 (PERTH 03295508). Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Notes. Only known from a single collection of a male plant; requires further survey and location of female plants to enable taxonomic description. LAMIACEAE Hemigenia sp. major (C.A. Gardner 2677), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Illustrations. Figure 4. Most recent collection. 1931 (PERTH 01071750). Distribution. Avon Wheatbelt and Yalgoo bioregions (between Koolanooka Hills and Kadji Kadji). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Notes. Requires further survey; not located in surveys of banded iron formations in this area (Meissner & Caruso 2008). Teucrium sp. Hutt River (WH. Butler 54), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Illustrations. Figure 5. Most recent collection. 1964 (PERTH 03248453). Distribution. Geraldton Sandplains bioregion (Hutt River). N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 147 HEPRSSCrJTSO fW REFCBENCS H€RBARIU^>'- STATE HERBARIUM. WESTERN AUSTRALIA, Loc. Djittf' ^ Coll. C. A. GARDNER, 19 f^ Date FLORA OF AUSTRALIA PROJECT Det. TEMPORARY SORTJNO SUP ■ W.A. IIcrbarium (PERTH) Please do not base a confirmavii an this laK-f. Sp. Signed Figure 3. Gyrostemon sp. Bolgart (C.A. Gardner 8700) (C.A. Gardner 8700 PERTH 03295508). Scale bar 4 cm. 148 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) ii.4 _ IDENTIFICATION LABEL W.A. Herbarium (PERTH) Checked in W.E.Blackall’s collecting book. ~l‘+2, Shi'nk i-'if-t. rvictMi/e “ hlire. Cirrect dji-i ie^leJber (Se£. cJ.fs C.fl.5a«(„.r .2^77) Signed: M.A. Lewington 12-2007 S ) 1 -J ' Uestern Australian Herbariyi PERTH 01071750 PORTION REMOVED FOR ! REFERENCE HERBARIUM D£f lA'iu ,KTC TEMPORARY SORTING SLIP - W.A Herbarium (PERTH) Plea-se do iiul base a confirmavil on this label. tJrriJt 5^ lt\ajOir 77 7 Signed (S- L- l^£ ^ _. IW =7 WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM PERTH, WA W. E. BLACKALL COLLECTION Coll. it/. T93; Figure 4. Hemigenia sp. major (C.A. Gardner 2677) {W.E. Blackall 742 PERTH 01071750). Scale bar 4 cm. N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 149 Figure 5. Teucrium sp. Hutt River (W.H. Butler 54) (W.H. Butler 54 PERTH 03248453). Scale bar 4 cm. 150 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Notes. Only known from a single collection; requires further survey MALVACEAE Lasiopetalum cenobium K.A.Sheph. & C.F.Wilkins, Nuytsia 25: 173-176 (2015). Type location. New Norcia, Western Australia. Illustrations. Shepherd & Wilkins, op. cit. p. 174, Figure 1. Description. Shepherd & Wilkins, op. cit. Diagnostic features. This species is distinguished from all other rostrate-anthered species of Lasiopetalum Sm. by the following unique combination of characters: large, ovate leaves 17.5^3 mm long and 12.5-28.5 mm wide with a distinctive rugose surface, strongly recurved margin and persistent, scattered to moderately dense, stellate hairs on the adaxial surface; entire outer surface of calyx covered in stellate hairs with 6-12 arms up to 1 mm long at the base; ovary outer surface covered in small, papillose glands and inner surface with stellate hairs (Shepherd & Wilkins 2015). Most recent collection. 1918 (PERTH 01298348, 01298321). Distribution. Avon Wheatbelt bioregion (New Norcia). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Only known from type location; requires further survey in New Norcia area. MYRTACEAE Baeckea sp. Lake Brown (E. Merrall s.n. 1889), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Most recent collection. 1889 (PERTH 06707483, 06707491). Distribution. Avon Wheatbelt bioregion (Take Brown-Mt Moore). Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Note. Only known from a single gathering, requires further survey. N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 151 Baeckea sp. Stirling Range (H. Steedmans.n. 03/1933), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Most recent collection. 1933 (PERTH 07202717). Distribution. Western end of Esperance Sandplains bioregion (Stirling Range). Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Note. Only known from a single collection; requires further survey. Baeckea sp. Upper Swan (Miss M. Eaton s.n. 1888), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Most recent collection. 1888 (PERTH 06901018). Distribution. Swan Coastal Plain bioregion (Upper Swan). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Only known from a single collection; requires further survey. Baeckea sp. Yorkrakine (C.A. Gardner s.n. 09/1933), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Most recent collection. 1933 (PERTH 03378284). Distribution. Avon Wheatbelt bioregion (Yorkrakine). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Only known from a single collection; requires further survey. Darwinia divisa Keighery & N.G.Marchant, Nordic J Bot. 22: 45^7 (2002). Type location. Bendering [Western Australia]. Illustrations. Keighery & Marchant, op. cit. p. 46, Figure 1. Description. Keighery & Marchant, op. cit. Diagnostic features. Unusual in Darwinia Rudge in having a pilose calyx tube and divided calyx lobes (Keighery & Marchant 2002). 152 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Most recent collection. 1965 (PERTH 02625067, 02625075, 02625083, 02625091, 02625105, 02625113, 02625121, 07994877). Distribution. Avon Wheatbelt bioregion (Rendering). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Only known from the type location, this taxon was extensively searched for during wheatbelt surveys during 1997-2000 at the type location and surrounding remnants (Gibson et al. 2004). It is recommended that this taxon be nominated for listing as Presumed Extinct. Hypocalymma connatum Strid & Keighery, Nordic J. Bot. 22: 572 (2002). Type location. Unknown [Western Australia], Wildflower Show Perth. Illustrations. B.E. Rye, PG. Wilson & G.J. Keighery, Nuytsia 23: 308, Figure 6 (2013). Description. Strid & Keighery, op. cit.; Rye et al, op. cit. pp. 306-309. Diagnostic features. Separated from most Hypocalymma (Endl.) Endl. spp. by young stems 3-angled, leaves in whorls of 3 with oil glands in 2 or 3 main, irregular rows on each side of the midvein, and flowers solitary; distinguished from the similar H. verticillare Rye by leaf blades c. 7 x 1-1.5 mm, petals 3.5-4 mm long persistent in fruit, and multiple ovules in each loculus (Rye et al. 2013). Most recent collection. 1935 (PERTH 04231457). Distribution. Unknown. Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Only known from the type specimen, which appeared at the Perth Wildflower Show in 1935. Gardner later acquired the specimen for PERTH. While the origin of that collection is unknown. Rye et al. (2013) suggest it may have come from high rainfall areas of the south-west given its morphological similarities and close relationships to H. verticillare. Further effort to relocate this taxon is required. Scholtzia sp. Nolba (E. Place s.n. Jan. 1964), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Most recent collection. 1964 (PERTH 03628132). Distribution. Geraldton Sandplains (Nolba). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 153 Note. Only known from a single collection; requires further survey. Thryptomene sp. Coolgardie (E. Kelso s.n. 1902), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Most recent collection. 1920 (PERTH 02193736). Distribution. Coolgardie bioregion (Coolgardie). Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Note. Two collections in PERTH list location as ‘Coolgardie’ and ‘Coolgardie district’, with no habitat information; further survey required. Verticordia sp. Dundas (C.A. Gardner 2848), Western Australian Herbarium, 'm FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Illustrations. Figure 6. Diagnosticfeatures. Habit of V. penicillaris, diffuse, horizontally branched; bark grey, deeply Assured; leaves very glaucous; flowers yellow (or light yellow with greenish tinge); bracteoles pink; style-end red (M. Eewington in sched). Most recent collection. 1931 (PERTH 01946781, 01946803, 01946773). Distribution. Coolgardie bioregion (Fake Gilmore-Dundas). Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Note. The Gardner sheets (PERTH 01946781, 01946803) give habitat as red granitic soil and loamy granitic soil. Further survey in Fake Gilmore area required; there are large tracts of intact bushland in this area. ORCHIDACEAE Prasophyllum gracillimum Nicholls, Viet. Naturalist 6A\ 175 (1948). Type location. Yarloop, Western Australia. Illustrations. Nicholls, op. cit. p. 173, Figure G, H, I; A. Brown, P. Dundas, K. Dixon & S. Hopper Orchids ofW. Austral. Plate opposite p. 256 (2008). Description. Nicholls, op. cit. '. Brown etal, op. cit. p. 256. 154 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) H 01946781 IDENTIFICATION LABEL W.A. Herbarium (PERTH) Leujz. deef/y ^ifgufixi; i&oj/ei Jej^ c^lcLiKMt^, F'foums meiisai, ifzL.eJi‘fUs' ' TEMPORARY SORTING SLIP - W.A. Herbarium (PERTH) UA PROJECT Please du not base aconlirmavil on this label. /!3 firr. Y?-rO-20,s Signed S. U. G. A. Gardner; Plantae Australiae occidentalis N... 2 . 84 .?. V^sJlcrfTTlTA; % iTUl^&J^dTTS., TUp 3 jii/Tki' , leg. C. A. Gardner ./^.:..4^C 1931 Figure 6. Verticordia sp. Dundas (C.A. Gardner 2848) {C.A. Gardner 2848 PERTH 01946781). Scale bar 4 cm. N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 155 Diagnostic features. Clements (1989) considers that it differs from P. fimbria Rchb.f in its more slender flower spike and widely separated flowers. Most recent collection. 1944 (PERTH 01596365). Distribution. Swan Coastal Plain bioregion (Yarloop). Conservation status. Not listed, pending taxonomic review. Note. The only gathering of this taxon is the holotype in MEL and an isotype in PERTH. It was considered by George (1971) to be synonymous with P. fimbria and accepted as such by Rye (1987). Clements (1989) disagreed and considered it a good species. Hoffman and Brown (1992) followed Clements and state that it is common in burnt winter-wet swamps across the lower south-west from Perth to Albany. Brown et al. (2008) consider it elusive and suggest it is a slender form of P. fimbria but requires further study. Recent held guides (Brown et al. 2013; Brundrett 2014) also consider it to be a slender form of P. fimbria. Further collections especially from the type location would assist in determining its taxonomic and conservation status. POACEAE Sorghum plumosum var. teretifolium Lazarides, Syst. Bot. 4: 629 (1991). 7}pe location. 14 km south-east of Bedford Downs Station East Kimberleys, Western Australia. Illustrations. None found. Description. Lazarides, op. cit. ; M. Lazarides, F. Quinn, J. Palmer, 'mFl. Kimberley Reg. p. 1221 (1992). Diagnostic features. This variety is distinguished by its unique blade, which is 1-2 mm wide and terete except for its flattened apex. It consists of an enlarged, pithy midvein with much-reduced, adnate or closely appressed lamina. This, together with its extreme length (60 cm or more), is its only distinguishing feature from ym. plumosum (Lazarides 1991). Most recent collection. 1959 (PERTH 00401064). Distribution. Central Kimberley bioregion (Bedford Downs Station). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Only known from the type location. Spangler (2003) combined Sorghum plumosum (R.Br.) PBeauv. and several related species into a more broadly-defined Sarga plumosum (R.Br.) Spangler. This taxonomy is not followed by the Australian Plant Census (APC 2016). Further survey work is required to resolve its taxonomic and conservation status. 156 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Triodia prona Lazarides, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 463^64 (1997). Type location. 40 miles (64.5 km) south-east of Kununurra, Carr Boyd Range, near Thompson’s Springs, Northern Province, Western Australia. Illustrations. M. Lazarides, C.M. Weiller & A. McCusker, in FI. Australia 44B: 235, Figure 36 A-B (2005). Description. Lazarides, op. cit.; Lazarides etal., op. cit. p. 248. Diagnostic features. This species is distinguished by its procumbent flowering stems, which are unique in the genus. In spikelet morphology it resembles T. salina Lazarides, which has more heavily resinous foliage and much longer lemma lobes and awns (Lazarides et al. 2005). Most recent collection. 1963 (PERTH 04959841). Distribution. Victoria Bonaparte bioregion (near Thompson Springs). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Only known from the type location; requires further survey. PROTEACEAE Grevillea sp. Shark Bay (N.H. Speck 24/09/1953), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 28 January 2016]. Illustrations. Figure 7. Diagnostic features. An annotation in pencil on the lower left of the PERTH sheet reads ‘persistent floral bracts and smooth fruit suggest a relationship with G. vestita [(Endl.) Meisn.], probably a new species’. Most recent collection. 1953 (PERTH 01900609). Distribution. Carnarvon bioregion (Shark Bay). Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Note. Only known from a single gathering with duplicates in CANB and PERTH. Review of other collections made by Speck in September 1953 suggests he travelled north on the North West Coastal Highway then turned west off the highway north of Nerren Nerren and approached Hamelin Pool from the south. He later proceeded north to the vicinity of Carnarvon via North West Coastal Highway. None of his other collections are labelled Shark Bay. It appears likely that he made this collection between Hamelin Pool and Carnarvon, as there are no collections from further west or north of Hamelin Pool. N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 157 ireuillea sp. Shark Bou (io,H.bpeck , A4./oVi<^S'33 Signed l THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA HERBARIUM BOTANY DEPARTMENT Name ty~; Habitat Locality Coll. Det. Date No. Figure 7. Grevillea sp. Shark Bay (N.H. Speck 24/09/1953) (N.H. Speck s.n. PERTH 01900609). Scale bar 10 cm. 158 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Further surveys are required to resolve taxonomic and conservation status. RHAMNACEAE Stenanthemum bilobum Rye, Nuytsia 10: 281-282 (1995). Type location. 262 km from Mt Magnet on Geraldton road, Western Australia. Illustrations. Rye, op. cit. p. 283, Figure 7 A-E. Description. Rye, op. cit. Diagnostic features. The leaves of this species are very distinctive and immediately distinguish it from all other members of the genus. It could be confused with S. notiale Rye, which differs in having stipules connate for about a quarter to half their length, flat or less prominently recurved leaf margins and either an entire or acutely toothed leaf apex (Rye 1995). Most recent collection. 1963 (PERTH 01539698). Distribution. Geraldton Sandplains bioregion (near Tenindewa). Conservation status. Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Note. Only known from the type collection; requires further survey. Stenanthemum cristatum Rye, Nuytsia 10: 284 (1995). Type location. Near East Mt Barren, Western Australia. Illustrations. Rye, op. cit. p. 283, Figure 7 F-K. Description. Rye, op. cit.', B.E. Rye, Nuytsia 13: 502 (2001). Diagnostic features. This species could be confused with S. intricatum Rye and S. notiale, which differ in having shorter floral hairs and a shallowly scooped disc (Rye 1995). Most recent collection. 1931 (PERTH 01541900, 01541897, 01541889, 01541870). Distribution. Esperance Sandplains bioregion (East Mt Barren and Mid Mt Barren, Fitzgerald River National Park - considered unlikely, see note below). Conservation status. Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 159 Note. The four sheets of this taxon were all collected on the same day. Three are duplicates of a Gardner number {C.A. Gardner 2947) and one represents a Blackall and Gardner collection {W.E. Blackall & C.A. Gardner 1406) that was originally in BlackalTs personal herbarium. On this sheet (PERTH 01541870) the location is given as ‘Plains near Mid Mt Barren’ both in pencil and on the label. However BlackalTs collecting book gives the location as ‘Between Ravensthorpe and Hopetoun’ (M. Lewington in sched.). This latter location appears correct as the other 37 collections made by Gardner on that date were all from the Ravensthorpe-Hopetoun area. Gardner is known to have referred to the entire Barren Range system as the Mid Mt Barren Range. The Gardner sheets from East Mt Barren give the habitat as gravelly soil. Requires further survey. SCROPHULARIACEAE Eremophila glabra subsp. Morawa(C.A. Gardner 7521), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Illustrations. A. Brown & B. Buirchell, A Field Guide to the Fremophilas ofW. Austral. , p. 132 (2011). Description. Brown & Buirchell, op. cit. Diagnostic features. Prostrate habit; bright green leaves; yellow corolla (Brown & Buirchell 2011). Most recent collection. 1945 (PERTH 07355599). Distribution. Northern Avon Wheatbelt bioregion (near Morawa). Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Note. Only known from a single collection, however Brown and Buirchell (2011) illustrate this taxon with recent photographs. Further collections would assist in determining its taxonomic and conservation status. Eremophila glabra subsp. Rason Lake (R.D. Royce 5582), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Illustrations. A. Brown & B. Buirchell, A Field Guide to the Fremophilas ofW. Austral. , p. 133 (2011). Description. Brown & Buirchell, op. cit. Diagnostic features. Similar to typical subspecies but has a lower, bushier habit and green rather than grey leaves (Brown & Buirchell 2011). Most recent collection. 1956 (PERTH 02403765). Distribution. Coolgardie bioregion (near Zanthus). Conservation status. Not listed. 160 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Note. Only known from a single collection, however Brown and Buirchell (2011) illustrate this taxon with recent photographs and a distribution map which indicates it extends along the Trans-Australian railway line. Their text indicates it occurs from Rawlinna north to Laverton. Further collections would assist in determining its taxonomic and conservation status. Eremophila sp. Murgoo (S.J.J. Davies s.n. 15/8/1960), Western Australian Herbarium, mFloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Illustrations. A. Brown&B. BuirchQW, A Field Guide to the Eremophilas of W Austral. ,p. 309 (2011). Description. Brown & Buirchell, op. cit. Diagnostic features. Grey-green, soft felty leaves 40-70 mm long; light green hairy sepals 15-20 mm long X 7-9 mm wide, with mauve-purple or bluish corolla 30-35 mm long; related to E. clarkei A.F.Oldfield & F.Muell. (Brown & Buirchell 2011). Most recent collection. 1960 (PERTH 06039294). Distribution. Murchison bioregion (Mileura Station). Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Note. Only known from a single collection, however Brown and Buirchell (2011) illustrate this taxon with recent photographs. Their text and distribution map indicates it occurs between Murgoo and Yuin Stations. Further collections would assist in determining its taxonomic and conservation status. Discussion From this review four taxa appear not to be of immediate concern. The three unnamed Eremophila spp. are apparently extant but with no recent collections in PERTH. The taxon currently determined as Prasophyllum gracillimum is likely to be a variant of the widespread P. fimbria, but this needs taxonomic confirmation. Most of the remaining 25 taxa are shrubs (Table 1) with distributions concentrated in the Avon Wheatbelt, adjacent coastal bioregions and the southern sandplains, all of which have been heavily cleared for agriculture (Figure 8). Only two taxa (Darwinia divisa and Ptilotus sericostachyus subsp. roseus) have had sufficient recent survey to fulfil the requirements for proposing as Presumed Extinct. Five taxa (Labichea deserticola, Senecio pinnatifolius var. leucocarpus. Sorghum plumosum var. teretifolium, Triodiaprona, Verticordia sp. Dundas) occur in remote and/or largely intact landscapes with a good chance of relocation. Two further taxa {Labichea obtrullata, Lasiopetalum cenobium) have a much bleaker outlook given their only known collections come from heavily grazed or cleared areas, and both species have had specific targeted surveys that have failed to relocate plants. The taxonomic and conservation status of Vittadinia cervicularis var. oldfieldii is unclear, as it belongs to a complex taxonomic group in need of further revisionary work. The remaining 16 taxa have little specific geographical or habitat information available (Table 1), which will will make the required targeted surveys for these taxa challenging. Progress on formal description of the phrased named taxa has also been significantly hampered by the lack of collections. N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 161 Table 1. The 29 candidate species for listing as Presumed Extinct categorised by lifeform, habitat (where available), bioregion, last collected and number of sheets in PERTH and other herbaria. * indicates only known from type location; * * indicates only known from type collection with no location information. Taxon Last Collection PERTH sheets Other herbaria Lifeform Habitat Bioregion Baeckea sp. Lake Brown 1889 2 - Shrub - AVO Baeckea sp. Stirling Range 1933 1 1 Shrub - ESP Baeckea sp. Upper Swan 1888 1 - Shrub - SCP Baeckea sp. Yorkrakine 1933 1 - Shrub - AVO *Darwima divisa 1965 8 - Shrub - MAL Eremophila glabra subsp. Morawa 1945 1 Shrub Sandy soil around salt lakes' AVO Eremophila glabra subsp. Rason Lake 1956 1 - Shrub Sandy soils' COO Eremophila sp. Murgoo 1960 1 - Shrub Seasonally wet areas' MUR Grevillea sp. Shark Bay 1953 1 - Shrub - CAR Gyrostemon sp. Bolgart 1947 1 - Shrub - AVO Hemigenia sp. major 1931 3 - Shrub - AVO, YAL **Hypocalymma connatum 1935 1 - Shrub - ? *Labichea deserticola 1891 2 5 Shrub Sandstone ridge GVD ^Lahichea obtrullata 1963 2 2 Shrub - YAL *Lasiopetalum cenobium 1918 2 - Shrub - AVO Neotysonia phyllostegia 1910 2 6 Annual herb - MUR *Prasophyllum gracillimum 1944 1 1 Geophyte - SCP Ptilotus sericostachyus subsp. roseus 1906 4 5 Perennial herb - JF, SCP Rhodanthe fuscescens 1901 2 4 Annual herb Clayey depressions AVO Scholtzia sp. Nolba 1964 1 - Shrub - GER *Senecio pinnatifolius var. leucocarpus 1948 2 Annual/ perennial herb ESP "^Sorghum plumosum var. teretifolium 1959 1 2 Perennial grass - CK ^Stenanthemum bilobum 1963 1 - Shrub - GER *Stenanthemum cristatum 1931 4 3 Shrub Gravelly soil ESP Teucrium sp. Hutt River 1964 1 - Shrub - GER Thryptomene sp. Coolgardie 1920 2 - Shrub - COO 162 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Taxon Last Collection PERTH sheets Other herbaria Lifeform Habitat Bioregion *Triodia prona 1963 1 7 Perennial grass Lower sandstone slopes VB Verticordia sp. Dundas 1931 3 - Shrub Red granitic soil COO Vittadinia cervicularis var. oldfieldii 1931 2 14 Annual herb ?Red alluvial soil AVO,GER, ?SCP, MUR 1) Habitat information from Brown and Buirchall (2011). Figure 8. Frequency of the 25 candidate taxa by bioregions. The three extant Eremophila spp. and Prasophylliim gracillimum not included. Bioregion codes: AVO, Avon Wheatbelt; CAR, Carnarvon; CK, Central Kimberley; COO, Coolgardie; ESP, Esperance Plains; GER, Geraldton Sandplains; GVD, Great Victoria Desert; JF, Jarrah Forest; MAE, Mallee; MUR, Murchison; SCP, Swan Coastal Plain; VB, Victoria Bonaparte; YAL, Yalgoo. N. Gibson, Western Australian plant taxa not collected for more than 50 years 163 Acknowledgements I would like to thank B. Rye, A. George, R Wilson, R. Davis, R Olde, M. Hislop, K. Shepherd, S. Dillon and K. Thiele for helpful discussion on particular groups, J. Wege and K. Shepherd for editorial advice and J. Rercy-Bower for assistance with scanning. K. Thiele provided access to the herbarium database. M. Smith and J. Silcock are thanked for their constructive comments on an earlier draft. References APC (2016). Australian Plant Census, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria, http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/about-APC. html [accessed 28 January 2016], AVH (2016). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria, http://avh.chah.org.au [accessed 28 January 2016]. Briggs, J.D. & Leigh, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian plants: special publication 14. (Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service: Canberra.) Brundrett, M. (2014). Identification and ecology of Southwest Australian orchids: a user friendly guide. (Western Australian Naturalists’ Club: Perth.) Brown, A. & Buirchell, B. (2011). A field guide to eremophilas of Western Australia. (Simon Neville Publications: York, Western Australia.) Brown, A., Dundas, P, Dixon, K. & Hopper, S. (2008). Orchids of Western Australia. (University of Western Australia Press: Crawley, Western Australia.) Brown, A., Dixon, K., French, C. & Brockman, G (2013). Field guide to the orchids of Western Australia. (Simon Neville Publications: Floreat, Western Australia.) Burbidge, N.T. (1982). A revision of Vittadinia A. Rich. (Compositae) together with reinstatement of Eurybiopsis DC. and description of a new genus, Camptacra. Brunonia 5: 1-72. Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae. Australian Orchid Research 1: 1-160. Diels, L. & Pritzel, E. (1905). Fragmentaphytographiae Australiae occidentalis. Botanische Jahrbiicherfur Systematik35: 629. Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 2 January 2014]. Department of Parks and Wildlife (2014). Guidelines to nominate a Western A ustralian species for listing as threatened, change of category, or (ie//5r/>7g-2074. https://www.dpaw.wa.gov.au/images/documents/plants-animals/threatened-species/Eistings/ Threatened_Species_Nomination_Guidelines_2014.pdf [accessed 30 May 2016], Department of Parks and Wildlife (2015). Conservation codes for Western Australianfioraandfauna. https://www.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ images/documents/plants-animals/threatened-species/Eistings/conservation_code_definitions.pdf [accessed 30 May 2016]. George, A.S. (1971). A check list of the Orchidaceae of Western Australia. Nuytsia 1: 166-196. Gibson, N., Keighery, B.J., Keighery, G.J., Burbidge, A.H., & Eyons, M.N. (1994). A fioristic survey of the southern Swan Coastal Plain. A report to Heritage Council of Western Australia and Australian Heritage Commission. (Department of Conservation and Eand Management: Perth, Western Australia.) Gibson, N., Keighery, G.J., Eyons, M.N., Webb, A. (2004). Terrestrial flora and vegetation of the Western Australian wheatbelt. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 61'. 139-189. Government ofWestern Australia (2000). BushForever. Volume 2: directory ofBush Forever sites. (Department of Environmental Protection: Perth, Western Australia.) Hoffman, N. & Brown, A. (1992). (University of Western Australian Press: Nedlands, Western Australia.) Hopper, S. (2004). South-Western Australia, Cinderella of the World’s Temperate Fioristic Regions 2. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 21:132-180. Jones, A. (2014). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia) Keighery, B. & Trudgen, M. (1992). Remnant vegetation on the alluvial soils of the eastern side of the Swan Coastal Plain. (Department of Conservation and Eand Management: Perth, Western Australia.) Keighery, G.J. & Marchant, N.G. (2002). A new species of Darwinia (Myrtaceae) from Western Australia. Nordic Journal of Botany 22: 45-47. 164 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Lazarides, M., Weiller, C.M. & McCusker, A. (2005). Triodia. In: Mallett, K. (ed.) Flora of Australia Vol. 44B. pp. 203-256. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Markey, A. (1997). A floristic survey of the northern Darling Scarp. A report for the Western Australian Department of Conservation and Land Management, the Western Australian Department of Environmental Protection and the Western Australian Conservation Council for the Australian Heritage Commission. (Department of Conservation and Land Management; Perth, Western Australia) Meissner, R. & Caruso, Y. (2008). Flora and vegetation of banded iron formations of the Yilgam Craton: Koolanooka and Perenjori Hills. Conservation Science Western Australia 1: 73-88. Meissner, R. & Owen, G. (2010). Flora and vegetation of banded iron formations of the Yilgarn Craton: western Narryer Terrane. Conservation Science Western Australia 1: 617-628. Mueller, F.J.H. von (1896). Anew gnaphaloid plant from Western Australia. The Chemist and Druggist of Australasia 11:215. Ross, J.H. (1985). A revision of the genus Labichea Gaudich. Ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae). Muelleria 6 : 23-49. Rye, B.L. (1987). Prasophyllum. In: Marchant, N.G., Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.L., Bennett, E.M., Lander, N.S. & Macfarlane, T.D. Flora of the Perth region. Vol. 2. pp. 831-839. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.) Rye, B.L. (1995). New and priority taxa in the genera Cryptandra and Stenanthemum (Rhamnaceae) of Western Australia. Nuytsia 10: 255-305. Rye, B.L., Wilson, PG. & Keighery, G.J. (2013). A revision of the species of Hypocalymma (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae) with smooth or colliculate seeds. Nuytsia 23: 283-312. Shepherd, K.A. & Wilkins, C.F. (2015). A revision of species from the tribe Lasiopetaleae (Byttnerioideae: Malvaceae) with rostrate anthers. Nuytsia 25: 171-189. Spangler, R.E. (2003). Taxonomy of Sarga, Sorghum and Vacoparis (Poaceae: Andropogoneae). Australian Systematic Botany 16: 279-299. Thompson, I.R. (2005). Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifoliuslS. lautus complex. Muelleria 21: 23-76. Western Australian Government Gazette (1991). Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice 1991. Western Australian Government Gazette 17 May 1991 70: 2468-2473. Western Australian Government Gazette (2015). Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice 2015. Western Australian Government Gazette 3 Nov 2015 166: 4525-4531. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 January 2016]. Wheeler, J.R. (1987). Ptilotus. In: Marchant, N.G., Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.L., Bennett, E.M., Lander, N.S. & Macfarlane, T.D. Flora of the Perth region. Vol. 1. pp. 94-98. (Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.) Wilson, PG. (1992). The classification of Australian species currently included in Helipterum and related genera (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae): Part \ . Nuytsia 8: 379-438. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 165-202 Published online 1st July 2016 A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) Andrew A. Burbidge Western Australian Wildlife Research Centre and Western Australian Herbarium, c/o Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: amburbidge@westnet.com.au Abstract Burbidge, A. A. A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae). Nuytsia 27: 165-202 (2016). Beaufortia R.Br. (Myrtaceae) is endemic to the south-west of Western Australia and is almost confined to the South-West Botanical Province, with a few species extending a short distance into the Eremaean. Twenty-two species are recognised in this revision of the genus, including three new species: B. burbidgeae A.A.Burb., B. kwongkanicola A.A.Burb. and B. raggedensis A.A.Burb. Beaufortia puberula Turcz. is reinstated andR. inter starts F.Muell. placed into synonymy under it. Lectotypes are selected for R. anisandra Schauer, B. dampieri A.Cmm., B. elegans Schauer, B. empetrifolia (Rchb.) Schauer, B. micrantha Schauer, B. micrantha var. puberula Benth., B. orbifolia F.Muell., B. schaueri Preiss ex Schauer, B. schaueri var. (?) atrorubens Benth., B. sparsa R.Br. and B. squarrosa Schauer. Introduction Beaufortia R.Br. has been considered a separate genus since 1812; however, its retention has been disputed. Ladiges et al. (1999; 2003), Brown et al. (2001), Wilson et al. (2001; 2005) and Edwards et al. (2010) have analysed molecular data from some species within the tribe Melaleuceae Burnett and reported evidence for the non-monophyly of Melaleuca!., and evidence that other currently recognised genera of the tribe {Beaufortia, Calothamnus Eabill., Conothamnus Eindl., Eremaea Eindl., Lamarchea GmdiXQh.^Petraeomyrtus Craven, Phymatocarpus F.Muell. mdRegelia Schauer) are closely related to it. Edwards etal. (2010) foreshadowed the merging of all these genera into Melaleuca. However, they noted that Beaufortia was monophyletic and proposed it be retained as a subgenus within Melaleuca. Craven et al. (2014), following up this work, made new combinations and selected new names to transfer all species of Beaufortia (and all other genera in the Melaleuceae) to Melaleuca, but did not discuss or designate subgenera, nor did they discuss the alternative approach of describing new genera within Melaleuca. George (2010), in a revision of Calothamnus, presented arguments that that genus should be retained and the same reasoning applies to Beaufortia. the genus is readily recognisable and there is no convincing evidence that merging it into a very large genus would be beneficial. Furthermore, Craven et al. (2014) acknowledged that additional work was required before it would be possible to present a robust infrageneric classification of Melaleuca as they defined it. Methods This study is based on field work, mainly between 1985 and 1994, and the study of dried specimens. All specimens examined are housed at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH), except those types © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 166 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) mentioned in text. All measurements were taken from dried pressed material. Leaf measurements were taken from the larger leaves. The type specimens of taxa named by Turczaninov at KW are treated herein as holotypes since he is not known to have viewed other material. Distribution is described according to Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) version 7 bioregions and subregions (Department of the Environment 2013). Those relevant to this paper are as follows: Avon Wheatbelt (subregions: Merredin, Katanning); Coolgardie (subregions: Mardabilla, Southern Cross); Esperance Plains (subregions: Fitzgerald, Recherche); Geraldton Sandplains (subregions: Geraldton Hills, Eesueur Sandplain); Jarrah Forest (subregions: Northern Jarrah Forest, Southern Jarrah Forest); Mallee (subregions: Eastern Mallee, Western Mallee); Swan Coastal Plain (subregions: Dandaragan Plateau, Perth); Warren; Yalgoo (subregion: Edel). Description of genus Beaufortia R.Br., in WT. Aiton, Hort. Kew. 2"^ edn, 4: 418 (1812). Lectotype: Beaufortia decussata KBx.^fide J.C. Schauer, Regelia, Beaufortia, Caloth. 13 (1843) [= Aov. Act. Acad. Leop.-Caes. Nat. Cur. 21: 9 (1845)] (Chapman 1991). Beaufortia sect. Schizopleura Eindl., Edward’s Bot. Reg. Appendix to Vols 1 -23, ix (1893). Schizopleura (Eindl.) End!., in J. Eindley & S.E. Endlicher, Gen. Plantarum 2, 1228 (1840). Type: not designated. Shrubs to 3 m high. Leaves usually sessile, occasionally shortly petiolate, opposite and decussate in most species, glandular. Flowers aggregated into spikes or heads, with all flowers bisexual, all flowers male, or with a mixture of bisexual and male flowers. Bracts usually present, triangular or trullate, \-c. 21-veined or sometimes the veins obscure, often shed at anthesis. Bracteoles usually present, long, narrow (± terete), hairy, sometimes persistent on young fruits. Flowers 5-merous. Hypanthium campanulate, green, brown or red, glabrous or hairy. Sepals triangular or trullate, 0-5-veined, glabrous, ciliate or hairy. Petals small, scarious, usually ciliate, often falling at or after anthesis. Stamens 1 5-c. 40, in 5 bundles opposite the petals, with 3-9 per bundle, red to scarlet, mauve to purple, orange, pink or occasionally white, united into a staminal claw and separated distally into free filaments far shorter than to c. 3 X longer than the claw. Anthers basiflxed, erect, non-versatile, transversely dehiscent across the apex by 2 curved slits. Style fllifomi; stigma small, capitate. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 1 per locule. Fruit a woody capsule, persistent, either connate to adjacent fruits (‘united’) or clustered (close but maintaining a separate identity and peg-like), serotinous. Distinguishing features. Beaufortia is readily distinguished from other genera in the tribe Melaleuceae by having basiflxed anthers opening at the top by transverse slits and a solitary ovule in each loculus. Phenology. Flowering occurs throughout the year; however, most flowering is in late spring, summer and autumn. Distribution and habitat. Beaufortia is widespread in the south-west of Western Australia, from Bernier Island, Shark Bay, south and east to Eyre near the Great Australian Bight (Figure 1). The genus is almost limited to the South-West Botanical Province, with B. bracteosa Diels, B. orbifolia F.Muell. and B. schaueri Preiss ex Schauer extending marginally into the Southern Cross subregion of the Coolgardie bioregion of the Eremaean, and B. micrantha Schauer and B. puberula Turcz. extending A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 167 Figure 1. Distribution of the genus Beaufortia in south-west Western Australia. up to 140 km into the Southern Cross subregion (the South-western Interzone of Burbidge 1960). Beaufortia sprengelioides (DC.) Craven occurs as far north as Bernier Island in the Edel subregion of the Yalgoo bioregion, while B. empetrifolia (Rchb.) Schauer extends eastward along the south coast to Eyre in the Mallee bioregion. Beaufortia species grow in sand, sandy loam and clay, particularly over laterite and sometimes over granite; also in a range of stony soils including laterite, and occasionally limestone. Many species grow in kwongkan, other shrublands or woodland, but some occur in forests or swamps. Etymology. Named after the Duchess of Beaufort, Mary Somerset (1630-1714). Common name. The name ‘Bottlebrush’ has been applied to some species of Beaufortia. This name is widely applied to Callistemon R.Br. species and its use in Beaufortia can be confusing as only a few species have an inflorescence structure similar to species of Callistemon. I propose that ‘Bottlebrush’ be retained for those species with this type of flower {B. decussata R.Br., B. orbifolia and B. sparsa R.Br.) and that all others be known as ‘Beaufortia’ with appropriate added descriptors. Response to fire. Beaufortia has serotinous fruits that release seeds after Are (Eamont et al. 1991). Most species regenerate only from seed; however, B. macrostemon Eindl. and B. sparsa, both with distributions in areas of high rainfall where Are is relatively frequent, can re-sprout from a lignotuberous root-stock. 168 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Pollination. Limited information suggests pollination is mainly by honeyeaters (Meliphagidae) and the honey possum (Tarsipes rostratus), although the pygmy possum (Cercartetus concinnus), a megachilid bee and a halictid bee have been recorded visiting flowers, as has the introduced honey bee (Apis mellifera) (Brown et al. 1997). Museum of Victoria (2015) records several species of native bees from the families Apidae, Colletidae, Halictidae and Megachilidae visiting Beaufortia species and Brooks et al. (1998) reported that wasps and unidentifled bees had been observed feeding on B. aestiva K.J.Brooks, so insects may be significant pollinators. Honey possums at Cheyne Beach were shown to carry loads of Beaufortia pollen, as well as the pollen of other plant genera (Hopper 1980). Chromosome number. Beaufortia species have diverged from the base number of w = 11 that typifies Melaleuca and most other Myrtaceae, with B. decussata and B. sparsa having « = 10 and B. bicolor Strid, B. elegans Schauer, B. purpurea Lindf, B. schaueri and B. squarrosa Schauer having w = 8 (Rye 1979). Notes. The oldest known Beaufortia specimen, of B. sprengelioides (syn. B. dampieri A.Cunn.), was collected on Dirk Hartog Island in 1699 by William Dampier and is lodged at the Fielding-Druce Herbarium, Oxford (OXF) (Dampier 1703; George 1999: 48). The inflorescence may contain some male as well as bisexual flowers or be all male. Anther morphology is very distinctive in Beaufortia. Anther cells open across their adaxial surface by a curved slit, with a more or less semi-circular area on the small inner side of the slit, the larger outer surface usually curved, but acute and projecting in the type species B. decussata. Species with the more common, curved anthers have been placed in sect. Schizopleura Lindl., or even treated as the genus Schizopleura (Lindl.) Endl. (see synonyms listed above). Key to Beaufortia species 1. Inflorescence a spike 2. Leaves spiral (sometimes sub-opposite). B. sparsa 2: Leaves opposite and decussate 3. Staminal filaments 3-5 per bundle. Infmctescence with constituent fruits closely packed and not retaining a separate identity. B. orbifolia 3: Staminal filaments 6-9 per bundle. Infmctescence not closely packed, the constituent fmits ‘peg-like’ and retaining a significant separate identity. B. decussata 1: Inflorescence a head or head-like 4. Staminal bundles very unequal in length. B. anisandra 4: Staminal bundles ± equal in length 5. Staminal bundles with free filaments noticeably shorter than claw (usually c. 1/4-1/2 as long) 6. Staminal bundles glabrous 7. Flowers markedly two-coloured: yellow-orange and red (Badgingarra area). B. bicolor 7: Flowers not or only slightly two-coloured (Alexander Morrison NP to near Busselton). B. squarrosa 6: Staminal bundles with claw hairy, at least at base of inner surface A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 169 8. Leaves terete, 0.2-0.4 mm wide. Staminal bundles scarlet or deep red proximally and pale green or pink distally.B. burbidgeae 8: Leaves not terete, 0.5-5 mm wide. Staminal bundles not coloured as above 9. Shrub commonly lignotuberous, with mature leaves >9 mm long. B. macrostemon 9: Shrub non-lignotuberous, with mature leaves <9 mm long 10. Sepals hairy. Leaves hairy, greyish green, grey or bluish grey. B. incana 10: Sepals ciliate. Leaves ciliate or glabrous, medium to dark green.B. cyrtodonta 5: Staminal bundles with free filaments longer than or ± equal to the claw 11. Staminal bundles with free filaments noticeably longer than the claw (usually c. twice as long) 12. Leaves ± appressed, 1-2 mm long.B. micrantha 12: Leaves not appressed, (L5-)2-5.5 mm long 13. Staminal bundles pink, with base of claw and tip of filaments red; claw partly hairy.B. schaueri 13: Staminal bundles pink to red or mauve; claw glabrous.B. elegans 11: Staminal bundles with free filaments ± equal in length to claw 14. Staminal bundles with 7-10 filaments. B. sprengelioides 14: Staminal bundles mostly with 3-6 filaments (occasional bundles may have 7) 15. Staminal bundles glabrous 16. Leaves 3-7 mm wide, 5-7-veined. Staminal bundles >14 mm long.B. aestiva 16: Leaves 1-3 mm wide, 1-3-veined. Staminal bundles <12 mm long.B. elegans 15: Staminal bundles hairy on inside of claw (rarely glabrous in B. puberula) 17. Leaves typically spreading at 30°-70° from stem, 1.5-2.5(-3) mm long.B. empetrifolia 17: Leaves spreading at less than 30° from stem, (2.5-)3-l 1 mm long in most species but down to 1.5 mm long in B. puberula 18. Leaves glabrous 19. Petals yellow to orange (occurs in northern kwongkan). B. kwongkanicola 19: Petals pink-brown to deep red 20. Leaves 2.5-4 mm long. Bracts and bracteoles 2.5-4 mm long (occurs in Wheatbelt).B. bracteosa 20: Leaves (3-)6-ll mm long. Bracts and bracteoles 4.5-9 mm long (occurs in Darling Range near Perth).B. purpurea 18: Leaves ciliate to hairy or glabrescent 21. Leaves 1.5-4 mm long.B. puberula 21: Leaves 5-10 mm long 22. Bracts pinkish green to red, 5-veined (occurs mainly N of Perth).B. eriocephala 22: Bracts brown, 1-veined (occurs far E of Perth, on Russell Range).B. raggedeusis 170 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Species descriptions Beaufortia aestiva K.J.Brooks, Nuytsia 12(2): 164 (1998). Melaleuca aestiva (K.J.Brooks) Craven & R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 664 (2014). Type: 4 km north of Binnu on old section of highway to the west of North West Coastal Highway, Western Australia, 25 December 1996, K.J. Brooks 96004 {holo\ PERTH 04951719!; iso\ CANB 5231961, K 0007936241, NSW 5420611). Shrub 0.7-2 m tall and to 2 m across, dense, rounded or spreading. Leaves opposite, adjacent pairs overlapping, shortly petiolate, obovate to ovate, 4-11 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, 5-7-veined, glabrous. Inflorescence terminal, a head. Bracts triangular, c. 3 mm long and wide, 3-5-veined, sparsely ciliate at base. Bracteoles 2-3 mm long, hairy. Hypanthium 2.5-4 mm long, glabrous to sparsely hairy. Sepals broadly triangular, 1.2-3.3 mm long, 1-3.5 mm wide, 1-3-veined, ciliate. Petals narrowly elliptic, cream, pale green or pale orange-red, 4.3-5.5 mm long, 1.4-2.6 mm wide, glabrous or ciliate. Staminal bundles claw yellow, orange or red, 7-10 mm long, glabrous; free filaments 5-7, yellow- orange, 7-12 mm long. Style red or red proximally and yellow distally. Anthers red. Fruits in clusters of 2-16, peg-like, 7-15 mm long, 6-15 mm wide. (Figure 2) Diagnostic features. Differs from other members of the genus by having staminal bundles 14-20 mm long, with 5-7 free filaments that are about the same length as the claw. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: Kalbarri National Park 15 km along track to the Z-bend from the intersection with the Ajana-Kalbarri Rd, 7 Sep. 1990, D.E. Albrecht & B.A. Fuhrer DEA4266 (PERTH); Eivesey W of Tammin, 8 Nov. 1994, L. Atkins 181 (PERTH); 5 km along road to Take Indoon from Brand Hwy junction, 30 Dec. 1996, K.J. Brooks 96008 (PERTH); 16.2 km from Mullewa along Sutherland and Beaumont Rds, 27 Oct. 2003, G. Byrne 633 (PERTH); Indarra Reserve, 2 km from S end on Moore Rd, 1 July 2001, J. Docherty 65 (PERTH); North West Coastal Hwy 24 miles N of the Murchison River Bridge, 6 Sep. 1966, R. Filson 8595 (PERTH); 18 km N of Yuna on the Dairy Creek-Gascoyne Junction Rd, 10 Sep. 1984, D.B. Foreman 635 (PERTH); 5.1 km along road that is 1 km N of Binnu on North West Coastal Hwy, 2 Oct. 1988, J.M. Fox 88/108 (PERTH); Tammin, 27NOV. 1920, C.H. G(3r10 mm long and c. 8 (6-9) free staminal filaments, and from B. orbifolia by the infructescences not being closely packed, the constituent fruits being ‘peg-like’ and retaining a significant separate identity. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: 15.5 km E of Walpole, Nut Rd, Walpole- Nornalup National Park, 17 Jan. 1989, A.R. Annels 646 (PERTH); plot 5456 Boulder Hill, Two Peoples Bay area, 28 May 1992, A.R. Annels 2200 (PERTH); 20 miles N of Walpole on South West Hwy, 15 Feb. 1973, P. Christensen s.n. (PERTH); plotWFM 17, Surprise forest block, 4.4 km W ofNornalup Rd on Mountain Rd, 9 Sep. 2010, R.J. Cranfield & B. G. Ward RJC 24963 (PERTH); Gull Rock Rd, Upper Kalgan, 15 Dec. 1975, E.J. Croxford 9 (PERTH); Mt Mason off Gull Rock Rd, Nanarup Rd, 15 May 1980, E.J. Croxford 986 (PERTH); Bakers Junction Reserve, 20 Jan. 1985, E.J. Croxford 4496 (PERTH); Attwell Park Reserve, Reddale Rd, NW of Albany, 22 Feb. 1997, E.J. Croxford 11 AO (PERTH); between Manjimup and Nannup on Pemberton Rd (Forestry Rd), Jan. 1964, C.E Davies 436 (PERTH); Nornalup Rd, 37.4 km S of Muirs Hwy, 21 Jan. 1998, R. Davis 4885 (PERTH); site 5B, Bibbulmun Track, Boxhall Rd - Twin Creek Rd, 3 Nov. 2001, T. Evans 3>11 (PERTH); Mt Shadforth Rd, c. 5 km W of Denmark, 4 Dec. 1985, D.B. Foreman 1489 (PERTH); Marbellup Reserve, W of Albany, 25 Aug. 1978, J. W. Green 4874 (PERTH); Mt Martin Botanical Park Albany, 1998, Greencorp 10 (PERTH); Denmark 55 km WofAlbany, 14Feb. 1987,R. 277 (PERTH); Mt Hassell, Stirling Range, 3 July 1954, A.R. Main s.n. (PERTH); Mt Toolbrunup, 4 Oct. 1902, A. Morrison s.n. (PERTH); 10 km W of Shannon Rock near Pemberton, 18 Sep. 1973, E.C. Nelson ANU 17392 180 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 6. Distribution of Beaufortia decussata (A), B. empetrifolia (•), B. orbifolia (O) and B. sprengelioides (A). (PERTH); South Western Hwy 5 km E of Kent River, 13 Nov. 1985, W Rodd 4951 (PERTH); Tick Flat, lower slopes of Mt Gardner, Two Peoples Bay Nature Reserve, 29 May 1972, G.T. Smith & L.A. Moore s.n. (PERTH); Stirling Range National Park, track to Bluff Knoll, 16 Sep. 1983, J. Taylor & R Ollerenshaw JT 1860 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers the year round. Distribution and habitat. Occurs towards the south coast in the South-West Botanical Province in the Warren bioregion. Southern Jarrah Forest subregion and the Stirling Range in the Fitzgerald subregion (Figure 6). Grows in sand or loamy sand, sand, loam or clay over laterite or granite, in lateritic gravel and shale, also occasionally in peaty and swampy ground. Usually grows as an undershrub in forest, woodland or scrub. Common name. Gravel Bottlebrush. This common name is well-established; however, the species also occurs in other soil types. Conservation status. Not threatened. A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 181 Beaufortia elegans Schauer, Regelia, Beaufortia, Caloth. 20 (1843). Melaleuca scitula Craven & R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 665 (2014). Type citation'. ‘Habitat inNova-Hollandiaaustro-occidentali: in planitie arenosa, aboriginibus Quangen dicta, districi Victoriae, Martio m. 1840 defloratam legit cl. Preiss!’ (lecto, here designated (or perhaps holo)'. LD 104997! stamped Botanical Museum 061134 Lund.). Shrub erect, open or compact to 2 m high and 1.9 m wide. Leaves opposite, sessile, recurved, obovate, involute, c. 1.5^.5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, 1-3-veined, sparsely ciliate, glabrescent. Inflorescence a head. Bracts green-pale brown, triangular to ovate, c. 2-3 mm long and wide, 3-5-veined, ciliate, sometimes only near base. Bracteoles pale brown, narrow, c. 1 mm long, hairy, sometimes deciduous. Hypanthium red-brown, c. 2.5 mm long, hairy at base. Sepals red-pink or green-brown, narrowly triangular, 1-1.5 mm long, 1-3-veined, ciliate. Petals pink to red, obovate, c. 2 mm long, ciliate. Staminal bundles claw pink to red, (2-)3^(-5) mm long, glabrous; free filaments 4(5-7), red-pink or mauve, darker at tips, 4-6 mm long, glabrous. Anthers red. Style pink to deep red. Fruits united or clustered, semi-globular, 8-12 mm long, 8-10 mm wide. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from other Beaufortia species by having a combination of <8 (4-7) stamens per bundle, the free filaments approximately the same length as the claw, and the bundles 6-9 mm long and pink to red or mauve in colour. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Knobby Head, 2 Nov. 1974, J.S. Beard 7290 (PERTH); Hope Rd Jandakot, 1.3 km W of Berrigan Drive, 5 Dec. 1996, A. Bowden 4 (PERTH); 15 km SE of Eneabba, 20 Oct. 1979, R.J. Cranfield s.n. (PERTH); NE corner of Barracea Reserve, Muchea, 16 Jan. 1996 R.J. Cranfield 10693 (PERTH); 17 km W of Three Springs along Nebru Rd cnr. Reed Rd, 9 Dec. 1992, R. Cranfield & P. Spencer 8686 (PERTH); 5 km SSW of Ironstone Knoll, 21 June 1996, R. Davis 1395 (PERTH); N of Wongan Hills, down track off Wongan-Ballidu Rd, 14 Jan. 1997, R. Davis 2009 (PERTH); Saunders St (W end). Aboriginal Community Henley Brook, 10 Dec. 1996, M. Edgecombe 95 (PERTH); Hi Vallee property (D. & J. Williams) Warradarge, S end of main valley, 6 Dec. 1999, M. Hislop 1919 (PERTH); 7.5 km E of Brand Hwy and Badgingarra Rd, 14 Nov. 1978, R.J. Hnatiuk 780322 (PERTH); 9.8 km S of Casuarina, 4 Dec. 1978, R.J. Hnatiuk 780392 (PERTH); 35.3 km S of Carnamah, 5 Dec. 1978, R.J. Hnatiukim391 (PERTH); E of Brand Hwy c. 14 km N of Jurien Rd, 21 Nov. 1980, R.J. Hnatiuk 800214 (PERTH); Passinto Rd, 35 km NE of Eneabba, 26 Oct. 2000, TF. Houston 1058-2 (PERTH); Hammond Rd, Thompson Lake, 28 Nov. 1963, A.M. James 144 (PERTH); Gunyidi, 13 Dec. 1962, F. Lullfitz L1895(a) (PERTH); 38 km N of Gingin, 23 Nov. 1974, C.L Stacey 359 (PERTH); 11.5 km S of Regans Ford, 23 Nov. 1974, C.I. Stacey 364 (PERTH); Beekeepers Reserve, 15 Nov. 1984, R.T Wills 299 (PERTH); Quarry, Gabbyquoiquoi Rd, E of Byberding Rd, Goomalling, 24 Nov. 1998, J. Young 08 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers from June to January, mostly from October to December. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the South-West Botanical Province in the Swan Coastal Plain bioregion from near Perth northwards into the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion (Lesueur Sandplains and Geraldton Hills subregions) north almost to Geraldton and inland to adjacent parts of the Merredin subregion, e.g., Elphin, Wongan Hills, and near Goomalling (Figure 7). Grows in white, grey or yellow deep sand or sand over laterite, also on limestone. Common name. Elegant Beaufortia. Conservation status. Not threatened. 182 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 7. Distribution of Beaufortia elegans (•), B. micrantha (O) and B. raggedensis (A). Typification. I have been unable to locate any other Preiss material of B. elegans. While LD104997 may indeed be the holotype, I have designated this sheet, which is annotated by Schauer, as the lectotype. The same approach has been adopted below for both B. micrantha and B. squarrosa. Notes. Red-flowered plants predominate in the northern part of the range and pink-mauve ones in the south; however, both can grow in the same place. Sepals are longer and narrower in the southern parts of the species’ distribution. Beaufortia elegans differs from.S. bicolor, with which it is sympatric near Badgingarra, in having uniform-coloured flowers, and ciliate rather than hairy sepals and petals. Beaufortia empetrifolia (Rchb.) Schauer, Regelia, Beaufortia, Caloth. 21 (1843). Melaleuca empetrifolia Rchb., Iconogr Bot. Exot. 2: 1, t. 102 (1829). Beaufortia micrantha var. empetrifolia (Rchb.)Benth.,F/.^w5rra/. 3:170(1867). Type citation'. ‘Habitat inNovaHollandiaaustro-occidentali: ad Sinum Regis Georgii III. CUNNINGHAM.’ (/ecto, here designated: t. 102 in H.G.L. Reichenbach, op. cit.). Beaufortia microphylla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 22(2): 24 (1849). Beaufortia elegans \dLX. minor BQnth., FI. Austral. 3: 169(1867). Type citation'. [Western Australia] ‘Drummond IV No. 64’ (holo'. KW 001001372 digital image!; iso'. K 000793626 digital image!, P 00507442!, BM 00896236!). A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 183 Compact shrub typically to 1 m high, occasionally taller. Leaves opposite, typically spreading at 30°-70° from stem but occasionally appressed, sessile, obovate, involute, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.8-1.7 mm wide, 3-5-veined, glabrous or sparsely pubescent (particularly young leaves). Inflorescence a head. Bracts pale brown, triangular, c. 1.5 mm long and wide, 3-5-veined. Bracteoles c. 1 mm long, hairy. Hypanthium deep red, 1.4-2.5 mm long, glabrous. Sepals brown or deep red, c. 0.6 mm long, 1-3-veined, glabrous or ciliate. Petals pink to red, 0.9-1.5 mm long, ciliate. Staminal bundles claw pink to red, 1.3-5 mm long, hairy in lower 1/2 mostly on inner surface; free filaments (3)5, pink to red to mauve, 2.5-5 mm long. Anthers red, sometimes sparsely hairy. Style pink. Fruits woody, united, 6.5-11.5 mm long, c. 5-6 mm wide. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from other Beaufortia species by having >1 mm wide, involute, spreading leaves (30° to 70° from stem but occasionally appressed). Selected specimens examined. 23 kmW of junction of Esperance-Norseman and Ravensthorpe Rds, c. 30 km NW of Esperance P.O., 28 Aug. 1974, A.C. Beauglehole 49322 (PERTH); near intersection Parmango and Howick Rds, Reserve 32128, Oct. 1984, M.A. Burgman 4208 (PERTH); Cheyne Beach, 5 Feb. 1970, W.H. Butler s.n. (PERTH); Southern Ocean West Rd, 500 m W of Hopetoun to Ravensthorpe Rd, 5 Oct. 1988, K.J. Cowley & F.C. Quinn 133 (PERTH); 3 km W of Israelite Bay ruins, 7 Jan. 1979, M.D. Crisp 4882 (PERTH); Israelite Bay, eastern end, 12 Sep. 2005, M.D. Crisp 9928 cS: L.G. Cook (PERTH); South Stirling Rd, NE of Albany, 14 Jan. 1979, E.J. Croxford 143 (PERTH); near dune. Devil’s Creek Rd and Gairdner Rd, Bremer Bay, 21 June 1986, E.J. Croxford A9n (PERTH); Millars Point Rd, 2.2 km N of camp site, 3 Feb. 1998, R. Davis 4938 (PERTH); 20.6 km S of Cocklebiddy, 3 June 2000, R. Davis 9202 (PERTH); Israelite Bay Rd 75 miles from Esperance, 6 Dec. 1960, A.S. George 2015 (PERTH); Twilight Cove, Great Australian Bight, 16 Oct. 1966, A.S. George 8563 (PERTH); 2 km SSE Pillenorup Swamp, Stirling Range, 12 May 1982, G.J. Keighery 4^50 (PERTH); 8 km N of Eyre, 4 Oct. 1984, G.J. Keighery 7915 (PERTH); quadrat YB2(A), 1.5 km W of Thomas River mouth. Cape Arid National Park, 23 Nov. 1988, G. Keighery & J. Alford s.n. (PERTH); 15 miles W of Bremer Bay, 28 Mar. 1964, K. Newbey 1255 (PERTH); 17.3 miles from Cape Ee Grand on Esperance Rd, 9 April 1966, E.M. Scrymgeour 424 (PERTH); Esperance Pine Plantation, 10 July 1940, L.J. Teakle s.n. (PERTH); SRNP C4, Murray site, 50 m E of Hume Track on Madyerip Track, S from road, 6 Dec. 1988, R.T. Wills 931 (PERTH); 14 km inland of Point Ann by road, F itzgerald River National Park, 24 Mar. 1987, A.J. G. Wilson 33 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers throughout the year. Distribution and habitat. Occurs towards the south coast in the South-West Botanical Province from near the Porongurup and Stirling Ranges in the Fitzgerald subregion eastwards near the south coast in the Fitzgerald and Recherche subregions, inland in to the Eastern Mallee subregion and eastward in the same subregion to near Cocklebiddy and Eyre (Figure 6). Grows in sand or lateritic gravel. Common name. South Coast Beaufortia. Conservation status. Not threatened. Typiflcation. No collection of a Beaufortia by Allan Cunningham from King George Sound has been found, leaving no option other than designating the plate in Reichenbach as the lectotype. Notes. Beaufortia empetrifolia has uniform-coloured fiowers. Beaufortia schaueri also has pink 184 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) flowers, but the base of the staminal claw and the tip of the free filaments are typically deep pink to red. Beaufortia schaueri has longer leaves (3.5-5.5 mm long vs c. 1.5 mm long in B. empetrifolia) and longer free filaments (6-7.5 mm long 'mB. schaueri vs 2.5-5 mm long in.S. empetrifolia). Beaufortia micrantha has small (<2 mm long) leaves, appressed to the stem. Beaufortia eriocephala W.Fitzg, J. Western Australia Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(2): 23 (1904). Melaleuca lachnocephala Craven & R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 664 (2014). Type citation'. ‘Moora [Western Australia], in ironstone gravel. - E.W. Hursthouse, Oct., 1903.’ Qiolo'. NSW 543576!). Erect, dense shrub to 0.5 m high and 0.4 m wide. Juvenile stems hairy. Leaves opposite, sessile, linear to narrowly-lanceolate, flat or involute, 5-10 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, ciliate or hairy, glabrescent. Inflorescence a head, globular. Bracts red, triangular, c. 3.5 mm long, 3 mm wide, acuminate, 5-veined, hairy. Bracteoles pale brown to red, c. 1.5-2 mm long, hairy. Hypanthium 3)-A mm long, 1.6-1.7 mm wide, hairy. Sepals pink-brown to red, linear, c. 2-2.5 mm long, 0.2 mm wide, no veins, hairy. Petals red-brown, obovate, c. 2 mm long, ciliate. Staminal bundles claw deep red, 2.5-3.5 mm long, hairy; free filaments 3-5, red to purple, 3^.5 mm long, glabrous. Style red. Fruits clustered, peg-like, c. 8.5-10 mm long, 6-10.5 mm wide, glabrescent. Diagnostic features. Differs from other Beaufortia species by possessing woolly inflorescences, hairy bracts, ciliate to hairy younger leaves, and narrow (<1 mm wide) mature leaves. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 10 Oct. 1995, A.R. Bean 9020 (PERTH); 18 Sep. 1976, J.S Beard 7876 (PERTH); 17 Oct. 1996, N. Casson & N. Harris MP 10.73 (PERTH); 17 Sep. 1983, R.J. Cranfield 4115 (PERTH); 9Dec. 2002,A.D. Crawford345 (PERTH); 13 Sep. 1988, E.A. Grz^w 5113 (PERTH); 8 Nov. 1990, E.A. Griffin 6059 (PERTH); 17 Dec. 1992, E.A. Griffin 8524 (PERTH); 7 Nov. 2006, S. Kern & A. Rea 12092 (PERTH); 12 Nov. 1985, G.J. Keighery & J.J. Alfordl2 (PERTH); 29 Oct. 1995, B.J. Lepschi & TR. Lally 2246 (PERTH); 24 Oct. 2002, A.J. Lin 9 (PERTH 06418678); 24 Nov. 1993, S. Patrick SP1657 (PERTH); Sep. 1948, D.H Perry s.n. (PERTH); 25 Oct. 2007, D. Rayner & P. Schmucker M 1007-34 (PERTH); 1 Dec. 1993, J.L. Robson JER 611 (PERTH); 3 Nov. 1962, R.D. Royce 7692 (PERTH); 13 Nov. 2005, A. Sole & H. Green KB 77 (PERTH); 20 June 1999, J.E. Wajon 56 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers from October to December. Distribution and habitat. Has a small geographic distribution of 215 km north-south, primarily in the Dandaragan Plateau subregion and immediately adjacent Eesueur Sandplain subregion, from near Badgingarra south to a disjunct population in St Ronans Nature Reserve in the Northern Jarrah Forest subregion (Figure 8). Grows in shallow sand over laterite, lateritic soils and gravelly loam. Common name. Woolly Beaufortia. Conservation status. Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). This species has a linear range of 215 km and occurs at few localities. Its main range was probably the Dandaragan Plateau, an area with a high proportion cleared for farming. It does occur in a few nature reserves. Notes. Beaufortia eriocephala appears to be related to B. purpurea, but has woolly inflorescences. A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 185 Figure 8. Distribution of Beaufortia eriocephala (A), B. incana (O), B. purpurea (A), and B. sparsa (•). villous bracts, and ciliate to hirsute younger leaves (glabrous in B. purpurea), which are narrower than in B. purpurea (<1 mm wide vs 1.5^.5 mm wide in B. purpurea). Beaufortia incana (Benth.) A.S.George, Nuytsia 1: 290 (1972). Beaufortia macrostemon var. incana FI. Austral. 3:167(1867).Craven&R.D.Edwards, Taxon63(3): 664(2014). Type citation'. ‘Swan River, Drummond’ [Western Australia] (holo'. K 000793629 digital image!). Shrub erect to spreading, up to 2.5 m high and 1.5 m wide. Leaves opposite or in opposite clusters, sessile, greyish-green or bluish-grey, hairy, often markedly dimorphic with some leaves (not always present, mostly on old stems) ovate, c. 6-8 mm long, 1.5-5 mm wide and faintly 3-veined, but most leaves (usually on side shoots or new stems) linear, 4-10 mm long and <2 mm wide. Inflorescence a head. Bracts often absent, triangular c. 2 mm long and wide, yellow-brown, 3-veined, hairy. Bracteoles green to red, c. 2 mm long, tomentose. Hypanthium deep red, villous. Sepals narrowly triangular, 1.5-5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, no veins, hairy. Petals pale green to yellow-brown to red-brown, ciliate, hairy near base, 2.5^ mm long. Staminal bundles claw proximally green or yellow-brown to red, distally deep red with hairy lower half usually on inner surface only, 8-12 mm long; free filaments 3, 2.5-3.5 mm long, glabrous. Style deep red. Fruits united, c. 10 mm long, 8-10 mm wide. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from othor Beaufortia spp. by having greyish green, grey or bluish grey, hairy leaves and staminal bundles with 3 free filaments that are much shorter than claw. 186 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AETSTRAEIA: 8.1 km W of Tarin Rock, on top of ironstone hill, 28 July 1980, J.D. Briggs 674 (PERTH); 11.5 km ESE of Popanyinning, 21 Oct. 1983, R.J. Cranfield 4536 (PERTH); 3.7 km W of Great Southern Hwy on the Contine Rd, 18 April 2000, L.A. Craven, M.M. Byrne, L.M. Broadhurst, WE. O’Sullivan 10324 (PERTH); Dryandra Forest, Eol Gray picnic area, 21 Sep. 2005, MZ). Crisp \002\ &L.G. CooA:(PERTH); Dongolocking road reserve, near Dwelyerdine Rd, Shire of Dumbleyung, 28 Sep. 1985, E.J. Croxford4182 (PERTH); 17 miles W of Take Grace, 15 Dec. 1960, A.S. George 2287 (PERTH); S of crossroads W of Peringillup, 30 Sep. \91\,A.S. George 11069 (PERTH); rail line firebreak. Shire ofWickepin, Harrismith, 25 Nov. 1993, D. Greeve s. n. (PERTH); Numbat Rd between H and J lines, H-line, Tutanning Reserve, 15 Dec. 1967, G. Heinsohn s.n. (PERTH); natural bush area of Pingelly-Wickepin Rd, 24 Oct. 1994, E. Kabay 889 (PERTH); 17 km SW of Northam, 1 Aug. 1985, G.J. Keighery & J.J. Alford 468 (PERTH); Dryandra State Forest, N of Tomingley Rd, 15 Oct. 1997, T.R. Lally & B.R. Fuhrer TRE1476 (PERTH); 53.05 km. 8kmNNEofKukerin, 5Nov. \992,S.A. McAeeDY402(PERTH); 11 milesNWofNyabing, 14Nov. 1969, V. Mann {with A.S. George) 162 (PERTH); Boyagin Nature Reserve, 4 km along Boyagin Rd from James Rd, 12 Nov. 1990, R.W. Purdie 4104 (PERTH); Property of Bill Dawes, S of Kirk Rd, Shire of Wickepin Williams Eocation 11562, 4 Oct. 2005, R.G. Rees 178 (PERTH); Roe Eocation 2521, corner of S and W side, private bush, 5 Nov. 1995, M. &J. Stewart 1 (PERTH); Newman Block State Forest 52 Highbury, 20 Oct. 1998, G. Warren 131 (PERTH); Wandoo National Park, powderbark site (site 1), 2 Oct. 2007, M. Wheeler, P. Armstrong et al. MW 250 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers year round, but less so in winter. Distribution and habitat. Widespread in the southern two-thirds of the Katanning subregion and just west of its boundary in the Northern Jarrah Forest subregion; also eastward to near Take Grace in the Western Mallee subregion (Figure 8). Grows in lateritic soils, including gravely loam or clay, lateritic rock (ironstone) above breakaways and on hill tops, and sand over laterite. Grows in closed heath and scrub, and as undershrubs in woodland. There is a naturalised population on the Brookton Highway about half-way between Karagullen and the Beverley turnoff, along the southern verge for a hundred metres or more. Common name. Grey-leaved Beaufortia. Conservation status. Not threatened. Notes. Eeaves are very variable, tending to be larger, wider and more blue-grey in the north-west part of range and to have reduced indumentum in north-eastern and southern parts of range. An atypical specimen from Nyabing townsite {A. Coates 5\\8&J. Ward), has greyish green pubescent leaves, 5-6 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide; trullate, pinkish brown to green hairy bracts that are 2.5 mm long and 3.5 mm wide; c. 1 mm long green bracteoles; acutely triangular pubescent sepals; pale brown or pink, obovate, pubescent, c. 2 mm long petals; 5-6 mm long staminal claws that are pale pinkish brown distally and pink to red proximally with the proximal half lanate on inner surface; five red, c. 5 mm long, glabrous, free filaments that emerge from the staminal claw at different places; fruits that are loosely united. It differs from B. incana by having five free filaments that are about the same length as the staminal claw and may be a hybrid between B. incana and B. puberula. Another atypical specimen, from east of Take Grace {J.S. Beard 2163), has 4-5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide glabrescent leaves; green, ciliate, 3-5-veined triangular sepals; pale pink, ovate, ciliate petals; A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 187 4-6 mm long staminal claws that are hairy on inner surface, and three or rarely five staminal filaments that are pale pink proximally and darker near tip. Fruits are absent. This specimen may be a hybrid between B. incana and B. schaueri. Beaufortia kwongkanicola A.A.Burb., sp. nov. Type-, east of Chatfield Clarke Road on Green Head Road, Western Australia, 8 October 1997, B.P. Richardson 0035 {holo'. PERTH 04948831; iso'. CANB). Shrub to 1 m high and 1 m wide. Leaves opposite but usually crowded, sessile, narrowly ovate to linear, involute, 3-9 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, 5-veined, glabrous (in some specimens the juvenile leaves are sparsely hairy). Inflorescence a head. Bracts red to green-brown, triangular, c. A-A.5 mm long and wide, 5-9-veined, ciliate to hairy. Bracteoles c. 2 mm long, hairy. Sepals green to brown, triangular, c. 1 mm long and wide, 1-veined, ciliate. Petals yellow to orange, obovate, c. 3 mm long, ciliate. Staminal bundles claw deep red to purple, 3-8 mm long, villous on inner surface; free filaments (5-)7, emerging from claw at different points (typically 2 first then another 2, then 3), 3-6 mm long. Style red. Fruits united, 10-13.5 mm long, c. 8 mm wide. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from other Beaufortia species by having large, deep purple infiorescences, a long staminal claw (>4 mm) that is hairy on the inner surface, and typically 7 free filaments that emerge from the claw at different points. Selected specimens examined.AU^TPAIAA'. Badgingarra, 18 Dec. 1962, Beard2A19 (PERTH); Jurien Bay north, 11 miles from Dandaragan, 29 Aug. 1938, W.E. Blackall 3680 (PERTH); Mt Michaud, on NW facing slope, on track running E-W (c. 2 km), 3 July 1986, A.P. Brown 296 (PERTH); Coorow-Green Head Rd, 50 km W of Coorow, 30 Sep. 1997, B.A. Fuhrer 91 m (PERTH); Western Titanium leases, 8 km S of Eneabba, 25 Oct. 1978, E.A. Griffin 1176 (PERTH); Hi Vallee property (D. & J. Williams) Warradarge, short loop walk trail, southern end of main valley, 23 Oct. 1999, M. Hislop 1710 (PERTH); site 153. P. Tester and P. Phillips property, W side of Coalara Rd, c. 1 km [N] of Boothendarra Rd, NW ofWatheroo, 22 Sep. 2005, M. Hislop & M. Griffiths WM 153 - 29 (PERTH); Coomallo Creek, 15 Dec. 1976, R.J. Hnatiukl6U05 (PERTH); 11 km E of Coorow Rd-Brand Hwy junction, 19 Oct. 1978, R.J. Hnatiuk 780280 (PERTH); 10.3 km E of junction of Brand Hwy and Badgingarra Rd, on North West Rd, 14 Nov. 1978, R.J. Hnatiuk 780331 (PERTH); WatherooRdjustW ofjunctionwithWinjardieCreekRd, 14Nov. 1978,R.J. Hnatiuk780342 (PERTH); Watheroo National Park, 11 Nov. 1986, 1.R. McGill 39 (PERTH); 30 km from Three Springs along road to Eneabba, 26 Oct. 1990, R. W. Purdie 3799 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowering recorded between July and November. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the South-West Botanical Province in the Eesueur Sandplain subregion (Figure 5), often known as the northern kwongkan. Grows in grey, white and yellow sandy soils, often over laterite, sometimes in lateritic soils; one record from sandstone. Common name. Eesueur Beaufortia. Conservation status. Not threatened. 188 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Etymology. Refers to the species ’ occurrence in kwongkan vegetation; see Hopper (2014) for orthography and spelling of kwongkan. Notes. Distinguished from B. bracteosa by its larger flowers, which are typically deep red-purple rather than red-maroon, a longer staminal claw (>4 mm) that is villous on only the inner surface, and typically seven free filaments per staminal bundle (five in B. bracteosa). Beaufortia macrostemon Lindf, Sketch Veg. Swan R. 10 (1839). Melaleuca macrostemon (Lindl.) Craven & R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 664 (2014). Type: not cited [Swan River, 1839 [1835-1838], J. Drummond s.n.^ {syn\ CGE 05225 (right hand specimen) digital image!, BM 0008962441, BM 0008962451). Eow, often multi-stemmed shrub, 0.2-0.5 m high, occasionally taller. Leaves opposite, linear to lanceolate, 10-12 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide, ciliate or hairy, sometimes glabrescent. Inflorescence a head. Bracts often absent, green or brown-green, narrowly triangular, c. 5-7 mm long, c. 2 mm wide at base, 1-veined, hairy. Bracteoles reddish green, c. 2.5-3 mm long, hairy. Hypanthium green-yellow or green-brown, hairy, 2-5 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide. Sepals triangular, red-brown at base with long, red-brown or green, acute tip, c. 3.5 mm long, 1 -veined, ciliate or hairy. Petals pale red-brown to green, obovate, 2.2-2.7 mm long, hairy. Staminal bundles claw pale yellow-brown to bright red, 7-12 mm long, hairy near base, more so on inner surface; free filaments 3, emerging from the claw at same point, red, 3-7 mm long. Style red. Fruits united, c. 10 mm long, c. 10 mm wide. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from other Beaufortia species by typically having multiple stems growing from a lignotuber, the younger leaves being hairy, and having 3 free filaments per staminal bundle. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: site 5 down Surveyors Rd, off Yarra Rd, 4 km E of Beraking, 27 Nov. 1996, MG. Allen 1661 (PERTH); Toodyay-Midland Junction Rd, near Gidgegannup, 30 Nov. 1961, T.E.H. Aplin 1342 (PERTH); Ellis Brook Valley Reserve, 16 Nov. 1996, H. Bowler 55 B (PERTH); Darling Range E of Chittering Valley, 28 Dec. 1971, V.E Burbidge 7979 (PERTH); Hartfleld Rd, Forrestfleld, 17 Oct. 1978, R.J. Cranfield 861 (PERTH); Reserve 6268, Burnside Rd, 13 km SW of Pinjarra, 18 Nov. 1993, N. Gibson & M.N. Lyons 1393 (PERTH); 2 km E of Eower Hotham Rd along Forty Hollow Rd, Saddleback State Forest (Grid Ref DE85), 10 Sep. 1980, D. Halford 801050 (PERTH); Fairbridge Farm off a track from Fairbridge Rd, Swan Bioplan remnant 429/5-2, 13 Dec. 2005, B.J. Keighery 2857 (PERTH); Kinsella, 42 km S of Perth on Albany Hwy, 12 Jan. 1988, GJ.i:e/g/ 2 er 3 ; 9850 (PERTH); EambertEane, Byford, 29 Dec. 1992, G.J. Keighery 12453 (PERTH): Muchea, Dec. 1959, H. Kretchmar CAG 12276 (PERTH); opposite 65 mile peg Great Northern Hwy [24.5 kmN of Bindoon on Great Northern Hwy], 12 Dec. 1962, F. Lullfitz LIS73 (PERTH); North Dandalup Dam on W boundary of State Forest, c. 200 m S of Hines Rd, 24 Nov. 1996, A. Markeylll (PERTH); Beenup, 12 Nov. 1901, A. Morrison s.n. (PERTH); Swan View, 6 Oct. 1959, R.D. Royce 6029 (PERTH); Helena Valley - Gorge Hill and road, 19 Nov. 1978, J. Seabrook 623 (PERTH); Joshua Mews Bushland Reserve, Brigadoon, 7 Dec. 2007, KR. Thiele 3445 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers in spring and summer from September to January. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in a relatively small part of the South-West Botanical Province in the Jarrah Forest bioregion from near Mt Saddleback northward to 25 km north of Bindoon; also near the A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 189 base of the Darling Scarp on the Pinjarra Plain (marginally in the Perth subregion). Most abundant on and near the Darling Scarp (Figure 5). Grows in lateritic, alluvial and colluvial soils. Common name. Darling Range Beaufortia. Conservation status. Not threatened. Notes. The syntypes are labelled 1839 but were collected by James Drummond as part of his first unnumbered collection (1835-38) from between Perth, Toodyay and Mogumber (George 2009). One of only two species of Beaufortia known to be capable of regenerating from lignotuberous root stock. Usually seen as a multi-stemmed, low shrub that has regenerated after fire. Beaufortia micrantha Schauer, Regelia, Beaufortia, Caloth. 22 (1843). Melaleuca micrantha (Schauer) Craven &R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 664(2014). Type citation'. ‘Habitat inNova-Hollandia austro-occidentali. In glareosis sterilibus ad radices collium Konkoberup [Mt Melville], promontorii Cape-Riche, Novembri m. a. 1840, leg. cl. Preiss! ’ \L. Preiss 246] (lecto, here designated (or perhaps holo)'. LD 1004814 digital image!). Regelia adpressa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 10: 25 (1852). Type citation'. ‘Drum. IV. n. 63’ [Western Australia] (holo'. KW 001001369 digital image!). Low, multi-stemmed shrub typically up to 0.5 m high occasionally taller. Stems glabrescent. Leaves opposite, sessile, typically appressed, sometimes overlapping, triangular, 1-veined or no obvious venation, 1-2 mm long, 0.7-2 mm wide, sparsely tomentose adaxially, abaxially glabrous or sparsely ciliate. Inflorescence a head. Bracts usually absent, if present triangular, 5-veined, glabrous. Bracteoles c. 1 mm long, narrow, hairy. Hypanthium deep red, tomentose to velvety, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide. Sepals red-brown, small, triangular, c. 0.5-1 mm long, 1-veined, ciliate. Petals pink to mauve, pale green or pale yellow, ovoid, 0.5-0.8 mm long, ciliate. Staminal bundles claw deep pink, 0.6-1 mm long, sometimes hidden by petals, glabrous or shortly hairy at base; free filaments 3, red to purple, emerging from claw close together, 1.5-3 mm long, glabrous. Anthers red ageing to white at dehiscence. Style red. Fruits united, ovoid, 8-11 mm long. Diagnostic features. Separated from other Beaufortia species by having appressed leaves 1-2 mm long, and 3 free filaments that are much longer than staminal claw. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Dragon Rocks Nature Reserve, 18 June 1998, E. Bennett DS 2.6 (PERTH); VCL No. 9, Site 2, S of Harrismith townsite, within the Toolibin Catchment, 23 Nov. 1999, E. Bennett & T. Sleep 9.028 A (PERTH); N slope of Ravensthorpe Range, along firebreak W of N-S track 0.6 km from junction with track running along crest from Archer Driver, 16 Mar. 2001, M. Bennett 651 (PERTH); Water Reserve 20274, Site 1, Dam 438, adjacent to Magenta-Giles Rd, S ofNewdegate, 3 Nov. 2006, A. Coates AC 5443 (PERTH); 13 kmN of Springdale along Bedford Harbour Rd, N of Lake Shaster, 7 Nov. 1992, L.A. Craven, FA. Zich & A.M. Lyne 9065 (PERTH); My cock’s farm, Tarin Rock Rd, 18 Oct. 1982, E.J. Croxford 2340 (PERTH); Gordon Inlet Rd, Bremer Bay Rd, Albany E, 28 Oct. 1985, E.J. Croxford 4331 (PERTH); hill above S bank, Pallinup River, Marra Bridge, Hassell Hwy, Albany E, 1 Nov. 1988, E.J. Croxford 6252 (PERTH); Tarin Rock Rd, Kulin - Tarin Rock, 25 Oct. 1996, B.A. Fuhrer 96/107 (PERTH); Kojonup Location 6180, E side of Merilup Rd, 29 Oct. 1998, M.S Graham 1016 (PERTH); NE of Hyden, 13 km W of King Rocks and 8 km E of ‘The Humps’, 12 Oct. 1991, W. Greuter 22726 (PERTH); Devil’s Creek 190 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Rd, Gairdner River, 19 May 1981, B.E. Hall 15 (PERTH); 9.5 km E along North Woogenilup Rd from junction with Woogenilup Rd, N side of road, 20 Feb. 2001, EJ. Hickman EJH 503 (PERTH); railway line between Toolibin and Harrismith, just E of Baker Rd crossing, 3 Nov. 1994, E.D. Kabay 1044, (PERTH); Tectonic Resources Kundip lease, 16 km SE of Ravensthorpe in the Oldfield District, 1 May 2006, D. Little 12239 (PERTH); Kent, 23 May 2000, R. Meissner KSV 82 (PERTH); 5 km along Chillinup Rd from Cape Rd, Wellstead, 12 Nov. 2000, RD. Moir 127 (PERTH); Cape Riche - dunes above beach, 16 Nov. 1985, J.M. Powell 3243 (PERTH); Roe District: 8.5 km S from Pingaring along road to Take Grace, 31 Oct. 1990, R. W Purdie 3917 (PERTH); Hamersley Rd, Fitzgerald River National Park, 6 Dec. 1997, R. Schuh, G. Cassis, Brailovsky, Asquith 97-17 (PERTH); adjacent to South-west Ravensthorpe Greenstone Belt survey site SWRV31, 28 Oct. 2009, W.A. Hiompson & J. Allen 2096 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers throughout the year, but mostly in September, October and November. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the South-West Botanical Province mainly in the Western Malice and Esperance Plains subregions, but extending into the Katanning subregion. A few records eastward to near Esperance in the Recherche subregion and north-eastwards in to the Southern Cross subregion, with one record from between Rocky Gully and Walpole in the Southern Jarrah Forest subregion (Figure 7). Grows in sand or sand mixed with laterite and other stony soils. Common name. Small-leaved Beaufortia. Conservation status. Not threatened. Beaufortia orbifolia F.MuelL, Fragm. 3: 110 (1862). Melaleuca orbifolia (F.Muell.) Craven & R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 664 (2014). Type citation'. ‘In declivibus montis East Mount Barren. Maxw.’ [Western Australia] (lecto, here designated (or perhaps holo)'. BM 000896248!). Shrub 0.6-3.5 m high, up to 2 m wide. Leaves opposite, sessile, ovate, involute, 5-6.5 mm long, 4.5-6 mm wide, 7-9 veined, glabrous. Inflorescence a spike. Bracts green, triangular, c. 2 mm long and wide, 3-veined, glabrous. Hypanthium red-brown, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 2.3-2.5 mm wide, hairy. Sepals green to brown, c. 1.5 mm long and wide, 1-veined, glabrous. Petals pale yellow to green, ovoid, E5-3mm long, glabrous. Staminal bundles clawyellow-greenproximally (occasionally red, especially in plants from the southern end of the species’ range), red distally, 6.5-10 mm long, proximally hairy at least on inner surface, distally glabrous; free filaments 3-5, red (sometimes yellow-green at base), 5- 10 mm long. Anthers deep red to black. Style red. Fruits united, closely packed, 25-35 mm long, 6- 10 mm wide. Diagnosticfeatures. Distinguished from most othQX Beaufortia species by having typically bi-coloured flowers (with a yellow-green staminal claw and red free filaments) arranged around the stem in a ‘bottlebrush’. Distinguished from B. decussata and B. sparsa by having only 3-5 stamens per bundle and occurring in the wheatbelt south to Ravensthorpe, and further distinguished from B. sparsa by having opposite leaves. Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: Muntadgin, Sep. 1945, E. T. Bailey 636 (PERTH); Tanlc North Rd (Wadderin), Dec. 1997, J. Buegge D19 (PERTH); Fulwood Rd, c. 1 km from Brookton Hwy, Corrigin Shire, 18 Dec. 1996, R. Campbell 326 (PERTH); Bandalup Hill, 31 kmNE of Ravensthorpe, 16 Feb. 1998, CF. Craig 3476 (PERTH); 7 km ESE of Ravensthorpe, 8 May 1996, R. Davis 703 A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 191 (PERTH); Back Rd hilltop, above Big Creek, c. 2.5 km NW of Emu Proof Fence and 2 km NE of Williamson Rd, Woolocutty area, 20 Nov. 1999, J.M. Flint 139 (PERTH); 12 km NE of Narembeen on Tank North Rd, 21 Nov. 1985, D.R. Foreman 1149 (PERTH); 32.5 km N ofHyden on Hyden North Rd, 22 Nov. 1985, D.B. Foreman 1172 (PERTH); Mt Holland, 10 Dec. 1964, C.A. Gardner 15916 (PERTH); about 2.1 km SW of Mt Caudan, Parker Range, 16 Oct. 1994, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 2305 (PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, highest point on road N of Elverdton Copper Mine, 28 Sep. 1975, J.W. Green 4516 (PERTH); Mt Desmond overlooking Kundip, 10 km S of Ravensthorpe, 25 May 1983, GJ. Keighery 6112 (PERTH); on N side of Jilakin-Flat Rocks Rd, 1.8 km W of Buettners Rd, Dragon Rocks Nature Reserve, c. 28 km SSE ofHyden, [Plot HY04], 25 Sep. 1997, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 6733 (PERTH); Tectonic Resources Kundip Eease, 16 km SE of Ravensthorpe, 1 May 2006, D. Little 12240 (PERTH); 5 miles N of Mt Holland, Dec. 1964, A.R. Main s.n. (PERTH); Rendering Reserve A20338, 23 km NNE Kondinin, 2 June 1975, B.G. Muir 424 (2.110) (PERTH); 23 km S of Mt Hampton, c. 87 km SSW of Southern Cross, 18 Sep. 1979, K. Newbey 5975 (PERTH); on Merinda Rd, 2.9 km SE of wheat bin at Holleton, 7 May 2000, W. O ’Sullivan 941 (PERTH); 2.3 km along road to Esperance from the Ravensthorpe to Hopetoun road, 4 Sep. 1986, P.S. Short 2703 with M. Amerena & B.A. Fuhrer (PERTH); Reserve 21424, NW corner, 2 km E of Bulyee-Quairading Rd, Corrigin, Aug. 1994, L. Turner CGN 38 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowering recorded all year round. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the South-West Botanical Province where it is common in and near the Ravensthorpe Range (Fitzgerald subregion) with a gap in distribution to an area from north¬ west of Corrigin (Narrogin subregion) eastwards in the Katanning and Western Mallee subregions to near Mt Holland and the Parker Range near the western edge of Southern Cross subregion (Figure 6). Usually grows in stony soils (lateritic and granitic), sand over laterite, and clay or loam over greenstone; sometimes in sand. Common name. Ravensthorpe Bottlebrush. Conservation status. Not threatened. Typification. Only a single specimen of B. orbifolia that was collected by Maxwell has been located: BM 000896248. It is labelled ‘SOUTH-WEST AUSTRAEIA. GEORGE MAXWEEU. It is here designated as the lectotype. There is no specimen of B. orbifolia collected by Maxwell in MEE (Neville Walsh pers. comm.). Notes. The flowers may change from bi-coloured to all red as they age. There are no specimens from East Mount Barren (the type locality) at PERTH; indeed there are no specimens near the south coast to the west of the Ravensthorpe Range. Although this species is known as the Ravensthorpe Bottlebrush, most of its distribution lies to the north of the Ravensthorpe Range. Beaufortia puberula Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10\ 346 (1852). Type citation'. ‘Drummond V, n. 173’ [Western Australia] {holo'. KW 001001373 digital image!; iso'. BM 000896237!, G 00227450 digital image!, G 00227449 digital image!, K 000275886!, K 000793630 digital image!). Beaufortia micrantha var. puberula Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 170 (1867). Melaleuca micrantha var. puberula (Benth.) Craven & R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 664 (2014). Type citation'. ‘Drummond, 4* 192 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Coll. n. 151; 5* Coll. n. 173’. Type specimens'. Swan River [Western Australia], J. Drummond 5: 173 {sym K 000793631 digital image!, K 000793630 digital image!, MEL 2112563 digital image!); ‘Int. S.W. Australia’, J. Drummond 4: 151 {sym K 000793632 digital image!). Beaufortia interstans T.MuqW., Fragm. 10: 30(1876). Type citation'. Trope Mt Churchman’ [Western Australia] {sym K 000793633 digital image!, MEL 726452 digital image!). Shrub to 2 m high, sometimes sprawling and up to 2 m wide, compact to intricate. Stems glabrescent. Leaves opposite, sessile, 1.5^ mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, hairy (sometimes only on young leaves in eastern parts of range). Inflorescence a head. Bracts green to red-brown, broadly to narrowly triangular, c. 2.5 mm long, 3-, 5- or 7-veined, hairy. Bracteoles <1 mm long, red to red-brown, hairy. Hypanthium red-brown or green, hairy. Sepals green to pink or brown, triangular, c. 1-1.5 mm long, 1-veined, hairy. Petals red, appearing obovate, but may be revealed as trullate on removal, 1-2 mm long, ciliate or hairy. Staminal bundles claw pink to deep pink to red, 1-3 mm long, villous outer surface, inner surface glabrous, sometimes (more commonly in eastern plants) both surfaces glabrous; free filaments 5(-7), pink to deep pink to red, often darker near tip, 1.0-2.5 mm long, glabrous. Style pink to red, broader than staminal filaments. Fruits united, 10-16 mm long, c. 5 mm wide. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from other Beaufortia species by having a combination of hairy 1.5^ mm long juvenile leaves, glabrescent stems and a style that is broader than the free staminal filaments. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: site Gp 1, 10 km W of Pithara, 31 Aug. 1993, P. Armstrongs.n. (PERTH 06590047); near Duri and Wof Boorabbin, 27 May 1970, A.M Ashby 3174 (PERTH); Nature Reserve 28047, W side of vermin proof fence, 1 km S of Hyden-Norseman Rd, 50 km E of Hyden, 18 Oct. 1985, J.M. Brown 224 (PERTH); Water Reserve 16418 adjacent to the Wongan Hills townsite, site W62, 7 Nov. 1991, A.M. Coates 3427 (PERTH); c. 62 km SE of Morawa onMorawa-DalwallinuRd, 19 Oct. 1988,i;r.J. Cowley & FC. 0mz> 2?2 237 (PERTH); track to Boorabbin Rock from Great Eastern Hwy, E of rock, 21 Oct. 1988, K.J. Cowley & FC. Quinn 256 (PERTH); 4.3 kmN of Yellowdine, 1 Dec. 1997, P.J. Cranfleld 11635 (PERTH); 31 miles E of Dumbleyung, 8 Jan. 1969, H Demarz D 1036 (PERTH); c. 1/2 mile S of Wubin, 5 Dec. 1972, H. Demarz D 4145 (PERTH); Petrudor Rock Reserve, SE of Dalwallinu off main N-S track, c. 1 km S of picnic area, 7 Nov. 1999, M. Hislop 1865 (PERTH); Great Northern Hwy, 20 km N of Miling, 25 Aug. 1999, C. Hollister 103 (PERTH); 173 mile peg on Great Northern Hwy between Wubin and Paynes Find, 14 Nov. 1966, FW. Humphreys 21 (PERTH); 3 km N of northern end of Helena and Aurora Range, 15 kmN ofBungalbin, NE ofKoolyanobbing, 2 Dec. 1981, G.J. Keighery 439\ (PERTH); 6.5 miles N of Bungulla-Yorkrakine, 7 May 1970, B. Maslin 202 (PERTH); Collgar West Rd, c. 8 km S of Merredin, 30 April 2000, Men of The Trees \52 (PERTH); State Barrier Fence, 100 km SE of Southern Cross, 7 Dec. 1988, J. Peirce 470 (PERTH); 65.2 km E of Brookton along road to Corrigin, 30 Oct. 1990, R. W Purdie 3897 (PERTH); 15 miles S of Tammin in Tammin National Park [Charles Gardner Nature Reserve], 13 Nov. 1970, R.D. Royce 9326 (PERTH); 13 km E of Southern Cross, 4 Dec. 1997, R. Schuh, G. Cassis & Brailovsky 97-02 (PERTH); 15 kmN of Trayning, 22 Dec. 1973, P.S. Valentine 4(PERTH);justWofBallidu, 31 Oct. 1914, D.J.E. Whibley 4166 (PVKVM). Phenology. Flowers all year round. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the South-West Botanical Province mainly in the Merredin and Katanning subregions and in the Western Malice subregion, with some records in the Southern Cross A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 193 subregion (Figure 4). Grows in yellow, orange or brown sand and sandy loam, often over laterite or in sandy lateritic gravel. Common name. Hairy-leaved Beaufortia. Conservation status. Not threatened. Typification. Bentham based the name B. micrantha var. puberula on two Drummond gatherings, 4: 151 and 5: 173. All syntypes cited above conform to the protologue and Bentham’s annotations are evident on all of the K sheets. Notes. This species has variable indumentum on both leaves and inflorescences with denser and longer hairs on plants from the western parts of the species’ range and fewer and shorter hairs on plants from the eastern parts of its range, but this variation appears to be clinal. The staminal claw in western plants is usually hairy on the inner surface, while eastern plants may have entirely glabrous stamens. Eastern plants of B. puberula have pubescent young stems, often glabrous older leaves, and may have red staminal bundles. Beaufortia bracteosa has red staminal bundles and glabrous leaves; B. incana has larger greyish leaves (6-8 mm long vs 1.5^ mm long in B. puberula) and deep red staminal bundles. Beaufortia purpurea Lindf, Sketch Veg. Swan R. 10, t. 3A [the plate labelled as Manglesiapurpurea] (1839). Melaleuca purpurea (Lindl.) Craven & R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 665 (2014). Type citation. not cited [Swan River, 1839 [1835-1838], J. Drummond s.n] (syn: CGE 05226 digital image!, K 000793614 digital image!). Shrub to 1.5 m high, compact. Leaves opposite, sessile, linear-lanceolate, ± involute, 3-11 mm long, 0.5^.5 mm wide, faintly 3-5-veined, glabrous. Inflorescence a head. Bracts yellow-brown to green- brown to red, trullate to acutely triangular, 4.5-9 mm long, 5-11-veined, glabrous. Bracteoles brown to red, 5-7 mm long 0.1-0.2 mm wide, hairy. Hypanthium red to purple, 3.5^.5 mm long, 1.5-1.7 mm wide. Sepals pale brown-green to red, darker towards tip, acuminate, c. 2 mm long (broad for c. 0.5 mm at base, then narrow), c. 0.10-0.15 mm wide, 1-veined, hairy. Petals pink to red, ovate to obovate, 1.6-2.1 mm long, ciliate. Staminal bundles claw red to purple, 2^.5 mm long, proximally or near completely hairy; free filaments 5-7, emerging from semi-flattened end of claw, 3.5-7 mm long, red to purple, glabrous. Style red. Fruits united, 7-12.5 mm long. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from other Beaufortia species by having 5-10 mm long mature leaves and hairy sepals that are much longer than broad. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 27 Nov. 1996, H. Bowler 56 (PERTH); 17 Dec. 1971, A. E Burbidge 7887 (PERTH); 15 Dec. 1994, E.D. Kabay 1281 (PERTH); 10 Feb. 1988, D. Lamont 3 (PERTH); 19 Sep. 1996, A. Markey 740 (PERTH); 23 Dec. 1903, A. Morrison s.n. (PERTH); 8 Dec. 1990, A. Taylor 90/68 (PERTH); 7 Dec. 2007, K.R. Thiele 3449 (PERTH); 9 Nov. 2002, J.E. Wajon 566 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers in spring and summer, mostly from September to December. Distribution and habitat. Occurs on and near (including at the base of) the Darling Scarp near Perth in the South-West Botanical Province in a small part of the Northern Jarrah Forest subregion (Figure 8). 194 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Common name. Purple Beaufortia. Conservation status. Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015). Beaufortia purpurea has a restricted distribution on and near the Darling Scarp near Perth where it occurs in some small conservation reserves. It has a maximum range of only 55 km. Notes. Beaufortia purpurea can be distinguished from B. eriocephala by having glabrous leaves and bracts, and a less-woolly inflorescence. It appears to be closely related to B. bracteosa but separated by having larger, more flattened leaves and larger, trullate to more-narrowly triangular bracts. Beaufortia raggedensis A.A.Burb., sp. nov. Type-. Mt Ragged, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 15 December 1999, M. Hislop 1956 A(/ 2 o/o: PERTH 05797241; iso'. CANB). Shrub to 1.5 m high, compact or straggling. Leaves opposite, often in dense, opposite clusters, sessile, linear, 5-10 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, glabrous, faintly ciliate or hairy. Inflorescence a head. Bracts brown, acuminately triangular, c. 5 mm long, 4.5 mm wide at base, 1-veined, ciliate. Hypanthium red, hairy. Sepals green to red, triangular, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide, 1-veined, ciliate or hairy. Petals red-brown, obovate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide, ciliate. Staminal bundles claw pink to deep red, 5-10 mm long, hairy (mainly adaxially); free filaments 5-7, emerging at different points along claw, red, 5-10 mm long, glabrous. Style red. Fruits united, ovoid, 15-20 long, 10 mm wide. Diagnostic features. Beaufortia raggedensis can be separated from other species of Beaufortia by having a combination of large, deep red inflorescences (10-20 mm long stamens), 5-7 free filaments that are about the same length as the staminal claw, and 5-10 mm long leaves. It has been recorded only on the slopes and peaks of the Russell Range. Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 7 Dec. \960,A.S George 2084 (PERTH); 30 Mar. 1987, GJ. Keighery & J.J. Alford\473 (PERTH);31 Dec. 1984, R.A. Kilgour 491 (PERTH^ 30 Sep. 1995, CD. Turley 15/995 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowering recorded from September to December. Distribution and habitat. Known only from the slopes and base of peaks in the Russell Range in the Eastern Mallee subregion (Figure 7), where it grows in quartzite. Common name. Mount Ragged Beaufortia. Etymology. Named to reflect the species’ occurrence on Mt Ragged. Conservation status. To be listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). The species has a highly restricted distribution within a national park, but with no current plausible threats. Notes. Previously recognised by Michael Hislop as B. aff schaueri. A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 195 Mt Ragged is part of the Russell Range, composed primarily of Precambrian quartzite. There are rocky outcrops to the west (Mt Symmons), north (a separate part of the Russell Range) and north-east (Mt Dean and Mt Esmond), but no specimens are available from these localities. Beaufortia schaueri, which has pink staminal bundles and smaller leaves (3.5-5.5 mm long), occurs on the surrounding sandplains. Beaufortia empetrifolia also occurs in nearby sandplains; it has pink to mauve staminal bundles and much smaller leaves (<2 mm long). Beaufortia schaueri Preiss ex Schauer, Regelia, Beaufortia, Caloth. 17 (1843). Melaleuca jonesii Craven & R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 664 (2014). Type citation'. ‘Crescit in Australiae plagis austro- occidentalibus. In colliculosis confragosis prope montem Manypeak (1. T’jilberup et in glareosis ad radices clivium Konkoberup promontorii Cape-Riche, Octobri m. a. 1840. E. Preiss legit! ’ [19-22 Oct. 1840, L. Preiss 305] (lecto, here designated: ED 1037534 digital image!; isolecto'. GOET 008202 digital image!, FR 0036153 digital image!, M 0137451 digital image!, MO 2176037 digital image!, S 07-11669 digital image!). Beaufortia schaueri ym. (1) atrorubensBmth., FI. Austral. 3: 168(1867). Type citation'. An Maxwell’s collection in Herb. F. Mueller’ {lecto, here designated (or perhaps holo)'. MEE 2113578!). Shrub erect to spreading, up to 1.5 m high, 1-2 m wide. Leaves opposite or in dense opposite clusters, sessile, linear, sometimesrevoluteor involute, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, glabrous. Inflorescence a head. Bracts triangular, green to pink, 1-3.5 mm long, glabrous or ciliate, 3-5-veined. Bracteoles c. 1-2 mm long, pale yellow-pink, hairy. Hypanthium brown, 1.5-2 mm long and wide, hairy. Sepals triangular to acuminate, 1.5-2 mm long, l(3)-veined, green to red-brown, faintly ciliate. Petals red, obovate, c. 2 mm long, ciliate. Staminal bundles claw deep pink typically with red base, hairy on inner surface, 2.5-4 mm long; free filaments 5(6), pink with red tip, 5-7.5 mm long, glabrous. Anthers red opening to white. Style pink. Fruits united, 8-11 mm long. Diagnostic features. Distinguished from other Beaufortia species by having red petals, pink to mauve stamens with the anther and tip of filament red, and free filaments about twice as long as the claw. Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: 90 mile tank on Eake King-Norseman Rd, 113 km NE of Eake King, 14 June 2006, G. Byrne 2067 (PERTH); western side of Mt Arid 100 m from peak, 10 Dec. 2005, P. Courtney 124 (PERTH); 43 km S of Salmon Gums on Esperance road, 21 Oct. 1981, L.A. Craven 7229 (PERTH); 8 km S of Jerramungup on the Albany road, 7 Nov. 1981, L.A. Craven 7420 (PERTH); 24 km N of Mt Manypeaks, 2 Nov. 1995, R. Davis 299 (PERTH); 3 km NW of Mt Melville, 23 Jan. 1997, R. Davis RD 2273 (PERTH); near roadside N of Eocation 1153, c. 52 km NNW of the coast at Stokes Inlet, 15 Oct. 1968, Hj. Eichler 20243 (PERTH); Mt Desmond, near Ravensthorpe, 19 Oct. 1960, C.A. Gardner 12881 (PERTH); 24 km E of Ravensthorpe on Nindilbillup Rd, 10 kmN of Hwy 1, 22 Nov. 1986, J. W. Green 5189 (PERTH); road out of Twertup research station, Fitzgerald River National Park, 27 Oct. 1994, E.D. Kabay 971 (PERTH); on SW boundary of the reserve, 2.9 km SE of Fitzgerald Rd, Aerodrome Rd Nature Reserve, c. 43 km S of Eake King townsite, 17 Oct. 1999, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 4749 (PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range 26 km SE of Ravensthorpe, 30 Sep. 2007, S. Kern & R. Jasper ECH 17866 (PERTH); 3 miles N of Mt Success, 28 Oct. 1962, K.R. Newbey 589 (PERTH); near road on boundary between Eocations 37 and 38, c. 32 km NNE of the coast at Stokes Inlet, 18 Oct. 1968, A.E. Orchard 1632 (PERTH); coast at SE base of Mt Arid, 22 Nov. 1985, A.N. Rodd 5\29 (PERTH); Roe Eocation 2621, 50 m N of corner S and W side, 5 Oct. 1995, M. & J. Stewart 5 (PERTH); gravel pit site. Rabbit Proof Fence Rd, 200 m E of Cowcher Rd, north Ongerup, 28 Nov. 2005, L. Strahan 391 (PERTH); site DVMG2, Murray site 37, Ravensthorpe 196 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Range, 21 Aug. 1992, R. T Wills s.n. (PERTH); Stirling Range, 25 km W of Chester Pass on E-W road to Red Gum Pass, 28 Sep. 1966, RG. Wilson 4225 (PERTH); 33 km WSW of Take King township, 10 Aug. 1968, P.G. Wilson 6991 (PERTH); Baanga Hill, c. 16 km SE of Eake King townsite, 11 Aug. 1968, RG. Wilson 7015 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers year round, mostly in spring and summer. Distribution and habitat. Widespread near the south coast from east of Albany to near Israelite Bay (Fitzgerald and Recherche subregions). Inland distribution from south of Jingalup (Katanning subregion) through the Western Mallee and Eastern Mallee subregions to Cape Arid National Park (Figure 4). A specimen from near Mt Holland is the north-eastern-most seen. Grows in sand, stony or clayey sand and loams, sand over laterite, granite and spongolite, and in laterite. Common name. Pink Beaufortia. Conservation status. Not threatened. Typification. The designated lectotype of B. schaueri, ED 1037534, is annotated with Preiss’ hand writing as ‘305 Melaleucapreissii’ with Schauer having crossed out ‘Melaleuca’ and inserted ‘Beaufortia (Schizopleura)’. No specimen has been located that is labelled B. schaueri var. (?) atrorubens. MEE 2113578 is labelled ‘Westn Austr. Maxw’ and was viewed by Bentham, with his initial evident on the label. The flowers are much darker (deep red) than typical B. schaueri and therefore this specimen has been selected here as the lectotype. MEE 2113579 has a von Mueller label on it: ‘Beaufortia Schaueri (Preiss) Near Cape Arid 1875. (Maxwell)’; it has typically-coloured flowers and was collected well-after 1867. Notes. There is no lake with the official name of Tjilberup. The type of Grevillea coccinea was also collected by Preiss at Tjilberup, and noted to be 7 miles from Mt Manypeaks, so it is likely to be Eake Pleasant View, which is c. 12 km north-west of Mt Manypeaks. Cape Riche is c. 55 km north-east of Mt Manypeaks. PERTH 04083199 (N.H. Brittan s.n.), with a locality of Mt Ragged, is B. schaueri, however, this species has not been recorded from the quartzite slopes of the Russell Range where B. raggedensis occurs. It seems likely that the location given (Mt Ragged) is of a general nature. Beaufortia schaueri is somewhat similar to B. bracteosa, but has small, inconspicuous <2 mm long bracteoles (2.5 mm long in B. bracteosa), pink to mauve staminal filaments with a red tip, and red petals and anthers (red staminal filaments in B. bracteosa)-, the free filaments are longer (>5 mm) than in B. bracteosa (<4.5 mm), and longer than the staminal claw. Beaufortiapuberula, which has typically pink staminal bundles (but may be red in plants from the eastern end of its range), has hairy leaves (only the juvenile leaves in the eastern parts of the species’ range). Beaufortia sparsa R.Br., in W.T. Aiton, Hort. Kew. 2"^ edn, 4: 419 (1812). Melaleuca sparsa (R.Br.) Craven &R.D. Edwards, Taxon 63(3)-. 665 (2014). Type citation'. ‘Nat. of the South-west Coast of New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq.’ Type specimens'. King George’s Sound [Western Australia, September- October 1791], A. Menzies s.n. (lecto, here designated: BM 001015198 digital image!; isolecto'. BM 001015200 digital image!). A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 197 Beaufortia splendens Baxter ex A.Dietr., in C.F. Otto & A.H.G. Dietrich, Allgemeine Gartenzeitung 2: 274 (1834). Type citation'. ‘Habitat in Nova Hollandia’ (w.v.). Shrub to 2.5 m high and 1.8m wide, often multi-stemmed at ground level. Stems glabrescent, red when young. Leaves mostly spiralled but sometimes sub-opposite, sessile, ovate to lanceolate, 8-10 mm long, mm wide, 5-veined (may not be obvious in fresh specimens), glabrous. Inflorescence a spike. Bracts pale brown, triangular, 6 mm long, 3.5 mm wide at base, 5-7-veined, hairy proximally, glabrous distally, often shed at anthesis. Bracteoles typically absent. Hypanthium red, c. 1.5 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, hairy. Sepals dark red, triangular, c. 1-2 mm long and wide, faintly 1-veined. Petals yellow to orange, c. 2 mm long, sometimes sparsely ciliate. Staminal bundles claw red or yellow-orange to pale pink, 12-20 mm long, glabrous; free filaments 5-7, emerging from the claw at different points, red, occasionally paler near base, 6-10 mm long, glabrous. Style pink to red. Fruits united or clumped, 15-35 mm long, 10-12 mm wide. Diagnostic features. Flowers arranged around stem similar to a bottlebrush; differs from B. decussata and B. orbifolia by having smaller (<12 mm long) spirally-arranged leaves. Specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Northcliffe, 20 Feb. 2001, T.J. Alford 119 (PERTH); Walpole Ficifolia Block near Pt 89, 14 Feb. 1990, A.N. Annels 1094 (PERTH); Reserve No. 18644, N of Scott River Rd - Pericles St junction, 15 July 2009, D. Bradshaw TB 5 (PERTH); Black Point Rd, 24 Feb. 1998, R.J. Cranfield 11859 (PERTH); powerline access road from Stewart Rd, 3 km N of Donnelly River, 23 Feb. 2001,R.J. Cranfield\6220 (PERTH); 12 km W of Bow Bridge, 5 Nov. 1981, LA. Craven 7393 (PERTH); 17 km E of Karridale, 15 Jan. 1996, R. Davis RD 445 (PERTH); site 168, cell 7, 400 m E of Blackwood and Great North Rd on Blackwood Rd (site recorded opposite side of road to site 167), bearing NE, 21 Oct. 1998, R. Davis 7683 (PERTH); 4 miles S of Pemberton-Nannup Rdc. 15 miles W of Pemberton, 14 Feb. 1958,A.5'. George 149 (PERTH); Marbellup to wnsite reserve, 15 km W of Albany, 19 Apr. 1980, J.W. Green 4936 (PERTH); Boardinghouse Rd, St Johns Block, 30 Jan. 1997, A. Horan AH 07 (PERTH); track into Malimup 9 km S of Northcliffe to the west, 18 Jan. 1995, E.D. Kabay 1369 (PERTH); Reserve 24529, N of Capel Nature Reserve, 2 km SW of Capel, near tip (adj. to Capel-3), 15 April 1992, B.J. Keighery & G.J. Keighery 24 (PERTH); William Bay National Park, April 1984, C.V. Malcolm s.n. (PERTH); Busselton-Jalbarragup road, 29 June 1972, G. McCutcheon s.n. (PERTH); 10 km from Cane Break Rd, E along Stewart Rd, WNW of Pemberton, 10 Nov. 1985, A.N. Rodd 4905 & G. Fensom (PERTH); Forest Grove Rd, 5 km W of Bussell Hwy, 15 Mar. 2000, J. Scott 203 (PERTH); Davidson Rd, Manjimup, 23 Feb. 1966, FG. Smith 1900 (PERTH); Corner of Bauxhall Rd and South Coast Hwy, Nornalup, 26 Mar. 2008, K.R. Thiele 3514 (PERTH); between Middleton Beach and King River, 9 Nov. 1974, D.J.E. Whibley 5153 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers throughout the year, mostly from January to May. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the South-West Botanical Province where it is almost confined to the Warren bioregion, but extends northward to near Busselton and Capel at the southern end of the Perth subregion, into the southern edge of the Southern Jarrah Forest subregion, and eastwards to Chester Pass, Stirling Range, near the western edge of the Fitzgerald subregion (Figure 8). Grows in seasonally swampy soils with peaty and loamy sands, often semi-dominant in peaty fiats. Common name. Swamp Bottlebrush. Conservation status. Not threatened. 198 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Typification. Although the protologue of Beaufortia sparsa cites ‘Nat. of the South-west Coast of New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq.’, Brown does not appear to have collected this species. There are, however, two relevant sheets at BM bearing specimens collected by Archibald Menzies, who visited King George Sound in 1791: BM 001015198 comprises two specimens and two slips annotated by Brown as ‘Metrosideros? Melaleuca? W. Coast Menzies’ and ‘Melaleuca comosa. King George’s Sd, Mr Menzies’; and BM 101015200, which comprises two specimens and is annotated ‘New Holland, King George’s Sound. Mr Archib. Menzies’ by Banks’ librarian Jonas Dryander. In his diary (Vallance et al. 2001: 67), Brown noted that he prepared descriptions of three species of Melaleuca and three of either Melaleuca or Metrosideros from Kings George’s Sound on 19 September 1801, on which date he was on the Investigator in the Southern Atlantic Ocean, heading for the Cape. Brown must, therefore, have had material collected by Menzies in the reference set that he took from London for the voyage (A.S. George pers. comm.). BM 001015198, which is annotated by Brown, is therefore treated here as original material and is selected as an appropriate lectotype. I have not located type material of B. splendens, which was described from horticultural material that was possibly grown from seed collected by William Baxter. It is of note that BM 001015199 is a collection of B. sparsa by Baxter from 1828-29. Notes. One of only two Beaufortia that can regenerate from lignotuberous root stock after fire. Beaufortia sprengelioides (DC.) Craven, Taxon 48: 54 (1999). Melaleucasprengelioides DC. Prodr. 3: 215 (1828). Type citation', ‘in Novae-Hollandiae, ora orientale’ {sym G-DC G 00134512 digital image, G 00227451 digital image!). Beaufortia dampieri A.Cmm. in W.J. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3272 (1833). Type citation. ‘... found upon the barren, loose, sandy downs of Dirk Hartog’s Island, off Shark’s Bay, on the West coast of Australia, where its seeds were gathered in 1822, during the surveying voyage of Capt. RR King, in H.M. Sloop Bathurst, and from which the living plants which have repeatedly fiowered in the Royal Gardens at Kew were raised.’ Type specimens'. ‘Hort. Kew. Cult, from Shark’sBay. W. CoastofNHoll. 1822’ {lecto, here designated: K 000793617 digital image!); Dirk Hartog’s Island, A. Cunningham s.n. (syn K 000793618 digital image!, K 000793619 digital image!). Shrub up to 3.5 m high and spreading to 5 m across. Leaves opposite, sessile, elliptic to ovate to obovate, involute, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, 3-5-veined, glabrous. Inflorescence dchQdLd. Bracts green, obovate to ovate, c. 3-A mm long, 3 mm wide, 5-7-veined, hairy at base. Bracteoles pale pink to brown, 2 mm long, hairy. Hypanthium green-brown, 4-5 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, glabrous or hairy. Sepals pale green, acutely triangular, 1-1.5 mm long, 1-3-veined. Petals pink, obovate, 1.7-2.1 mm long, ciliate. Staminal bundles claw pale pink to pale purple, occasionally white, 3.5^ mm long, glabrous or faintly ciliate; free filaments 7-10, white to pink or pale purple, fading to yellow-brown, 3-5 mm long. Style pink to red. Fruits mostly separate and peg-like, sometimes loosely clumped or united, c. 6 mm long and wide. Diagnostic features. Separated from other Beaufortia species by having 7-10 small, usually pink (sometimes white or pale purple) staminal bundles and mostly separate peg-like fruits (but these may be loosely united). Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: NE corner of East Yuna Nature Reserve, 14Nov. 1991 ,P.G. Armstrong s.n. (RERTH);EastYuna,NEofGeraldton, 2Dec. 1968,A.C. 123 A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 199 (PERTH); S of White Beach, Dorre Island, Shark Bay, 2 Sep. 1998, S.J. Claymore & A.S. Weston 266 (PERTH); Red Cliff Point, Bernier Island, Shark Bay, 27 Aug. 1998, S.J. Claymore &A.S. Weston 267 (PERTHX42.5kmdueEofBinnu, 180ct. 1988,^.J. Cowley&F.C. 0mz>7« 218(PERTH);Williamson Rd off Tenindewa North Rd, 29 Nov. 1998, J. Docherty 1 (PERTH); 16 miles SSE of Tamala Station homestead,27Aug. \969,A.S. George9582(PERTH); 13kmSofWannoo,24Nov. 1996, TFHouston 900-6 (PERTH); 13.6 km W along Useless Eoop Rd (N side) from Denham-Hamelin Rd (Site: na4), 23 Aug. 1994, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 1272 (PERTH); 425 mile peg on North West Coastal Hwy [18 km S of the Overlander Roadhouse on North West Coastal Hwy], 12 Nov. 1963, F. Lullfitz E2903 (PERTH); Edel Eand, Shark Bay. c. 8.5 km SSE of Mt Direction, accessed by 4WD track to Thunder Bay, Blowholes & Crayfish (Epineux) Bay. [Plot-tbatOE], 18 Sep. 1997, A. Markey 1636 (PERTH); near Dampier landing, Dirk Hartog Island, 16 Aug. 1999, S.K. Marner & A.S. George 61 (PERTH); Shark Bay: Dirk Hartog (Turtle Bay - Cape Inscription), 26 July 1988, Ph. Morat 8401 (PERTH); riverside Ajana, Beacon Hill, 20 Nov. 2001, D.M. Porter 239 (PERTH); E of Eradu towards Indarra, 1 Nov. 1963, R.D. Royce 8027 (PERTH); Eurardy Station, Binnu, 15 Sep. 1994, L. Sweedman 3405 (PERTH); Steep Point, 7.2 km S of Blackies camp, 31 Aug. 2005, L.S.J. Sweedman 6590 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers from July to December. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the Geraldton Hills subregion from Coalseam Conservation Park and East Yuna Nature Reserve north to Dirk Hartog, Dorre and Bernier Islands in the Edel subregion (Figure 6). Grows in sand (white, yellow, yellow-brown, orange and red), sandy loam, clayey sand, sand over laterite, sand over limestone, and limestone. Common name. Shark Bay Beaufortia. Conservation status. Not threatened. Typification. The sheet containing type material of B. dampieri at K has three labels and associated specimens: K 000793618 and K 000793619 are fruiting collections gathered by Cunningham from Dirk Hartog Island, while K 000793617 is fiowering material grown at Kew from seeds collected at the same time. The fiowering material is selected as an appropriate lectotype. There is a possible syntype at P collected by Gaudichaud who was at Shark Bay in September 1818 (Alex George pers. comm.). Notes. As Craven (1999: 54) notes, the type locality of B. sprengelioides is given as the east coast of Australia (‘in Novae-Hollandiae ora orientali’) but this must be in error as Beaufortia is known to occur indigenously in Western Australia only. BeaufortiasquarrosaSchauer, Regelia, Beaufortia, Caloth. 21:15-16(1844). Melaleucapulcherrima Craven & R.D.Edwards, Taxon 63(3): 664 (2014). Type citation ‘Habitat in Nova-Hollandia austro- occidentali: in solo subarenoso planitiei inter frutices ad fiuvium Canning-River, lunio m. a. 1841, collegitcl. Preiss!’(/^cro, here designated (or perhaps holo)-. ED 1076222, stamped Botanical Museum 061135 Eund). Shrub 0.5-2(-3) m high, 0.5-4 m wide. Young stems tomentose. Leaves opposite, sessile, ovate, involute, 4-7.5 mm long, 1.2-3.5 mm wide, 5-veined, glabrous. Inflorescence a head. Bracts absent. Bracteoles typically absent, if present c. 1 mm long. Hypanthium dark brown, hairy, 2.5^ mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide. Sepals brown, narrowly triangular, c. 2 mm long, 3-veined, ciliate and/or sparsely hairy. Petals obovate, pale yellow-brown, 2-A mm long, glabrous or shortly ciliate. Staminal bundles 200 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) claw orange-red, red or scarlet, sometimes paler proximally, 10-16 mm long, glabrous; free filaments 3(4), orange, orange-red, red or scarlet, sometimes darker at tip, 5.5-8.5 mm long. Style red. Fruits clustered or separate, 4-5 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide. Diagnosticfeatures. Distinguished from othor Beaufortia species by a combination of the infiorescence being a spike, glabrous staminal bundles with the free filaments shorter than the claw, and uniform- coloured infiorescences. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: Wannamal West Rd, Gingin (3 km E of Brand Hwy), 20 Mar. 1986, J.J. Alford s.n. (PERTH); N boundary of Boonanarring Vacant Crown Eand, offWannamal West Rd, Gingin, 13 Aug. 1986, J.J. Alford 748 (PERTH); swamps E of Cervantes, 22 Feb. 1970, T.E.H. Aplin 2995 (PERTH); intersection of Jurien Bay Rd and Cockleshell Gully [Rd], 10 Mar. 1979, RJ. Cranfield 1249 (PERTH); Ajana, Sep. 1928, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); 3 miles W of Mogumber, 27 Jan. 1964, A.S George 6099 (PERTH); 8 miles W of Mogumber, 26 Feb. 1980, T.J. Hawkeswood 158 (PERTH); N side of Bibby Rd, 500 m W of Drummond Reserve and 8.5 km E from junction with Yerramullah Rd, Jurien Bay, 20 Feb. 2005, M. Hayes 432 (PERTH); remnant bushland c. 100 m S of intersection of Hale Rd and Tonkin Hwy, Wattle Grove, 1 Mar. 1999, M. Hislop 1275 (PERTH); 15 km E of junction of Brand Hwy and Coorow Rd, 23 Jan. 1979, R Hnatiuk79000l (PERTH); 3kmN ofRegansFord on Brand Hwy, 2 May \979,R E/«afiMA:790010 (PERTH); Alexander Morrison National Park, 27 Jan. 1981, i?. Hnatiuk 810503 (PERTH); Cullalla Rd, Chittering - Gingin, on road verges N of Barn Rd, 25 Mar. 2002, F. Hort 1736 (PERTH); Williamson Rd, Wilcox Block, Whicher Range, 16 Mar. 1991, G.J. Keighery 12059 (PERTH); Brixton St wetlands, central block, N of Brixton St, 16 Mar. 2000, G.J. Keighery 15928 (PERTH); Oates Rd-Williams Rd intersection, 15 km SE of Capel, 3 Feb. 2005, G.J. & B.J Keighery 345 (PERTH); Mullering Brook area, c. 110 miles N of Perth towards Jurien Bay, 25 Feb. 1971, B.R Maslin s.n. (PERTH); Cannington, 6 April 1899, A. Morrison s.n. (PERTH); between Busselton and Jarrahwood, 14 Mar. 1917, F.M.C. Schock 151 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers throughout the year, mostly in spring and summer. Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the South-West Botanical Province from near Busselton and the Whicher Range in the Perth subregion and near Perth, and in the Dandaragan Plateau subregion north to Alexander Morrison National Park in the Eesueur Sandplain subregion (Figure 3). Grows in sand, sand over clay or limestone, lateritic sand or sand over laterite. Site may be dry or a winter-wet depression. Common name. Sand Beaufortia Conservation status. Not threatened. Notes. C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 02346745) is labelled as having been collected atAj ana in September 1928. If this locality is correct, this specimen was collected 250 km north of other populations of B. squarrosa. It is not shown on the distribution map for this species. Although widely known as ‘ Sand Bottlebrush’, many species of Beaufortia grow in sand. Beaufortia squarrosa is most likely to be confused with B. aestiva. The staminal claw in B. squarrosa is c. twice as long as the free filaments (in B. aestiva c. 1:1), and there are three stamens per bundle (5-7 in B. aestiva). A. A. Burbidge, A taxonomic revision of Beaufortia (Myrtaceae: Melaleuceae) 201 Acknowledgements I thank Alexander George AM for suggesting this project, for extensive advice during the drafting of this paper and for reviewing drafts. I also thank the Curator and staff of the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) for permission to study their collections and for assistance and advice. Michael Hislop was particularly helpful and shared his wide knowledge of Myrtaceae and Steven Dillon advised on the preparation of the distribution maps. The Managing Editor of Nuytsia, Juliet Wege, was very helpful with advice regarding editorial details and typification. My thanks also go to Barbara Rye for editing the manuscript and providing many helpful suggestions, and to Brendan Eepschi who provided a detailed review of the draft. This study commenced while I was working at the Western Australian Wildlife Research Centre, now within the Department of Parks and Wildlife. Field work was usually conducted while travelling on other projects. Special thanks go to Phillip Fuller, who assisted during much of the field work and helped compile data and sort specimens. References Brooks, K. J., Burbidge, A. A. & George, A.S. (1998). Beaufortia aestiva (Myrtaceae): a new species from the northern kwongan of the South-West Botanical Province, Australia. Nuytsia 12: 161-169. Brown, E.M., Burbidge, A.H., Dell, J., Edinger, D., Hopper, S.D. & Wills, R.T. (1997). Pollination in Western Australia: a database of animals visiting flowers. Handbook No. 15. (Western Australian Naturalists’Club: Perth.) Brown, G.K., Udovic, F. & Eadiges, P. Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14: 565-585. Burbidge, N.T. (1960). The phytogeography of the Australian region. Australian Journal of Botany 8: 75-211. Chapman, A.D. (1991). Australian plant names index. (Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.) Craven, E.A. (1999). Typification of the name Regelia and transfer of Melaleuca sprengelioides to Beaufortia (Myrtaceae). Taxon 53-55. Craven, E.A., Edwards, R.D. & Cowley, K.J. (2014). New combinations and names in Melaleuca (Myrtaceae). Taxon 63(3): 663-670. Dampier, W. (1703). A voyage to New Holland &c., in the year, 1699. (James Knapton: Eondon.) Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 21 March 2016], Edwards, R.D., Craven, E.A., Crisp, M.D. & Cook, E.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca E. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59(3): 744-754. George,A.S. (1999). William Dampier inNew Holland. Australia ’sflrst natural historian. (Bloomings Books: Hawthorn, Victoria.) George, A.S. (2009). Australian botanist’s companion. (Four Gables Press: Kardinya, Western Australia.) George, A.S. (2010). Calothamnus (Myrtaceae): a precursor paper to Flora of Australia. Nuytsia 20: 183-200. Hopper, S.D. (1980). Bird and mammal pollen vectors in Banksia communities at Cheyne Beach, Western Australia. Australian Journal of Botany 28: 61-75. Hopper, S.D. (2014). ^mdyXdLmmdkwongkan'. historical spellings, meanings, synonyms, geography and definition.//?: Eambers, H. (ed.) Plant life on the sandplains in southwest Australia. (UWA Publishing: Crawley, Western Australia.) Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Eadiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. & Udovic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia Suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladistics 15: 151-172. Eadiges, PY, Udovic, F. & Nelson, G. (2003). Australian biogeographical connections and the phylogeny of large genera in the plant family Myrtaceae. Journal of Biogeography 30: 989-998. Eamont, B.B., Ee Maitre, D.C., Cowling, R.M. & Enright, N.J. (1991). Canopy seed storage in woody plants. Botanical Review 57: 277-317. 202 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Museum of Victoria (2015). Online plant pollination index, http://flyaqis.mov.vic.gov.au/cgi-bin/texhtml?form=bio_beej [accessed 11 March 2015] Rye, B.L. (1979). Chromosome number variation in the Myrtaceae and its taxonomic implications. Australian Journal of Botany 11-. 547-573. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 21 December 2015]. Wilson, P.G., O’Brien, M.M., Gadek, PA. & Quinn, C. J. (2001). Myrtaceae revisited: a reassessment of infrafamilial groups. American Journal of Botany 88(11): 2013-2025. Wilson, P.G., O’Brien, M.M., Heselwood, M.M. & Quinn, C. J. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phytogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251: 3-19. Vallance, T.G., Moore, D.T., Groves, E.W. (2001). Nature’s Investigator: the diary of Robert Brown in Australia, 1801-1805. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:203-209 Published online 1st July 2016 Tetratheca butcheriana (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and rare species from the Pilbara bioregion of Western Australia Andrew J. Perkins^ Scott Reiffei^ and Hayden Ajdnk^ ‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 2Rio Tinto Iron Ore, GPO Box A42, Perth, Western Australia 6837 ^360 Environmental, PO Box 14, West Perth, Western Australia 6872 'Corresponding author, email: Andrew.Perkins@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Perkins, A. J., Reiffer, S. & Ajduk, H. Tetratheca butcheriana (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and rare species from the Pilbara bioregion of Western Australia. Nuytsia 27: 203-209 (2016). A new species of Tetratheca Sm., discovered while performing flora surveys along banded ironstone cliffs north-west of Tom Price in 2015, is described. It is named T butcheriana AT.VQxkms in honour of Ryonen Butcher, a botanical researcher and well-published taxonomic expert on Tetratheca in Western Australia. This species is one of two species of Tetratheca geographically restricted to the Pilbara bioregion, both of which are of conservation signiflcance. A taxonomic description of T butcheriana is provided, along with photographs and a list of diagnostic features to aid in identiflcation. Introduction The genus Tetratheca Sm. (Elaeocarpaceae) is well-represented in Western Australia, with 33 of the 52 described species occurring in the state (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). The vast majority of those are distributed in the south-west and many are known to be narrow-range endemics. Due to their edaphic speciflcity (often to particular types of banded ironstones) and the isolated nature of their distributions, 15 Western Australian taxa have been discovered and described in the past couple of decades (Alford 1995; Butcher & Sage 2005; Bull 2007; Butcher 2007a, 2007b, 2007c, 2008, 2009; Butcher & Cockerton 2012). All 15 taxa are conservation-listed including six that are recognised as Threatened (Jones 2015). Interestingly, two species are distinctly geographically isolated to the north of the remaining taxa in WesternAustralia: T chapmaniiAlfordbyc. 520 km and EybrJ/fzwtzR. Butcher bye. 700 km. Tetratheca chapmanii, first collected in 1993, grows on sandstone cliffs in the Carnarvon Range (Eittle Sandy Desert bioregion) and is characterised by having subtly ridged stems covered with tubercles and sparse glandular hairs, flowers borne from clusters of floral bracts and ovaries covered with glandular hairs (Alford 1995). In contrast, T fordiana was first collected in 1987 from plants growing in the West Angelas area of the Hamersley Range (Pilbara bioregion) and is characterised by having glaucous stems that are densely and finely hispid and covered with spine-like setae (giving them a prickly appearance), relatively small leaves that are densely hispid, floral bracts in pairs, hispid peduncle and © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 204 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) calyx segments, and a hispid ovary with additional glandular hairs on the surface (Butcher & Sage 2005). Both species have small or reduced leaves, 5-merous flowers and two ovules per locule in the ovary. There have been several Tetratheca discoveries in the Pilbara bioregion in recent years. In 2012, T. fordiana (Figure 1), which was known only from the type collection, was rediscovered in the West Angelas area growing on an ironstone cliff face and upper ridgeline. A second population of this species was subsequently found last year in a similar habitat some 35 km to the north-west. Additional serendipitous collections made in 2015 from north-west of Tom Price (Figure 2) revealed a distinct and novel species, formally described herein as T. butcheriana A.i^Qxkim. Figure 1. Tetratheca fordiana. A - habit of plant in situ, B - single flower showing petal coloration at base, anthers and style tip; C - developing fruits in situ showing hispid peduncles, hispid and glandular-hairy outer surface, and kinked style; D - flower¬ bearing branches showing hispid and setose stems, hispid leaves with recurved margins, and pendulous flowers in situ showing hispid peduncles and calyces. Photographs by A. Perkins in July 2012 from plants in the West Angelas area. A.J. Perkins et al., Tetratheca butcheriana (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and rare species 205 Methods The description of T. butcheriana is based on the examination of fresh material, photographic images taken of plants in situ and six voucher specimens, including the type. Morphological comparisons were made with voucher and type material of other Western Australian species of Tetratheca held at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). Taxonomy Tetratheca butcheriana A. J.Perkins, sp. nov. Type', north-west of Tom Price, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 14 July 2015, H. Ajduk & S. Reiffer HA-TET03 {holo\ PERTH 08729328; iso\ AD, CANB, DNA, MEE, NSW). Erect to sprawling sub-shrub, 15-80 cm high, 15-50 cm wide. Stems numerous from base, erect to sprawling becoming pendulous (with age), with predominantly alternate branching, elongate, terete, straight, terminating in a slender, blunt, brown point on leafless stems, 1.0-1.5(-2.0) mm wide in flowering region with sparse, patent, glandular hairs (0.1-0.3 mm long) in the lower 1/3, glabrous along the remainder; juvenile stems pale yellowish green, surface smooth andglaucescent; mature leafy stems light green; mature leafless stems dull brown, minutely rugulose. Leaves alternate, occasionally sub-opposite, erect at an acute angle to the stem, subsessile (with short yellowish green petioles. 206 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) 0.1-0.2 mm long), leaves along the lower 1/3 of stems glabrescent with glandular hairs (0.1-0.3 mm long), remaining leaves glabrous; blade elliptic to oblong, 3.0-10.1 mm long, 0.9-3.6 mm wide; apex acute; margin entire, flat to shallowly convex; adaxial surface light green, flat; abaxial surface paler light green, often with pale crimson colouration along the margin and raised midrib. Flowers axillary (on leafy stems only), solitary, pendulous. Bracts absent. Peduncles gently curved, lengthening as flowers develop, 5.0-11.1 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, crimson to purple-red, dull, glabrous, tapering gradually along length then expanding into a shallowly ridged, angular, glabrous receptacle 0.9-1.1 mm wide. Calyx segments 5, inserted on edge of receptacle rim, deciduous, narrowly ovate to elliptic, 3.0-3.4 mm long, 1.9-2.1 mm wide, shallowly concave in T.S.; apex acute; margin flat; outer surface greenish crimson, dull, glabrous; inner surface tomentose with fine, simple hairs inside the margin, gradually becoming less so towards centre and base; mid-vein thickened. Petals 5, deciduous, broadly obovate, 10.0-14.5 mm long, 5.5-8.8 mm wide with the widest point at 7.3-10.9 mm (c. 1/4 from the apex), uniformly pink (in some individual plants) or pink with a crimson area at the base. Stamens 10, 4.0-5.0 mm long, shortly fused into pairs at base; filaments thick, compressed, obliquely angled, 0.2-0.3 mm long, red, glabrous; anther bodies with 3 distinct raised ridges (2 dorsal, 1 ventral), 2.2- 2.7 mm long, dark crimson-purple, glabrous, apices gradually transitioning into anther tubes; anther tubes incurved along their length, 1.4-2.0 mm long, dark magenta, smooth, glabrous; orifices narrow, ovular, oblique. Ovary compressed-obovate, narrow at base, 1.5-2.0 mm long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide, yellowish green, glabrous, apex gradually tapering into style base, glabrous inside loculi; style straight, thicker at base, tapering towards apex, 2.5-3.0 mm long, pale crimson basally, yellowish green to cream at apex, glabrous; stigma simple, minutely papillose; ovules 4, 2 in each locule, attached towards the apex of the septum by small, colourless placentas. FrMzfcompressed-obovoidto -ellipsoid, 7.2- 10.6 mm long, 5.0-5.7 mm wide, greenish yellow to crimson, dull, glabrous, sunken along axis; rim of receptacle prominent and persistent, gently angled; style persistent. Commonly 1 seed per locule (2 per fruit reach maturity, remaining 2 ovules often abort). Seed obliquely obloid to narrowly obovoid, the proximal end obtuse, the distal end truncate, 3.9^.3 mm long, 1.2-1.6 mm wide, cream- yellow to pale crimson, with erect to loosely appressed, fine, white, simple hairs; elaiosome prominent, irregularly coiled beyond the seed in 3 coils, 2.4-3.1 mm long in coiled state, cream to tan, terete at base, becoming flattened and rugulose from half-way through the first coil, with spreading to erect, fine, white, simple hairs. (Figure 3) Diagnostic features. Tetratheca butcheriana is distinguishable from all other species of Tetratheca by the following combination of characters: stems leafy, terete and straight, with the surface smooth, glaucescent and glandular-hairy in the lower 1/3; leaves flat to shallowly convex; flowers axillary, borne singly on leafy portion of stem; floral bracts absent; ovary with 2 ovules per locule; peduncles, outer calyces, ovary and fruit glabrous. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 14 July 2015, H. Ajduk & S Reiffer HA-TETOl (PERTH); 14 July 2015, H. Ajduk & S Reiffer HA- TET02 (PERTH); 14 July 2015, S Reiffer & H Ajduk SRe-Op04 (PERTH); 14 July 2015, S. Reiffer & H. Ajduk SRe-Op05 (PERTH); 14 July 2015, S Reiffer & H Ajduk SRe-Op06 (PERTH). Phenology. This species was collected in mid-July 2015 with buds, flowers, developing fruit and recently open fruit present simultaneously on plants. It can be inferred that plants flower and fruit from at least June to August. Flowers were only observed in leaf axils on Teafy’ portions of the stems, indicating that they are only borne on the current season’s vegetative shoots. As for T. chapmanii and T. fordiana, it is likely that the timing of the flowering season for this species is linked to significant local rainfall events. A.J. Perkins et al., Tetratheca butcheriana (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and rare species 207 Figure 3. Tetratheca butcheriana. A - flowering plant in situ showing hanging stems; B - erect habit of a smaller plant; C - single flower showing ventral surface of pink petals, anthers and style tip; D - pendulous flower in situ showing glabrous peduncle and calyx segments; E - fruit-bearing branches showing alternate leaves with short, yellow petioles and ascending, flat laminas, as well as near-mature, obovoid fruits with longitudinal indentation, glabrous outer surface and straight styles; F - open fruit showing one mature seed removed (left), small, aborted ovule attached to septum (middle), and remaining two mature seeds in separate locules (right). Scale = 5 mm (E). Photographs by H. Ajduk (A-D), S. Reiffer (E) and A. Perkins (F). 208 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Distribution and habitat. This species is restricted to the Hamersley subregion of the Pilbara bioregion in Western Australia (Figure 2) where it is known only from a 500 m stretch of ironstone cliffs and breakaways. The surrounding vegetation consists of scattered low trees of Corymbia deserticola and Eucalyptus leucophloia over scattered shrubs of Astrotricha hamptonii. Senna glutinosa subsp. glutinosa mid Acaciapruinocarpa over open hummock grassland of Triodia wiseana over scattered tussock grasses of Cymbopogon ambiguus and bunch grasses of Eriachne mucronata. Conservation status. To be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (M. Smith pers. comm.). Tetratheca butcheriana is currently only known from a single population of 170 plants and is in need of further survey. Etymology. Named in honour of Ryonen Butcher (1972-), a botanical researcher at PERTH and well-published taxonomic expert on Tetratheca in Western Australia (Butcher & Sage 2005; Butcher 2007a, 2007b, 2007c, 2008,2009,2010; Butcher & Cockerton 2012). The common name of Butcher’s Tetratheca is here suggested. Affinities. Tetratheca butcheriana has a distinct suite of diagnostic characters and its precise affinities are unclear in the absence of molecular phylogenetic data. Tetratheca fordiana, the only other species of Tetratheca in the Pilbara bioregion, can be readily differentiated from T butcheriana by its hispid stems covered with hard, red-brown setae, hispid leaves with recurved margins, paired fioral bracts, hispid peduncles and outer calyces, and hairy ovary with kinked style (Figure 1). Acknowledgements We thank Rio Tinto for supporting the Identification Botanistposition atthe WestemAustralian Herbarium and Julia Percy-Bower and Skye Coffey (both Western Australian Herbarium) for curatorial assistance. References Alford, J.J. (1995). Two new species of Tetratheca (Tremandraceae), from the Coolgardie and Austin Botanical Districts, Western Australia. AmvA/a 10(2): 143-149. Bull, J.P. (2007). Tetratheca eriibescens (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and geographically restricted species from the Coolgardie Biogeographic Region of south-western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 87-96. Butcher, R. (2007a). New ‘leafless’ Tetratheca (Elaeocarpaceae, formerly Tremandraceae) taxa from Western Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 20(2): 139-160. Butcher, R. (2007b). Tetratheca exasperata and T. phoenix (Elaeocarpaceae), two new conservation-listed species allied to T. setigera, from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 117-126. Butcher, R. (2007c). Tetratheca pilata (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and apparently rare species from the Ongerup area of south¬ west Western Australia. AwyA/a 17: 127-134. Butcher, R. (2008). Rediscovery of 7etrat/?eca«M(iavar. spartea (Elaeocarpaceae) in south-west WestemAustralia and elevation to specific rank as Tetratheca spartea. Nuytsia 18: 39-47. Butcher, R. (2009). Tetratheca plumosa (Elaeocarpaceae), a new species closely allied to Tetratheca similis from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 19: 9-16. Butcher, R. (2010). Tetratheca sp. Mt Solus (F. Obbens 307/98) (Elaeocarpaceae) is not distinct from Tetratheca affinis. Nuytsia 20: 319-320. Butcher, R. & Cockerton, G.T.B. (2012). Tetratheca spenceri (Elaeocarpaceae), a new rare and range-restricted species from the Coolgardie bioregion. Western Australia. Nuytsia 22(3): 111-120. Butcher, R. & Sage, E.W. (2005). Tetratheca fordiana (Elaeocarpaceae), a new species from the Pilbara of Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 88(2): 73-76. A.J. Perkins et al., Tetratheca butcheriana (Elaeocarpaceae), a new and rare species 209 Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western A ustralian Flora, https: //florabase. dpaw. wa. gov. au/ (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Perth.) [accessed 29 February 2016]. 210 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:211-216 Published online 1st July 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Eremophila buirchellii and E. calcicola (Scrophulariaceae), two new species from Western Australia Two new species of Eremophila R.Br. are described and illustrated herein. Their relationships with related species and conservation status is also discussed. Eremophila buirchellii A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type-. Mount Augustus, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 31 July 2009, B. Buirchell BB 205 {holo'. PERTH 08527687). Eremophila sp. Mt Augustus (B. Buirchell BB 205), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2016]. Illustrations. A.P Brown & B.J. Buirchell, A Field Guide to the Eremophilas of W. Austral, p. 306 (2011) [asE. sp. Mt Augustus]. An erect, much-branched shrub, 1-2 m high, 0.8-1.2 m wide. Branches grey, terete, sparsely tuberculate, old and young parts with dense, grey-white dendritic hairs. Leaves grey to grey-green, alternate, spreading or reflexed, clustered at ends of branches; lamina oblanceolate, (6-) 10-23 mm long, 2.5-5 mm wide, the upper and lower surfaces with dense, grey-white dendritic hairs; apex acute to acuminate; margin entire; petiole 1-2 mm long, bases persistent. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel terete, slightly curved, 4-7 mm long, with grey-white dendritic hairs. Sepals 5, valvate, oblanceolate, subequal, prominently splayed outwards, 7-10 mm long, 3^ mm wide, not enlarging after flowering; outer surface grey-green to burgundy, with dense, grey-white dendritic hairs; inner surface grey-green to burgundy, with dendritic hairs in the distal third, glabrous below except along margins. Corolla slightly zygomorphic, broadly campanulate, 8-12 mm long, 9-14 mm wide; outer and inner surface sub-glabrous with rare, scattered glandular hairs; tube pink or pinkish white, unspotted; lobes pink or pinkish white, unspotted, subequal, spreading. Stamens 4, slightly exserted and evenly distributed rather than in a single cluster; filaments glabrous; anthers glabrous. Ovary ovoid, 2-3 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, glabrous; style 13-16 mm long, glabrous. Fruit mt seen. (Figure 1) Diagnostic features. Eremophila buirchellii can be distinguished from other members of the genus by the following combination of characters: erect habit (up to 2 m high at maturity); branches, leaves and outer sepal surfaces with dense, grey-white dendritic hairs; prominently splayed grey-green to burgundy sepals; pink or pinkish white, unspotted, broadly campanulate corolla and slightly exserted evenly distributed stamens. Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons] 4 July 1998, B. Buirchell BB 70 (PERTH). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 212 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 1. Eremophila buirchellii. A - habitat; B - plant showing the grey to grey-green foliage and erect habit of the species; C - flower showing the oblanceolate, subequal sepals and broadly campanulate, pink or pinkish white, unspotted corolla. Photographs by B. Buirchell. A.P. Brown & R.W. Davis, Eremophila buirchellii and E. calcicola (Scrophulariaceae) 213 Distribution and habitat. Confined to Mt Augustus in the Gascoyne bioregion (Department of the Environment2013), where it grows on steep rocky slopes sMithAcacia mdEucalyptus spp., Eremophila latrobei and native grasses. Phenology. Predominantly fiowers from June to August. Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Eremophila sp. Mt Augustus (B. Buirchell BB 205). The species is confined to Mount Augustus National Park where it comprises two populations a few hundred metres apart, together totalling c. 50 plants. Etymology. Named in honour of Dr Bevan Buirchell who discovered the species in 1998 and who has contributed greatly to the understanding of Eremophila in Western Australia through many years of intensive field and herbarium studies. Affinities. Eremophila buirchellii belongs to E. sect. Eriocalyx Benth., which comprises 30 species, 24 of which are endemic to Western Australia. Within this section, E. buirchellii appears most closely related to E. forrestii F.Muell. and is a similarly much-branched shrub to 2 m high with branches, leaves and outer sepal surfaces covered with dense, grey-white dendritic hairs. It differs, however, in its leaves clustered at ends of branches (scattered 'mE.forrestii), its broadly campanulate, sub-glabrous, unspotted corolla (tubular and sparsely to densely pubescent and faintly to prominently spotted in E. forrestii) and its glabrous staminal filaments (pubescent in E. forrestii). Although these species occur near one another no apparent hybrids have been found. Eremophila buirchellii appears more distantly related to E. latrobei F.Muell. and like that species is an erect, much-branched shrub with leaves clustered at the ends of branches. It differs, however, in its dendritic leaf hairs (stellate, glandular or glabrescent inE. latrobei), its dendritic sepal hairs (absent or stellate in E. latrobei), its broadly campanulate, sub-glabrous corolla (tubular and sparsely glandular hairy in E. latrobei) and its prominently spreading subequal corolla lobes (scarcely spreading and unequal in E. latrobei). Although these species are sympatric on the slopes of Mt Augustus they are not known to intergrade and no apparent hybrids have been found. The only other species in E. sect. Eriocalyx that occurs near E. buirchellii is E. conferta Chinnock, which is readily distinguished from E. buirchellii by its lilac to pale purple corolla. Eremophila calcicola R WDavis, sp. nov. Type'. [BuraminyajWestemAustralia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 1 May 2004, R. Davis RD 10665 {holo\ PERTH 06770770; iso\ CANB). Eremophila sp. Parmango Road (J. Start D5-46), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// fforabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed January 2016]. Illustrations. A.P. Brown & B.J. Buirchell, A Field Guide to the Eremophilas of W. Austral, p. 312 (2011) [as E. sp. Parmango Road]. A low, compact shrub, 0.25-0.8(-l) m high, 0.6-2 m wide. Branches green-brown, terete to slightly ff attened, not viscid, with sparse glandular hairs and white stellate hairs. Leaves bright green, alternate. 214 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) ascending to slightly spreading, not clustered at ends of branches; lamina elliptical to oblanceolate, 20-80 mm long, 3-15 mm wide, glabrescent, with rare scattered glandular hairs and white stellate hairs, mostly on leaf margins; apex acuminate; margin entire; petiole absent. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel terete, sigmoidally curved, 14-17 mm long, with scattered glandular hairs and white stellate hairs. Sepals 5, imbricate, triangular, subequal, splayed slightly outwards, lateral lobes slightly larger and broader, 3.8-5.3 mm long, 1.2-1.6 mm wide, not enlarging after flowering; outer surface green, with sparse glandular hairs and white stellate hairs; inner surface green, with scattered glandular hairs. Corolla strongly zygomorphic, bilabiate, 14-19 mm long, 5.3-5.6(-6) mm wide; outer surface subglabrous with scattered glandular hairs and sparse stellate hairs on upper corolla lobes; inner surface with a few, scattered glandular hairs; tube green, unspotted with a dark purple-brown tip in bud; lobes green, unspotted, unequal, recurved. Stamens 4, prominently exserted, paired and attached at the base of the lateral portions of the tube; filaments with sparse glandular hairs; anthers glabrous. Ovary ovoid, 2-3 mm long, 1.1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous; style 30-33 mm long, glabrous. Fruit globose, 4.2^.4 mm long, 4.4-4.6 mm wide, glabrous. (Figure 2) Diagnostic features. Eremophila calcicola can be distinguished from other members of the genus by the following combination of characters: low-growing habit (usually less than 0.8 m high at maturity); branches with glandular and stellate hairs; large, bright green, glabrescent leaves, lamina 20-80 mm long, 3-15 mm wide; terete, sigmoidally curved pedicel; imbricate, triangular, subequal sepals; green, strongly zygomorphic corolla and prominently exserted stamens. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 2 Oct. 2003, B. Archer 2402 (MEE, PERTH); 4 July 2006, R. Davis RD 11107 (PERTH); 28 Sep. 2003, J. Start D5-46 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Found south of Balladonia in the Mallee bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013), growing on calcareous sandy loams in open Mallee woodlands. Phenology. Predominantly flowers from May to October. Conservation status. Eisted by Jones (2015) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Eremophila sp. Parmango Road (J. Start D5-46). There are four collections of this species lodged in PERTH, three of which were made within a few hundred metres of each other on road reserve and adjacent Unallocated Crown Eand. The fourth collection was made some 34 km south-west of the other collections in a rolled Are break on the edge of Clyde Hill Nature Reserve. Etymology. From the Eatin calx (lime or limestone) and -cola (-dweller), in reference to its preference for calcareous soils. Affinities. Eremophila calcicola belongs to E. sect. Stenochilus (R.Br.) F.MuelL, which comprises 13 species, eight of which are endemic to Western Australia. Within this section, E. calcicola appears most closely related to E. decipiens Ostenf and has a similarly terete, long, sigmoidally curved pedicel, imbricate, triangular, subequal sepals, a strongly zygomorphic corolla and prominently exserted stamens. It differs, however, in its non-resinous vegetative and floral parts (distinctly resinous in E. decipiens), its bright green, glabrescent, usually larger leaves 20-80 mm long x 3-15 mm wide (glandular-pubescent to stellate-pubescent and 15^6 mm long x 1.5-8.8 mm wide in E. decipiens), its green corolla (green-red when immature, maturing to red or red-orange in E. decipiens) and its A.P. Brown & R.W. Davis, Eremophila buirchellii and E. calcicola (Scrophulariaceae) 215 Figure 2. Eremophila calcicola. A - plants one year post-fire showing the bright green leaf colour and compact, low-growing habit ofthe species; B-flower showing the triangular, subequal sepals and zygomorphic, green, subglabrous corolla. Photographs by A. Brown (A) and J. and J. Start (B). 216 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) inner corolla surface with a few scattered glandular hairs (glandular-pubescent in E. decipiens). It also differs in being a short-lived perennial {E. decipiens is a long-lived perennial). Although these species are sympatric they are not known to intergrade and no apparent hybrids have been found. Other species in E. sect. Stenochilus that occur with or near E. calcicola are E. denticulata F.MuelL, E. glabra (R.Br.) Ostenf and E. subfloccosa Benth. Eremophila calcicola may be distinguished from E. denticulata by its low, spreading habit 0.25-0.8(-l) m high {E. denticulata is a taller, more erect species 1-3 m high) and green, rather than red or pink flowers. From E. glabra and E. subfloccosa, E. calcicola may be distinguished by its long, sigmoidally curved pedicel. Notes. Eremophila calcicola is a low-growing, short-lived perennial shrub, germinating from soil- stored seed in response to physical disturbance and wildfires. Acknowledgements We thank Bevan Buirchell, Ron Dadd, Phil and Marlene James, and Jofif and Joan Start, who have often accompanied us in the held and, through their ongoing studies of Eremophila in Western Australia, have contributed greatly to our understanding of the genus. We thank Anthea Jones for assessing the conservation status of these species. We also thank the staff at the Western Australian Herbarium for their assistance. References Brown, A.P. & Buirchell B.J. (2011). A field guide to the Eremophilas of Western Australia. (Simon Nevill Publications: Western Australia.) Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 2 January 2016], Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-)- FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 October 2015], Andrew P. Brown and Robert W. Davis* 'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Species and Communities Branch, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Corresponding author, email: Andrew.Brown@dpaw.wa.gov.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27: 217-242 Published online 13 December 2016 New species of Leucopogon s, str. (Ericaceae: Epacridoideae: Styphelieae) from the Geraldton Sandplains Michael Hislop Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Abstract Hislop, M. New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae: Epacridoideae: Styphelieae) from the Geraldton Sandplains. Awytof/27: 217-242. Six new species of LeucopogonK.^x. {L.foliosus YfisXo^, L. grammatus Hislop, L. inflexus Hislop, L. prolatus Hislop, L. simulans Hislop and L. stenophyllus Hislop) are described, illustrated and their distributions mapped. Aspects of the morphology and taxonomy of the informal Northern Group of species are discussed and a comparison is made, in tabular form, between this group and two other informal groups, the L. pulchellus Sond. and L. carinatus R.Br. groups. A key to the species of Leucopogon s. str. from the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion is provided. Introduction The Geraldton Sandplains bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013), in particular its southern half, is recognised as having the highest level of plant endemism within the Southwest Botanical Province of Western Australia (Hopper & Gioia 2004). This is well-illustrated in the case of the genus Leucopogon R.Br. Of the 20 taxa of Leucopogon s. str. that are currently recognised as occurring in that bioregion (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), all but six are endemic or near-endemic (i.e. any occurrence in a neighbouring bioregion is limited to within about 20 km of the boundary). Eight of the twenty have been hitherto known only by informal phrase names. The current paper provides formal descriptions for six of these. All are endemic or near-endemic to the bioregion. In addition to the 20 members of Leucopogon s. str. that occur in the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion, there are another 43 taxa in the bioregion that are currently assigned to the genus but which do not belong to Leucopogon in the strict sense. Recently completed research (Puente-Eelievre et al. 2016) has foreshadowed the transfer of these species to the genus Styphelia Sm. Notes on the species described in this paper Five of the six species described below, L. foliosus Hislop, L. inflexus Hislop, L. prolatus Hislop, L. simulans Hislop and L. stenophyllus Hislop, belong to a tightly-knit group of species referred to as the Northern Group in a recent key to the informal groups of Leucopogon s. str. in Western Australia (Hislop 2014:74-76). The short-range endemic Z. nitidus YfisXo^, restricted to an area east of Geraldton, is an earlier-named species also belonging to the group. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 218 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Members of the Northern Group have a combination of morphological features that could be interpreted as intermediate between the L. pulchellus Sond. group (Group C) and the L. carinatus R.Br. group (Group D) as delineated by Hislop and Chapman (2007). The three groups have in common a drupe with an insignificant mesocarp (i.e. more or less dry when fresh, with no raised reticulum when dried) and the presence of a gynophore between the receptacle and the fruiting locules. A comparison between the groups is given in Table 1 below. Two species, L. squarrosus Benth. and L. maritimus Hislop, from the northern half of the adjoining Swan Coastal Plain bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013), also share a number of critical taxonomic features with the Northern Group. These two species differ in having generally smaller fruit, that are distinctly shorter than the sepals and in which the apical rim is relatively indistinct or absent. Exactly how the groups relate to each other must await future molecular research into subgeneric relationships within Leucopogon s. str. One of the more interesting features of the Northern Group is that it comprises species that have a regular 5-partite nectary as well as some in which it is entire. The form of the nectary is a usually reliable character in the subgeneric taxonomy of Leucopogon s. str. (i.e. whether entire or regularly 5-partite), and the Northern Group is the only one in which it is not uniform across the group members. In fact in at least two species (as discussed below under the notes heading for L. simulans), while the nectary is usually partite it may occasionally be entire. Differences between species of the Northern Group in terms of their infiorescence, fioral or fruiting character are few and often subtle. However, there are usually clear and consistent distinctions in their foliar morphologies such that it is mostly possible to identify species on that basis alone. This high degree of reliance on foliar characters is also a feature of the alpha taxonomy of Group C and, to an even greater extent, of Group D (as discussed in Hislop 2014: 72-73). Table 1. A comparison of significant morphological and other features of the Northern Group with those of Groups C and D. Group Nectary Ovarian hairs Locule number Drupe apex Flowering time Distribution Northern Group Partite or entire Always with appressed hairs in lower half Usually 2, less often 3 in some species Tmncate, with angular shoulders and usually with a narrow rim Flowers may be present any month of the year, soil moisture allowing Mostly Geraldton Sandplains, and adjacent parts of neighbouring bioregions Group C Entire Glabrous or hairy, but if hairy rarely as above 2-5 Tmncate, usually with angular shoulders, or sometimes the shoulders rounded or lobed Flowering usually strongly seasonal, from mid- winter to late spring, depending on species Throughout the South¬ west Botanical Province Group D Partite Glabrous, except in one variant of L. glabellus 2 Shoulders always smoothly rounded Flowers may be present any month of the year soil moisture allowing Mostly southern, 2 or 3 species as far north as the Perth region M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 219 The new species L. grammatus Hislop belongs to the large Group C, where its closest affinities are thought to lie with L. obtusatus Sond. and allied species. It is the only member of this small-leaved subgroup of Group C that occurs north of Perth. Methods This study was based on an examination of dried specimens housed at PERTH together with extensive field observations of the species described and their putative relatives. The details of the methods used to measure plant parts and make other morphological observations are as described in a recent paper (Hislop 2014). Where there was considerable leaf curvature, leaf width measurements were taken from fiattened leaves. The distribution maps are based on PERTH specimen data, and distribution statements reference 1BRA7 bioregions (Department of the Environment 2013). As fruit of species from the Northern Group are apparently indistinguishable, only one, L. stenophyllus, is illustrated below. Key to species of Leucopogon s. str. from the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion 1. Anthers lacking sterile tips, straight; unit inflorescences densely aggregated into a capitate conflorescence; sepals very narrowly ovate, long-acuminate, the upper half terete, and densely hairy on all surfaces (Lesueur National Park) . L. plumuliflorus 1: Anthers always with ± pale, sterile tips, although these sometimes short and rather inconspicuous, recurved in the upper half; unit inflorescences usually well-separated, never capitate; sepals variously shaped and indumented but never as above 2. Nectary partite, usually comprising 5 separate scales, very occasionally with 2 or 3 scales only 3. Inflorescence axes and branchlets always glabrous; leaves variously ovate, variously orientated from antrorse to sharply retrorse, but always with some leaves on lower stems widely spreading to retrorse (Arrowsmith River-Watheroo National Park) . L. simulans 3: Inflorescence axes hairy although sometimes sparsely so, with hairs restricted to the apex, branchlets usually sparsely hairy on young growth, sometimes ± glabrous; leaves variously shaped, including ovate, always strongly antrorse, never widely spreading or retrorse 4. Leaves linear, narrowly elliptic or narrowly ovate, 0.6-1.3 mm wide, most < 1 mm, adaxially convex with recurved or revolute margins or occasionally some leaves flat (Lake Indoon-Cataby area). L. stenophyllus 4: Leaves variously ovate, elliptic, obovate or ± circular, 0.8-3.8 mm wide, usually adaxially concave, or if some leaves flat or slightly convex then > 1.2 mm wide 5. Leaves depressed-ovate, ovate to ± orbicular, 1.2-3.3 mm long, 1.2-3.8 mm wide, L: W ratio of longest leaves 0.8-1.4: 1, stem-clasping in the lower half, at least on the older branchlets; leaf base cordate or rounded, rarely cuneate; all leaf apices, or at least those immediately below the inflorescence, distinctly indexed (Yardanogo Nature Reserve-Eneabba-Arrino) . L. inflexus 5: Leaves variously ovate, elliptic or obovate, 2.8-7.0 mm long, 0.8-2.2 mm wide, L: W ratio of longest leaves (L5-)L8-4.5: 1, rarely ± stem-clasping; leaf base attenuate or cuneate; leaf apices straight to slightly incurved (Eneabba-Warradarge). L. prolatus 2: Nectary annular, truncate or ± lobed 220 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) 6. Ovary usually 2- or 3-, sometimes 4-locular' 7. Inflorescence axes and branchlets always glabrous; leaves variously ovate, variously orientated from antrorse to sharply retrorse, but always with some leaves widely spreading to retrorse, at least on the lower stems (Arrowsmith River-Watheroo National Park). L. simulans 7: Inflorescence axes and often also branchlets hairy; leaves variously shaped, but if ovate then never widely spreading or retrorse 8. Leaves adaxially convex, with recurved to revolute margins 9. Leaf adaxial surface with a short indumentum of stiff patent hairs throughout; upper leaves and lower fertile bracts clearly dimorphic, with the bracts all < 2 mm long; sepal abaxial surface manifestly hairy throughout; ovary glabrous; drupe L6-L8 mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide, apex with smoothly rounded shoulders (Moresby Range). L. borealis 9: Leaf adaxial surface glabrous or sometimes with a few basal hairs; fertile bracts all foliose or foliose on the lower axis becoming progressively smaller and more ‘bract-like’ towards the apex, mostly > 2 mm long; sepal abaxial surface mostly glabrous, or sometimes very minutely hairy towards the centre; ovary hairy; drupe 2.1-2.8 mm long, 0.9-1.2 mm wide, apex truncate, with a narrow terminal rim 10 . Fertile bracts all foliose, largely concealing the inflorescence axis; grooves on leaf abaxial surface deep and narrow, hairy within the grooves (Lesueur National Park-Cataby). L. foliosus 10 : Fertile bracts foliose on the lower inflorescence axis becoming progressively smaller and more ‘bract-like’ towards the apex, the axis always clearly visible; grooves on leaf abaxial surface usually shallower and wider, glabrous throughout (Lake Indoon-Cataby area). L. stenophyllus 8: Leaves adaxially concave, ± flat or plano-convex 11 . Flowers densely arranged along very short inflorescence axes (to c. 3 mm long), the axes shorter than subtending leaves; leaves subtending the inflorescences markedly petiolate with the lamina sharply inflexed above the petiole; filaments inserted in the corolla tube well below the sinuses (Arrowsmith River-Boonanarring Nature Reserve) . L. oliganthus & allied taxa^ 11 : Character combination not as above 12 . Leaf adaxial surface conspicuously hairy 13 . Leaf abaxial surface ± smooth; flowers shortly pedicellate below bracteoles (occasionally the uppermost in an inflorescence ± sessile) (restricted distribution NE of Dongara). L. navicularis 13 : Leaf abaxial surface shallowly to deeply grooved; flowers always sessile below the bracteoles 14 . Leaves 1.2-3.2 mm long, antrorse-appressed, with the adaxial surface completely concealed; ovary 2- or occasionally 3-locular (E of Walkaway-Arrino area) L. grammatus M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 221 14: Leaves 2.5-12.0 mm long, but always with some leaves >3.5 mm long, variously antrorse, but always with the adaxial surface at least partially visible; ovary 3- or 4-locular 15. Fruit apex with well-defined angular shoulders; vegetative indumentum (on branchlets and both leaf surfaces) uniformly of dense, short, patent hairs (eastern Moresby Range-Nabawa). L. sp. Nabawa 15: Fruit apex smoothly rounded, without well-defined, angular shoulders; vegetative indumentum various, but not as above (Eneabba-Carnamah-Moora-Cataby). L. oldfieldiP 12: Leaf adaxial surface glabrous, or sometimes with a few hairs towards the base 16. Leaf abaxial surface deeply grooved between the veins, hairy or glabrous within the grooves 17. Leaves linear or very narrowly elliptic, < 1 mm wide, abaxial surface with two grooves, one each side of the broad midrib; style 0.4-0.5 mm long (restricted distribution E of Geraldton) . .L. nitidus 17: Leaves narrowly ovate to narrowly elliptic, always at least 1 mm wide, usually > 1.2 mm, abaxial surface with at least four grooves, two or more on each side of the midrib; style at least 0.6 mm long (Eneabba-Carnamah-Moora-Cataby) . L. oldfieldiP 16: Leaf abaxial surface fiat or shallowly and broadly grooved between the veins, glabrous 18. Leaves straight or gently incurved along longitudinal axis, ± linear, narrowly ovate, narrowly elliptic or narrowly obovate 19. Leaves very narrow, 0.5-0.8 mm wide; ovary glabrous (S of Cataby and Dandaragan). . . . L. gracillimus'' 19: Leaves wider, always with some at least 1.2 mm wide; ovary long-hairy (Eneabba-Carnamah-Moora-Cataby). L. oldfieldiP 18: Leaves usually markedly recurved along longitudinal axis, although the tip often incurved, obovate, elliptic or ovate, or narrowly so (S of Cataby and Dandaragan). L. sprengelioides 6: Ovary 5- or occasionally 4-locular' 20. Longest leaves at least 15 mm long, abaxial surface smooth, fiat between the veins; fruit apex smoothly rounded, fieshy mesocarp present (appearing as raised reticulum when dry), gynophore absent (S of Dongara, strictly coastal). L. parviflorus 20: Longest leaves usually much less than 15 mm long, or if occasionally as long as that, then abaxial surface broadly grooved between the veins; fruit apex truncate with defined shoulders, fieshy mesocarp absent, fruit surface smooth or sometimes with indistinct longitudinal striations, gynophore present 21. Leaves tapering markedly towards a well-defined petiole, abaxial surface shallowly and broadly grooved between the veins; upper leaves and lower fertile bracts clearly dimorphic (NW of Northampton-Allanooka). L. psammophilus 21: Leaves tapering only slightly, or not at all, towards a broad base, petiole poorly defined, abaxial surface either deeply and narrowly grooved, smooth or sometimes shallowly and broadly grooved between the veins; upper leaves and lower fertile bracts not dimorphic, at least on main axes, grading from one to the other over several nodes 222 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) 22. L; W ratio of longer leaves 2.7-7.0; 1; leaf surfaces usually variously hairy (rarely ± glabrous), not stem-clasping, narrowly ovate to narrowly elliptic, mostly straight or gently incurved along longitudinal axis, occasionally gently recurved, abaxial surface usually deeply and narrowly grooved between the veins (S of Coolimba, usually near-coastal in Geraldton Sandplains). L. polymorphus 22: L; W ratio of longer leaves 1.2-2.8; 1; leaf surfaces glabrous (except for a few obscure hairs at the base of the adaxial surface), strongly concave and usually ± stem-clasping in the lower two thirds, obovate, elliptic or ovate, or narrowly so, usually markedly recurved along longitudinal axis, although the tip often indexed, abaxial surface flat or openly grooved between the veins (S of Cooljarloo and Dandaragan). L. sprengelioides 'Most species of Leucopogon have a standard locule number of 2, 3 or 5. In the case of those that are usually 3- or 5-locular, 4-locular ovaries do sometimes occur. Consistently 4-locular ovaries however are a feature of some variants of L. oldfieldii Benth., and also occur, less commonly, in the flowers of other species. For the purposes of using this key it is recommended that, where the first dissected flower of a specimen has a 4-locular ovary, others should be examined. If the next couple of flowers checked are also found to have 4-locular ovaries then proceed along the first lead at couplet 6. ^In addition to the two described species, L. oliganthus E.Fritz, and L. cochlearifolius Strid, there is at least one (L. sp. Three Springs (M. Hislop 2504)) and possibly two other related taxa occurring in the Geraldton Sandplains. Further research is needed to ascertain the species boundaries in this close-knit group and at this stage it is also quite possible that L. cochlearifolius will be found to be conspecific with L. oliganthus. ^Leucopogon oldfieldii is a very variable species in relation to several characters that are usually of taxonomic significance in the genus. It is therefore likely that future research into the pattern of variation in this species will result in the recognition of segregate taxa. * Leucopogon gracillimus DC. is a widespread and variable species, the northern variant of which may not represent the species in the strict sense. Descriptions Leucopogon foliosus Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ Badgingarra National Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 13 November 2004, M. Hislop 3347 {holo\ PERTH 07202938; iso\ CANB, NSW). Leucopogon sp. Cataby (F. Hort 1638), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https ://florabase. dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 7 July 2016]. Low, spreading shrubs to c. 40 cm high and 40 cm wide, usually single-stemmed at ground level from an apparently fire-sensitive rootstock but occasionally multi-stemmed and potentially with some fire- tolerance. Young branchlets with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum of very short, patent hairs, to c. 0.05 mm long. Leaves helically arranged, steeply antrorse, linear, narrowly ovate or narrowly elliptic, 5-11 mm long, 0.8-1.8 mm wide; petiole 0.4-0.8 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hairy on adaxial surface and/or margins; base attenuate to cuneate; apex acute, straight; lamina 0.2-0.3 mm thick, adaxially convex with recurved to revolute margins, but usually with at least some of the abaxial surface visible, the longitudinal axis gently incurved or ± straight; surfaces discolorous; adaxial surface shiny, glabrous or sometimes with a few basal hairs, venation not evident or very obscure; abaxial surface paler, matt, with 5-7 primary veins, the midrib rather thicker than the others, deeply and narrowly grooved between the veins, shortly hairy in the grooves; margins ± glabrous or coarsely and M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 223 minutely ciliolate with hairs < 0.05 mm long. Inflorescence erect, terminal, with little upper-axillary development; axis 3-6 mm long, with 3-8 flowers; axis glabrous or with a sparse indumentum to c. 0.05 mm long; flowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts all foliose, narrowly elliptic or narrowly ovate, acute. Bracteoles ovate or narrowly ovate, 1.7-2.7 mm long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide, acute or acuminate, keeled; abaxial surface glabrous or with a few hairs towards the base; margins ciliolate. Sepals narrowly ovate, 3.2-5.0 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, acute or acuminate; abaxial surface glabrous, or occasionally very minutely hairy towards the centre, green throughout or flushed purple towards the apex, the venation obscure, with only the midrib usually evident; margins ciliolate with hairs to c. 0.1 mm long. Corolla tube white, narrowly campanulate, much shorter than the sepals, 1.8-2.8 mm long, 1.2-1.6 mm wide, glabrous externally, internal surface with a sparse tuft of reflexed hairs at the apex, glabrous below. Corolla lobes white, ± flushed pink, longer than the tube, erect in the basal 1/4-1/3 and then spreading and recurved, (2.6-)3.2-3.8 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, internal surface densely bearded in the upper half with straight hairs, much less densely so below with crinkled hairs or with hairs confined to margins; indumentum white, 1.3-2.0 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by 1/4-1/3 of length), 1.6-2.1 mm long, including the sterile tips, distinctly recurved at apex. Filaments terete, 0.4-0.5 mm long, adnate to tube a little below, to well below, the sinuses, attached to anther 2/3-3/4 above base. Ovary depressed-obovoid, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, with antrose-appressed hairs in lower half, 2-locular. Style 0.5-0.7 mm long, well-differentiated from ovary apex, included within the corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary annular, 0.35-0.50 mm long, shallowly lobed, glabrous. Fruit shorter than the calyx, c. 2.6-2.8 mm long and 1 mm wide (but refer comment under notes below), narrowly ellipsoid, sparsely hairy, smooth above the gynophore; apex truncate, forming a narrow rim, the shoulders angular; surface between the shoulders and the style base descending; style persistent. (Figure 1) Diagnostic characters. Within the Geraldton Sandplains L.foliosus is distinguished by the following character combination: leaves linear, narrowly ovate or narrowly elliptic, with recurved margins; leaf undersurfaces deeply and narrowly grooved, hairy in the grooves; inflorescence bracts uniformly foliose; nectary entire; ovary 2-locular with antrorse-appressed hairs in the lower half; fruit apex truncate, angular, with a narrow rim. Figure 1. Leucopogon foliosus. Photograph of flowering branchlet from M. Hislop 3347. Scale bar = 1 cm. 224 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Other specimens examined. WESTERN AETSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 6 Dec. 1979, E.A. Griffin 2697 (PERTH); 5 Nov. 1988, E.A. Griffin 5457 (PERTH); 22 Nov. 1992, E.A. Griffin 7947 (PERTH); 7 Dec. 1992, E.A. Griffin 8346 (PERTH); 7 Dec. 1992, E.A. Griffin 8362 (PERTH); 8 Dec. 2001, M. Hislop 2492 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 15 Nov. 2001, F. Hort 1638 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 5 Feb. 2004, F. & J. Hort 2194 (PERTH); 18 Nov. 2002, S. Patrick 4513 (PERTH); 1 Nov. 2011, E Westcott & B. Todd 13 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Endemic to the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion between Mt Eesueur and a little south of Cataby (Figure 2). Usually occurs on lateritic uplands in shallow gravelly soils over laterite and in association with low, species-rich heath. Phenology. Peak flowering is probably between October and December. The only specimen with mature fruit was collected in early December. Although there are currently no specimens at the Western Australian Herbarium collected during the autumn-winter period, this species has not been as well-collected as the other members of the Northern Group described here, and it may well be the case that in common with those it will also produce a flush of flowering after the first rains of autumn. Etymology. The Eatin epithet (foliosus\ leafy, many-leaved) refers to the distinctive, leafy character of the inflorescence. M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 225 Conservation status. Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: to be listed as Priority Three (M. Smith pers. comm.). Although geographically restricted, most of the recorded populations are from national parks or nature reserves. The fact that there is only a single collection from Lesueur National Park may be an indication that it is uncommon in the north of its range. Most of the other collections are from Badgingarra National Park or Coomallo Nature Reserve where it is often locally common in suitable habitat. Affinities. Amember of the Northern Group, L.foliosus is most likely to be confused withZ. stenophyllus (described below), which also has narrow leaves with recurved margins. The most useful macro character to distinguish between the two species is the presence in L. foliosus of large, uniformly foliose inflorescence bracts, which give the inflorescence a distinctive, leafy quality when compared to that of L. stenophyllus, which appears relatively bare by comparison. A difference in growth habit is also apparent in the field with L.foliosus being lower and more compact, in comparison to the taller, open habit of L. stenophyllus. Although the leaves of the two species are superficially similar, close examination of the abaxial surfaces reveals a significant difference. While both species are grooved abaxially, in L. foliosus the grooves are deep and hairy, whereas in L. stenophyllus they are usually shallower, more open and always glabrous. The nectary is usually also different, being always annular in L. foliosus and mostly partite in L. stenophyllus. The two species are sympatric over the entire range of L. foliosus and sometimes grow in close proximity to one another, for instance M Hislop 4318 and M. Hislop 4319 {L.foliosus and L. stenophyllus respectively) from Coomallo Nature Reserve. Notes. Because the fruit description was based on just two mature fruit found on a single specimen, the given measurements cannot be regarded as definitive. It is noteworthy that fruit of this species are particularly difficult to locate because the infiorescence is usually few-fiowered and its leafy character effectively obscures them. Leucopogon grammatus Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ west of Three Springs, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 12 July 2006,M Hislop & F. ObbensMR3>6\\{holo\ PERTH 07516142; iso\ CANB, K, MEL,NSW). Leucopogon sp. Burma Road (M. Hislop 2032), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 7 July 2016]. Erect shrubs to c. 100 cm high and 80 cm wide, single-stemmed at ground level from a fire-sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets with a moderately dense to dense indumentum of variously orientated, ± straightto prominently curled hairs (sometimes ± matted), to c. 0.5 mm long. Leaves helically arranged, antrorse-appressed, ovate or narrowly ovate, 1.2-3.2 mm long, 0.6-1.5 mm wide; petiole very short and indistinct, to c. 0.3 mm long, usually hairy abaxially; base cuneate to rounded; apex variable, from obtuse to acute; lamina 0.25-0.35 mm thick, strongly concave adaxially, the longitudinal axis straight or gently recurved in the lower half, becoming strongly incurved towards the apex; surfaces ± concolorous (ignoring the hairs); adaxial surface sparsely to densely hairy with antrorse to patent hairs, the midrib, and sometimes 2 lateral veins often visible beneath the hairs, grooved between the veins; abaxial surface usually variously hairy and/or scabrous, sometimes glabrous and ± shiny, with 7-9 conspicuous, pale, primary veins, the midrib clearly thicker than the others, shallowly to deeply (but openly) grooved between the veins; margins ciliate with hairs to c. 0.3 mm long. Inflorescence erect, terminal and terminating short lateral branchlets; axis 2.5-7 mm long with 3-15 densely arranged fiowers; axis indumentum of dense hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long; flowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts all foliose, ovate, obtuse. Bracteoles ovate, 1.3-2.1 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, acute, keeled; 226 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) abaxial surface hairy, although sometimes hairs restricted to the keel; margins ciliate. Sepals ovate to narrowly ovate, 1.8-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide, obtuse to subacute; abaxial surface hairy, often densely so, pale greenish or straw-coloured, sometimes flushed pink, the venation not evident; margins prominently ciliate with crinkled and straight hairs to 0.5 mm long. Corolla tube white, campanulate to broadly campanulate, shorter than sepals, 0.9-1.4 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white, longer than the tube, erect in c. the basal 1/3 then spreading and recurved, 2.1-2.8 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, internal surface densely bearded with straight or gently curved hairs in the upper half, less densely so below with crinkled hairs; indumentum white, 0.6-0.8 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by at least 3/4 of their length), 1.0-1.5 mm long, including sterile tips, distinctly recurved close to apex. Filaments terete, 0.6-0.7 mm long, adnate to tube just below the sinuses, attached to anther c. 2/3 above base. Ovary ellipsoid or globose, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, hairy in lower half, 2- or, less often, 3-locular. Style 0.4-0.5 mm long, tapering smoothly from ovary apex, included within the corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary annular, 0.2-0.5 mm long, truncate or shallowly lobed, glabrous. Fruit c. as long as, to slightly longer than, the calyx, 1.7-2.3 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, narrowly ellipsoid, antrorse hairy in the lower half, several ± raised longitudinal lines extending from the style base, otherwise smooth above the gynophore; apex tapering ± smoothly to style base; style persistent. (Figures 3, 4A) Diagnostic characters. Within the Geraldton Sandplains L. grammatus is readily distinguished by the following character combination: leaves ovate to narrowly ovate, short (to 3.2 mm, but usually <2.5 mm long), antrorse-appressed, with hairy adaxial surfaces; sepals hairy abaxially and with prominently ciliate margins; ovary hairy in lower half and 2(3)-locular; nectary entire; fruit apex tapering ± smoothly to style base. Figure 3. Leucopogon grammatus. Photograph of flowering branchlets from M. Hislop 3809 (A) and M. Hislop 4119 (B). Scale bar = 1 cm. M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 227 Figure 4. Leucopogon fruit. A - Leucopogon grammatus; B-L. stenophyllus. Scale bars = 1 mm. Drawn by Skye Coffey from J.M. Powell 2468 (A), M. Hislop 3472 (B). Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [precise localities withheld for conservation reasons] 15 July 2000, M. Hislop 2032 (CANB, MEE, PERTH); 17 Aug. 2008, M Hislop 3809 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 11 June 2011, M Hislop 4119 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 12 June 2011, M Hislop 4123 (CANB, K, MEE, PERTH); 13 Aug. 1986, J.M. Powell 2461 (NSW, PERTH); 13 Aug. 1986, J.M. Powell 2463 (CANB, NSW, NY, PERTH); 13 Aug. 1986, J.M. Powell 2468 (NSW, PERTH); 9 Nov. 2005, G. Woodman SC 9-4 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Endemic to the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion from east of Walkaway to the Arrino district (Figure 2). Grows on upland sites in shallow, sandy soils over laterite, sometimes in proximity to breakaways. Associated vegetation is low, species-rich heath. Phenology. Peak flowering is between June and August. Some mature fruit is present on collections made in the second half of July and August and it could be expected that fruiting would continue through September and at least into early October. Etymology. The Eatin epithet (grammatus: striped, with raised lines) is a reference to the conspicuous, pale venation of the abaxial leaf surfaces. Conservation status. Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: to be listed as Priority Three (M. Smith pers. comm.). The extent of the known distribution of L. grammatus is about 75 km along a rather narrow north-west to south-east axis. Most collections are from Burma Road Nature Reserve, with the others from roadside populations. Unallocated Crown Eand or private property. 228 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Affinities. There do not appear to be any close relatives of L. grammatus in the Geraldton Sandplains and it should not be confused with any other species growing there. Its affinities are thought to lie with Group C (as delineated in Hislop 2014) and especially a subgroup of those characterised by 2- or 3-locular ovaries, small leaves, and with little morphological difference between the leaves and the fertile bracts. Among this subgroup it shows marked similarities to L. ozothamnoides Benth., an uncommon species from eastern parts of the Jarrah Forest bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013). The two share antrorse-appressed leaves, with pale, raised abaxial venation and conspicuously ciliate margins. In addition they both have abaxially hairy and long-ciliate sepals. The most significant differences between the two relate to their ovary and fruit characters. In L. ozothamnoides the ovary is 3- or occasionally 4-locular with dense, evenly distributed hairs, while L. grammatus has a 2- or occasionally 3-locular ovary with a much sparser indumentum restricted to the basal half And whereas the drupe of L. ozothamnoides has distinct, rounded shoulders, in L. grammatus the fruit apex tapers more or less smoothly to the style base. The fiowers of L. ozothamnoides are also larger: sepals 2.7-3.5 mm long {cf. 1.8-2.5 inZ. grammatus), corolla lobes 2.8-3.3 mm long {cf. 2.1-2.8 mm), style 0.6-0.7 mm long {cf. 0.4-0.5 mm). The measurements given forZ. ozothamnoides in the above comparison do not include the southernmost collection of that species (C. Lewis CML 5), which differs from the type form in several ways. Not only does it have smaller floral parts (that would fall within the given range for Z. grammatus), but the leaves are not appressed and have more or less straight rather than distinctly crinkled cilia and long, spreading hairs on the abaxial surfaces. It will be necessary to see more collections of this morphotype before its future taxonomic status can be properly assessed. Leucopogon inflexus Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ VCL [= UCL or Unallocated Crown Land], Correy Road, 1.8 km east of Robb Road, north of Eneabba, Western Australia, \2iu\y 2006, M. Hislop&F.ObbensMRl>609{holo\ PERTH 07516126; iso\ CANB, MEL, NSW). Leucopogon sp. Arrowsmith (M. Hislop 2509), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 7 July 2016]. Erect, open shrubs to c. 80 cm high and 60 cm wide, single-stemmed at ground level from a fire- sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets glabrous or with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum, the hairs to c. 0.05 mm long. Leaves helically arranged, steeply antrorse, depressed-ovate to ovate or ± orbicular, 1.2-3.3 mm long, 1.2-3.8 mm wide; petiole ± absent or very short, to c. 0.5 mm long; base usually cordate or rounded, occasionally cuneate; apex acute or subacute; lamina 0.20-0.35 mm thick, always strongly concave adaxially, stem-clasping in lower half, at least on older branchlets, the longitudinal axis recurved in the lower half, and then becoming incurved, often sharply so, just below the apex; surfaces ± concolorous, or with the abaxial surface a little paler; adaxial surface glabrous except for a small patch of hairs at the base, the venation not evident; abaxial surface shiny with c. 9-17 primary veins, the midrib thicker than the others, shallowly to deeply grooved between the veins, glabrous throughout or sparsely hairy within the grooves; margins glabrous to very shortly and coarsely ciliolate (sometimes ± denticulate). Inflorescence erect, terminal and terminating short, lateral branchlets; axis 2.5-7 mm long with 3-11 fiowers; axis indumentum very sparse to moderately dense, to c. 0.05 mm long, sometimes present only towards the apex; fiowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts foliose throughout (i.e. with little difference between the upper leaves and any of the bracts). M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 229 broadly ovate to depressed-ovate, acute. Bracteoles ovate, 1.5-2.0 mm long, 0.9-1.1 mm wide, acute, keeled; abaxial surface glabrous; margins minutely ciliolate or ± glabrous. Sepals narrowly ovate, 2.2- 3.0 mm long, 0.9-1.2 mm wide, acute; abaxial surface glabrous, pale greenish or straw-coloured, often flushed purple in the upper half, the venation usually conspicuous; margins usually minutely ciliolate in the upper half with hairs <0.05 mm long or sometimes ± glabrous. Corolla tube white, campanulate, shorter than the sepals, 1.3-1.8 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white, sometimes flushed pink, longer than tube, erect in c. basal 1/4 and then spreading and recurved, 2.0-2.5(-3.0) mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, internal surface densely bearded with straight hairs in the upper half, less densely so below with crinkled hairs; indumentum white, 1.0-1.3 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by 1/2-2/3 of their length), 1.2-1.7 mm long, including sterile tip, distinctly recurved close to apex. Filaments terete, 0.5-0.6 mm long, adnate to tube a little below, to well below, the sinuses, attached to anther 2/3-3/4 above anther base. Ovary depressed-obovoid to obovoid, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, with antrorse-appressed hairs in lower half, 2-locular. Style 0.35-0.50 mm long, abruptly differentiated from ovary apex, included within the corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary 5-partite or very occasionally irregularly 3- or 4-partite, the scales 0.25-0.40 mm long, 0.25-0.35 mm wide, glabrous. Fruit a little shorter than, to distinctly longer than, the calyx, 2.2- 2.7 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, narrowly ellipsoid, sparsely hairy, smooth above the gynophore; apex truncate, forming a narrow rim, the shoulders angular; surface between the shoulders and style base descending; style persistent. (Figure 5) Diagnostic characters. Within the Geraldton Sandplains L. inflexus is distinguished by the following character combination: leaves small, depressed-ovate, ovate or ± orbicular, to 3.3 mm long and 3.8 mm wide, strongly concave, stem-clasping in lower half, at least on older branches, apex distinctly inflexed; inflorescence axis hairy, although sometimes sparsely so and only towards the apex; nectary partite; ovary 2-locular with antrorse-appressed hairs in the lower half; fruit apex truncate, angular, with a narrow rim. flowering branchlet from M. Hislop 2670. Scale bar = 1 cm. 230 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Other specimens examined. WESTERN AETSTRAEIA: Hydraulic Rd, 2 km E of Bunney Rd [NW of Three Springs], 30 July 1992, A. Carr 66 (PERTH); road to Mt Adams, 10 km from Brand Hwy, 28 May 1997, R. Davis 3255 (PERTH); 100 m along road running E from intersection of Mt Adams and Tomkins Rd, 18 June 1997, R. Davis 3369 (PERTH); Brand Hwy (truck stop), 32 km N of Eneabba turnoff, 19 June 1997, R. Davis 3394 (PERTH); grounds of Western Flora Caravan Park [c. 20 km N of Eneabba], walk trail to Arrowsmith River, c. 150 m from camp area, 11 Dec. 2001, M. Hislop 2509 (CANB, PERTH); S end of Sundalara Rd, NE of Eneabba, 8 June 2002, M. Hislop 2682 (PERTH); Natta Rd, 3.8 km N of Tomkins Rd, W of Three Springs, 14 Nov. 2004, M. Hislop & A. Tinker MH 3355 (PERTH); 5.8 km SW on Tootbardie Rd towards Brand Hwy (15 km E of Brand Hwy), 10 Aug. 1986, J.M. Powell 2309 (CANB, MEE, NSW, NY, PERTH); 5.8 km SW on Tootbardie Rd towards Brand Hwy (15 km E of Brand Hwy), 10 Aug. 1986, J.M. Powell 2309 B (BRI, NSW, PERTH); Yardanogo Nature Reserve, 2 Apr. 2008, V. Westcott S.D. 29 a (PERTH); Skipper Track [W of Brand Highway, c. 20 km N of Eneabba], 8 Apr. 2008, V. Westcott S.D. 35 a (PERTH); site 60, Beekeeper Reserve Collection [Beekeepers Nature Reserve, c. 3.5 km due W of Arrowsmith railway siding], 16 Jan. 1985, R.T. Wills s.n. (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Endemic to the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion with the main centre of distribution from Yardanogo Nature Reserve (SE of Dongara), to a little north of Eneabba and then east as far as the Arrino district (Figure 6). There is also an apparent outlying population to the south¬ east of Warradarge, about 50 km to the south of the southernmost populations in the main distribution node. Grows on deep sand, shallow sand over laterite or shallow sand over limestone, as a component of various heath or low woodland communities. Figure 6. Distribution of Leucopogon inflexus (A) and L. stenophyllus (O) in Western Australia. M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 231 Phenology. Flowering occurs over many months of the year, with an apparent peak in late spring to early summer and then again in autumn to early winter. Fruit can similarly be expected over many months of the year. This appears to be the typical phenological pattern for members of the Northern Group, with the possible exception of L. foliosus. Etymology. The Latin epithet (inflexus: bent inwards) is a reference to the orientation of the leaf tips on dried specimens. Conservation status. Leucopogon inflexus is locally common across its rather restricted geographic range and is currently known from two nature reserves. Affinities. Among the Northern Group, L. inflexus is only likely to be confused with L. simulans or L. prolatus. From the former it differs in having a hairy (although hairs often sparse), rather than glabrous, inflorescence axis and smaller, always antrorse, leaves with characteristically inflexed apices. Differences between L. inflexus and L. prolatus are given under the Afhnities heading for that species. Notes. The southern outlying population occurs in an area in which L. simulans is generally common. J.M. Powell made three collections of the species from this site, Powell 2309, 2309 A and 2309 B, presumably from three different plants. The first in that series has unusually long corolla lobes {c. 3 mm long compared to a maximum of 2.5 mm otherwise recorded for the species) but is in other respects typical. The other two specimens are typical in all regards. The distributions of L. inflexus and L. simulans also approach each other closely in the west Arrino district (e.g.i?.J. Cranfield& PJ. Spencer 1936 mdA. Carr 66, L. simulans mdL. respectively) but there are no documented examples of sympatry. A. Carr 66, which is from the south-eastern edge of the range of L. inflexus, is typical for the latter in all regards. The leaves of R.J. Cranfield & PJ. Spencer 7936 are more erect than is usual for L. simulans, but their consistently larger size, tendency to glaucous surfaces and more or less straight apices, in addition to the glabrous inflorescence axes, are all indicative of that species. A number of older collections of L. inflexus had been referred to the very variable L. sprengelioides Sond., which occurs as far north as the Cataby area. This member of Group C has a superficially similar foliar morphology but is readily distinguished by its annular nectary and 3-5-locular ovary. Leucopogon prolatus Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ Eneabba township area. Western Australia, 1 September \919,J.M. Powell 1362 {holo'. PERTH 01559532; iso\ CANB, K, E, MEE, NSW). Leucopogon sp. South Eneabba (E.A. Griffin 8027), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 7 July 2016]. Erect, open shrubs to c. 90 cm high and 70 cm wide, single-stemmed at ground level from a Are- sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets glabrous or with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum to c. 0.08 mm long. Leaver helically arranged, steeply antrorse, variably shaped from ovate, through elliptic to obovate, 2.8-7.0 mm long, 0.8-2.2 mm wide; petiole absent or very short, to c. 0.5 mm long; base attenuate or cuneate; apex obtuse to acute; lamina 0.3-0.4 mm thick, usually adaxially concave, less often flat or slightly convex, the longitudinal axis variable, straight, gently incurved, gently recurved 232 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) or recurved in the lower half and becoming incurved in the upper; surfaces ± concolorous, or with the abaxial surface a little paler; adaxial surface glabrous except for a small patch of hairs at the base, the venation not evident; abaxial surface with 7-11 primary veins, the midrib clearly thicker than the others, deeply grooved between the veins, glabrous throughout or sparsely hairy within the grooves, sometimes sparse hairs also arising from the veins; margins glabrous or very shortly and coarsely ciliolate. Inflorescence erect, terminal and terminating short, lateral branchlets; axis 3-10 mm long with 3-14 flowers; axis indumentum sparse to moderately dense, to c. 0.08 mm long; flowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts foliose at lower axils, becoming progressively smaller and more bract-like towards the apex, narrowly ovate to narrowly elliptic, acute. Bracteoles ovate, 1.3-2.2 mm long, 0.9-1.2 mm wide, acute, keeled; abaxial surface glabrous, or ± scabrous towards the apex; margins minutely ciliolate or ± glabrous. Sepals narrowly ovate, 2.3-3.2(-3.5) mm long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide, acute or occasionally subacute; abaxial surface glabrous, pale greenish or straw-coloured, often flushed purple in the upper half, the venation usually conspicuous; margins minutely ciliolate, with hairs < 0.05 mm long. Corolla tube white, campanulate or narrowly campanulate, shorter than the sepals, 1.5-2.2(-2.5) mm long, I. 0-1.7 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white, sometimes flushed pink, longer than the tube, erect in c. the basal 1/4 and then spreading and recurved, 2. l-3.2(-3.5) mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, internal surface densely bearded with straight hairs in the upper half, less densely so below with crinkled hairs; indumentum white, 1.2-1.5 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by 2/3-3/4 of their length), 1.1-2.0 mm long, including sterile tips, distinctly recurved close to apex. Filaments terete, 0.5-0.6 mm long, adnate to tube a little below, to well below, the sinuses, attached to anther c. 2/3 above base. Ovary obovoid to depressed- obovoid, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, with antrorse-appressed hairs in lower half, 2-locular. Style 0.35-0.55 mm long, abruptly differentiated from ovary apex, included within the corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary 5-partite or very occasionally, irregularly 3- or 4-partite, the scales 0.30-0.45 mm long, 0.25-0.30 mm wide, glabrous. Fruit ± as long as, to distinctly longer than, the calyx, 2.2-2.6 mm long, 0.9-1.0 mm wide, narrowly ellipsoid, sparsely hairy, ± smooth above the gynophore; apex truncate, forming a narrow rim, the shoulders angular; surface between the shoulder and style base descending; style persistent. (Figure 7) Diagnostic characters. Within the Geraldton Sandplains L. prolatus is distinguished by the following character combination: leaves variously ovate, elliptic or obovate, to 7.0 mm long and 2.2 mm wide, mostly concave, but sometimes flat or slightly convex, not or barely stem-clasping in lower half, apex straight to slightly incurved; inflorescence axis hairy, although sometimes sparsely so and only towards the apex; nectary partite; ovary 2-locular with antrorse-appressed hairs in the lower half; fruit apex truncate, angular, with a narrow rim. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: between Lake Logue andEneabba, 3 Nov. 1974, J. S BeardniO (PERTH); 5 km SE of Eneabba, 14 June 1978, R.J. Cranfield 1263 (PERTH); Brand Highway, 5 km N of Eneabba, 30 July 1985, R.K. Crow den 171 (HO, PERTH); corner Brand Hwy and Eneabba-Coolimba Rd, 19 June 1997, R. Davis 3399 (PERTH); Reserve 27886 [South Eneabba Nature Reserve], 8 km S of Eneabba, 5 Feb. 1977, E.A. Griffin 831 (CANB, PERTH); Breakaway property (J. & J. Browne) Warradarge, northern boundary, firebreak adjacent Green Head-Coorow Rd [now included in Nature Reserve 46713], 30 Apr. 2000, M. Hislop 1998 (PERTH); South Eneabba Nature Reserve, W side of Brand Hwy, 9.1 km N of Coorow-Greenhead Rd, 5 Dec. 2002, M. Hislop 2893 (PERTH); comer Ding [Rd] and Beekeeper Rd, NE of Eneabba, 18 July 2004, M. Hislop 3271 (PERTH); remnant bushland on private property (known locally as Brandy Flats), adjacent to Iluka minesite, N of Eneabba, 14 July 2006, M. Hislop & F Obbens MH 3613 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 5 km SE of Lake Indoon, 16 Dec. 1976, R. Hnatiuk 761431 (PERTH); Coomallo Creek campsite, 13 Sep. 1977, R. HnatiuklimOl (PERTH); 12 km N of Eneabba, 12 Sep. 1978, R. HnatiukimXTl (PERTH); M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 233 Figure 7. Leucopogon prolatus. Photograph of flowering branchlets from M. Hislop 3399(A) and M. Hislop 1998(B). Scale bars = 1 cm. 8 km S of Eneabba, 28 Sep. 1979, R. Hnatiuk 790074 (CANB, PERTH); 45 miles [c. 72 km] SW of Three Springs, 30 Aug. 1965, K.R. Newbey 2283 (PERTH); Brown Farm, Depot Hill, c. 3.5 km NE of Eneabba on N side of Three Springs Rd, 3 July 2003, F. Obbens & C. Godden s.n. (PERTH); 21.7 km E of Coolimba on road to Brand Hwy, 1 Sep. 1979, J.M. Powell 1355 (CANB, K, E, MEE, NSW, PERTH); Take Eogue Nature Reserve, 18 Mar. 2008, V. Westcott S.D. 16 a (PERTH); Beekeepers Nature Reserve, 9 Apr. 2008, V. Westcott S.D. 54 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Endemic to the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion; L. prolatus is distributed from north of Eneabba to the Warradarge area and west to near Stockyard Gully (Figure 8). There is also an apparent outlying population about 19 km south of Warradarge in Coomallo Nature Reserve. Occurs in deep white or yellow sand, or shallow sand over laterite, and is associated with heath or low, open woodland communities. Phenology. As for L. inflexus. Etymology. The Eatin epithet {prolatus: lengthened, extended) is a reference to the species’ longer leaves relative to the otherwise similar L. inflexus. Conservation status. This species is locally common within a geographically restricted area. Populations are known to occur in South Eneabba, Eake Eogue and Coomallo Nature Reserves. Affinities. Leucopogon prolatus is considered narrowly distinct from L. inflexus with the two having parapatric distributions. They can be distinguished by the following foliar characters (those of Z. inflexus 234 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) in brackets): leaves variously ovate, elliptic or obovate, 2.8-7.0 mm long, 0.8-2.2 mm wide, the L: W ratio of the longest leaves (1.5-) 1.8-4.5:1 (c/leaves depressed-ovate, ovate to±orbicular, 1.2-3.3mm long, 1.2-3.8 mm wide, L: W ratio of the longest leaves 0.8-1.4: 1); leaf bases attenuate or cuneate {cf. leaf bases mostly cordate or rounded, occasionally cuneate); leaves not or rarely ± stem-clasping {cf. leaves all, or at least those on the older branchlets, stem-clasping); all leaves with apices straight to slightly incurved {cf. all leaves distinctly inflexed, or at leastthose on inflorescence-bearing branchlets). Although the foliar morphology of L. prolatus is quite dissimilar to that of L. inflexus across most of its range, two collections (K Westcott S.D. 26 a and V. Westcott S.D. 33) are somewhat intermediate in leaf character, suggesting that there may be some introgression between them where the two come into contact north of Eneabba. Given the presence of these intermediates and the absence of correlating floral or fruiting differences, a case could be made that the two are better treated at the infraspeciflc level. In preferring to recognise them as separate species I have been influenced by the often critical role of foliar characters in the circumscription of species in Leucopogon, notably in Groups D and C as well as the Northern Group to which these two belong. The pattern of distribution of the two taxa also seems relevant here. Although L. inflexus generally has a more northerly distribution than that of L. prolatus, the apparent outlying population of L. inflexus, south-east of Warradarge, occurs to the south and east of L. prolatus (excluding the outlying population of that species at Coomallo). This disjunction seems consistent with the recognition of separate species rather subspecies. M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 235 Leucopogon prolatus may be distinguished from L. stenophyllus by its generally wider leaves, mostly >1.2 mm wide {cf. mostly 1 mm or less) which are adaxially concave rather than convex and with recurved margins. Note that some specimens of L. prolatus may have some leaves flat or slightly concave and similarly L. stenophyllus may also have some flat leaves. The southernmost, possibly outlying population of L. prolatus in Coomallo Nature Reserve, occurs in an area where L. stenophyllus is generally common. It is not known how close the species approach each other there, but the specimens of L. prolatus from that area are typical in all respects. Similarly, where the two species occur in close proximity off the Coolimba-Eneabba road towards the northern extent of the distribution of L. stenophyllus and the southern edge for L. prolatus (Q.g. R. Wills 161 and V. Westcott S.D. 16 a respectively), the differences are maintained. Notes. Members of the Northern Group typically have glabrous sepal surfaces, and branchlets that are glabrous or with a sparse or occasionally moderately dense indumentum. Similarly their leaves are either glabrous, with a few basal hairs adaxially or with hairs restricted to the grooves abaxially. In this context a collection of L. prolatus {F. Obbens & C. Godden I 172) is noteworthy. It comprises three separate pieces. One of these has the normal indumentum for the species, the other two, presumably from a neighbouring plant, have a dense indumentum on the branchlets, both leaf surfaces, bracteoles and sepals, with hairs to about 0.2 mm long. The latter is here considered to be an anomalous variant of L. prolatus but because of its apparent rarity it is not included in the description of that species presented here. Leucopogon simulans Hislop, sp. nov. Typus'. South Eneabba Nature Reserve, Beros Road, 1.8 km from Brand Highway, Western Australia, 11 April 2010, M Hislop 4000 {holo\ PERTH 08270996; iso\ CANB, MEE, NSW). Leucopogon sp. Watheroo (R.D. Royce 9616), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 7 July 2016]. Leucopogon phyllostachys auct. non Benth.: Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [before August 2010]; G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Aust. FI: Descr Cat : 239 (2000). Erect, Q^QWshrubsto c. 80 cm high and 70 cm wide, single-stemmed at ground level from a Are-sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets glabrous. Leaves helically arranged, variously orientated (usually on the same plant), from antrorse to sharply retrorse, usually ovate or depressed-ovate, occasionally narrowly ovate, 2.5-6.5 mm long, 2.0-6.0 mm wide; petiole variably developed, to 0.5 mm long, but often ± absent, sparsely hairy on adaxial surface; base usually stem-clasping, cordate, rounded or sometimes cuneate; apex usually acute or acuminate, sometimes ± obtuse; lamina 0.25-0.35 mm thick, curvature variable, adaxially concave, at least towards the base and sometimes throughout, or else becoming flat or distinctly convex above the base, the longitudinal axis recurved in the lower 1/3 and then either straight or ± incurved towards the apex; surfaces glaucous, ± concolorous, or with the abaxial surface a little paler; adaxial surface glabrous except for a small patch of hairs at the base, the venation not evident or very obscure; abaxial surface glabrous with c. 11-19 primary veins, the midrib rather thicker than the others, ± flat to openly grooved between the veins; margins glabrous. Inflorescence erect, terminal and terminating short, lateral branchlets; axis glabrous, 4-12 mm long with 4-13 flowers; flowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts foliose on the lower axis, becoming progressively smaller and more ‘bract-like’ towards the apex, broadly to narrowly ovate, acute. Bracteoles ovate, 1.3-2.0 mm 236 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, acute, keeled; abaxial surface glabrous; margins ± glabrous. Sepals narrowly ovate, 2.5-3.3 mm long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide, acute or acuminate; abaxial surface glabrous, pale greenish or straw-coloured, usually with some purple tinges in the upper half, the venation usually obscure apart from the midrib; margins glabrous or minutely and irregularly ciliolate with hairs < 0.05 mm long. Corolla tube white, campanulate or narrowly campanulate, shorter than the sepals, 1.3-2.0 mm long, 1.0-1.4 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white, sometimes flushed pink, longer than the tube, erect in c. basal 1/4 and then spreading and recurved, 2.2-3.0 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, internal surface densely bearded with straight hairs in the upper half, less densely so below with crinkled hairs; indumentum white, 1.0-1.4 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by 2/3-3/4 of their length), 1.2-2.0 mm long, including sterile tips, distinctly recurved close to apex. Filaments terete, 0.5-0.8 mm long, adnate to tube a little below, to well below, the sinuses, attached to anther 2/3-3/4 above base. Ovary obovoid to depressed-obovoid, 0.40-0.50 mm long, 0.45-0.55 mm wide, with antrorse-appressed hairs in lower half, 2-locular. Style 0.4-0.6 mm long, abruptly differentiated from ovary apex, included within the corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary mudXXy 5-partite, less often irregularly partite, or annular (refer Notes below), the scales 0.25-0.45 mm long, 0.20-0.30 mm wide, ± truncate, glabrous. Fruit about as long as to distinctly longer than calyx, 2.5-3.0 mm long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide, narrowly ellipsoid, sparsely hairy, ± smooth above the gynophore, sometimes with dark longitudinal stripes; apex truncate, forming a narrow rim, the shoulders angular; surface between the shoulders and style base descending; style persistent. (Figure 9) Diagnostic characters. Within the Geraldton Sandplains L. simulans is distinguished by the following character combination: leaves usually depressed-ovate to ovate, less often narrowly ovate, variously orientated, usually on the same plant, from shallowly antrorse to sharply retrorse, always with some widely spreading to retrorse; inflorescence axes and branchlets glabrous; nectary usually partite, very occasionally entire; ovary 2-locular, with antrorse-appressed hairs in the lower half; fruit apex truncate, angular, with a narrow rim. Figure 9. Leucopogon simulans. Photograph of flowering branchlets from J.M. Powell 2474 (A), M. Hislop 4002 (B) and M. Hislop 1042 (C). Scale bars = 1 cm. M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 237 Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Tathra National Park, c. 1 km W ofTurkey Flat Rd and 400 m N of Camamah-Eneabba Rd along a graded firebreak, 20 Aug. 2008, G. Byrne 3628 (CANS, PERTH); Big Soak Plain, c. 6.8 km S of Coorow-Green Head Rd on track opposite the end of Chatfield Clarke Rd, W of Coorow, 6 Nov. 2007, A. Crawford 1478 (PERTH); Coorow Rd, 7.5 km from Brand Hwy, 31 July 1985, R.K. Crowden 184 (HO, PERTH); 16.5 kmN of Badgingarra, 31 Jan. 1996, R. Davis 472 (PERTH); layby off Brand Hwy, 4 km S of Green Head turnoff, 27 May 1997, R. Davis 3204 (PERTH); Hi Vallee property (D. & J. Williams), Warradarge, track along E side of main valley, 16 May 1998, M. Hislop 1042 (PERTH); Wilson Reserve, W of Three Springs, E side of Passinto Rd, c. 200 m W of junction with Bunney Rd, 8 June 2002, M Hislop 2678 (PERTH); E side of Rose Thompson Rd, 3.5 km S of Carnamah-Eneabba Rd, 15 July 2006, M. Hislop 3615 (NSW, PERTH); Reserve 28606, E side of Chatfield Clarke Rd, 100 m N of Hughes Rd, SW of Camamah, 11 Apr. 2010, M. Hislop 4002 (CANB, PERTH); W boundary of Boothendarra Nature Reserve, NE of Badgingarra, 30 June 2014, M Hislop 4333 (CANB, PERTH); 2.4 km onto Nebru Rd from Three Springs, 23 Sep. 1968, M.E. Phillips 1503 (CANB, PERTH); Tathra National Park, near Willis Rd turnoff, 28 km by road E of Eneabba, 8 July 1982, J.M. Powell 1721 (CANB, K, L, NSW, PERTH); Alexander Morrison National Park, c. 40 km SW of Coorow, 10 Aug. 1986, J.M. Powell 2300B (HO, K, L, NSW, PERTH); Dookanooka Rd turnoff from Turkey Flat Rd, 1.7 km SW of Three Springs- EneabbaRd, 13 Aug. 1986, J.M PowelllMl (NSW, PERTH); CoalaraRd, 6.8 km S fromMarchagee Track, Watheroo National Park, 14 Aug. 1986, J.M. Powell 2489 (NSW, NY, PERTH); Watheroo National Park, 6 Oct. \91\,R.D. Royce 9616 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Mostly restricted to the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion with limited occurrence in adjoining parts of the Swan Coastal Plain and Avon Wheatbelt bioregions. Occurs between the Arrowsmith River south to Watheroo National Park, generally to the east of Brand Highway and west of Midlands Road (Figure 10). Grows in shallow, sandy soils over laterite, less often in deep sand, and in association with heath or low, open woodland. Phenology. As for L. inflexus. Etymology. The Latin epithet {simulans: imitating, resembling) refers to the generally similar appearance the species bears to several others with broad leaves (refer under Affinities below), that occur further to the south. Conservation status. A common species in the south of the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion, where it is occurs in a number of national parks and nature reserves. Affinities. In gross morphology L. simulans closely resembles L. glabellus R.Br. and L. phyllostachys Benth., indeed for many years it had been referred to the latter species at the Western Australian Herbarium. As typical members of Group D (sensu Hislop & Chapman 2007) however, both L. phyllostachys and L. glabellus have glabrous ovaries and a drupe apex that is smoothly rounded rather than truncate. Leucopogon glabellus is widely distributed in the wetter parts of the south-west from the Darling Range south-east of Perth to the Albany area, and L. phyllostachys is endemic to the Stirling Range. Leucopogon squarrosus, which occurs on the Swan Coastal Plain as far north as the Gingin area, is also a potentially confusing species. It can be distinguished from L. simulans by its hairy inflorescence axis (glabrous in J. simulans), smaller fruit (1.3-1.9 mm long vs. 2.5-3.0 mm), and differently shaped leaves (usually variously obovate or elliptic, only occasionally ovate vs. always variously ovate in L. simulans). 238 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Within the Northern Group of species described here L. simulans is only likely to be confused with L. inflexus. The differences between them are given under the Affinities heading for that species. Although generally L. prolatus is readily distinguished from L. simulans, in the Warradarge area where both are common, a couple of anomalous specimens (M Hislop 281 and R.K. Crow den 179) suggest possible hybridisation between the two. These specimens have totally glabrous branchlets and inflorescence axes in the manner of L. simulans but the leaves are consistently erect and narrower than is usual for that species. Notes. While the flowers of L. simulans and L. stenophyllus usually have a regular 5-partite nectary, occasionally they may be irregularly partite (i.e. divided into 3 or 4 scales) or entire. Irregularly partite nectaries were also recorded in a few specimens of L. inflexus and L. prolatus, the other two species in the group that usually have partite nectaries, and it may well be the case that those species too will very occasionally be found to have entire nectaries. Leucopogon stenophyllus Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ Minyulo Nature Reserve, Walyering Road, Cataby: 100 m south-west oftheDampier to Bunbury Gas Pipeline, Western Australia, 5 May 2007, F. Hort & J. Hort 3001 {holo\ PERTH 07708513; iso\ CANB, MEL, NSW). M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 239 Leucopogon sp. Lesueur (B. Evans 530), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, https://florabase. dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 7 July 2016]. Erect, open shrubs to c. 90 cm high and 70 cm wide, single-stemmed at ground level from a fire- sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets glabrous or with a sparse indumentum of very short, patent hairs, to c. 0.05 mm long. Leaves helically arranged, steeply antrorse, linear, narrowly ovate or narrowly elliptic, 3-8(-12) mm long, 0.6-1.3 mm wide; petiole variably developed, to c. 0.5 mm long or absent, glabrous or sparsely hairy on adaxial surface and/or margins; base attenuate or cuneate; apex usually acute or subacute, occasionally obtuse, straight; lamina 0.2-0.3 mm thick, usually adaxially convex with recurved to revolute margins, occasionally some leaves ± fiat, the longitudinal axis incurved; surfaces shiny, discolorous and the abaxial surface paler or ± concolorous; adaxial surface glabrous or sometimes with a few hairs towards the base, venation not evident; abaxial surface glabrous, with 5-7 primary veins, the midrib rather thicker than the others, grooved between the veins; margins glabrous or coarsely and minutely ciliolate, with hairs < 0.05 mm long. Inflorescence terminal and terminating numerous short, lateral branchlets; axis 4-14 mm long, with 3-17 fiowers; axis indumentum very short and sparse to c. 0.05 mm long; fiowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts foliose on the lower axis becoming progressively smaller and more ‘bract-like’ towards the apex, narrowly ovate or narrowly elliptic, acute. Bracteoles ovate, 1.3-2.4 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide, mostly acute, sometimes obtuse, keeled; abaxial surface glabrous; margins minutely ciliolate or ± glabrous. Sepals ovate or narrowly ovate, 2.3-3.6(^) mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, acute; abaxial surface glabrous, green throughout, or partially fiushed purple towards the apex, the venation quite prominent with 3 or 5 veins evident; margins minutely ciliolate, with hairs <0.05 mm long or ± glabrous. Corolla tube white, campanulate or occasionally narrowly campanulate, shorter than sepals, 1.3-2.1 mm long, 1.3-1.7 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white, usually ± flushed pink, longer than tube (ratio = 1.1-1.8: 1), erect in c. the basal 1/4 and then spreading and recurved, 2.0-2.8 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide at the base, glabrous externally, internal surface densely bearded in the upper half with straight hairs, less densely so with crinkled hairs below; indumentum white, 1.0-1.6 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by 1/2-2/3 of length), 1.5-2.2 mm long, including the sterile tips, distinctly recurved at apex. Filaments terete, 0.4-0.6 mm long, adnate to tube a little below, to well below, the sinuses, attached to anther 2/3-3/4 above base. Ovary depressed-obovoid to obovoid, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, with antrorse-appressed hairs in lower half, 2- or 3-locular. Style 0.5-0.7 mm long, well-differentiated from ovary apex, included within the corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary usually 5-partite, or very occasionally, irregularly 3- or 4-partite or annular, glabrous, the scales 0.20-0.50 mm long, 0.20-0.35 mm wide, apex ± truncate or jagged. Fruit distinctly shorter than, to a little longer than, the calyx, 2.1-2.8 mm long, 0.9-1.2 mm wide, narrowly ellipsoid or narrowly ovoid, sparsely hairy, smooth above the gynophore; apex truncate forming a narrow rim, the shoulders angular; surface between the shoulders and style base descending; style persistent. (Figures 4B, 11) Diagnostic characters. Within the Geraldton Sandplains L. stenophyllus is distinguished by the following character combination: leaves linear, narrowly ovate or narrowly elliptic, to 1.3 mm wide, with recurved margins; leaf undersurfaces grooved and glabrous; nectary partite; ovary 2- or 3-locular, with antrorse-appressed hairs in the lower half; fruit apex truncate, angular, with a narrow rim. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: Coomallo Pool property (A. & A. Bellman), 7 km W of Brand Hwy on Jurien Rd, W boundary, Dec. 2001, A. Bellman 69 (PERTH); Eesueur National Park, Mt Peron summit, 29 Nov. 1992, B. Evans WE 403 (PERTH); 11 miles [c. 17.6 km] N of Badgingarra homestead, 25 Apr. 1961, A.S. George 2340 (CANB, PERTH); S side of Bibby Rd, 7.3 km E of junction with Munbinea Rd, Jurien Bay, 26 May 2004, H.J. Hayes 114 (PERTH); Eesueur 240 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 11. Leucopogon stenophyllus. Photograph of flowering branchlet from B. Evans 530. Scale bar = 1 cm. National Park, Cockleshell Gully Rd, 13 km N of Jurien Rd, 11 June 2005, M. Hislop 3472 (CANB, PERTH); Lesueur National Park, off Brumby Track, 4.9 km E of Cockleshell Gully Rd, 17 Nov. 2008, M. Hislop 3862 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); c. 7 km W of Take Indoon, 7 Jan. 1977, RJ. Hnatiuk 770011 (PERTH); Smoke Bush Reserve, Jurien Rd, Jurien: 4.6 km W of Nylagarda Rd, at rest stop on N side of the road, 18 Mar. 2003, F. Hort 1947 (CANB, K, PERTH); 1.1 km W of Brand Hwy then 0.6 km S to S of gravel excavation site, Badgingarra National Park, Cervantes-Jurien Rd [Bibby Rd], 5 Feb. 2004, F. & J. Hort 2195 (PERTH); Banovich Rd, 1.8 km N of Jurien Rd, track E for 0.4 km, Coomallo Nature Reserve, 6 Feb. 2004, F &J Hort 2\96 (PERTH); YandinNature Reserve, Cataby: at junction of Yandin Rd and the track to the tourist lookout, 5 May 2007, F &J. Hort 3000 (CANB, PERTH); 9.1 km NNW of Jurien Rd on road to Cockleshell Gully, c. 17.5 km NE of Jurien, 20 Jan. 1996, BJ. Lepschi & T.R. Rally 2445 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, PERTH); site 23, 2.25 km E along Wongonderrah Rd from the turn-off to Nambung Homestead, then due S along track for 2 km, site is 250 m E of track at this point, 29 Oct. 1999, C. MacPherson s.n. (PERTH); Pearsons Track, Beekeepers Nature Reserve, 6 May 2008, V. Westcott E.D. 18 a (PERTH); Beekeepers Nature Reserve (TR08), 1 May 2008, V. Westcott E.D. 20 a (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Mostly restricted to the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion with limited occurrence in the northern parts of the adjoining Swan Coastal Plain bioregions, from Eake Indoon to the Cataby area (Figure 6). Grows in a variety of low woodland or heath communities, either in shallow sand over laterite, shallow sand over limestone or deep sand. Phenology. As for L. inflexus. M. Hislop, New species of Leucopogon s. str. (Ericaceae) from the Geraldton Sandplains 241 Etymology. From the Greek stenos (narrow) and -phyllus (-leaved), a reference to the narrow leaves of this species. Conservation status. This is one of the commonest species of Leucopogon s. str. in the southern part of the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion and is well-represented in conservation reserves. Affinities. AmQmbQX of the Northern Group. The narrow, recurved leaves readily separate this species from all congeners occurring in the Geraldton Sandplains, other than L. foliosus. The characters distinguishing these two are given under the Affinities heading for that species. Before the phrase nameZ. sp. Lesueur was installed on Western Australia’s vascular plant census (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) most collections of this species had been referred either to L. carinatus or L. striatus R.Br. In retrospect the reason for this confusion is not clear, as there are several strong morphological differences between L. stenophyllus and those two species. Most obviously neither L. carinatus nor L. striatus have recurved leaf margins and while L. stenophyllus has a hairy ovary and a drupe with a truncate apex, the former species (in common with the other members of Group D, sensu Hislop & Chapman 2007) have a glabrous ovary and a drupe apex with smoothly rounded shoulders. In addition there is a geographical disjunction of many hundreds of kilometres between the Geraldton Sandplains and the Esperance Plains bioregion where L. carinatus and L. striatus occur. Notes. There are three unusually hairy collections tentatively assigned to this species at the Western Australian Herbarium. The distribution and length of the indumentum on these specimens is very much as described above for the aberrant variant of L. prolatus (refer to the Notes heading under that species). One of these specimens is old (C.A. Gardner 12775) and with a very vague locality (probably between Gunyidi and Mogumber), while the other two (M Hislop 3990 and M. Hislop 4336) are 20-30 km east of Badgingarra. These localities are to the east of the known range of L. stenophyllus, which is otherwise not recorded east of Brand Highway. Whereas the anomalous collection of L. prolatus was known to be growing with the typical, much less hairy variant, at least in the case of the above-mentioned populations east of Badgingarra, plants were apparently uniform in the detail of their indumentum. The leaves were also slightly broader (to about 1.5 mm wide) than in typical L. stenophyllus. More collections of this morphotype are needed before its taxonomic significance can be properly assessed. At this stage it is not included in the species description given above. Acknowledgements I would like to thank the following people who assisted in the preparation of this paper: Sl?c/sa.http://bie.ala. org.au/species/http://id.biodiversity.org.au/node/apni/2903289. [accessed 14 October 2016]. Brownsey, P.J. (1999). Dennstaediaceae. In: McCarthy, P.M. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 48. pp. 214—228. (Australian Biological Resources Study/CSIRO: Melbourne.) Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2016). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium. Available at http://avh.chah.org.au [accessed 14 October 2016], Meissner, R., English, V. & Blythe, J. (2006). Assemblages of organic mound (tumulus) springs of the Swan Coastal Plain. Interim Recovery Plan No. 198. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Perth, Western Australia. Rees, R. & Broun, G. (2005). Assemblages of organic mound (tumulus) springs of the Three Springs area. Interim Recovery Plan No. 196. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Perth, Western Australia. Wardell-Johnson, G. (1999). A new record for the fern flora of south-western Australia: a single plant of Histiopteris incisa from Mount Lindesay. Nuytsia 13: 259-260. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Departmentof Parks and Wildlife, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 21 May 2015], Wheeler, J.R. (1992). Dennstaedtiaceae. In: Wheeler, J.R. (ed.) Flora of the Kimberley region. (Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management: Western Australia.) Greg Keighery Science and Conservation Division, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: Greg.Keighery@dpaw.wa.gov. au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:245-252 Published online 13 December 2016 A new and rare species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae) from the North West of Western Australia Robert W. Davis^’^, Timothy A. Hammer^ and Kevin R. Thiele^ ‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^School of Plant Biology, Faculty of Science, The University of Western Australia, Crawley, Western Australia 6009 ^Corresponding author, email: Robert.Davis@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Davis, R.W., Hammer, T.A. & Thiele, K.R. Anew and rare species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae) from the North West of Western Australia. Nuytsia 27: 245-252 (2016). Nymphoides walshiae RW.Davis & K.R. Thiele, a new and rare species of Nymphoides Seg., is described. This new species is geographically disjunct from other Nymphoides species, occurring in a small area of arid Western Australia near the Cape Range. A molecular phylogenetic analysis based on ITS sequences suggests that it occupies a phylogenetically isolated position sister to the largest clade in the genus. It lacks some of the more common features seen in the genus Nymphoides. A scanning electron microscope image displaying the seed surface and outline is provided. Introduction Nymphoides Seg. is a cosmopolitan genus of aquatic plants in Menyanthaceae Dumort., distributed primarily in the tropics and subtropics (Kadereit & Jeffrey 2007). The genus comprises c. 50 species (Tippery & Les 2011), 22 of which occur in Australia (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2006-), including one currently phrase-named species. All species of Nymphoides are aquatics occurring in freshwater ponds, lakes and rivers, most with floating leaves that are often similar in overall morphology to those of Nymphaea L. The genus was last revised in Australia by Aston (1973), with subsequent additions of new species by Aston (1982, 1984, 1986, 1987, 1997, 2002, 2009) and Barrett and Barrett (2015). Generic circumscriptions in Menyanthaceae have been traditionally problematic (reviewed in Tippery & Les 2009), with several traditionally recognised genera (e.g. Limnanthemum S.G.Gmel.) difficult to define morphologically, particularly in Australia. Aston (1973) recognised two broadly-defined genera, Villarsia Vent, and Nymphoides, and a monotypic Liparophyllum Hook.f, but noted that some species were difficult to ascribe. Taxa with an emergent habit, erect-paniculate inflorescences and capsular fruits were included in Villarsia while floating-leaved aquatics with lax, umbellate (rarely paniculate or raceme-like), leaf-subtended inflorescences, and indehiscent fruits, were included in Nymphoides. Morphological (Tippery et al. 2008) and molecular (Tippery et al. 2008; Tippery & Les 2008, 2009) phylogenetic analyses provided strong evidence that the core of Nymphoides was monophyletic but © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 246 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Villarsia sensu Aston was paraphyletic, resulting in Tippery and Les (2009) transferring many species of Villarsia to Liparophyllum and the new genus Ornduffia Tippery & Les, and a small number of species to and from Nymphoides, to establish monophyletic genera. Under this circumscription, Nymphoides comprises submersed or emergent aquatics with floating leaves and a lax, leaf-supported inflorescence comprising paired or umbellate flowers, usually (except A. exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze and N. camhodiana (Hance) Tippery) supported by a floating leaf The new species described here was first collected by Cath Walsh and Sean D’Arcy on Lyndon Station in the Carnarvon bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013), the first record of the genus in that bioregion. The nearest named species are a single record of the otherwise tropical N. crenata (F.Muell.) Kuntze in the Murchison bioregion near Wiluna, c. 740 km to the south-east, and A. indica (L.) Kuntze near Broome in the Dampierland bioregion, c. 1,000 km to the north-east. Nymphoides walshiae R.W.Davis & K.R.Thiele is morphologically unusual within the genus. It lacks stolons and floating leaves supporting the inflorescences, instead producing several single-stemmed branching inflorescences from the base of the plant. The petals lack the characteristic transverse fringe of fine papillae on the lower central portion of the petals; in its place it has a broad petal-like appendage. However, molecular phylogenetic analyses clearly place it in Nymphoides, and it is here described in that genus. Methods The description format is loosely based on that of Aston (1982, 1992). Floral parts were measured from rehydrated and spirit-preserved material, vegetative parts from dried material. Seeds for scanning electron microscope (SEM) examination were mounted on stubs using double-sided carbon tape, coated with gold using an EMITECH K550X sputter coater and imaged using a JEOE JCM 6000 NeoScope bench-top SEM at Kings Park. Material for DNA sequencing was collected on silica gel in the held, and extracted using a standard CTAB extraction protocol (Doyle & Dickson 1987). ITS region sequencing followed the protocols of Tippery and Ees (2011). The ITS dataset for the Tippery and Ees (2011) phylogenetic study of Nymphoides was obtained from TreeBase (study ID 11079); this study included all known Australian taxa. Sequences, including that of A walshiae, were aligned using default settings of the webPRANK multiple sequence aligner (Eoytynoja & Goldman 2010) followed by inspection and manual adjustment as necessary in Mesquite v. 3.04 build 725 (Maddison & Maddison 2015). Nucleotide substitution models were tested using JModelTest v. 2.1.4 (Darriba et al. 2012). Insertions and deletions (indels) were scored for the aligned nucleotide matrix using simple indel coding (Simmons & Ochoterena 2000) implemented in SeqState v. 1.4.1 (Miiller 2005). Bayesian inference (BI) was performed using MrBayes v.3.2.1 (Ronquist et al. 2012). Analyses were run for 1 million Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) generations with trees sampled every 1,000 generations. Completion was determined by the average standard deviation of split frequencies falling below 0.01. The initial 25% of topologies were discarded before reaching likelihood stationarity; 50% majority rule consensus trees were constructed to summarise the remaining topologies. To determine adequate convergence and mixing the trace flies generated by the Bayesian MCMC runs were analysed using Tracer v.L6 (Rambaut et al. 2014). Trees for publication were produced in FigTree v. 1.4.2 (Rambaut & Drummond 2010), and rooted at the node between the outgroup taxa {Liparophyllum species) and the ingroup following Tippery and Ees (2011). R.W. Davis et al.,A new and rare species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae) 247 Results The ITS sequence of N. walshiae was 695 bp (GenBank accession KY099623), and the aligned ITS dataset comprised 1,055 bp. Bayesian and Akaike information criteria (BIC and AIC) in jModelTest agreed that the best nucleotide substitution model was GTR+G; the Jukes-Cantor model was used for the indel gap-coding partition. The 50% majority rule consensus tree (Figure 1) agrees in almost all respects with that of Tippery and Les (2011), with two exceptions. A clade comprising N. planosperma, N. simulans and N. spongiosa is sister to the N. minima-N. aquatica clade (albeit with weak support), whereas in Tippery and Les (2011) it was sister to A. (again with weak support). Relationships within the A aquatica-N. quadriloba clade differ from those given in Tippery and Les (2011); in both trees, support values for nodes within this clade are low. In this analysis, Nymphoides comprises four clades: A crenata, a small A elliptica-N. peltata clade, A walshiae and a large clade (A aquatica-N. cambodiana) comprising the majority of sampled taxa. Nymphoides walshiae thus occupies a phylogenetically important and somewhat isolated position within the genus. Tippery and Les (2011) investigated the evolution of two important morphological features in the genus, inflorescence morphology and dimorphic heterostyly, by mapping these features to their tree. They 'Liparophyllum gunnii • Liparophyllum lasiospermum 'Liparophylluin exaltatum Nymphoides crenata Nymphoides peitata 'Nymphoides eiiiptica Nymphoides walshiae Nymphoides minima I iNymphoides pianosperma 0.02 Figure 1.50% majority rule consensus Bayesian Inference tree with nodes annotated with posterior probabilities. Branch weights reflect support values, with poorly-supported branches given a light weight. Shaded clades have contracted inflorescences sensu Tippery and Les (2011). 248 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) concluded that heterostyly and an expanded inflorescence (with elongate inflorescence axes between pairs of flowers) are ancestral conditions in the genus, and that homostyly and contracted, umbel-like inflorescences appear to have evolved independently in several clades. The weakly-supported placement in this analysis of the N. planosperma-N. simulans clade, which has a contracted inflorescence, out of the expanded-inflorescence N. beaglensis-N. subacuta clade, reduces the number of independent derivations of the derived state from four to three. Despite poor support for some nodes around these clades, the position of the former clade outside the latter is supported by improved node support within the N. beaglensis-N. subacuta clade compared with that obtained by Tippery and Les (2011). Nymphoides walshiae has an expanded inflorescence (see below), and is homostylous. Note that this study provides a phylogenetic placement for N. walshiae based on ITS alone. Tippery and Les (2011) showed that the matK-trnK cpDNA marker was substantially incongruent with ITS, regarding that this was the result of substantial hybridisation within the genus. Their ITS phylogeny is more congruent with morphology than was the matK-trnK one, a congruence that has increased in this study with the new placement of the N. beaglensis-N. subacuta clade. A more robust understanding of phylogenetic relationships N\\hm Nymphoides awaits more extensive sampling of markers, careful analysis of patterns of auto- and allo-polyploidy within the genus, and better methods for resolving reticulate relationships. Nevertheless, this analysis strongly indicates that N. walshiae is a distinct species that is distantly related to other taxa in Australia. Taxonomy Nymphoides walshiae R.W.Davis & K.R.Thiele, sp. nov. Type'. Lyndon Station [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons]. Western Australia, 6 May 2015, R. Davis, C. Walsh & S. D ’Arcy RD 12543 (holo\ PERTH 08665664; iso\ BRI, CANB, MEL). Clumping, aquatic, annual or possibly perennial herbs to 40 cm high, without stolons or trailing, floating stems. Basal leaves with slender, cylindrical petioles 7-40 cm long; blades broadly ovate- cordate, 25-45 mm long, 30^0 mm wide, with margins slightly crenulate. Cauline leaves absent. Inflorescences lax, expanded (with elongate axes between flowering nodes), apparently somewhat indeterminate, emerging from the base of the plant, not subtended by a floating leaf; bracts lanceolate, 5-6 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide; pedicels 15-30 mm long, elongating and becoming pendulous in fruit. Flowers 2 per node, (4)5-partite; calyx lobes lanceolate, 2.6-3 mm long, 1.1-1.3 mm wide, green with pale translucent margins; corolla 12-14 mm diam., the distal half white, the proximal half and petal appendage yellow becoming orange towards the centre; corolla lobes broadly obovate, 3.4-3.6 mm long, 2.8-3.2 mm wide, glabrous except for a few fine hairs near the sinuses, with broad, undulate side-wings; petal appendage glabrous, 0.9-1.1 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, apically irregularly dissected. Stamens with filaments 0.6-0.8 mm long; anthers linear, 0.6-0.7 mm long. Ovary ovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide; styles homostylous, 0.4-0.7 mm long; stigmas 2, 0.1-0.2 mm long. Capsule ovoid, 6-7 mm long, 3.5^.2 mm wide. Seeds 8-11 per capsule; body of seed obovate in outline, strongly laterally flattened, light brown, 1.8-2.6 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide, with sparse tubercles mostly on margins; caruncle absent. (Figures 2, 3) Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 24 Oct. 2013, C. Walsh & S. DArcy s.n. (PERTH 08496838); 6 May 2015, R. Davis, C. Walsh & S. D Arcy RD 12543 A (PERTH); 6 May 2015, i?. Davis, C. Walsh &S.D Arcy RD 12545 (PERTH); 6 May 2015, R. Davis, C. Walsh & S. DArcy RD 12547 (PERTH). R.W. Davis et al.,A new and rare species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae) 249 Figure 2. Nymphoides walshiae. A- habitat at Lyndon Station; B - flowers. Voucher: R. Davis, C. Walsh &S.D ’Arcy RD 12547. Photographs by R. Davis. 250 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figures. SYMivcmgQ of NymphoideswalshiaesQQd. Scale bar = 0.5mm. Voucher: C. Walsh & S. D’Arcy s.n. Image by R. Barrett. Diagnostic features. Nymphoides walshiae can be uniquely diagnosed from other Australian species in the genus by the lack of stolons and of floating leaves supporting the inflorescences, and the large, transverse, petaloid, yellow, basal corolla appendage c. 1/3 the length of the corolla lobe. Phenology. Flowering appears to be dependent on substantial seasonal rainfall; has been observed flowering and fruiting from May to October (C. Walsh pers. comm.) Distribution and habitat. Nymphoides walshiae is currently only known from Lyndon Station, c. 200 km north-north-east of Carnarvon. It occurs in large freshwater ponds in the headwaters of ephemeral drainage systems, on heavy brown clay soils. Conservation status. To be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (M. Smith pers. comm.). Etymology. The epithet honours Cath Walsh who discovered the new species, along with Lyndon Station manager Sean D’Arcy. Notes. Nymphoides walshiae is distinctive in the genus in being a tufted plant without stolons or trailing, floating stems. In the held, all plants appeared to comprise simple tufts of leaves with one or more emergent inflorescences that lack floating support-leaves. Many other species form extensive colonies spreading by vegetative growth, with floating stems or stolons that may root at nodes during periods of low water levels. It appears likely to be annual (or possibly a short-lived perennial in suitable seasons), the habit perhaps reflecting the very impermanent nature of the ponds in which it occurs. R.W. Davis et al.,A new and rare species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae) 251 The flowers of N. walshiae are also highly distinctive. In other species in the genus the corolla lobes have at their base a transverse row of one or more clusters of short hairs, sometimes arising from (or fused at the base into) a short transverse lobe or appendage. In N. walshiae, by contrast, the appendage is large (c. 1/3 the length of the corolla lobe) and petaloid, forming a striking (4)5-partite corona within the corolla. Both the appendages and basal part of the corolla lobes are yellow in contrast to the white distal portion of the corolla. The wings of the corolla lobes are irregularly shortly undulate-crenulate and lack fringing hairs (except at the very base near the sinuses). There is no indication of heterostyly. Acknowledgements We wish to thank Cath Walsh and Sean D’Arcy for first forwarding material of N. walshiae to the Western Australian Herbarium, for surveying and assisting in the discovery of three more new populations, and for help and hospitality while one of us (RD) stayed at Lyndon Station to collect further material. Russell Barrett assisted in producing the SEM image of the seed, and Matt Barrett kindly provided the ITS DNA sequence. References Aston, H. I. (1 913). Aquatic plants of A ustralia. A guide to the identification ofthe aquaticferns andflowering plants of Australia, both native and naturalized. (Melbourne University Press: Melbourne.) Aston, H.I. (1982). New Australian species of Nymphoides Seguier (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 5(1): 35-51. Aston, H.I. (1984). Nymphoides triangularis and Nymphoides elliptica (Menyanthaceae): two new Australian species. Muelleria 5: 265-219. Aston, H.I. (1986). Nymphoides disperma (Menyanthaceae): a new Australian species. Muelleria 6(3): 197-200. Aston, H.I. (1987). Nymphoides beaglensis (Menyanthaceae): a new Australian species. Muelleria 6: 359-362. Aston, H.I. (1992). Menyanthaceae. In: Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.L., Koch, B.L., Wilson, A.J.G. (eds) Flora of the Kimberley region, pp. 761-765. (Western Australian Herbarium: Como, Western Australia.) Aston, H.I. (1997). Nymphoides spinulosperma (Menyanthaceae): a new species from south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 10:21-25. Aston, H.I. (2002). Nymphoides simidans (Menyanthaceae): a new species from northern Australia. Muelleria 16: 83-86. Aston, H.I. (2009). Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature. Muelleria 7(2): 119-126. Barrett, R.L. & Barrett M.D. (2015). Twenty-seven new species of vascular plants from Western Australia. Nuytsia 26: 21-87. Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2006-). National Species List, http://id.biodiversity.org.au/name/apni/99078 [accessed 3 May 2016]. Darriba, L.A., Maffione, N.P., Cincotta, PM. & Giordano, C.M. (2012). Comparative study of variational chaos indicators and ODEs’ numerical integrators. InternationalJournal of Bifurcation and Chaos 22(10): 1230033. Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra#ibra [accessed 24 March 2014]. Doyle, J.J. & Dickson, E.E. (1987). Preservation of plant samples for DNA restriction endonuclease analysis. Taxon 36(4): 715-722. Lbytynoja, A. & Goldman, N. (2010). webPRANK: a phylogeny-aware multiple sequence aligner with interactive alignment browser. BMC Bioinformatics 11(1): 579. Kadereit, J.W. & Jeffrey, C. (2007). Flowering plants, eudicots: Asterales. In: Kubitzki, K. (ed.) The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. VIII. Eudicots: Asterales. pp. 62-63. (Springer: Berlin, Alemania.) Maddison, W.P & Maddison, D.R. (2015). Mesquite: a modular system for evolutionary analysis. Version 3.04 [http:// mesquiteproject.org] Muller, K. (2005). SeqState - primer design and sequence statistics for phylogenetic DNA data sets. Applied Bioinformatics 4: 65-69. Rambaut, A., Suchard, M.A., Xie, D. & Drummond, A.J. (2014). Tracer, vl .6. (Institute of Evolutionary Biology, University of Edinburgh: Edinburgh, United Kingdom.) [http://beast.bio.ed.ac.uk/Tracer] 252 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Rambaut, A. & Drummond, A. J. (2010). FigTreevl.4.2. (Institute ofEvolutionary Biology, University of Edinburgh: Edinburgh, United Kingdom.) [http://tree.bio.ed.ac.uk/software/figtree/] Ronquist, R, Teslenko, M., van der Mark, R, Ayres, D.E., Darling, A., Hdhna, S., Earget, B., Eiu, E., Suchard, M.A. & Huelsenbeck, J.P. (2012). MrBayes 3.2: efficient Bayesian phylogenetic inference and model choice across a large model space. Systematic Biology 61(3): 539-542. Simmons, M.P. & Ochoterena, H. (2000). Gaps as characters in sequence-based phylogenetic analyses. Systematic Biology 49(2): 369-381. Tippery, N.P. & Ees, D.H. (2008). Phylogenetic analysis of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region in Menyanthaceae using predicted secondary structure. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 49(2): 526-537. Tippery, N.P. & Ees, D.H. (2009). A new genus and new combinations in Australian Villarsia (Menyanthaceae). Novon 19: 404-411. Tippery, N.P. & Ees, D.H. (2011). Phylogenetic relationships and morphological evolution in Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Systematic Botany 36(4): 1101-1113. Tippery, N.P., Ees, D.H., Padgett, D.J. & Jacobs, S.W. (2008). Generic circumscription in Menyanthaceae: a phylogenetic evaluation. Systematic Botany 33(3): 598-612. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:253-283 Published online 13 December 2016 New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae): thirteen geographically restricted species from Western Australia Bevan J. Buirchell*’^ and Andrew P. Brown' ^ 'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Species and Communities Branch, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Corresponding author, email: bevanbuirchell@gmail.com Abstract Buirchell B. J. & Brown A.P. New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae): thirteen geographically restricted species from Western Australia. Nuytsia 27: 253-283 (2016). Thirteen geographically restricted species of Eremophila R.Br. {E. ballythunnensis Buirchell & A.P.Br., E. capricornica Buirchell & A.P.Br., E. daddii Buirchell & A.P.Br., E.ferricola Buirchell & A.P.Br., E. hamulata Buirchell &A.P.Br.,£’.jh!wg^/orM «2 Buirchell & A.P.Br., E”. laccataBmrohQW 8 lA^Bx.,E. pusilliflora Buirchell & A.P.Br., E. regia Buirchell & A.P.Br., E. resiliens Buirchell & A.P.Br., E. scrobiculata Buirchell & A.P.Br., E. victoriae Buirchell & A.P.Br. and E. yinnetharrensis Buirchell & A.P.Br.) are described and illustrated and their relationships with related species and conservation status are discussed. Introduction Commonly known as poverty bushes, emu bushes and native fuchsias, Eremophila R.Br. species are among the best known members of the tribe Myoporeae Rchb. (formerly the family Myoporaceae), a group of plants largely confined to Australia and the South Pacific islands but also found in South Africa, Asia, Hawaii and the West Indies. Now a tribe within the Scrophulariaceae (Olmstead et al. 2001; Tank et al. 2006), the Myoporeae comprises seven genera, these being Bontia L., Calamphoreus Chinnock, Diocirea Chinnock, Eremophila, Glycocystis Chinnock, Myoporum R.Br. and Pentacoelium Sieb. & Zucc. Eremophila is the largest of these genera and in the 206 years that have elapsed since Robert Brown named E. oppositifolia R.Br. in 1810, 219 additional currently accepted species have been formally named. They are particularly abundant in Western Australia, where at least 183 named species are recognised, with about 82 per cent of these endemic, and over 100 have been named in the last ten years (Chinnock 2007; Chinnock & Doley 2011; Brown & Buirchell 2007, 2011). We present here 13 new species, the majority of which appear to be highly geographically restricted. Most are found in very specific habitats and have a limited opportunity to migrate outside their current ranges. Following from Brown and Buirchell (2007), this is the second in a series of papers in which we will together and separately formally describe many new species of Eremophila in Western Australia. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 254 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Methods Studies of wild populations in the field and dried specimens held at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) enabled morphological comparisons between proposed new species and related, currently named species. Field studies also provided information on biology, ecology and phenology for each of the new species. Several species described herein are known only from the type. Although additional populations have been located, specimens have not as of yet been collected from them. Terminology follows Chinnock (2007) and measurements are based on dried material. Glandular hairs are simple and branched hairs are eglandular unless otherwise stated. Maps are based on specimens held at PERTH and field observations. Taxonomy Eremophila ballythunnensis Buirchell & A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type', [east of Ballythunna] Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 16 August 2009, R. Davis 11395 {holo\ PERTH 08142459; iso\ CANB, MEE). Eremophila sp. Ballythunna (R. Davis 11395), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.P Brown & B. J. Buirchell, A field guide to the Eremophilas of We stern Australia p. 291 (2011), as E. sp. Ballythunna. A low-growing, open shrub 10^0 cm high, 25-60 cm wide. Branches terete, dark grey, tuberculate with dendritic hairs mostly found on younger parts and present but less obvious on older parts; old leaf scars present. Leaves alternate, scattered or clustered towards the ends of branches, sessile, oblanceolate, grey-green, 4-12 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, the upper and lower surfaces covered in dendritic hairs, margins revolute. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 5-7 mm long, straight, with short dendritic hairs and longer dendritic hairs that increase in density towards the apex. Sepals 5, valvate, equal, lanceolate, green, turning burgundy with age, 8-12 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, not enlarging after anthesis; outer surface with dense, short dendritic hairs and scattered longer dendritic hairs especially on the margins; inner surface with scattered short glandular hairs and fewer longer dendritic hairs mainly at the distal end. Corolla purple, 14-20 mm long, outer and inner surfaces glabrous; lobes acute. Stamens 4, enclosed; filaments glabrous; anthers glabrous with some glandular hairs near the midline. Ovary glabrous. Style glabrous. Fruit not seen. (Figure 1) Phenology. Predominantly fiowers between June and August but may also fiower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Found in the upper Murchison area from east of Ballythunna Homestead to near Bilung Pool on the Mullewa-Carnarvon Road (Figure 2), growing in shallow, brown, loamy clay soils on the slopes of rocky quartzite rises With Acacia spp., Eremophila forrestii F.Muell., E. latrobei F.Muell. andE. spathulataW.Y.hitzg. East ofBallythunna Homestead it is also found with Eremophila sp. Byro (R. Wait 6128/97). Conservation status. Eisted by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 255 Figure 1. Eremophila ballythunnensis. A - plant showing the fine branches and grey-green leaves; B - flowers showing the purple corolla. Photographs by B. Buirchell (A) and A. Brown (B). Figure 2. Distribution of Eremophila ballythunnensis (•), E.ferricola (A), E. pusilliflora (■), E. scrobiculata (A) and E. yinnetharrensis (□) in Western Australia. Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. Ballythunna (R. Davis 11395). Although sometimes locally common, the species is mostly found in rare, scattered populations over a fairly narrow geographic range in habitat that is potentially threatened by pastoral activities. Etymology. Named after Ballythunna Station where it was first observed. 256 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Affinities. Eremophila ballythunnensis appears most closely related to E. yinnetharrensis Buirchell & A.P.Br. from which it may be distinguished by its lower-growing habit, shorter pedicels and glabrous corolla (Table 1). These species are not known to occur near one another, with E. ballythunnensis found some 150 km south of E. yinnetharrensis. Eremophila ballythunnensis is more distantly related to E. muelleriana C.A.Gardner from which it may be distinguished by its usually lower growing habit, smaller leaves, smaller sepals and glabrous, purple corolla (Table 1). Eremophila ballythunnensis is in E. sect. Eriocalyx Benth. Table 1. Characters that differentiate Eremophila ballythunnensis from related species. Character E. ballythunnensis E. yinnetharrensis E. muelleriana Height 10-40 cm 150-300 cm 30-210 cm Stem hairs dendritic or absent dendritic dendritic and obscure short glandular Leaf dimensions 4-12 X 2-5 mm 4-13 X 1-4 mm 7.5-19x6-12 mm Pedicel length 5-7 mm 8-11 mm 6-12 mm Sepal length 8-12 mm 9-14 mm 12-22 mm Corolla hairs (on onter snrface) absent dendritic glandular Corolla colonr purple purple burgundy Eremophila capricornica Buirchell & A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type-, towards Jigalong, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 24 July 2009, B. Buirchell BB 204 {holo'. PERTH 08527601; iso'. CANB). Eremophila sp. Jigalong (B. Buirchell BB 204), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.P Brown & B.J. Buirchell, A field guide to the Eremophilas of Western Australia p. 297 (2011), as E. sp. Jigalong. A small shrub 50-75 cm high, 50-75 cm wide. Branches terete, with woolly dendritic hairs; old leaf scars present. Leaves alternate, clustered towards the ends of branches, sessile, oblanceolate, grey, 8-12 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, acute with a prominent ridge, upper and lower surfaces with dendritic hairs, the margins entire. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 2-3 mm long, straight, rounded in cross section, with woolly dendritic indumentum. Sepals 5, valvate, equal, lanceolate, dark green to grey, 6-9 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, acute, sometimes reflexed, not enlarging after anthesis; outer surface with long dendritic hairs on margins and near the base and with finer dendritic hairs near the midline and towards the sepal apex; inner surface with short and long glandular hairs. Corolla mauve to lilac, 15-20 mm long; outer surface glabrous or with a few dendritic hairs towards the base; inner surface glabrous; lobes obtuse. Stamens 4, enclosed; filaments glabrous; anthers glabrous. Ovary glabrous. Style glabrous. Fruit not seen. (Figure 3) Phenology. Predominantly flowers between June and August but may also flower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 257 Distribution and habitat. Found from east ofNewman across to Jigalong (Figure 4), growing in sandy clay loams in open mulga shrubland with an understory of Triodia spp. and other grasses. Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. Jigalong (B. Buirchell BB 204). Found in scattered populations over a fairly narrow geographic range. Etymology. Named in reference to the Tropic of Capricorn around which it grows. Figure 3. Eremophila capricomica. A - plant in situ, B - flowers and leaves. Photographs by B. Buirchell. 258 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 4. Distribution of Eremophila daddii (•), E. capricornica (■), E. jamesiorum (A), E. laccata (A), E. regia (□) and E. resiliens (O) in Western Australia. Affinities. Eremophila capricornica appears most closely related to E. margarethae S.Moore and E. demissa Chinnock, from which it may be distinguished by its oblanceolate leaves, its shorter pedicels, its corolla, which is glabrous or has fine dendritic hairs, and its glabrous style. The form of E. margarethae that grows nearest to E. capricornica in the Pilbara has linear leaves while E. capricornica has oblanceolate leaves (Table 2). Eremophila capricornica grows on sandy clay loams in open woodland amongst grasses while E. margarethae grows on red-brown or sandy clay loams in mulga woodlands or on gibber fiats and E. demissa occurs on clay fiats in open mulga woodlands or on treeless hardpan plains. Eremophila capricornica is separated from E. demissa by at least 170 km. Eremophila capricornica is in E. sect. Eriocalyx. Table 2. Characters that differentiate Eremophila capricornica from E. margarethae and E. demissa. Character E. capricornica E. margarethae E. demissa Height 50-75 cm 25-90 cm 25-40 cm Leaf dimensions 8-12 X 3-4 mm 12-42 X 2-5 mm 5.5-13 X 2-4 mm Leaf shape oblanceolate linear to linear- oblanceolate obovate-elliptic Pedicel length 2-3 mm 3.5-7.5 mm 3-7 mm Sepal dimensions 6-9 X 1.5-3 mm 7.5-13 xO.5-1.7 mm 9-14 X 2-5 mm Sepal shape lanceolate linear-triangular to lanceolate lanceolate to elliptic Sepal hairs (on inner surface) scattered glandular dense glandular dense glandular B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 259 Character E. capricornica E. margarethae E. demissa Corolla hairs (on outer surface) absent or fine dendritic substellate glandular Style hairs absent absent or with scattered simple eglandular in simple eglandular or branched hairs basal half Eremophila daddii Buirchell & A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type'. Lorna Glen Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 11 July 2009, RJ. Dadd 16 {holo\ PERTH 08527598). Eremophila sp. Lorna Glen (R.J. Dadd 16), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.P. Brown & B.J. B>u\xc\\q\\, Afield guide to the Eremophilas of We stern Australia p. 303 (2011), as E. sp. Lorna Glen. A large shrub 2-3 m high, 2-A m wide. Branches terete, grey-brown, resinous, with fine, short, simple eglandular hairs; old leaf scars present. Leaves alternate, clustered towards ends of branches, petiolate, lanceolate to elliptic, dull green, 30-100 mm long, 10-20 mm wide, acuminate-mucronate; upper and lower surfaces covered with a mix of short, simple eglandular hairs and bifid hairs with occasional dendritic hairs, margins entire. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 15-20 mm long, slightly curved with simple eglandular hairs, flattened in cross section and broadening towards the attachment with the calyx. Sepals 5, imbricate, unequal, elliptic to narrowly oblanceolate, light brown, turning reddish pink with age, 18-31 mm long, 8-18 mm wide, reticulate, ridged, acute, mucronate, enlarging after anthesis; outer surface with mostly simple eglandular hairs but also with some bifid hairs, especially on the margins; inner surface with glandular hairs. Corolla light brown and cream with mauve spots, 20-30 mm long; outer surface with short glandular hairs and some longer simple eglandular hairs especially towards the apex; inner surface with glandular hairs or with longer simple eglandular hairs where the stamens meet the roof of the throat; lobes acute. Stamens 4, exserted; filaments with a mixture of glandular hairs and a few simple eglandular hairs; anthers mostly glabrous with some short glandular hairs near the midline. Ovary with glandular hairs. Style with simple eglandular hairs for most of its length and with a mix of simple eglandular and short glandular hairs near the base. Fruit not seen. (Figure 5) Other specimen examined. WESTERN AEISTRALIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons] 7 Oct. 2005, R.J. Cranfield2mQ) (PERTH). Phenology. Predominantly flowers between June and September but may also flower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Known from a single location north-east of Wiluna (Figure 4), growing in brown, loamy clay soil amongst granite outcrops and also at the base of and on a nearby breakaway with Acacia spp.. Senna artemisioides, Eremophila exilifolia F.MuelL, E. latrobei and E. pungens Chinnock. 260 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 5. Eremophila daddii. A - flower showing the long, narrow petals; B - habitat. Photographs by B. Buirchell. B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 261 Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. Lorna Glen (R. J. Dadd 16). Currently known from a single population. Etymology. Named in honour of Mr Ronald James Dadd of Goomalling, who brought this species to our attention in 2008 and who, through his many years studying and cultivating Eremophila species, has played a significant role in our understanding of the genus. Affinities. Eremophila daddii is perhaps most closely related to E.fraseri F.Muell. and E. grandiflora A.P.Br. & Buirchell, from which it may be distinguished by its dull leaves with a mix of simple eglandular and dendritic hairs, simple eglandular sepal hairs and usually paler-coloured corolla (Table 3). Eremophila daddii occurs some 100 km north-east of the nearest known population of E.fraseri and some 400 km north-east of E. grandiflora. The more distantly related E. galeata Chinnock has been found near E. daddii but grows in shallower soils away from the granite and breakaway habitat favoured by that species. Eremophila daddii is in E. sect. Pulchrisepalae Chinnock. Notes. Ronald Dadd discovered this species in 2008 while participating in a biological survey of Lorna Glen Station. He recognised the species as new and since 2008 has made many trips to search for more populations, without success. Table 3. Characters that differentiate Eremophila daddii from other species in the E.fraseri complex. Character E. daddii E. fraseri E. galeata E. flaccida E. grandiflora Stem hairs simple eglandular absent simple eglandular absent simple eglandular Leaf shape lanceolate to elliptic oblong, elliptic, ovate to lanceolate lanceolate to narrowly elliptic linear- oblanceolate to ovate lanceolate to narrowly elliptic Leaf dimensions 30-100 X 10-20 mm 25-45 X 12-28 mm 32-62 X 10-20 mm 30-95 X 4-30 mm 42-92 X 8-14 mm Leaf hairs simple eglandular and bifid with some dendritic simple eglandular simple eglandular absent simple eglandular Leaf appearance dull shiny shiny shiny shiny Pedicel length 15-20 mm 15-35 mm 15-35 mm 30-45 mm 25-35 mm Pedicel hairs simple eglandular and some bifid absent simple eglandular absent scattered simple eglandular Sepal shape narrowly oblanceolate to elliptic oblanceolate to broadly ovate lanceolate to widely ovate ovate elliptic Sepal hairs simple eglandular with some bifid absent or glandular papillate absent or glandular papillate glandular absent 262 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Character E. daddii E. fraseri E. galeata E. flaccida E. grandiflora Corolla hairs (on outer surface) short glandular and long simple eglandular glandular or long simple eglandular and obscure short glandular glandular glandular glandular Corolla colour pale mauve with purple spots pale lilac to whitish, variously spotted brown or purple or not spotted dirty white, yellowish grey, pale lilac to reddish purple variously spotted red, red- brown or purple purplish with a few brown spots light brown with dark brown to purple spots Eremophila ferricola Buirchell & A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type', north-east of Mullewa, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 8 July 2008, P-L. de Kocks.n. {holo\ PERTH 08038724). Eremophilasp. Tallering(J.D. Start&M.J. GreeveD 516), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.P Brown & B. J. Buirchell, A field guide to the Eremophilas of Western Australia p. 318 (2011), as E. sp. Tallering. AwQXQCtshrub 1-3 m high, 1-2 m wide. BranchestQXQtQ, grey-brown, tuberculate, glabrous; old leaf scars present. Leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate to oblong with a prominent mid-vein, green, 25-87 mm long, 6-27 mm wide, upper and lower surfaces glabrous, margins entire. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 10-25 mm long, sigmoidally curved, glabrous. Sepals 5, imbricate, unequal, obovate to oblanceolate, bright green to greenish brown, 7.5-17 mm long, 4-12 mm wide, mucronate, enlarging after anthesis and becoming ± prominently reticulate; outer and inner surface mostly glabrous except for a dense, white, tuft of matted hair at the apex, especially on the inner surface, margins with simple eglandular hairs especially near the apex. Corolla yellowish brown to greenish yellow, 20-30 mm long; outer surface with fine simple eglandular hairs; inner surface with short glandular hairs. Stamens 4 exserted; filaments glabrous; anthers glabrous. Ovary glabrous. Style glabrous. Fruit not seen. (Figure 6) Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 12 July 2007, A. Chant CP 152 (PERTH); 1 Sep. 2007, C. Godden 1 (PERTH); 9 July 2008, P-L. de Kock s.n. (PERTH); 9 July 2008, P-L. de Kock PEG 3 (PERTH); 9 July 2008, P-L. de Kock PEG 4 (PERTH); 10 July 2008, P-L. de Kocks.n. (PERTH); 10 July 2008, P-L. de KockVCO 5a (PERTH); 12 July 2007, C. Page 156 (PERTH); 5 Sep. 2003, S. Patrick & A. Crawford SP 4844 (PERTH^ 26 Aug. 2003, J.D. Start & M.J. Greeve D 516 (PERTH). Phenology. Predominantly flowers between July and September but may also flower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 263 Figure 6. Eremophila ferricola. A - flower showing the greenish yellow corolla; B - plant in situ showing the banded ironstone habitat. Photographs by A. Brown (A) and B. Buirchell (B). Distribution and habitat. Known from a single location north of Mullewa (Figure 2), growing in brown-red, ironstone soils on the upper slopes of a banded ironstone hill. Habitat comprises a dense shrubland of Acacia tetragonophylla, Dodonaea viscosa, D. inaequifolia, Eremophila latrobei, Grevillea stenostachya and Ptilotus obovatus. Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. Tallering (J.D. Start & M.J. Greeve D 516). The species is known from a single population under threat from mining. Etymology. From the latin ferreus (iron) and -cola (-dweller), referring to the species’ banded ironstone habitat. Affinities. Eremophila ferricola appears most closely related to E. gibbosa Chinnock and E. serrulata (Cunn. ex A.DC.) Druce. It may be distinguished from E. gibbosa by its often much longer, lanceolate to oblong leaves and simple eglandular hairs on the corolla. From E. serrulata it may be distinguished by its more erect habit, glabrous, tuberculate branches, hairy-margined sepals and simple eglandular hairs on the corolla (Table 4). Eremophila ferricola grows within 100 m of E. serrulata with no observed intergrades. Eremophila ferricola is in E. sect. Virides Chinnock. 264 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Table 4. Characters that differentiate Eremophila ferricola from related green- to greenish yellow- flowered species. Character E. ferricola E. serrulata E. gibbosa Stem surface glabrous, tuberculate stellate- or dendritic- hairy, not tuberculate glabrous, tuberculate Leaf shape lanceolate to oblong lanceolate to obovate ovate to elliptic Leaf hairs absent simple eglandular or stellate absent Leaf dimensions 25-87 X 6-27 mm 11-85 X 3-30 mm 12-45 X 4-22 mm Pedicel hairs absent substellate to dendritic glandular papillate Sepal shape oblanceolate to obovate oblanceolate to obovate obovate to oblong or oblanceolate Sepal outer surface mostly glabrous, margins with simple eglandular hairs near sepal apex glabrous mostly glabrous, margins with simple eglandular hairs near sepal apex Sepal inner surface mostly glabrous, margins with simple eglandular hairs near sepal apex glabrous mostly glabrous, margins with simple eglandular hairs near sepal apex Corolla hairs (on outer surface) simple eglandular glandular glandular Eremophila hamulata Buirchell & A.RBr., sp. nov. Type', north of Hyden-Norseman Road, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 30 August 1999, A.P. Brown 3615 {holo\ PERTH 07466366; iso\ CANB, MEL). Eremophila sp. McDermid Rock (A.P. Brown 3615), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.V. Brown&B.J. BuirchQW, Afield guide to the Eremophilas of Western Australia p. 304 (2011), as E. sp. McDermid Rock. An erect, moderately dense, woody shrub 1-2 m high, 0.8-1.7 m wide. Branches terete, grey, resinous, resin obscuring short simple eglandular and branched hairs, especially on the leaf axils. Leaves alternate and hooked, scattered along branches, sessile, linear-subterete, green, 12-22 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, glabrescent, young leaves with short simple eglandular and branched hairs, especially near leaf axils. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 12-15 mm long, straight, with a mix of simple eglandular and branched hairs near base, the remainder glabrous. Sepals 5, imbricate, equal, lanceolate, green, 5-7 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, acute, not enlarging after anthesis; outer surface resinous with a mixture of glandular and stellate hairs on the margins; inner surface with glandular hairs. Corolla mauve-purple, unspotted, 10-20 mm long; outer surface villous with glandular hairs; inner surface with a tuft of white simple eglandular hairs in the throat. Stamens 4, enclosed; filaments glabrous; anthers glabrous. Ovary glabrous. Style with long simple eglandular hairs. Fruit not seen. (Figure 7) Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 23 Sep. 1995, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 2944 (PERTH); 24 Sep. 1981, K.R. Newbey 9450 (PERTH). B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 265 Phenology. Predominantly flowers between August and October but may also flower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Found in scattered locations between McDermid Rock and Diemals Station (Figure 8), growing mainly in brown, clay loam on the margins of granite rocks Acacia acuminata. Eucalyptus loxophleba and Senna spp. On the lower slopes of the Helena and Aurora Range it is also found in brownish red, ironstone soils in creek lines and adjacent woodlands. It is more rarely found on sandy soils in open woodlands and slopes to salt lakes. Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. McDermid Rock (A.P. Brown 3615). Although found over a large geographic range with some populations in the Helena and Aurora Range Conservation Park, other populations are threatened by proposed mining. Etymology. From the Latin hamulatus (armed with small hooks), in reference to the hooked tips of the leaves. Affinities. Eremophila hamulata appears most closely related to E. phillipsii F.MuelL, from which it may be distinguished by its single flower per leaf axil, usually shorter leaves, obscure simple eglandular and branched hairs and the absence of a strong leaf odour (Table 5). Eremophila hamulata is also Figure 7. Eremophila hamulata. A - branch showing the hooked leaves, and flowers with long pedicels and mauve corolla; B - plant in situ showing habit. Photographs by A. Brown. 266 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) related to E. labrosa Chinnock, E. succinea Chinnock and E. drummondii F.Muell. From E. labrosa it may be distinguished by the absence of hairs on the older leaves and stems, from E. succinea it may be distinguished by its glabrous ovary and the glandular hairs on its corolla, and from E. drummondii it may be distinguished by the glandular hairs on its corolla and sepals. Eremophila hamulata is in E. sect. Australophilae Chinnock. Table 5. Characters that differentiate Eremophila hamulata from related species. Character E. hamulata E. phillipsii E. succinea E. labrosa E. drummondii Stem hairs mostly absent (some simple eglandular and branched hairs on young stems) absent absent stellate absent Leaf shape linear-subterete, uncinate linear to linear- elliptic linear-subterete, uncinate linear-subterete, uncinate linear-terete to linear oblanceolate Leaf 12-22 X 20-45 X 15.5-31 X 5-19 X 10-45 X dimensions 0.5-1.5 mm 0.8-2.5 mm 1-2 mm 0.8-2 mm 0.7-6 mm Leaf hairs mostly absent absent absent stellate absent (some simple eglandular and branched hairs on young leaves) B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 267 Character E. hamulata E. phillipsii E. succinea E. labrosa E. drummondii Leaf odour absent strong absent absent absent Pedicel 12-15 mm 6-12 mm 4-9 mm 5.5-11 mm 6-30 mm length Pedicel hairs simple eglandular and branched at base of pedicel, absent above glandular absent stellate absent Sepal shape lanceolate lanceolate oblanceolate ovate to elliptic ovate to lanceolate Sepal dimensions 5-7 X 1-2 mm 3-5.5 X 1-2 mm 5-8.5 X 1-3 mm 3.5-6 X 1-2.5 mm 3.5- 6 X 1.5- 4.5 mm Sepal hairs (on inner surface) glandular glandular glandular (sepal margins with a mixture of glandular and simple eglandular hairs) glandular absent or rare simple eglandular Corolla hairs (on outer glandular glandular simple eglandular glandular absent surface) Ovary hairs absent absent short glandular and long simple eglandular absent absent Habitat granite outcrops, more rarely woodlands, salt lake margins and ironstone hills woodlands and margins of granite outcrops woodlands woodlands woodlands Eremophila jamesiorum Buirchell & A.P. Br., sp. nov. Type'. Gibson Desert, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], September 1992, Desert Dreaming Expedition 93 {holo\ PERTH 03169774). Eremophila sp. Young Range (Desert Dreaming Expedition 93), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. A tall, wispy, viscid shrub 1.5-2 m high, 0.5-1 m wide. Branches terete, grey, glabrous, glandular papillate. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, green, 18^5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, papillate, with a distinct furrow, mucronate, the upper and lower surfaces glabrous. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 8-18 mm long, straight, glabrous, subterete, broadening towards the attachment with the calyx. Sepals 5, valvate, equal, narrow-linear to lanceolate, green, 3-8 mm long, 0.5-1.2 mm wide, acute; outer surface mostly glabrous with a fringe of glandular and simple eglandular hairs; inner surface with long simple eglandular hairs mainly in the midsection. Corolla light pinkish white to mauve 268 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) with dark bars on lower side, 15-22 mm long; outer surface with a mix of short and long glandular hairs; inner surface mostly glabrous, with some fine white simple eglandular hairs in the throat, lobes obtuse. Stamens 4, enclosed; filaments with sparse glandular hairs; anthers glabrous. Ovary densely hairy with long simple eglandular hairs. Style with simple eglandular hairs. Fruit not seen. (Figure 9) Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] Sep. 1992, Desert Dreaming Expedition 84 (PERTH); Sep. 1992, Desert Dreaming Expedition 85 (PERTH); Sep. 1992, Desert Dreaming Expedition 86 (PERTH); Sep. 1992, Desert Dreaming Expedition 107 (PERTH); Sep. 1992, Desert Dreaming Expedition 108 (PERTH); Sep. 1992, Desert Dreaming Expedition 115 (PERTH). Phenology. Predominantly Powers during August and September but may also Power at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Found from the Alfred Marie Range west to Carnegie in the Gibson Desert (Figure 4), growing on crumbling clay loams at the base of hills. Conservation status. Eisted by Jones (2015) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. Young Range (Desert Dreaming Expedition 93). The distribution of this species is poorly defined and requires additional field study. B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 269 Etymology. Named in honour of Phil and Marlene James, owners of ‘Eremophila Native Nursery’, who have contributed greatly to the cultivation of Eremophila species and also to our taxonomic understanding of the genus. Affinities. Eremophila jamesiorum appears related to a complex of species that include E. hughesii F.Muell. and E. pendulina Chinnock. All are tall, wispy shrubs growing near to or on rocky hills. Eremophila jamesiorum may be distinguished from these taxa by having a single flower per leaf axil consistently, simple eglandular hairs on the inner surface of the sepals and very densely hairy ovary covered in significantly longer simple eglandular hairs. The flower pedicel in E. jamesiorum is shorter than that of E. hughesii and usually longer than that of E. pendulina (Table 6). The species is found between the ranges of E. hughesii and E. pendulina. Eremophila jamesiorum is in E. sect. Eremaea Chinnock. Table 6. Characters that differentiate Eremophila jamesiorum from related species. Character E. jamesiorum E. pendulina E. hughesii Stem hairs absent sparse, with both glandular and simple eglandular absent Leaf hairs absent both glandular and simple eglandular absent Leaf dimensions 18-45 X 0.5-0.7mm 9-24 X 0.5-1.8 mm 20-50 X 0.7-1.8 mm Flowers per axil 1 1-4 1-4 Pedicel length 8-18 mm 6-10 mm 17-30 mm Sepal hairs (on inner snrface) simple eglandular glandular glandular Sepals dimensions 3-8 X 0.5-1.2 mm 6-9.5 X 1.5-2.5 mm 7-10.3 X 1.7-3.2 mm Ovary indnmentnm very densely hairy with long simple eglandular hairs (0.6-3.0 mm) densely hairy with short simple eglandular hairs (0.1-0.25 mm) sparsely hairy with short simple eglandular and glandular hairs (0.05- 0.3 mm) Eremophila laccata Buirchell & A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type : west ofYamada Waterhole, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 6 July 2011, R.J. Daddl^ {holo\ PERTH 08527695; iso\ CANB). Eremophila sp. Mt Methwin (B. Backhouse et al. BEMJ 74), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. A low-growing, spindly shrub 30-120 cm high, 40-100 cm wide. Branches terete, grey, dying back at the tips, glabrous and resinous. Leaves alternate, revolute, sessile, linear, green, 7-18 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, the outer and inner surfaces glabrous, sometimes tuberculate near distal end. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 3-5 mm long, terete, slightly curved, glabrous, resinous and papillate. Sepals 5, 270 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) valvate, equal, lanceolate, green, 3-4 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, acute, not enlarging after anthesis, outer surface glabrous; inner surface with simple eglandular hairs on the distal quarter. Corolla pinkish white to pale purple with reddish purple spots or bars on lower side, 10-11 mm long, outer surface with short glandular hairs; inner surface with scurfy simple eglandular hairs in lower part and longer simple eglandular hairs in the upper part. Stamens 4, enclosed; filaments sparsely glandular-pubescent; anthers glabrous. Ovary glabrous. Style short, less than half the length of the corolla tube, with scattered simple eglandular hairs on the under surface only. Fruit ovoid, glabrous, shiny, becoming purplish black with age. (Figure 10) Other specimens examined^F^TFRN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 27 Aug. 1998, B. & B. Backhouse, D. Edinger, G. Marsh, B. & R. Johnson BEMJ 74 (PERTH); 6 June 2011, i?. Graham & S Colwill KA 049 (PERTH); 5 July 2000, F. Kininmonth 17 (PERTH); 1 June 2012 M Stone & S. Colwill 34402 (PERTH). Phenology. Predominantly Powers between June and September but may also Power at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Found beyond the eastern boundaries of Marymia and Neds Creek Stations and east towards the Canning Stock Route (Figure 4), growing in brown-red, loamy soil where underlying rock comes close to the surface, in areas of open mulga. Associated species include A cac/p! aneura, Eremophila citrina, E. latrobei subsp. latrobei, E.foliosissima, Triodia and Ptilotus species. Conservation status. Eisted by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. Mt Methwin (B. Backhouse et al. BEMJ 74). The species is known from few populations and requires further survey. Etymology. From the Eatin laccatus (looking as if varnished), in reference to the smooth, shiny fruit. Figure 10. Eremophila laccata. A - flowers showing the small, triangular, pinkish white corolla and the short pedicel; B - plant in situ showing habit. Photographs by B. Buirchell. B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 271 Affinities. Eremophila laccata is related to E. shonae Chinnock and E. battii F.Muell. It is distinguished from E. shonae by the absence of hairs on the ovary and the consistently glabrous outer surface to the sepals. While E. laccata has similar leaf shape to E. battii the absence of hairs on the leaves, stems, outer surface of sepals and ovary distinguishes it from that species (Table 7). Eremophila laccata is in E. sect. Eremaea. Table 7. Characters that differentiate Eremophila laccata from E. shonae and E. battii. Character E. laccata E. shonae E. battii Stem hairs absent absent simple eglandular Leaf hairs absent absent simple eglandular Sepal hairs (on outer surface) absent absent or scattered simple eglandular simple eglandular and short glandular Sepal hairs (on inner surface) short simple eglandular short simple eglandular short glandular Corolla hairs (on outer surface) short glandular short simple eglandular long simple eglandular and short glandular Ovary hairs absent simple eglandular simple eglandular Style hairs simple eglandular on under surface only simple eglandular simple eglandular in the basal half Eremophila pusilliflora Buirchell & A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type-. Karijini National Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 15 July 2000, 5. van Leeuwen 4594 {holo'. PERTH 07494211). Eremophila forrestii subsp. Pingandy (M.E. Trudgen 2662), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.P. Brown & B.J. ^mxc\\Q\\, Afield guide to the Eremophilas of We stern Australia p. 313 (2011), as E. sp. Pingandy. A low-growing, open shrub 30-50 cm high, 50-100 cm wide. Branches terete, grey, new growth pubescent, comprising dense dendritic hairs, old growth glabrescent with rare scattered dendritic hairs. Leaves alternate, clustered at the ends of branches, sessile, oblanceolate to narrowly ovate, green, 6-15 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, upper and lower surfaces pubescent with dendritic hairs; margins revolute. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 4-7 mm long, slightly curved, tomentose with dendritic hairs. Sepals 5, valvate, equal, elliptic, green becoming reddish pink with age, 11-15 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, acute, pustulate, veined, enlarging after anthesis; outer surface with dendritic hairs; inner surface mostly glabrous with dendritic hairs only on the tips. Corolla variably red, pink or purple, or more rarely pale yellow or cream with red suffusions, unspotted, 8-10 mm long, lobes acute, outer and inner surfaces with sparse glandular hairs. Stamens 4, exserted; filaments with sparse glandular hairs; anthers glabrous. Ovary glabrous. Style glabrous. Fruit not seen. (Figure 11) 272 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 11. Eremophila pusilliflora. A - branch showing the comparative size of the leaves and corolla; B - flowers illustrating the prominent stamens. Photograph by B. Buirchell. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 25 Apr. 2012, H. Ajduk ENV 535 (PERTH); 21 July 2011, J.M. Collins ENV 39 (PERTH); 23 July 2011, J. Mattner ENV 37 (PERTH); 25 Apr. 2012, K. McMaster ENV 534 (PERTH); 13 June 1977, A.A. Mitchell 380 (PERTH); 18 May 1980, M.E. Trudgen 2662 (PERTH). Phenology. Predominantly flowers between April and September but may also flower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. F ound on seasonally inundated alluvial plains between Turee Creek, Pingandy Creek and drainage systems leading into the Ashburton River (Figure 2), growing in red-brown sandy loam soils in open low shrubland sNith Acacia aneura, Ptilotus nobilis, Goodenia and Triodia species. Conservation status. Eisted by Jones (2015) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E.forrestii subsp. Pingandy (M.E. Trudgen 2662). The species is known from a relatively narrow geographic range. Etymology. From the Eatin pusillus (very small) and -florus (-flowered), in reference to the small flowers of this species as compared to the related E. forrestii. Affinities. Eremophila pusilliflora is related to E. forrestii, from which it may be distinguished by its lower-growing habit, consistently smaller leaves, shorter corolla and distinctively pustulate sepals with a glabrous inner surface (Table 8). The sepals turn reddish pink with age whereas those in E.forrestii remain the same colour. Eremophila pusilliflora is in E. sect. Eriocalyx. Notes. Eremophila pusilliflora was first collected in June 1977 by Andrew Mitchell who recognised it as distinct and brought it to our attention. B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 273 Table 8. Characters that differentiate Eremophila pusilliflora from E. forrestii. Character E. pusilliflora E. forrestii Height 30-50 cm 50-200 cm Stems hairs scattered dendritic dense dendritic Leaf shape oblanceolate to narrowly ovate oblanceolate, ovate, obovate to orbicular Leaf dimensions 6-15 X 2-5 mm 11-30 X 6.5-16 mm Leaf hairs dendritic stellate to dendritic Pedicel length 4-7 mm 4-24 mm Sepals (on onter and inner snrface) pustulate lacking pustules Sepal shape elliptic lanceolate, oblanceolate to obovate Sepal dimensions 11-15 X 3-5 mm 9-19 X 2-7.5 mm Sepal inner snrface mostly glabrous with some dendritic hairs on the tips stellate- or dendritic-hairy Corolla length 8-10 mm 18-25 mm Corolla (on onter snrface) sparsely glandular-hairy sparsely to densely glandular- or dendritic-hairy Eremophila regia Buirchell & A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type-. Princess Ranges, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 10 June 2004, M. Greeve 38 {holo'. PERTH 06958265). Eremophila sp. Princess Ranges (M. Greeve 38), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.P. Brown & B.J. Buirchell, A field guide to the Eremophilas of We stern Australia p. 315 (2011), as E. sp. Princess Range. A low-growing shrub 20-30 cm high, 30-50 cm wide. Branches terete, grey to black, tuberculate, glabrescent with glandular and scattered dendritic hairs found only on younger parts of the stem; old leaf scars present. Leaves alternate, sessile. Aliform or linear, green, 5-11 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, tuberculate, glabrescent, the inner and outer surfaces of younger leaves with glandular hairs and rare finely branched hairs. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 5-9 mm long, terete, slightly curved with scattered dendritic hairs. Sepals 5, reflexed, valvate, equal, lanceolate, green to dark reddish pink, 8-9 mm long, 2-A mm wide, acute, enlarging after anthesis; outer surface with sparse to dense dendritic hairs; inner surface mostly glabrous with rare dendritic hairs on the distal quarter. Corolla pink to pinkish red, unspotted, 8-12 mm long, outer and inner surfaces with glandular hairs. Stamens 4, exserted; filaments with sparse glandular hairs; anthers glabrous. Ovary glabrous. Style glabrous. Fruitnot seen. (Figure 12) Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons] July 1941, EM. Bennett 89 (PERTH). 274 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 12. Eremophila regia. A - flowering plant in situ showing its low habit and stony soil habitat; B - flower showing the characteristic pink corolla, exerted stamens and reflexed sepals. Photographs by A. Brown (A) and B. Buirchell (B). Phenology. Predominantly flowers between June and August but may also flower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Found in the Princess Range and eastwards on Prenti Downs Station (Figure 4), growing on the rocky tops and slopes of hills in low, open shrubland with Eremophila citrina, E. latrobei and Acacia, Ptilotus, Senna, Solanum and Thryptomene species. Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. Princess Ranges (M. Greeve 38). The species is known from a restricted habitat at two locations in pastoral country. Etymology. From the Latin (royal), in reference to the species being found in the Princess Ranges. Affinities. Eremophila regia is a distinctive species related to E. latrobei, from which it may be distinguished by its low-growing habit, shorter sepals and smaller corolla (Table 9). Eremophila regia is in E. sect. Eriocalyx. Notes. A rare form with lemon flowers has been recorded. Table 9. Characters that differentiate Eremophila regia from E. latrobei. Character E. regia E. latrobei Height 20-30 cm 50-400 cm Stems hairs glandular and scattered dendritic stellate to dendritic or glandular Leaf shape filiform or linear filiform and subterete to linear or linear-oblanceolate Leaf dimensions 5-11 X 1-1.5 mm 9-50 X 1-3.5 mm B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 275 Character E. regia E. latrobei Leaf indumentum glabrescent, with rare glandular and fine dendritic hairs on young growth glandular-pubescent, glabrescent or finely stellate-pubescent to -tomentose Pedicel length 5-9 mm 5-11 mm Pedicel hairs dendritic stellate to dendritic Sepal shape lanceolate lanceolate Sepal dimensions 8-9 X 2-4 mm 10-19 X 3-5.5 mm Corolla length 8-12 mm 20-32 mm Corolla outer surface glandular-pubescent sparsely glandular-pubescent Eremophila resiliens Buirchell & A.RBr., sp. nov. Type', [west of Carnegie] Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 12 July 2010, RJ. Dadd21 {holo\ PERTH 08527628; iso\ CANB, MEL). Eremophila sp. Nooloo breakaway (R.J. Dadd 27), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.P. Brown & B.J. ^u\xc\\q\\. Afield guide to the Eremophilas of We stern Australia p. 310 (2011), as E. sp. Nooloo Breakaway. A low shrub 15-30 cm high, 30-75 cm wide. Branches terete, grey, tomentose, with long dendritic hairs, some of which have brown glandular apices; old leaf scars present. Leaves alternate, clustered towards the ends of branches, sessile, oblanceolate-obovate, grey, 7-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, margins sometimes thickened, upper and lower surfaces with dendritic hairs; hairs on young leaves sometimes with a brown glandular apex. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel 5-8 mm long, straight, tomentose with long dendritic hairs, some with brown glandular apices. Sepals 5, valvate, equal, linear-oblong, green, 8-12 mm long, 1.5^ mm wide, not enlarging after anthesis; outer surface, tomentose with long dendritic hairs; inner surface with scattered long dendritic hairs, some with brown glandular tips. Corolla deep reddish purple, drying blackish purple, 15-20 mm long, outer surface with short, brown-tipped glandular hairs, inner surface with long, wispy, simple eglandular hairs extending out of the throat onto the upper lobes, small purple spots internally; lobes acute. Stamens 4, enclosed; filaments glabrous or with sparse glandular hairs; anthers glabrous. Ovary glabrous. Style with simple eglandular hairs usually only on one side. Fruit not seen. (Figure 13) Other specimen examined. WESTERN AEISTRALIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons] 28 Aug. 2013, B. Buirchell BB 300 (PERTH). Phenology. Predominantly flowers in August but may also flower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Known from a restricted area west of Carnegie (Figure 4), growing on stony, loamy clay soils on gentle slopes to breakaways in a tall, open shrubland of Acacia aneura. 276 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 13. Eremophila resiliens. A - plant in situ showing its small stature and the rocky habitat; B - branch showing the deep reddish purple flowers and green-grey leaves. Photograph by B. Buirchell (A) and A. Brown (B). Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. Nooloo breakaway (R.J. Dadd 27). The species is known from a single population that, although not under immediate threat, could possibly be subject to future mining. Etymology. From the Latin resiliens (springing back), in reference to this species’ ability to recover from drought. When first discovered, plants were in poor condition with few leaves at the ends of branches but, following rain, fully recovered, producing a dense covering of leaves. Affinities. The deep reddish purple fiower coloration of E. resiliens is rare in the genus with only E. muelleriana having flowers similar in color. Eremophila resiliens may be distinguished from E. muelleriana by its shorter stature, shorter sepals and usually narrower leaves. From other low-growing similarly grey-leaved Eremophila species such as E. caespitosa Chinnock, E. revoluta Chinnock and E. lanata Chinnock, E. resiliens may be distinguished by its broader oblanceolate-obovate leaves (Table 10). Eremophila resiliens is in E. sect. Eriocalyx. Notes. Upon drying the flowers of E. resiliens darken to blackish purple. Table 10. Characters that differentiate Eremophila resiliens from similar grey-leaved species. Character E. resiliens E. muelleriana E. revoluta E. lanata E. caespitosa Height 15-30 cm 30-210 cm 10-50 cm 10-30 cm 15-20 cm Stems hairs dendritic, sometimes with brown glandular apices dendritic and obscure glandular dendritic, sometimes with brown glandular apices dendritic glandular Leaf shape oblanceolate- obovate ovate, obovate or suborbicular oblong oblong to linear- oblanceolate linear B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 277 Character E. resiliens E. muelleriana E. revoluta E. lanata E. caespitosa Leaf dimensions 7-20 X 3-7 mm 7.5-19 X 6-12 mm 3-5.5 X 0.9-1.6 mm 8-10 X 1.5-2.5 mm 6-14 X 0.8-1.8 mm Leaf hairs dendritic, sometimes with brown glandular apices dendritic and short glandular dendritic, sometimes with brown glandular apices densely dendritic and simple eglandular short glandular Pedicel length 5-8 mm 6-12 mm 2-4.5 mm 1-4 mm 2.5-5.5 mm Pedicel hairs dendritic dendritic dendritic short dendritic with scattered long simple eglandular and branched branched Sepal shape linear-elliptic lanceolate to elliptic linear to narrowly triangular linear-elliptic to lanceolate linear or lanceolate Sepal 8-12 X 12-22 X 5-13 X 7-10 X 9-12 X dimensions 1.5-4 mm 1.5-3 mm 0.7-1.3 mm 1-1.8 mm 0.8-1.5 mm Sepal hairs (on inner surface) long dendritic dendritic and short glandular long, branched some with a glandular apex long, branched eglandular and short glandular glandular and scattered dendritic towards the apex Corolla hairs (on outer surface) short glandular glandular absent glandular simple eglandular and dendritic Ovary hairs absent absent absent obscurely glandular in distal third absent below mostly absent with glandular hairs near the apex Eremophila scrobiculata Buirchell & A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type'. Wanna Station, Western Australia, 13 August 2005, MJ. Greeve & J.D. Start D7 44 (holo\ PERTH 07276508). Eremophila sp. Wanna (M. J. Greeve & J.D. Start D7 44), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.P. Brown & B.J. Afield guide to the Eremophilas of Western Australia p. 319 (2011), as E. sp. Wanna. A low, spreading shrub 30-50 cm high, 80-100 cm wide. Branches terete, grey, mostly glabrous with simple eglandular hairs found on young growth only; old leaf scars present. Leaves alternate, clustered 278 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) near the upper parts of branches, sessile, linear, thickened, green, 6-8 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, pitted (some pits containing a black substance), the inner and outer surfaces glabrescent, sometimes with occasional simple eglandular hairs. Flowers 1 per axil, pedicel 1-2 mm. Sepals 5, valvate, unequal, triangular-lanceolate, green, 3-6 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm wide, acute, not enlarging after anthesis; outer surface mostly glabrous with a fringe of long simple eglandular hairs; inner surface with scattered glandular hairs and some longer simple eglandular hairs. Corolla lilac, unspotted, 8-10 mm long, outer surface glabrous, inner surface mostly glabrous but with some simple eglandular hairs where the style and stamens meet. Stamens 4, enclosed; filaments glabrous; anthers glabrous. Ovary glabrous. Style glabrous. Fruit not seen. (Figure 14) Phenology. Predominantly flowers between June and August but may also flower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Found on Wanna Station in the Upper Gascoyne (Figure 2), growing in red- brown sandy loam on the slopes of a small stony rise. Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name E. sp. Wanna (M.J. Greeve & J.D. Start D7 44). The species is known from a single population on Wanna Station in an area managed by the Department of Parks and Wildlife. Etymology. From the Latin scrobiculatus (marked by numerous small pits or depressions), in reference to the numerous shallow depressions or pits on the leaves. Affinities. Eremophila scrobiculata appears most closely related to E. exilifolia from which it may be distinguished by its lower growing habit, subsessile flowers, shorter corolla and glabrous style (Table 11). Eremophila scrobiculata is 'mE. sect. Eremaea. Figure 14. Eremophila scrobiculata. A- plant in situ showing the low-growing habit and stony habitat; B - branches showing the subsessile flowers and terete leaves. Photographs by B. Buirchell. B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 279 Table 11. Characters that differentiate Eremophila scrobiculata from E. exilifolia. Character E. scrobiculata E. exilifolia Height Pedicel length Sepal shape Sepal dimensions 30-50 cm 1-2 mm triangular-lanceolate 3-6 X 0.5-2.5 mm 30-200 cm 3.3-15 mm oblanceolate to obovate 4-10 X 1.5-4.5 mm Corolla length Corolla hairs (on onter snrface) Style hairs 8-10 mm absent absent 15-22.5 mm obscurely to prominently simple eglandular simple eglandular Eremophila victoriae Buirchell & A.P.Br., sp. nov. Type'. Great Victoria Desert, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 9 October 2010, R. Davis & J. Jackson 11708 {holo\ PERTH 08249725; iso\ CANB, MEL). A small shrub 40-50 cm high, 40-75 cm wide. Branches iQVQtQ, grey, erect, with glandular hairs. Leaves alternate, sessile, ovate, green, 3-4 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, serrate, with glandular hairs mostly on the margins; margins thickened and viscid. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel terete, slightly curved, 4-5 mm long, with glandular hairs and long, simple eglandular, segmented hairs increasing in density towards the base. Sepals 5, valvate, unequal, lanceolate to ovate, brownish green, 5-8 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, acute to rounded, dentate, mucronate, enlarging after anthesis; the outer surface with simple eglandular hairs in the basal third and on the margins; the inner surface with simple eglandular hairs. Corolla 10-20 mm long, purple with lobes turning white with age, throat, unspotted, outer surface with a mixture of long, white, fine simple eglandular hairs and shorter glandular hairs, inner surface glabrous. Stamens 4, enclosed; filaments with scattered simple eglandular hairs; anthers glabrous. Ovary with a mix of long simple eglandular hairs and shorter glandular hairs. Style with long simple eglandular hairs. Fruit not seen. (Figure 15) Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons] 9 Oct. 2013, B. Buirchell BB 308 (PERTH). Phenology. Predominantly Powers between August and October but may Power at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Found in the Great Victoria Desert between the Anne Beadell Highway and Tjuntjuntjarra (Figure 8), growing on stony, brown, calcareous loam in open mwXgdLV^iihAllocasuarina sp. and Maireana sedifolia. Conservation status. Eremophila victoriae is known from just two populations and is to be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Etymology. Named in reference to the species being found in the Great Victoria Desert. 280 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 15. Eremophila v/ctor/ae. A - plant in situ showing its multiple branching habit; B - leaves and flower showing the purple corolla. Photographs by R. Davis. B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 281 Affinities. Eremophila victoriae may be distinguished from the closely related E. viscimarginata Chinnock by its smaller, ovate leaves, shorter pedicel, smaller sepals that lack pustules, and the mix of simple eglandular and glandular hairs on the corolla (Table 12). It also grows on calcareous, brown, loamy sands rather than the red-brown clays favored by E. viscimarginata, and is found some 500 km south of that species. Eremophila victoriae is in E. sect. Eremaea. Notes. A little known species discovered by Rob Davis in October 2010 during biological surveys of the Great Victoria Desert. He was the first to recognise it as distinct and brought it to our attention. Table 12. Characters that differentiate Eremophila victoriae from E. viscimarginata. Character E. victoriae E. viscimarginata Leaf shape ovate elliptic to obovate Leaf margin serrate incised Leaf dimensions 3-4 X 2-3 mm 4-7 X 3-4 mm Leaf hairs glandular on leaf margins, mostly absent elsewhere glandular on leaf margins and scattered glandular on lamina Pedicel length 4-5 mm 7-8 mm Pedicel hairs short glandular and long simple eglandular long simple eglandular Sepal dimensions 5-8 X 3-3.5 mm 8-12 X 5.5-9 mm Sepals (on outer and inner surface) lacking pustules pustulate Corolla hairs (on outer surface) simple eglandular and shorter glandular simple eglandular Eremophilayinnetharrensis Buirchell & A.RBr., sp. nov. Type'. Cobra/Dairy Creek Station, Western Australia, 12 August 2005, J.D. StartTil 45 {holo\ PERTH 07276486; iso\ CANB). Eremophila sp. Yinnetharra (J.D. Start D7 45), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2015]. Illustration. A.P Brown & B.J. ^mxc\\Q\\, Afield guide to the Eremophilas of We stern Australia p. 323 (2011), as E. sp. Yinnetharra. An upright, wispy shrub 1.5-3 m high, 1.5^ m wide. Branches terete, grey, with a dense mat of dendritic hairs, some tubercules on young growth. Leaves alternate, sessile, oblanceolate, grey, 4-13 mm long, \-A mm wide, felty, the inner and outer surfaces with dense dendritic hairs, thicker at the edges and rolled under. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicel terete, slightly curved and hanging, 8-11 mm long, with dense dendritic hairs. Sepals 5, valvate, equal, elliptic, purple, 9-14 mm long, 2.5^ mm wide, acute, not enlarging after anthesis; outer surface with dense dendritic hairs; inner surface mostly glabrous with dendritic hairs only near the apex. Corolla purple, unspotted, 18-25 mm long, outer surface with fine dendritic hairs, inner surface with a mass of long, fine simple eglandular hairs. Stamens 4, enclosed; filaments glabrous; anthers glabrous. Ovary glabrous. Style glabrous. Fruit not seen. (Figure 16) 282 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 16. Eremophilayinnetharaensis. A - plant in situ showing the long, fine, pendulous branches; B - branch showing the characteristic small, grey leaves and purple corolla. Photographs by A. Brown. Phenology. Predominantly flowers between June and September but may also flower at other times of the year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat. Known only from near Yinnetharra Station (Figure 2), growing in brown- grey, granitic, sandy loam on an open, stony rise With. Acacia, Ptilotus and Solanum species. Conservation status. Listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the phrase name.£^. sp. Yinnetharra (J.D. Start D7 45). Known from a single population that may be threatened by pastoral activities. Etymology. Named in reference to the species being found on Yinnetharra Station. Affinities. Eremophila yinnetharrensis appears most closely related to E. muelleriana, from which it may be distinguished by its narrower leaves, usually shorter, hairy sepals, taller, wispy habit and purple rather than burgundy flowers (Table 1). It may also be related to E. ballythunnensis, from which it may be distinguished by its taller habit, longer pedicels and hairy corolla. Eremophila yinnetharrensis is in E. sect. Eriocalyx. Notes. Eremophilayinnetharrensis was discovered and recognised as distinct by the very knowledgeable Eremophila enthusiast Joff Start during a held trip he made with us to the west of Mt Augustus in August 2005. He made the type collection of the species which, to our knowledge, has not been found or collected elsewhere. Acknowledgements We wish to acknowledge Ron Dadd, Phil and Marlene James and Joff and Joan Start, who often accompanied us when in the held and, through their ongoing studies, contributed greatly to our understanding of the genus. We thank the staff at the Western Australian Herbarium for their assistance. B.J. Buirchell & A.P. Brown, New species of Eremophila (Scrophulariaceae) from WA 283 References Brown, A.P. & Buirchell, B.J. (2007). Eremophila densifolia subsp. erecta and E. grandiflora (Myoporaceae), two new taxa from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17(1): 81-86. Brown, A.P. & Buirchell B.J. (2011). A field guide to the Eremophilas of Western Australia. (Simon Nevill Publications: Western Australia.) Chinnock, R. J. (2007). Eremophila and allied genera: a monograph of the Myoporaceae. (Rosenberg Publications: Kenhurst, New South Wales.) Chinnock, R.J. & Doley, A.B. (2011). Eremophila koobabbiensis (Scrophulariaceae), a new, rare species from the wheatbelt of Western Australia. Nuytsia 21(4): 158-161. Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Olmstead, R.G., de Pamphilis, C.W., Wolfe, A.D., Young, N.D., Elisons, W.J. & Reeves, PA. (2001). Disintegration of the Scrophulariaceae. American Journal of Botany 88(2): 348-361. Tank, D.C., Beardsley, P.M., Kelchner, S.A. & Olmstead, R.G. (2006). Review of the Scrophulariaceae s.l. and their current disposition. Australian Systematic Botany 19(4): 289-307. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, https:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 28 October 2015]. 284 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27 : 285-286 Published online 13 December 2016 SHORT COMMUNICATION Stenantherapungens (Ericaceae: Epacridoideae: Styphelieae), a new combination, and a new genus for Western Australia Recently published research (Puente-Lelievre et al. 2016) dealing with the molecular phylogeny of the tribe Styphelieae Bartl. has led to the reinstatement of Stenanthera R.Br., and the return to that genus of two widespread eastern Australian species, S. pinifolia R.Br. (the type species for Stenanthera) and S. conostephioides Sond. Cladistic analyses of DNA data produced a phylogenetic tree showing a well-supported sister relationship between these two species, together WithAstroloma sp. Grass Patch (A.J.G. Wilson 110) (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), and members of the Western Australian endemic Conostephium Benth. Since Bentham’s (1868) treatment of Epacridaceae, S. pinifolia and S. conostephioides had been placed in Astroloma R.Br., although it has been recognised for many years (e.g. Quinn et al. 2003) that these two could not be regarded as conspecihc sNith. Astroloma s. str Because of the small sample size in Conostephium (only three of the eleven species were sampled for the recent study) there may still be some doubt about the adequacy of the molecular basis for the recognition of two genera in this part of the tree. The morphological grounds for the maintenance of two genera, however, are relatively strong (Table 1). If they were to be combined following future research then the older name, Stenanthera (Brown 1810), has priority over Conostephium (Bentham 1837). In addition to the taxon currently known ns Astroloma sp. Grass Patch, Stenanthera is also represented in Western Australia by the described species Conostephium pungens Keighery. Although the species was not included in the most recent molecular phylogeny (Puente-Lelievre et al. 2016), the morphological attributes (refer Table 1) of C. pungens place it unequivocally in Stenanthera. The purpose of this short communication is to formally transfer C. pungens to Stenanthera, and, in so doing, to add a new genus to the Western Australian flora. Stenanthera pnngens (Keighery) Hislop, comb. nov. Conostephium pungens Keighery, Nordic J. Bot. \ 22: 50-51 (2002). Type\ east of Nyabing [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons]. Western Australia, 4 May 1999, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 4967 iholo-. PERTH 06823475; iso: CANB). Distribution and habitat. Occurs on gypsum dunes in proximity to a salt lake in the west of the Malice bioregion (Commonwealth of Australia 2016). Conservation status. Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two (Jones 2015, as Conostephium pungens). This species is still known only from the type population. Although it was locally common there in the early 2000s (pers. observ.), any future expansion of a nearby gypsum mine could threaten its existence. The search for additional populations of S. pungens should be a high priority as it now seems increasingly likely that this is a rare species. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 286 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Table 1. A morphological comparison between Stenanthera and Conostephium (modified from Hislop 2013),_ Stenanthera Conostephinm Corolla tube shape', cylindrical or expanding towards the base of the lobes. Corolla tube appendages', hair tufts issuing from fieshy basal appendages in most species (absent in S. pinifolia). Corolla lobes', at least 4 mm long, external surface hairy in most species (hairy or papillate only towards the tips 'mS. pinifolia), internal surface clearly hairy, although unevenly so. Internal corolla hair type', ornamented. Corolla colour, uniformly red in most species, variable in S. pinifolia (tube various combinations of red, yellow and green, lobes green). Stamens', anthers fully or partially exserted from corolla tube; filaments adnate to top of the tube. Distribution'. WA, NSW, SA, Tas., Vic. Corolla tube shape', tapering markedly towards the lobes. Corolla tube appendages', appendages absent, hair tufts usually absent, but if present, issuing from unmodified tissue. Corolla lobes', to 2.5 mm long, external surface glabrous, internal surface glabrous or sparsely and inconspicuously hairy. Internal corolla hair type', smooth. Corolla colour, tube pink or purple, lobes pink, white or yellow. Stamens', anthers included within corolla tube; filaments adnate to tube close to the middle or near the base. Distribution'. WA References Bentham, G. (1837). Epacrideae. In: Endlicher, S.F.E., Fenzl, E., Bentham, G. & Schott, H.W. Enumeratioplantarum quas in Novae Hollandiae ora austro-occidentali ad fluvium Cygnorum et in Sinu Regis Georgii collegit Carolus liber Baro de Htigel. (Beck: Vienna.) Bentham, G. (1868). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 4. (Reeve & Co.: Eondon.) Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus florae Novae Hollandiae. Vol. 1. (Johnson: Eondon.) Commonwealth of Australia (2016). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7. http://www.environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ ibra#ibra [accessed 21 October 2016] Hislop, M. (2013). A taxonomic update of Conostephium (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae). Nuytsia 23: 313-335. Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Puente-Eelievre, C., Hislop, M., Harrington, M., Brown, E.A., Kuzmina, M. & Crayn, D.M. (2016). A five-marker molecular phylogeny of the Styphelieae (Epacridoideae, Ericaceae) supports a broad concept of Styphelia. Australian Systematic Botany!^: 368-387. Quinn, C.J., Crayn, D.M., Heslewood, M.M., Brown, E.A. & Gadek, PA. (2003). A molecular estimate of the phylogeny of Styphelieae (Ericaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 16: 581-594. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 21 October 2016] Michael Hislop Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Eocked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 27:287-298 Published online 13 December 2016 Three new species from the Kimberley region of Western Australia from the families Caryophyllaceae, Convolvulaceae and Poaceae Russell L. Barrett^’^’^ '^ ‘Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, 6005, Western Australia ^Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^School of Plant Biology, Faculty of Science, The University of Western Australia, Crawley, 6009, Western Australia ''Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, GPO Box 1700, Canberra 2601, Australian Capital Territory Email: russell.barrett@csiro.au Abstract Barrett, R.L. Three new species from the Kimberley region of Western Australia from the families Caryophyllaceae, Convolvulaceae and Poaceae. Nuytsia 27: 287-298 (2016). Polycarpaea umbrosa R.L.Barrett (Caryophyllaceae), Ipomoea johnsoniana R.L.Barrett (Convolvulaceae) and Eriachne pindanica R.L.Barrett (Poaceae) are described as new species endemic to the Kimberley region of Western Australia. A revised description of Eriachne semiciliata Lazarides is presented. Polycarpaea umbrosa and Ipomoea johnsoniana have a Priority One conservation-listing. All new species are illustrated. Introduction This paper formally names three new species from the Kimberley region of Western Australia, in the families Caryophyllaceae, Convolvulaceae and Poaceae. Two species are conservation-listed, being known from one or three collections each: Polycarpaea umbrosa R.L.Barrett is known from three nearby localities in Prince Regent National Park where it grows under rock overhangs, while Ipomoea johnsoniana R.L.Barrett is known from a single location on limestone in the Van Emmerick Range. Eriachne pindanica R.L.Barrett is restricted to pindan sands on the Dampier Peninsula and surrounding area. As the original concept of Eriachne semiciliata Lazarides included specimens here recognised as E. pindanica, a revised description of E. semiciliata is presented here. These species descriptions were prepared as part of celebrations of the 50* anniversary of the Western Australian Botanic Garden at Kings Park (see Barrett 2015). Methods Most descriptions are based on herbarium specimens though in some cases fresh field material was also utilised. To produce Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) images, dry material was mounted on stubs using double-sided or carbon tape with conductive carbon paint, coated with gold using an EMITECH K550X Sputter Coater and imaged at high vacuum and high voltage (15 KVa) using a Jeol JCM 6000 NeoScope bench-top SEM at Kings Park and Botanic Garden. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2016 https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 288 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Taxonomy Caryophyllaceae Polycarpaea umbrosa R.L.Barrett, sp. nov. Type-. St Patrick Island, Saint George Basin, north-west Kimberley, Western Australia, 3 June 1984, K.F. Kenneally 8887 {holo'. PERTH 02170108). Po/yc(7r/?(7e(7sp.AKimberley Flora (K.F. Kenneally 8887), WestemAustralianHerbarium, mFloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 01 March 2014]. Sprawling annual herb to 0.25 m high. Stems c. 4, straw brown, slender, 0.5-1.5 mm diam., almost glabrous or with a sparse indumentum of simple or dendritic multi-septate hairs; internodes 12-35 mm long. Stipules white, 2.5^. 1 mm long, very narrowly subulate, apex aristate, margins with scattered erect hairs; glands between stipules conspicuous, black. Cauline leaves opposite, occasionally in several pairs at nodes, retaining juvenile form in adult state, pale with prominent, darker green, intricate venation, spathulate or obovate, tapered at base into an indistinct petiole, 8-19 mm long, 2.7-6.7 mm wide, glabrous, obtuse and shortly mucronulate. Inflorescence of terminal and axillary cymes, 12-28-flowered, subtended by floral leaves and scarious bracts; bracts stipule-like, 2.4-3.6 mm long, entire, white, narrowly ovate, aristate. Sepals white, ovate, 2.1-2.8 mm long, midrib present, margin glabrous, apex acute; glands between bases of sepals absent. Petals white, free or almost so, narrowly oblong, 1.0-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, 0.5 times as long as sepals, glabrous, apex acute. Stamens 5, 0.7-0.9 mm long, 0.6-0.7 times as long as petals; filaments 0.4-0.5 mm long; anthers 0.3-0.4 mm long; staminodes absent. Style 0.35 mm long; stigma slightly 2-lobed. Capsule dark brown, very glossy, ellipsoid, 1.3-1.7 mm long, 0.6-0.7 times as long as calyx. Seeds c. 11, mid-brown, minute, rhomboidal-ellipsoid, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.35 mm wide, surface foveolate with a minute reticulum. (Figure 1) Diagnostic characters. Distinguished from P. corymbosa (L.) Lam. by the following combination of characters: leaves broad, retaining juvenile form in adult state, 10-18 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, glabrous, thinly textured, intricately veined; culms with scattered multi-septate hmxs', flowers small, tepals white; capsule very glossy, dark brown. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 27 May 2008, T Handasyde 3722 (CANB); 27 Aug. 1974, K.F Kenneally 2153 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowering and fruiting recorded for May and June. Distribution and habitat. Only known from St Patrick and St Andrews Islands and the adj acent mainland in the Saint George Basin, Prince Regent National Park, where it was recorded growing in crevices of Warton Sandstone under rock overhangs. Conservation status. Polycarpaea umbrosa is listed by Jones (2015) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Polycarpaea sp. A Kimberley Flora (K.F. Kenneally 8887). R.L. Barrett, Three new species from the Kimberley region 289 Figure 1. Polycarpaea umbrosa. A - flowering plant; B - axillary inflorescence subtended by broad leaves; C - terminal inflorescence and leaves showing distinctive reticulate venation. Images from .K. A’ Kenneally 8S87. Photographs by R.L. Barrett. Etymology. The epithet is from the Latin umbrosus (shady, growing in shade) in reference to the habitat under rock overhangs. Notes. The broad cauline leaves of P. umbrosa, which are similar to the seedling leaves, are unique among the Australian species. Similarly broad seedling leaves, which usually wither prior to anthesis, are found in P. corymbosa and this is probably the closest relative of P. umbrosa. Polycarpaea umbrosa can be further distinguished from P. corymbosa by its spreading to decumbent habit, sparser indumentum, more-slender petals and dark, shiny capsules. Polycarpaea umbrosa is keyed out as P. sp. A in Wheeler (1992). This species was collected by Kevin Kenneally in 1974 and 1984, and recollected by Tricia Handasyde during the Kimberley Islands Survey in 2008 (Lyons et al. 2013). Recorded as common at the type locality, it is surprising that more populations have not been discovered during surveys in the Prince Regent River area as rock overhangs have been particularly targeted for potential new species. The type specimen was not seen for the review of Australian Polycarpaea by Cowie (1994). The vernacular name of Cave Polycarpaea is suggested. 290 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Convolvulaceae Ipomoea johnsoniana R.L.Barrett, sp. nov. Type-. Van Emmerick Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 12 March 2001, R.L. Barrett, T Handasyde &A.N. StartRLB 2186 A(/ 2 o/o: PERTH 08101183; iso'. BRI, CANB, DNA, MEE, NSW, PERTH 08552509). Ipomoea sp. Napier Range (R.E.Barrett et al. REB 2186 A), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 01 March 2016]. Perennial shrub to 1 m high, with few, erect stems; stems terete, sub-woody, indumentum of dense stellate hairs, rays of hairs straight or sinuose, ascending or spreading, 0.4-1.1 mm long. Leaves simple, petiolate; petiole 6-19 mm long, 0.35 times as long as the blade, vestiture as for stem; blade ovate to broadly ovate or ovate-oblong, 21-59 mm long, 12^2 mm wide with a length:width ratio of 1.4-1.8, entire, apex acute, with a short mucro, c. 1 mm long, base rounded to sub-cordate, lamina always V-shaped in TS, densely to moderately densely hairy on both sides with ascending hairs 0.4-1.1 mm long, midrib with 8-11 pairs of secondary veins, sunken above and prominently raised below. Inflorescence axillary, cymose, 1-3-flowered; peduncle terete, 6-27 mm long, vestiture as for the stem; bracteoles opposite, herbaceous, narrowly lanceolate to linear, 4-6 mm long, 1 mm wide, vestiture as for leaves, caducous by early flowering, apex acute; pedicels terete, 8-12 mm in flower, 11-16 mm in fruit, vestiture as for the stem. Outer sepals ovate, 9-12 mm long, 5-6 mm wide in flower, to 7 mm wide in fruit, with a length: width ratio of 1.8-2, apex obtuse, emarginate, rounded at base, smooth, densely stellate hairy with hairs up to 1 mm long; inner sepals ovate to broadly ovate, 10-12 mm long, 5-6 mm wide in flower, to 8.5 mm wide in fruit, apex obtuse to truncate, emarginate, rounded at base, with a hyaline apical margin, densely simple-hairy along the exposed spine. Corolla funnel-shaped with a slender tube, pink inside, white outside, tube 27-35 mm long, 8-11 mm diam.; petals 10-18 mm long, 15-20 mm wide, lobes rounded, mid-petaline band with scattered simple hairs to within 15-20 mm of base of corolla, hairs 0.3-0.4 mm long, mainly appressed, antrorse. Stamens included, attached to the base of the corolla for c. 10 mm; filaments free for c. 20 mm; anthers oblong, sagittate, c. 2.5 mm long; pollen globular, spinulose. Ovary 2-locular, glabrous; style c. 30 mm long; stigma bi-globular. Capsule globular, c. 10 mm long, valvate-dehiscent, glabrous. Seeds 4, c. 5 mm long, dark brown, densely puberulent, with much longer hairs, 2.5^.0 mm long, on the margins and around the hilum. (Figure 2) Diagnostic characters. Distinguished from I yardiense A.S.George by the following combination of characters: erect shrub to 1 m high; stems densely stellate hairy, rays of hairs straight to slightly sinuose, not crimped and twisted; flowers pink inside, white outside, sparsely pubescent; fruit with pedicels 11-16 mm long; seeds with hairs 2.5^.0 mm long. Other specimens examined. Known only from the type collection. Phenology. The type collection had both flowers and fruit present in March. Distribution and habitat. Known only from a single location on sandy flats on top of a Devonian limestone range where it grows in Triodia grassland with Abutilon hannii, Adenia heterophylla, Ampelocissus acetosa, Bidens bipinnata, Brachychiton viscidulus, Buchnera asperata, Capparis lasiantha, Cayratia trifoliata, Cleome viscosa, Cochlospermum fraseri, Corchorus aestuans, Crotalaria medicaginea, Cucumis althaeoides, Cymbopogon procerus, Cynanchum brevipedicellatum, Denhamia obscura. R.L. Barrett, Three new species from the Kimberley region 291 Figure 2. Ipomoea johnsoniana. A - habitat at type location; B - branches in bud (note leaves have been extensively chewed by insects); C - flower (note many beetles inside consuming anthers); D - fruit and leaves. Images from R.L. Barrett, T. Handasyde & A.N. Start RLB 2186 A. Photographs by R.L. Barrett. 292 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Dicliptera armata, Ehretia saligna. Ficus aculeata, F. brachypoda, F. platypoda, Grevilleapyramidalis. Hibiscus leptocladus. Indigofer a linifolia, Iphigenia indica, Marsdenia angustata, Maytenusferdinandi, Melhania oblongifolia, Phyllanthus baccatus, Pouzolzia zeylanica, Rhynchosia minima, Sersalisia sericea, Terminalia hadleyana and Tinospora smilacina. Conservation status. Ipomoea johnsoniana is listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Jones 2015), under the name Ipomoea sp. Napier Range (R.L. Barrett et al. RLB 2186 A). Etymology. The epithet honours the work of the late Robert (Bob) William Johnson (1930-2012), former director at BRI, for his extensive work on the Convolvulaceae of Australia. I am grateful to have had discussions with Bob on the taxonomy of Convolvulaceae from the Kimberley region and he kindly made a number of his draft keys available to me in advance of publication. Notes. This species was discovered during a survey of the Yampi Peninsula in 2001 for the Australian Heritage Commission (Barrett et al. 2001). It is possibly most closely related to 7. yardiensis, with which it shares a dense indumentum, shrubby habit, prominently veined leaves and habitat on limestone. Ipomoea yardiensis (George 1967) differs in being more densely branched, having a simple indumentum of dense, crimped and twisted (woolly) hairs and larger seeds. The two taxa are disjunct by a distance of 1,250 km. While 7 johnsoniana was examined by Johnson shortly before his review of Australian Ipomoea L. was published (Johnson 2012), he did not have any material of 7 yardiensis to compare it to and hence was hesitant to recognise it as distinct. The indumentum differences clearly separate these taxa and the overall similarity may be superficial. The vernacular name of Johnson’s Morning Glory is suggested. Poaceae Eriachne pindanica R.L.Barrett, sp. nov. Type'. 300 m west of Manari Road, 5.3 km south of James Price Point (48 km due north of Broome), Dampier Peninsula, Western Australia, 30 April 20\\, R.L.Barrett, T. Willing, M. Henson, R. Graham & M. Stone RLB 7060 iholo\ PERTH 08613443; iso\ AD, BM, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, K, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH 08552517). Eriachne sp. Dampier Peninsula (K.F. Kenneally 5946), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, https://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 01 March 2014]. {Eriachne ciliata auct. non R.Br.: M. Eazarides & J. Palmer in J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. Kimberley Reg. p. 1168(1992),;?.;?.] [Eriachne semiciliata auct. non M. Eazarides, Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 415 (1995), p.p. as to Western Australian specimens; M. LdLZdLndQsetal.,Fl.AustraliaAAB'. 170(2005),p.p. as to Western Australian specimens.] R.L. Barrett, Three new species from the Kimberley region 293 Branching, leafy, ascending annual, 45-84 cm high. Culms subterete or compressed, flat or grooved along one side, ribbed, branched, sparsely hispid with thickened tubercle-based hairs <2.0 mm long, densely scabrous-pubescent with the hairs often horizontal with retrorse tips; nodes 3-7, shortly bearded, thickened (calloused). Prophylls present in axils of branched culms, many-nerved, two- keeled, pubescent on keels, ciliate upwards on margins. Leaves hispid like the culms and sparsely scabrous-pubescent; sheaths much shorter than culm intemodes, tight on the culms, margins ciliate (outer) and broadly membranous, glabrous and smooth (inner), bearded on orifice margins; ligule ciliate with uneven hairs 0.5-1.5 mm long. Blades 18-64 mm long, 1.8-2.7 mm wide, usually flat, incurved when dry, adaxial surface thickened by many ribbed nerves, with Arm, blunt apex, the abaxial surface relatively smooth. Panicle 140-180 mm long, 110-190 mm wide, very open, prominently exserted on elongated, sparsely scabrous-pubescent peduncle; axis, branches and pedicels compressed or angular, glabrous or with very sparse scabrous hairs; branches 40-110 mm long; pedicels 9-26 mm long, with prominently expanded apex. Glumes 2.6-3.1 mm long (excluding mucro), 1.0-1.3 mm wide, membranous with broad scarious margins, ovate or elliptic, subacute to acute, usually shortly mucronate (mucro 0.2-0.3 mm long), 7-9(-l l)-nerved, glabrous, smooth between the nerves. Florets equal to glumes or exserted by up to 1 mm, with appressed lemma and palea; callus 0.3 mm long, subacute, bearded all over. Anthers 0.7-1.0 mm long, terminally exserted. Lemmas without grooves, awned, 2.8-3.2 mm long (excluding awn), membranous, elliptic or oblanceolate, acuminate, with 5 ribbed nerves, hirsute in the lower 1/3-3/4 outside with white simple, erect or often horizontal hairs 0.3-1.0 mm long, sometimes reaching or exceeding apex of lemma, ciliate on margins almost to lemma apex, glabrous and smooth above near apex; awn 0.8-1.0 mm long. Palea as long as body of lemma, membranous, narrow-elliptic, acute, bifid (from keels), pubescent outside for entire length; keels closely embraced by incurved margins of lemma; flaps wide in lower part, much-narrowed upwards. Caryopsis c. 1.7 mm long, 0.7 mm wide, obovate or elliptic and obtuse, acute at base, thickened near base on the front and strongly flattened upwards, blackish red; embryo 1/3-1/5 as long. (Figure 3) Diagnostic characters. Distinguished within the E. ciliata R.Br. and E. semiciliata Lazarides species group by the following characters: tall annual habit to 84 cm; inflorescence openly branched with very slender branchlets; lemma awns 0.8-1.0 mm long; lemma hairs 0.3-1.0 mm long. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: Derby-Fitzroy Crossing road, 27.2 km (by road) Eofintersectionwith Derby-Broome road, DampierBotanical district, 19Apr. 1985, TE.H.Aplin et al. 120* (PERTH); 3 km S of James Price Point on Manari Rd, 29 Apr. 2011, R.L. Barrett et al. REB 7057 (AD, BM, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, K, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 5.9 km S of James Price Point, 600 m W of Manari Rd, 30 Apr. 2011, R.L. Barrett et al. REB 7059 (AD, BM, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, K, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 2 km S of James Price Point on E side of Manari Rd, 2 May 2011, R.L. Barrett et al. REB 7066 (BRI, CANB, DNA, PERTH); 300 m SE of James Price Point on E side of Manari Rd, 4 May 2011, R.L. Barrett & M. Henson REB 7075 (BRI, CANB, DNA, PERTH); S of James Price Point on E side of Manari Rd, [SITE 28], 4 May 2011, R.L. Barrett & M. Henson REB7077(AD,MEE,NSW,PERTH);OneArmPoint,NDampierPeninsula, 16Apr. 1989,R.J. Carter 388 (PERTH); Goody Goody, Apr. 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald 219 (PERTH); 110 km N of Broome on Beagle Bay Rd, Dampierland, 29 Mar. 1986, PR. Foulkes 413* (CANB, PERTH); King Hall Island, Buccaneer Archipelago, W[est] Kimberley coast, 28 June 1982, A.J.M. Hopkins BA 0537* (CANB, PERTH); 5 km N of Point Coulomb, Dampier Peninsula, N of Broome, 17 Apr. 1977, K.F Kenneally 5946* (CANB, PERTH); Sunday Island Buccaneer Archipelago, W[est] Kimberley coast, 11 June 1982, K.F. Kenneally 8290 (PERTH). * = specimens assigned to E. semiciliata by Eazarides (1995). 294 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Figure 3. Eriachne pindanica. A-long leaves and slender inflorescence; B - open inflorescence; C - long, slender peduncles and spikelets; D - leaf base in situ, E - glume with projecting awns and hairs from lemma; F - SEM image of glume and floret with palea in situ, G - SEM image of lemma with awn. Scale bars = 1 mm (F, G). Images from R.LBarrett, T. Willing, M. Henson, R. Graham & M. Stone REB 7060. Photographs by R.E. Barrett. Phenology. Flowering and fruiting mainly February to May with occasional fruiting records as late as August. Distribution and habitat. Mostly restricted to pindan sands or sandy clay on the Dampier Peninsula and the base of the Yampi Peninsula, from Broome north to about the Robinson River, and also on Sunday Island and King Hall Island, occasionally on sand below sandstone outcrops. Recorded growing below the following small trees —Acacia colei, A. eriopoda,A. monticola,A.platycarpa,A. tumida, Corymbia bella, C. dampieri, C.flavescens, C. zygophylla,Hakeaarborescens,PersooniafalcataandLysiphyllum cunninghamii —and over the following shrubs and ground layer plants —Abutilon otocarpum, Bulbostylis barbata, Corchorus pumilio, Crotalaria crispata, Indigofera colutea, Melhania oblongifolia, Ptilotus calostachyus, Sida rohlenae, Solanum cunninghamii, Spermacoce occidentalis, Trianthemapilosa and Waltheria indica. It grows with a variety of other grasses 'mcXudmg Aristida holathera, A. hygrometrica. R.L. Barrett, Three new species from the Kimberley region 295 Cymbopogon ambiguus, Eriachne aristidea, E. ciliaris, Panicum decompositum, Setaria apiculata, Thaumastochloa major, Triodia caelestialis and Yakirra australiensis. Conservation status. This species is not considered to be of conservation concern. It is locally common in the vicinity of James Price Point and several other collections record the species to be locally abundant. Etymology. The epithet is derived from the pindan vegetation and red pindan sands on which this species grows. Notes. Although included under E. semiciliata by Lazarides (1995) and Lazarides et al. (2005), E. pindanica does not readily key to that species using either treatment and is here considered to be more closely related to E. ciliata with which it regularly grows on the Dampier Peninsula. Eriachne ciliata is still a rather variable taxon as currently circumscribed (Lazarides etal 2005) and comparisons here are with the form occurring on the Dampier Peninsula, sympatric with E. pindanica. This form is larger than usual for E. ciliata, growing to 45 cm. Most populations of E. cilata are only 15-20 cm tall. Phylogenetic studies based on the nrDNA ITS region confirm that E. pindanica is distinct from, but sister to E. ciliata s. lat, and both are distinct from E. semiciliata (M.D. Barrett, unpubl. data). Eriachne pindanica differs from E. ciliata and E. semiciliata in having a much larger stature (to 84 cm vs to 32 cm in E. semiciliata and to 45 cm in E. ciliata), broader (and often longer) leaves (to 3 mm vs to 1.5(-2.2) mm in E. semiciliata and to 1.5 mm in E. ciliata, but note that young basal leaves can be 1.5^ mm wide hence this range in Lazarides et al. 2005), and in the distribution of hairs on the spikelets in E. semiciliata. Eriachne pindanica further differs from E. ciliata in the lemma awns being only half as long, the short length of the hairs on the lemma and the openly branched infiorescence with many very fine branches. Contrary to the inclusion of these specimens in E. semiciliata by Lazarides (1995), the distribution of the hairs on the lemma is actually more similar to E. ciliata, with ciliate hairs extending to the apex (or almost so) while the marginal hairs of E. semiciliata are only in the lower 3/4. Eriachne pindanica and E. ciliata have relatively short hairs 0.3-1.0 mm long on the lemma (longest on the margins), while E. semiciliata often has long hairs on the lemma, 0.6-1.9 mm long, the hairs on the body often almost as long as those on the margins. The descriptions of E. semiciliata by Lazarides (1995) and Lazarides et al. (2005) mostly refer to E. semiciliata s. str., but do include some characteristics of the taxon recognised here as E. pindanica, in particular the size of the infiorescence. Confusingly, specimens of the poorly known E. axillaris Lazarides were also included under E. semiciliata, accounting for many of the smaller size measurements in the descriptions of Lazarides (1995) and Lazarides et al. (2005). A new description of E. semiciliata is presented below. Eriachne pindanica was included in a broad concept of E. ciliata by Lazarides and Palmer (1992). Eriachne ciliata was described from specimens collected by Robert Brown at Melville Bay, Northern Territory. This collection consists of numerous small plants corresponding to a widespread form of E. ciliata. Considerable morphological variation is present in this species and further studies combining morphological and molecular data are required to determine whether additional taxa should be recognised. The spikelets of E. pindanica fall soon after the end of the wet season, hence there are relatively few collections as most plants are sterile by the time habitats can be accessed following the wet season. 296 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) The vernacular name of Pindan Wiregrass is suggested. Eriachne semiciliata Lazarides, Austral. Syst. Bot. 8:415 (1995). Type'. 3 miles [4.8 km] north-east of McMinns Siding, 18 miles [29 km] east-south-east of Darwin, Northern Territory, \9Mmc\\\ 965, M. Lazarides&L.G. Adams266 (holo'. CANB151932 (three sheets); iso'. B W.V., BRIAQ0300233, DNAA0039429 (three sheets), E n.v., NSW 550679, P n.v., US n.v.). Illustrations. M. Lazarides, op. cit.. Figures 29F, I, 30A. Slender, leafy, usually ascending annual 6-32 cm high. Culms subterete, ribbed, branched, densely hispid with thickened tubercle-based hairs 0.4-1.5 mm long, densely scabrous-pubescent with the hairs often retrorse or horizontal with retrorse tips; nodes 4-6, pubescent and/or bearded, constricted or thickened (calloused). Prophylls present in axils of branched culms, many-nerved, two-keeled, pubescent on keels, ciliate upwards on margins. Leaves hispid and scabrous-pubescent like the culms; sheaths much shorter than culm internodes, tight on the culms, outer margins ciliate and inner margins broadly membranous, glabrous and smooth, bearded on orifice margins; ligule ciliate with uneven hairs 0.4-1.0 mm long. Blades 9-26 mm long, 1.2-1.5(-2.2) mm wide, involute upwards orflat, thickened by many ribbed nerves, with firm, blunt, often reduced apex, the upper surface smooth. Panicle 10-50 mm long, 7-30 mm wide, at first contracted, becoming loose to open, prominently exserted on elongated, densely scabrous and sparsely pubescent peduncle; axis, branches and pedicels compressed or angular, densely scabrous; branches 7^2 mm long; pedicels 5-13 mm long, with prominently expanded apex. Glumes 2.9-3.4 mm long (excluding mucro) and sometimes almost as wide, membranous with broad scarious nerveless margins, broadly ovate or elliptic to almost orbicular, usually obtuse or subacute, usually mucronate (mucro 0.3-0.7 mm long), 7-11-nerved, very finely scaberulous between the nerves (appearing glabrous under low mag.). Florets equal to glumes or exserted by < 0.8 mm, with appressed lemma and palea (rarely divergent at apex); callus 0.2-0.3 mm long, obtuse or subacute, bearded all over. Lemmas without grooves, awned, 3.0-3.5 mm long (excluding awn), membranous, elliptic or oblanceolate, acuminate, with 5 ribbed nerves, hirsute in the lower 1/3-3/4 with white, simple, erect or often horizontal or reflexed hairs 0.6-1.9 mm long, sometimes reaching or exceeding apex of lemma, ciliate on margins in lower 3/4, glabrous and smooth above or scaberulous near apex; awn 1.9-2.4 mm long. Palea as long as body of lemma, membranous, narrow-elliptic, acute or acuminate, bifid (from keels), pubescent or long-pubescent between keels; keels closely embraced by incurved margins of lemma; flaps wide in lower part, much-narrowed upwards. Anthers 0.5-0.7 mm long, terminally exserted. Caryopsis 1.5-1.8 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, usually obovate or elliptic and obtuse (rarely cuneate and truncate), acute at base, thickened near base on the front and strongly flattened upwards, blackish red; embryo 1/3-1/5 as long. Diagnostic characters. Annual habit. Inflorescence slender, branched, with relatively few, very slender branchlets. Apex of lemma ciliate on margins in lower 3/4, hairs 0.6-1.9 mm long; awns 1.9-2.4 mm long. Selected specimens examined. NORTHERN TERRITORY: Kakadu National Park: near Mary River Ranger Station on track to Ferny Pool, 24 Apr. 1990, A. V. Slee & L.A. Craven 2820 (CANB); 70 km NE of Pine Creek, 5 Mar. 1985, G. Wightman & C. Dunlop 1748 (BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW); Thoraks Reserve, c. 10 mi. SE of Darwin, 21 Mar. 1961, G. Chippendale 7847 (CANB); near Hayes Creek, 27 June 1946, S. T. Blake 16180 (CANB); Cannon Hill Airstrip, 9 Feb. 1973, P. MartenszKF%1\ (BRI, CANB,DNA,NT); c. 5kmNWof Jabiru,20Mar. 1981,Z.A. Craven&G. WhUbreadmAliCAFiB). R.L. Barrett, Three new species from the Kimberley region 297 Phenology. Flowering and fruiting mainly February to June. Distribution and habitat. Endemic to the top-end of the Northern Territory (see notes below). Recorded as common in skeletal, often gravelly, soils over sandstone, laterite, quartzite, conglomerate and shale, on hillslopes, ridges and rocky plateaux. Grows Wiih Acacia spp., Chrysopogon spp., Corymbia bleeseri, C. dichromophloia. Eucalyptus miniata, E. tetrodonta, Micraira spp., Sehima nervosa. Sorghum stipoideum and Triodia spp. Conservation status. This species is locally common in a wide range of habitats and is not threatened. Etymology. Refers to a key difference from E. ciliata, the lack of cilia near the apex of the lemmas. Notes. A single collection from Mt Hope in Queensland {E.J. Thompson BUC527 & B.K. Simon, CANB) was identified as E. semiciliata by M. Lazarides in 1995, but I consider this collection to be atypical of E. semiciliata and more closely allied to the variable E. ciliata s. lat. which is still in need of a detailed review. The description above excludes diminutive plants from sandstone habitats that were included by Lazarides (1995) in E. semiciliata as these appear to be more closely related to E. axillaris. The key from Lazarides (1995) can be adapted to include E. pindanica as follows: 29. Panicles terminal and axillary; axillary panicles borne throughout plant in leaf axils and subtended by prophylls; axillary florets cleistogamous.5. E. axillaris 29: Panicles terminal only; spikelets chasmogamous.30 30. Palea pubescent between the keels (body); glumes unevenly pilose or glabrous. 30B 30: Palea body hirsute in lower 1/2-2/3, glabrous above; glumes evenly hispid between the nerves or glabrous. 32 30B. Plants tall and very slender, to 84 cm; leaves broad, 1.8-2.7 mm wide; lemma hirsute in the lower 1/3-3/4 outside.E. pindanica 30B: Plants moderately slender, usually less than 30 cm tall, occasionally to 45 cm; leaves slender, usually l-1.5(-2.2) mm wide; lemma hirsute in the lower 1/2 to full length. 31 31. Glumes acuminate, longer than wide, glabrous or pilose; florets (excluding awn) slightly shorter than glumes; lemma ciliate on margins for their entire length; hairs on culms and foliage chiefly antrorse. 12. E. ciliata 31: Glumes obtuse, almost as wide as long, appearing glabrous or almost so; florets (excluding awn) equal to glumes or slightly longer; lemmas glabrous on margins near apex; hairs on culms and foliage chiefly retrorse. 41. E. semiciliata Acknowledgements Preparation of this paper was funded by the Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority as part of the 50* anniversary celebrations of the Western Australian Botanic Garden at Kings Park. I particularly thank Zoe Davies for her support during the preparation of this paper. Kevin Thiele is thanked for support at the Western Australian Herbarium. The Australian Heritage Commission (AHC) supported the discovery of Ipomoea johnsoniana in 2001 and preliminary research through the Kimberley Heritage 298 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) Assessment Project in 2009. Field studies ofEriachnepindanicawQYQ conducted during surveys in the vicinity of James Price Point on the Dumpier Peninsula. Assistance in the field from Kevin Kenneally, Tim Willing, Martin Henson, Melinda Trudgen, PrueAnderson, Rebecca Graham, Megan Stone, Keran McCann and Conrad Slee is gratefully acknowledged. The traditional owners of Goolarabooloo Jabirr Jabirr land are thanked for permission to access their traditional lands. Three referees, Terry Macfarlane and Juliet Wege are thanked for comments that improved the manuscript. Directors and staff at BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW and PERTH are thanked for assistance with access to their collections. References Barrett, R.L. (2015). Fifty new species of vascular plants from Western Australia—celebrating fifty years of the Western Australian Botanic Garden at Kings Park. Nuytsia 26: 3-20. Barrett, R.L., Barrett, M.D., Start, A.N. & Dixon, K.W. (2001). Flora of the Yampi Sound Defence Training Area (YSTA). Unpublished report for the Australian Heritage Commission. 70 pp. (Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority: West Perth.) Cowie, I. D. (1994). Three new species, a new name and notes on Australian Polycarpaea (Caryophyllaceae). Nuytsia 9:319-332. George, A.S. (1967). Additions to the flora of Western Australia: ten miscellaneous new species. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 5Q \ 97-104. Johnson, R.W. (2012). New species and subspecies of Ipomoea L. (Convolvulaceae) from northern Australia and a key to the Australian species. Austrobaileya 8: 699-723. Jones, A. (2015). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Lazarides, M. (1995). The genus Eriachne (Eriachneae, Poaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 8: 355-452. Lazarides, M. & Palmer, J. (1992). Eriachne. In: Wheeler, J.R. {qW) Flora of the Kimberley region, pp. 1166-1173. (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth.) Lazarides, M., Van den Borre, A. & Weiller, C.M. (2005). Eriachne. In’. Mallett, K. (ed.) Flora of Australia Volume 44B. Poaceae 3. pp. 132-175. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Lyons, M.N., Keighery, G.J., Gibson, L.A. & Handasyde, T. (2013). Flora and vegetation communities of selected islands off the Kimberley coast of Western Australia. In: Gibson, L.A., Yates, S. & Doughty, P. (eds). Biodiversity values on selected Kimberley islands, Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement No. 81. pp. 205-243. (Western Australian Museum: Welshpool, Western Australia.) Wheeler, J.R. (1992). Caryophyllaceae. In’. Wheeler, J.R. (ed.) Flora of the Kimberley region, pp. 141-146. (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Perth.) Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) 299 Referees for Volume 27 The assistance of referees in providing expert review of papers submitted to Nuytsia is gratefully acknowledged. The referees consulted for Volume 27 include those listed below and a further two anonymous reviewers. Eachpaperwas also refereed internally by Vwytoh! Editorial Committee members. Dave Albrecht Daniel F. Austin Matthew Barrett Ryonen Butcher Ian Cowie Rob Davis Steve Dillon Michal Hrones Brendan Eepschi Terry Macfarlane Neville Marchant Tom May Sergei Mosyakin Tony Orchard Jenifer Silcock Kevin Thiele Nicholas Tippery Juliet Wege Annette Wilson Trevor Wilson 300 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) CONSERVATION CODES for Western Australian Flora and Fauna Specially protected fauna or flora are species* which have been adequately searched for and are deemed to be, in the wild, either rare, at risk of extinction, or otherwise in need of special protection, and have been gazetted as such. T Threatened species Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, and listed under Schedules 1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare Flora). Threatenedfauna is that subset of ‘ Specially Protected Fauna’ declared to be ‘likely to become extinct’ pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act. Threatenedflora is flora that has been declared to be ‘likely to become extinct or is rare, or otherwise in need of special protection’, pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act. The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked according to their level of threat using lUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below. CR Critically endangered species Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild. Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora. EN Endangered species Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild. Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora. VU Vulnerable species Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild. Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora. EX Presumed extinct species Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no reasonable doubt that the last individual 301 has died. Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, in Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora. lA Migratory birds protected under an international agreement Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA), China (CAMBA) and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA), and the Bonn Convention, relating to the protection of migratory birds. Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, in Schedule 5 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice. CD Conservation dependent fauna Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for listing as threatened. Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice. OS Other specially protected fauna Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their conservation. Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice. P Priority species Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria, or are otherwise data deficient, are added to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Eists under Priorities 1,2 or 3. These three categories are ranked in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened fiora or fauna. Species that are adequately known, are rare but not threatened, or meet criteria for near threatened, or that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for other than taxonomic reasons, are placed in Priority 4. These species require regular monitoring. Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species, unless the distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States, as defined by the known spread of locations. 1 Priority 1: Poorly-known species Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk. All occurrences are either: very small; or on lands not managed for conservation, e.g. agricultural or pastoral lands, urban areas, road and rail reserves, gravel reserves and active mineral leases; or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation. Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes. Such species are in urgent need of further survey. 302 Nuytsia Vol. 27 (2016) 2 Priority 2: Poorly-known species Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less), some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation, e.g. national parks, conservation parks, nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation. Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes. Such species are in urgent need of further survey. 3 Priority 3: Poorly-known species Species that are known from several locations, and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat, or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat, much of it not under imminent threat. Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them. Such species are in need of further survey. 4 Priority 4: Rare, Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring (a) Rare. Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed, or for which sufficient knowledge is available, and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection, but could be if present circumstances change. These species are usually represented on conservation lands. (b) Near Threatened. Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable, but are not listed as Conservation Dependent. (c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy. * Species includes all taxa (plural of taxon - a classificatory group of any taxonomic rank, e.g. a family, genus, species or any infraspecific category i.e. subspecies or variety, or a distinct population).